--- /dev/null
+Notes on the Free Translation Project
+*************************************
+
+ Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project
+is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
+A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
+
+ If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.
+
+ Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
+explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
+available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
+work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
+
+ When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
+related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
+`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
+`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
+
+Quick configuration advice
+==========================
+
+ If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
+should configure it using
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
+charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
+It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
+of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
+very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea
+to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+ So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.
+
+INSTALL Matters
+===============
+
+ Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
+Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
+ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
+
+ By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
+messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
+provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own
+library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this
+package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
+the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use
+special options at configuration time for changing the default
+behaviour. The commands:
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+ ./configure --disable-nls
+
+will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
+internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
+_totally_ disable translation of messages.
+
+ When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
+configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
+probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
+will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You
+should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e.
+if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
+package is more recent, you should use
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to prevent auto-detection.
+
+ The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
+and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an
+emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
+extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
+
+ Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
+LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
+translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
+`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
+together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
+may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
+`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
+codes, stating which languages are allowed.
+
+Using This Package
+==================
+
+ As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
+only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
+`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
+and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
+suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
+prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
+`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
+This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
+all.
+
+ You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
+But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
+example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
+country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
+
+ The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the
+language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based
+on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are
+used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of
+locales supported by your system for your country by running the command
+`locale -a | grep '^LL''.
+
+ Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
+English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
+understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
+This is done through a different environment variable, called
+`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
+for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
+set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
+system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
+read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
+available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
+
+ In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
+environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
+to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
+to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
+(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
+
+Translating Teams
+=================
+
+ For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
+able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
+Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
+teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
+area.
+
+ If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
+should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
+The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
+`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
+message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
+
+ subscribe
+
+ Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
+_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
+rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
+you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
+get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
+coordinator for all translator teams.
+
+ The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
+the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
+programming skill, here.
+
+Available Packages
+==================
+
+ Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of August
+2002. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
+translation percentage of at least 50%.
+
+ Ready PO files be bg ca cs da de el en eo es et fi fr
+ +----------------------------------------+
+ a2ps | [] [] [] [] |
+ ap-utils | |
+ bash | [] [] [] [] |
+ bfd | [] [] |
+ binutils | [] [] |
+ bison | [] [] [] [] |
+ clisp | |
+ clisp | [] [] [] [] |
+ clisplow | |
+ cpio | [] [] [] [] |
+ darkstat | () |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] |
+ error | [] [] [] |
+ fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] () |
+ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gas | [] [] |
+ gawk | [] [] [] |
+ gcal | [] [] |
+ gcc | [] [] |
+ gettext | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gprof | [] [] |
+ gpsdrive | () () () () () |
+ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gretl | [] |
+ gthumb | () () () |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ id-utils | [] [] [] |
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ jpilot | () [] [] [] |
+ jwhois | [] [] |
+ kbd | [] [] [] |
+ ld | [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libiconv | [] [] [] [] |
+ lifelines | () () |
+ lilypond | [] [] |
+ lingoteach | [] [] |
+ lingoteach_lessons| () () |
+ lynx | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ make | [] [] [] [] |
+ man-db | [] () () [] () () |
+ mysecretdiary | [] [] [] |
+ nano | [] () [] [] [] [] |
+ nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] [] [] |
+ parted | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ python | |
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sh-utils | [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sketch | () [] () |
+ soundtracker | [] [] [] |
+ sp | [] |
+ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ textutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | [] |
+ wastesedge | |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ +----------------------------------------+
+ be bg ca cs da de el en eo es et fi fr
+ 0 2 19 10 30 44 9 1 12 44 17 6 53
+
+ gl he hr hu id it ja ko lv nb nl nn
+ +-------------------------------------+
+ a2ps | () () [] |
+ ap-utils | |
+ bash | [] |
+ bfd | [] |
+ binutils | [] |
+ bison | [] [] [] [] |
+ clisp | |
+ clisp | [] |
+ clisplow | |
+ cpio | [] [] [] [] |
+ darkstat | |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] |
+ error | [] |
+ fetchmail | [] |
+ fileutils | [] [] [] |
+ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] |
+ gas | |
+ gawk | [] |
+ gcal | |
+ gcc | [] |
+ gettext | [] [] |
+ gnupg | [] [] [] [] |
+ gprof | [] |
+ gpsdrive | [] () () |
+ grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gretl | |
+ gthumb | () () |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ id-utils | [] [] |
+ indent | [] [] [] [] |
+ jpilot | () () |
+ jwhois | [] [] |
+ kbd | |
+ ld | |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] |
+ libiconv | [] [] [] |
+ lifelines | |
+ lilypond | [] |
+ lingoteach | [] |
+ lingoteach_lessons| |
+ lynx | [] [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] |
+ make | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ man-db | () () |
+ mysecretdiary | [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] [] |
+ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] [] |
+ parted | [] [] [] |
+ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ python | |
+ recode | [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sh-utils | [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] |
+ sketch | () |
+ soundtracker | [] [] |
+ sp | |
+ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] |
+ textutils | [] [] [] [] |
+ util-linux | () [] |
+ vorbis-tools | [] |
+ wastesedge | |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ +-------------------------------------+
+ gl he hr hu id it ja ko lv nb nl nn
+ 23 9 12 19 16 13 26 9 1 7 19 3
+
+ no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh_CN zh_TW
+ +----------------------------------------------+
+ a2ps | () () () [] [] [] [] [] | 10
+ ap-utils | () | 0
+ bash | [] | 6
+ bfd | [] [] | 5
+ binutils | [] [] | 5
+ bison | [] [] [] [] | 12
+ clisp | | 0
+ clisp | | 5
+ clisplow | | 0
+ cpio | [] [] [] [] | 12
+ darkstat | [] [] () () | 2
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+ enscript | [] [] [] [] | 8
+ error | [] [] [] | 7
+ fetchmail | () () [] | 6
+ fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14
+ findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21
+ flex | [] [] [] | 9
+ gas | [] | 3
+ gawk | [] [] | 6
+ gcal | [] [] | 4
+ gcc | [] | 4
+ gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 13
+ gnupg | [] [] [] | 14
+ gprof | [] [] | 5
+ gpsdrive | [] [] | 3
+ grep | [] [] [] [] [] | 20
+ gretl | | 1
+ gthumb | () () [] | 1
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28
+ id-utils | [] [] [] [] | 9
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 14
+ jpilot | () () [] [] | 5
+ jwhois | [] () () [] [] | 7
+ kbd | [] [] | 5
+ ld | [] [] | 4
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18
+ libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | 12
+ lifelines | [] | 1
+ lilypond | [] | 4
+ lingoteach | [] [] | 5
+ lingoteach_lessons| () | 0
+ lynx | [] [] [] [] | 13
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] | 13
+ make | [] [] [] [] [] | 15
+ man-db | | 3
+ mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | 7
+ nano | [] [] [] [] | 13
+ nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | 14
+ opcodes | [] [] [] | 8
+ parted | [] [] [] [] | 12
+ ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
+ python | | 0
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24
+ sh-utils | [] [] | 9
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 14
+ sketch | [] () [] | 4
+ soundtracker | [] | 6
+ sp | | 1
+ tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
+ texinfo | [] [] | 10
+ textutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 14
+ util-linux | [] [] [] | 10
+ vorbis-tools | [] | 3
+ wastesedge | | 0
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | 14
+ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24
+ +----------------------------------------------+
+ 37 teams no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh_CN zh_TW
+ 68 domains 4 15 2 28 28 12 10 49 43 4 1 9 609
+
+ Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
+visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
+used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
+dialects.
+
+ For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
+which it applies should also have been internationalized and
+distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
+lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
+distribution.
+
+ If August 2002 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
+this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date
+matrix with full percentage details can be found at
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
+
+Using `gettext' in new packages
+===============================
+
+ If you are writing a freely available program and want to
+internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
+package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
+License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means
+in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
+library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
+library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
+
+ Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
+to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
+Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
+developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
+applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
+`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
+the translation teams.
+
--- /dev/null
+
+Netcat was created in the year 1995 and was developed until first months of
+the 1996, when it reached version 1.10, released by Avian Research (avian.org).
+
+The credits for the original design and alpha source code goes to the Avian
+Research team, while this development branch (called "GNU Netcat") was started
+by Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>, to improve portability, usability
+and features design.
+
+Official project homepage: http://netcat.sourceforge.net.
--- /dev/null
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+\f
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+ parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+\f
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+\f
+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+\f
+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+\f
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
--- /dev/null
+
+[*] Sun Jan 11 2004 - netcat v0.7.1
+
+ o Fixed bug in UDP connection code, using pktinfo support. [BUG #796765]
+ o Fixed a segfault in the DNS lookup routines, caused by invalid DNS
+ configurations.
+ o Fixed two compilation issues on SCO Unix 3.2 v 5.0.4. [BUG #857650],
+ [BUG #857657]
+ o Fixed bug in command line switch `-i' on non-linux OS such as Solaris.
+ [BUG #864780]
+ o The debugging support now works on libc's that don't allow NULL pointers
+ passed for string (`%s') modifiers.
+
+
+[*] Thu Aug 21 2003 - netcat v0.7.0
+
+ o Added command line switch `-c' (close), which shuts down the connection
+ on EOF from stdin without waiting for any answer from remote host.
+ o Some previously optionally included code related to signal handling is now
+ included in the default compilation.
+ o Now the SIGUSR1 signal is handled and prints the current sending/receiving
+ statistics to stderr, disregarding the verbosity level given.
+ o Added some development sheets for those that may want to study GNU Netcat's
+ development, in the doc/drafts directory.
+ o Fixed a bug in UDP listening mode without pktinfo support and specifying
+ the listening interface with `-s'.
+ o Now when connecting to an host by an alias of its, it won't write a warning
+ anymore but instead it will show the real name of the host.
+ o Various fixes for code portability. Changed the debugging support routines,
+ and checking better what kind of compiler there is. [BUG #677625]
+ o Fixed a simple compile error on Solaris7. [BUG #788870]
+ o Fixed core dump in command line parsing routines when fgets() returned an
+ empty string. [BUG #791799]
+ o Now netcat is able to handle large amount of data, without overflowing the
+ socket queues anymore.
+
+
+[*] Tue Oct 15 2002 - netcat v0.6.1
+
+ o Fixed a compilation error in the "doc/" subdirectory when using virtual
+ paths.
+ o Fixed the socket creation function not setting the right sockopts. This
+ caused netcat to fail opening sockets in some situations.
+ o Unified the SIOCGIF* and SIOCGLIF* extension in order to allow udphelper
+ compile on Solaris.
+ o Fixed a compilation error in udphelper.c on Solaris.
+ o Added type "in_port_t" to indicate port numbers in network byte order.
+ Also the "nc_port_t" object now contains the port number both in host byte
+ order and network byte order notation, which needs less conversions.
+ o Added slovak translation, thanks to Lubomir Sedlacik.
+
+
+[*] Thu Aug 22 2002 - netcat v0.6.0
+
+ o Rewritten the udp listening routines. Now it uses the newly added
+ udphelper routines in order to allow a portable way to simulate two-ends
+ connections in UDP mode.
+ o Added the NEWS file containing release notes since version 0.2.1.
+ o Fixes and additions to the configure script.
+ o Now compiles even if random support is not present in the OS.
+ o Fixed `-V' option not working. [BUG #588761]
+ o Fixed a compilation (a missing header) error on some older BSD4 machines.
+ o Fixed hexdump of incoming data that was showing the wrong memory section.
+ This bug was introduced with the queues model in core.c.
+ o Now it is possible to disable the debugging support at runtime if it was
+ compiled in.
+ o Restored the command line switch `-e' (exec).
+ o Added new beta signal handling functions.
+ o Fixed connection failures not handled properly in tunnel mode.
+ o Fixed global return status to match the program specifications.
+ o Sockets shouldn't be left in a TIME_WAIT status anymore. [BUG #588961]
+ o Updated internal gettext support to version 0.11.5.
+ o The hexdump function now doesn't buffer more than one data block anymore.
+ This caused some packets not to be logged if Netcat dead unexpectedly.
+ o Fixed compiling/linking error on some BSD machines with external intl
+ library.
+ o Included significant rfcs in the distribution package.
+
+
+[*] Tue Jun 18 2002 - netcat v0.5.2
+
+ o Fixed a bug in UDP listen mode with unspecified port where Netcat was not
+ actually listening.
+ o Now a verbosity level 2 message is printed on listening.
+ o Made netcat_strid() public in network.c with some minor changes.
+ o More code cleanup. Added a global variable netcat_mode to specify in which
+ mode netcat was launched.
+ o Fixed a preprocessor warning on some OSes.
+ o Many fixes to the resolver functions. Now all weird DNS things that you
+ may find in the net are reported with the `-v' command line switch.
+ o Fixed a bug with some redirected input stream where it didn't check other
+ streams for new data anymore.
+ o Error messages on connect failure (both in connecting mode and tunneling
+ mode) were totally wrong.
+ o Statistics now use a human readable output and are printed even in the
+ listen mode and tunnel mode. [BUG #569618]
+ o Minor fixes on the errors output.
+ o More updates to the documentation.
+
+
+[*] Mon Jun 10 2002 - netcat v0.5.1
+
+ o Completely rewritten the function core_readwrite() in order to allow more
+ possibilities of features adding.
+ o Minor code cleanup.
+ o Fixed a variable not correctly initialized, causing netcat to bind() with
+ bogus information in certain circumstances.
+ o Changed the prototype of the telnet codes parsing function to match the
+ new objects-based design.
+ o With udp listening mode the first 1024 bytes of the first incoming packet
+ are no longer lost.
+ o More updates to the man and info documentation files.
+ o Now compiles correctly on Solaris (there was some configure checks
+ missing).
+ o Fixed a make error in the doc/ subdirectory.
+
+
+[*] Fri May 31 2002 - netcat v0.5.0
+
+ o Fixed the udp mode listen, which didn't allow any kind of safe read from
+ stdin.
+ o Generalized flagset.c to be more a library file. Fixed some minor bugs in
+ the interface.
+ o Fixed a bug in ncprint() which didn't respect the EXIT flag if the
+ verbosity flag was also specified and not satisfied.
+ o Rewritten the core routines and arguments handling to allow a better
+ features support.
+ o Fixed several mis-behaviours for UDP protocol.
+ o Cleaned up the global namespace
+ o Now the -x option hexdumps also the source ip address in the introducing
+ message.
+ o Changed all the netcat defined types names.
+ o Restored the tunnel mode functionality. Now it is even able to tunnel from
+ tcp to udp and vice-versa.
+ o The udp listening mode now recognizes the `-z' command line switch.
+ o Changed telnet command line switch from `-t' to `-T', added the change
+ notify to doc/migration.
+ o Fixed a design bug in the UDP protocol in listen mode. The connection
+ should be created with the exact interface as identified by the incoming
+ packet. Unfortunately this fix applies only on Linux because it's the
+ only OS that supports RFC 2292 extensions to IPv4.
+ o Updated the man and info documentation files.
+
+
+[*] Wed May 15 2002 - netcat v0.4.0
+
+ o Now netcat_socket_accept() recognizes a negative timeout parameter.
+ o Splitted core functions like readwrite() to core.c, this allows a more
+ modular programming and allows a better features-implementation.
+ o Moved some low level code from main.c to core.c
+ o Added UDP protocol support, but it is a little buggy still, because I have
+ got some logistic problems to solve before fixing the implementation.
+ o Fixed various socket leaks.
+ o Reimplemented command line switch `-z' for TCP protocol.
+ o Handled the listen mode-zero I/O case situation.
+ o Port ranges now are recognized even in the form min:max
+ o Fixed a bug in core_tcp_connect(), which didn't handle properly socket
+ connection failures on very fast hosts (such as localhost).
+ o Rewritten telnet support. Now we have a more reliable implementation of
+ the RFC0854. Netcat will also rewrite the incoming buffer with the telnet
+ codes stripped.
+ o Updated doc/migration with new incompatibilities found.
+ o Added configure option `--enable-oldtelnet', which restores the old nc110
+ telnet codes parsing policy.
+ o Added configure option `--enable-compat', which turnes on ALL the other
+ backwards compatibility switches.
+ o Cleanup of the main header file and to the global environment.
+ o First beta release!
+
+
+[*] Thu May 9 2002 - netcat v0.3.1
+
+ o Now "make install" also symlinks "nc" to the program file "netcat".
+ o More careful use of stderr/stdout for printing messages
+ o Updated file doc/migration
+ o Now it is possible to force the local source port when connecting to
+ somewhere using the -p option (this is not yet possible in tunnel mode).
+ o Fixed some output messages in netcat.c
+
+
+[*] Mon May 6 2002 - netcat v0.3.0
+
+ o Fixed netcat_resolvehost() to be more library function.
+ o Added function netcat_socket_new() to network.c
+ o Added functions netcat_socket_new_listen() and netcat_socket_accept()
+ to network.c
+ o configure now checks for important gettext external data.
+ o Updated files INSTALL and COPYING
+ o Added function netcat_inet_ntop() to network.c
+ o Fixed backwards incompatibility in netcat_fhexdump()
+ o Added file doc/migration.
+ o Fully rewrote the core part of the project. The new core has total async
+ I/O support and is totally select() based. It also introduces a new
+ command line arguments parsing style. See the doc/migration file for more
+ information.
+ o Fixed the delayed (-i) output sending not displaying incoming data
+ immediately.
+ o Verbose messages are now printed automatically in debug mode.
+ o Changed copyrighter name
+ o Added command line switch `-L', activates the tunnel mode to the host and
+ port specified on the command line.
+ o Added function netcat_inet_pton() to network.c
+ o Added function ncprint() to misc.c, this allows a more powerful output
+ management and a more readability of the source code.
+ o Lots of fixes and improvements for portability
+
+
+[*] Wed May 1 2002 - netcat v0.2.2
+
+ o More fixes around the NLS (added the missing config.rpath script)
+ o Added lib directory that will contain all netcat related libraries.
+ o Added compatibility support (libcontrib) containing all the needed
+ functions not provided by the OS.
+ o Added GNU getopt to the compat library.
+ o More changes to the netcat_getport() function. Now it should catch every
+ kind of invalid input safely.
+
+
+[*] Tue Apr 30 2002 - netcat v0.2.1
+
+ o Various fixes to the Makefiles for the clean targets
+ o Fixed --enable-debug configure parameter
+ o Added configure option `--enable-oldhexdump', causes netcat to use the
+ old hexdump style rather than my new style.
+ o Added macros debug_d and debug_dv, respectively debug plus delay and
+ debug verbose plus delay. Removed the old Debug macro.
+ o Restored command line switch `-w' (wait).
+ o Rewrote (again) netcat_resolvehost(), this time it's a little more
+ abstracted.
+ o Removed libtool support (it wasn't really needed at the moment)
+ o Added Native Language Support to the project
+ o Added the first traslation file (italian)
+
+
+[*] Mon Apr 29 2002 - netcat v0.2.0
+
+ o Changed the define HINF to typedef netcat_host.
+ o Removed comparehosts() function.
+ o Removed gethostpoop() function.
+ o Fixed some warnings.
+ o Added file network.c, containing function netcat_resolvehost(), which is
+ the equivalent of the old gethostpoop().
+ o Added debug() and debug_v() routines, to improve debugging output.
+ Debug() is now obsolete and will be removed soon.
+ o Added file proto.h, containing all externs and function declarations.
+ o Changed some global variable names and types
+ o Added function netcat_fhexdump() which substitutes the old oprint()
+ function. Removed some unused global variables.
+ o Added command line switch `-x' (hexdump). Switch `-o' implies `-x'.
+ o Added command line switch `-V' (version).
+ o Added function netcat_getport() which substitutes the old getportpoop().
+ Updated references to the function and related struct.
+
+
+[*] Sun Apr 28 2002 - netcat v0.1.0
+
+ o Great cleanup of the original source files, this will be the base for the
+ rewrite.
+ o Rewrote command line reader from stdin (dynamically rebuilds argv based on
+ the input string.
+ o Added functions netcat_string_split() and netcat_commandline().
+
--- /dev/null
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+ These are generic installation instructions.
+
+ The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+ It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. (Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.)
+
+ If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+ The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need
+`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
+a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+ 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+ `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
+ using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+ `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+ `configure' itself.
+
+ Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
+ messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+ 2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+ 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+ the package.
+
+ 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+ documentation.
+
+ 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+ source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
+ files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+ a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
+ also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+ for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
+ all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+ with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+ Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+ You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
+is an example:
+
+ ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
+
+ *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+ You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+ If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
+time in the source code directory. After you have installed the
+package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
+for another architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+ By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PATH'.
+
+ You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
+PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+ In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+ If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+ Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+ For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+ There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+ CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+ OS KERNEL-OS
+
+ See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+ If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+ If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+ Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
+
+ ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+ `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+ Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+ Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+ script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+ Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+ traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+ disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+ Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+ Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
+ suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+ messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+ Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
+ `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
--- /dev/null
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+
+## Makefile for Netcat.
+
+## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free
+## Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.6 2003/01/03 22:53:31 themnemonic Exp $
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = no-dependencies foreign dist-bzip2
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+
+EXTRA_DIST = AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL README TODO
+
+## Proceed to subdirs
+
+SUBDIRS = m4 lib src doc po
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.7.6 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.6 2003/01/03 22:53:31 themnemonic Exp $
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = .
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+target_triplet = @target@
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CONTRIBLIBS = @CONTRIBLIBS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NEED_GETOPT_FALSE = @NEED_GETOPT_FALSE@
+NEED_GETOPT_TRUE = @NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+all_includes = @all_includes@
+all_libraries = @all_libraries@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target = @target@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+target_cpu = @target_cpu@
+target_os = @target_os@
+target_vendor = @target_vendor@
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = no-dependencies foreign dist-bzip2
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+
+EXTRA_DIST = AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL README TODO
+
+SUBDIRS = m4 lib src doc po
+subdir = .
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+depcomp =
+am__depfiles_maybe =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive pdf-recursive \
+ ps-recursive install-info-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
+ all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive \
+ check-recursive installcheck-recursive
+DIST_COMMON = README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL \
+ Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS TODO aclocal.m4 config.guess \
+ config.h.in config.rpath config.sub configure configure.ac \
+ install-sh missing mkinstalldirs
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+all: config.h
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
+ configure.lineno
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign --ignore-deps Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
+ cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.ac m4/codeset.m4 m4/gettext.m4 m4/glibc21.m4 m4/iconv.m4 m4/intdiv0.m4 m4/inttypes-pri.m4 m4/inttypes.m4 m4/inttypes_h.m4 m4/isc-posix.m4 m4/lbl-net.m4 m4/lcmessage.m4 m4/lib-ld.m4 m4/lib-link.m4 m4/lib-prefix.m4 m4/progtest.m4 m4/stdint_h.m4 m4/uintmax_t.m4 m4/ulonglong.m4
+ cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+
+config.h: stamp-h1
+ @if test ! -f $@; then \
+ rm -f stamp-h1; \
+ $(MAKE) stamp-h1; \
+ else :; fi
+
+stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @rm -f stamp-h1
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
+
+$(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
+ touch $(srcdir)/config.h.in
+
+distclean-hdr:
+ -rm -f config.h stamp-h1
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+ @set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ dot_seen=yes; \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+ done; \
+ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+ fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+ @set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ rev="$$rev ."; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ for subdir in $$rev; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+ done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+ done
+ctags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+ done
+
+ETAGS = etags
+ETAGSFLAGS =
+
+CTAGS = ctags
+CTAGSFLAGS =
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ mkid -fID $$unique
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ if (etags --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ include_option=--etags-include; \
+ else \
+ include_option=--include; \
+ fi; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test -f $$subdir/TAGS && \
+ tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+ && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = .
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+am__remove_distdir = \
+ { test ! -d $(distdir) \
+ || { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
+ && rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
+
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+ mkdir $(distdir)
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/doc $(distdir)/po
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ || exit 1; \
+ (cd $$subdir && \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
+ distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ distdir) \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ -find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+ ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
+ || chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+dist-gzip: distdir
+ $(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-bzip2: distdir
+ $(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist dist-all: distdir
+ $(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+ $(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(AMTAR) xf -
+ chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
+ mkdir $(distdir)/_build
+ mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
+ chmod a-w $(distdir)
+ dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
+ && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
+ && cd $(distdir)/_build \
+ && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
+ $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
+ distuninstallcheck \
+ && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
+ && ({ \
+ (cd ../.. && $(mkinstalldirs) "$$dc_destdir") \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
+ distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
+ } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
+ && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist-gzip \
+ && rm -f $(distdir).tar.gz \
+ && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck
+ $(am__remove_distdir)
+ @echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution" | \
+ sed 'h;s/./=/g;p;x;p;x'
+distuninstallcheck:
+ @cd $(distuninstallcheck_dir) \
+ && test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
+ || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
+ if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
+ echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \
+ fi ; \
+ $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
+ exit 1; } >&2
+distcleancheck: distclean
+ @if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
+ echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
+ exit 1 ; \
+ fi
+ @test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+ || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
+ $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
+ exit 1; } >&2
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile config.h
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+ -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+ -rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+ -rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
+ clean-generic clean-recursive ctags ctags-recursive dist \
+ dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip distcheck distclean \
+ distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-recursive \
+ distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi \
+ dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive install \
+ install-am install-data install-data-am install-data-recursive \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-recursive \
+ install-info install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \
+ install-recursive install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+ installdirs installdirs-am installdirs-recursive \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+ maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-recursive pdf pdf-am pdf-recursive ps ps-am \
+ ps-recursive tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am \
+ uninstall-info-am uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-recursive
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+ ============================
+ = =
+ = The GNU Netcat =
+ = =
+ = NEWS FILE =
+ = =
+ ============================
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.7.1 - 11 Jan 2004 - Release Notes
+
+Another bugfix release mainly focused on portability that was made
+possible by submitted bug reports. If you find something wrong with
+this release, always use the SourceForge bug tracking system.
+This release also represents the branch point for the first stable
+series.
+Next development version, 0.8, will introduce a code restyling, and
+the IPv6 support.
+If you want to contribute with ideas/code/documentation contact me.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.7.0 - 21 Aug 2003 - Release Notes
+
+This new Netcat version was supposed to be released as 0.6.2, but
+a lot of time passed since the previous release, so I decided
+to release it as 0.7.0, including some new core handler code and
+various bugfixes.
+Because of the planned version number, this release should be quite
+stable and usable, but only time will show it.
+
+Main introduced features are:
+- Command line switch `-c' to terminate on EOF from stdin
+- New signal handling code. You can now "kill -USR1 netcat's pid"
+ to make it printing partial statistics (sent/received bytes).
+- New DNS resolver functions, which will now print more precise
+ information about the target host if ran in verbose mode.
+- Support for large amount of data, you can now dump big files or
+ streams on fast lines.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.6.1 - 15 Sep 2002 - Release Notes
+
+A bugfix release for the 0.6 major version. This version may be
+the last one for a long period, but it should be enough stable
+to stick to.
+Most important fix is indeed the Solaris related code added, that
+makes it able to use Netcat's UDP features on this OS too. Other
+fixes are in compilation scripts and internal socket code. It
+should also be a bit faster. Always report bugs to the Netcat
+bug tracking system on SourceForge.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.6.0 - 22 Aug 2002 - Release Notes
+
+The summer brought advice and this is the new major release of
+Netcat. In this version many important improvements and fixes
+are introduced, like the new UDP protocol routines and the ability
+to cross-protocol bridge between TCP and UDP in tunnel mode, and
+the new signal handling functions that allow sockets to be cleanly
+closed and shutdown before Netcat terminates.
+Also some portability problems were fixed but there is still
+something to do to achieve a good cross-platform support.
+This version introduces much new development code and thus may
+contain bugs. Please test a lot and always report bugs through
+the Netcat bug tracking system.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.5.2 - 18 Jun 2002 - Release Notes
+
+This is another bugfix release that includes a lot of very important
+bugfixes like a better handling of unexpected situations and
+improved error messages and verbose info messages. A first version
+of the documentation (man page and info page) is now fully complete.
+All Netcat users are encouraged to download and try this new version
+and to report bugs.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.5.1 - 10 Jun 2002 - Release Notes
+
+And here it is the bugfix release. This version of Netcat should
+be much more stable than the previous one.
+Most important fixes are the UDP listen mode which caused one
+packet to be lost, and a internal problem causing a "socket
+already in use" error which shouldn't happen.
+There are also many fixes for the portability. Netcat now
+compiles correctly under Solaris and some other OSes.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.5.0 - 31 May 2002 - Release Notes
+
+This version introduces a new internal socket interface which
+allows a better new features support. The UDP protocol and
+the tunnel mode are also greatly improved from the previous
+versions.
+Note that there have been an important command line interface
+change about the tcp/telnet switches. The new telnet switch
+is now `-T', while the tcp protocol selection took the old
+`-t' switch. The configure option --enable-compat restores
+the old interface.
+Fixed also many minor bugs.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.4.0 - 15 May 2002 - Release Notes
+
+The first beta version of GNU Netcat!
+This should be self-explanatory, but I will write some
+basic notes anyway.
+Main netcat functions, like the UDP support, the telnet protocol
+support, and the zero-I/O mode (used for scanning) are now
+restored, and many bugs have been fixed, improving notably
+the stability.
+Another important addition is the configure command option
+`--enable-compat', which turnes on ALL the backwards
+compatibility support available in the GNU Netcat.
+Refer to ChangeLog for a full list of changes.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.3.1 - 9 May 2002 - Release Notes
+
+This is the usual bugfix release following a major release.
+In this release many smaller things are improved and fixed,
+which makes it a stabler version good for testing and bug
+reporting.
+New features will be added for the next major release, so
+if you have any suggestion or feature request this is the
+right time to submit them.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.3.0 - 6 May 2002 - Release Notes
+
+Here it is, finally the first fully rewritten release is out!
+In this release there is the new core part of the program that
+allows me to start the real work. From now on I will be able
+to implement many more new features.
+Please remember that this release is still "alpha" and there
+are many known bugs, but feel free to report any bug or broken
+feature that you may experience testing the package.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.2.2 - 1 May 2002 - Release Notes
+
+This is a bugfix release that introduces the contrib library,
+containing all the library functions that should be supported
+by the System.
+This version also updates translation files and improves input
+validity checks for port numbers.
+
+
+
+* Netcat 0.2.1 - 30 Apr 2002 - Release Notes
+
+Surely the most important change in this release is the Native
+Language Support addition.
+
+Another important addition is the configure option
+`--enable-oldhexdump', which remarks one of the most important
+points of this project, the full compatibility with the
+original nc110.
--- /dev/null
+ README
+ Part of the GNU netcat project
+
+ Copyright (C) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+Netcat is a featured networking utility which reads and writes data across
+network connections, using the TCP/IP protocol.
+It is designed to be a reliable "back-end" tool that can be used directly or
+easily driven by other programs and scripts. At the same time, it is a
+feature-rich network debugging and exploration tool, since it can create
+almost any kind of connection you would need and has several interesting
+built-in capabilities.
+
+This file will be written soon or late...
--- /dev/null
+
+This file contains all the broken/planned things to do within
+The GNU Netcat project.
+
+If you wish to contribute about one of these points, feel free
+to mail me if you need any further information.
+
+
+
+ TODO/bugs in Netcat
+==================================
+
+ o Write the README file!
+
+ o I need to study deeply the -g/-G options issue in order to make
+ them working properly.
+
+ o I need to fetch information about the history of this tool,
+ so I can give credits to the right people for the design and
+ the original code.
+
+ o The configure script must properly check res_init() by including
+ the <resolv.h> file.
+
+ o Netcat should be ported on Win32 too, but I haven't Win32 coding
+ experience unfortunately. Anyone is willing to help?
+
+ o I think that two netcats with the `-T' (telnet) option enabled
+ may enter an infinite loop because of the weak telnet protocol
+ implementation. Check this and fix.
+
+ o Currently the telnet codes parsing function overrides the
+ send queue for the remote socket if it has to reply to some
+ telnet codes found in the incoming data. Check what the RFC
+ says about this, since with the `-i' option this could be
+ a very important difference.
+
+ o The following execution of Netcat causes an assertion to trigger:
+ sh1~$ cat bigfile | netcat -l -p <some port>
+ sh2~$ netcat localhost <listening port>
+ This can be caused by a listening daemon that sends some data and
+ then closes the connection immediately.
+
+ o In core_udp_listen() there is a socket duplication that may cause
+ data loss in the receive queue. Remove that code and solve that
+ issue in some other way.
+
+
+
+ Future features/Planning
+==================================
+
+ o Add IPv6 support
+
+ o This should be controlled by a command line switch like
+ `-6' and `-4'.
+
+ o Netcat should also be able to tunnel ipv6/ipv4 in tunnel
+ mode
+
+ o Add command line switch -X, --input-hexdump so that read from
+ stdin some valid hexdump-style data, and accepts it in some
+ standard forms (more than one)
+
+ o I'd like to add support for the OpenSSL library. I will first
+ need to solve license issues and then the implementation
+ issues.
--- /dev/null
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.7.6 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# This macro actually does too much some checks are only needed if
+# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 10
+
+AC_PREREQ([2.54])
+
+# Autoconf 2.50 wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
+# the ones we care about.
+m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
+
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
+# -----------------------------------------------
+# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
+# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE
+# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
+# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+# We support both call styles for the transition. After
+# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
+# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
+# release and drop the old call support.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+# test to see if srcdir already configured
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" &&
+ test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+ else
+ CYGPATH_W=echo
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
+m4_ifval([$2],
+[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
+[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
+
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
+[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
+AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AMTAR, tar)
+AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_CC],
+ defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
+])
+])
+
+
+# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
+
+# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
+# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
+# our stamp files there.
+AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
+[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+ case $_am_header in
+ $1 | $1:* )
+ break ;;
+ * )
+ _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+ esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $1" >`AS_DIRNAME([$1])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
+
+# Copyright 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+
+# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
+# ----------------------------
+# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
+# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],[am__api_version="1.7"])
+
+# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
+# -------------------------------
+# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so it can be traced.
+# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AC_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+ [AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.7.6])])
+
+# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
+# -----------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
+# ------------------------------
+# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
+# ----------------------------------
+# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
+[AC_FOREACH([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
+
+# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
+
+#
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
+#
+
+# Copyright 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 3
+
+# AM_SANITY_CHECK
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+ set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file`
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.file
+ if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment])
+ fi
+
+ test "$[2]" = conftest.file
+ )
+then
+ # Ok.
+ :
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+
+# -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+
+# Copyright 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 3
+
+# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
+$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
+
+# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
+# ------------------
+# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
+# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+ am_missing_run=
+ AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
+fi
+])
+
+# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND
+
+# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
+# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
+# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
+#
+# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
+# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and
+# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
+# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since
+# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
+# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
+# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
+#
+# $ac_aux_dir/missing
+# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
+# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
+# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
+# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
+# a relative $ac_aux_dir
+#
+# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
+# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually
+# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
+# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
+#
+# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
+# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be:
+# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
+# and then we would define $MISSING as
+# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
+# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
+# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
+# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
+#
+# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
+# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
+# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
+
+# Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly.
+AC_PREREQ([2.50])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], [
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+])
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+# ------------------
+# Define $install_sh.
+
+# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"}
+AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+
+# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
+# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
+# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
+# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
+# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
+# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
+# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+ AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
+
+# -*- Autoconf -*-
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 1
+
+# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
+# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
+[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+ am__leading_dot=.
+else
+ am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
+
+# serial 5 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+
+# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be
+# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
+# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
+# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
+# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
+
+
+
+# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
+# ----------------------
+# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
+# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC".
+# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
+#
+# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
+# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
+# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
+# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
+
+ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
+ [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
+[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+ # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
+ # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
+ # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+ # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+ # in D'.
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+ # using a relative directory.
+ cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+ cd conftest.dir
+ # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+ # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance
+ # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+ # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+ # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+ # directory.
+ mkdir sub
+
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+ if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+ am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
+ fi
+ for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+ # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+ # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+ # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+ #
+ # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+ # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+ # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+ : > sub/conftest.c
+ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+ echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+ : > sub/conftst$i.h
+ done
+ echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+ case $depmode in
+ nosideeffect)
+ # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+ # only be used when explicitly requested
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+ continue
+ else
+ break
+ fi
+ ;;
+ none) break ;;
+ esac
+ # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+ # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+ # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.
+ if depmode=$depmode \
+ source=sub/conftest.c object=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} \
+ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c -o sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.c \
+ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+ grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ grep sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+ # (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
+ # that says an option was ignored.
+ if grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+
+ cd ..
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+])
+AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
+ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
+])
+
+
+# AM_SET_DEPDIR
+# -------------
+# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
+# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
+])
+
+
+# AM_DEP_TRACK
+# ------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking,
+[ --disable-dependency-tracking Speeds up one-time builds
+ --enable-dependency-tracking Do not reject slow dependency extractors])
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+ am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+ AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
+AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])
+])
+
+# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+#serial 2
+
+# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[for mf in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+ # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+ mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+ # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+ # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+ # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+ # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+ # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+ # So let's grep whole file.
+ if grep '^#.*generated by automake' $mf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
+ else
+ continue
+ fi
+ grep '^DEP_FILES *= *[[^ @%:@]]' < "$mf" > /dev/null || continue
+ # Extract the definition of DEP_FILES from the Makefile without
+ # running `make'.
+ DEPDIR=`sed -n -e '/^DEPDIR = / s///p' < "$mf"`
+ test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+ # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+ U=`sed -n -e '/^U = / s///p' < "$mf"`
+ test -d "$dirpart/$DEPDIR" || mkdir "$dirpart/$DEPDIR"
+ # We invoke sed twice because it is the simplest approach to
+ # changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the expansion.
+ for file in `sed -n -e '
+ /^DEP_FILES = .*\\\\$/ {
+ s/^DEP_FILES = //
+ :loop
+ s/\\\\$//
+ p
+ n
+ /\\\\$/ b loop
+ p
+ }
+ /^DEP_FILES = / s/^DEP_FILES = //p' < "$mf" | \
+ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+ # Make sure the directory exists.
+ test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+ fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
+ AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
+ # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+ echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+ done
+done
+])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+
+
+# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# -----------------------------
+# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
+#
+# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
+# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will
+# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
+ [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+ [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
+])
+
+# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
+# -----------------
+# Check to see how make treats includes.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
+[am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+ @echo done
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# We grep out `Entering directory' and `Leaving directory'
+# messages which can occur if `w' ends up in MAKEFLAGS.
+# In particular we don't look at `^make:' because GNU make might
+# be invoked under some other name (usually "gmake"), in which
+# case it prints its new name instead of `make'.
+if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null | grep -v 'ing directory'`" = "done"; then
+ am__include=include
+ am__quote=
+ _am_result=GNU
+fi
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+ echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+ if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null`" = "done"; then
+ am__include=.include
+ am__quote="\""
+ _am_result=BSD
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([am__include])
+AC_SUBST([am__quote])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
+rm -f confinc confmf
+])
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# serial 5
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Define a conditional.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
+[ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
+ [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])
+AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])
+if $2; then
+ $1_TRUE=
+ $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+ $1_TRUE='#'
+ $1_FALSE=
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([conditional "$1" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.])
+fi])])
+
+# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+AC_PREREQ([2.52])
+
+# serial 6
+
+# AM_CONFIG_HEADER is obsolete. It has been replaced by AC_CONFIG_HEADERS.
+AU_DEFUN([AM_CONFIG_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS($@)])
+
+# gettext.m4 serial 17 (gettext-0.11.5)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2002.
+
+dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
+dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
+dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
+dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
+dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
+dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
+dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
+dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
+dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
+dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
+dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
+dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
+dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
+dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
+dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
+dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
+dnl
+dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
+dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
+dnl and used.
+dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
+dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
+dnl Catalog format: none
+dnl Catalog extension: none
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
+dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
+dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
+dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
+dnl maintainers.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
+[
+ dnl Argument checking.
+ ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
+ [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])])
+ ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
+ [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])
+ define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
+ define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
+
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
+ ])
+
+ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+ dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
+ dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ dnl if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+ dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
+ dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
+ dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
+ dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
+ dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
+ dnl documented, we avoid it.
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+ ])
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+ dnl Default is enabled NLS
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+ [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
+ USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ ])
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ POSUB=
+
+ dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+ AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+ [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+ ])
+ dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
+ dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
+ dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+
+ dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
+ define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1)))
+ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
+ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+ AM_ICONV_LINK
+ ])
+ dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
+ dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
+ dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
+ dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
+ [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
+ gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
+ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
+ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
+ [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
+ LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
+ ])
+ fi
+ CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+ fi
+
+ dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
+ dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
+ dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
+ dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
+ || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
+ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
+ else
+ dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ INCINTL=
+ fi
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
+ dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
+ dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+ INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
+ LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
+ LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
+ fi
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
+ CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
+ [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
+ is requested.])
+ else
+ USE_NLS=no
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
+ fi
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
+ [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
+ [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+ fi
+
+ dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
+ POSUB=po
+ fi
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
+ dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ fi
+
+ dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+ AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
+ nls_cv_header_intl=
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ GENCAT=gencat
+ AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
+
+ dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
+ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
+ AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
+ ])
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
+ AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+
+ dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory,
+dnl except for USE_NLS.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
+
+ dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
+ dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
+
+ dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
+ dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
+ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+ :)
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+
+ dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
+ dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
+ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+ :)
+ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+ rm -f messages.po
+
+ dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
+
+ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
+ dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
+ if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
+ dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
+ dnl Makefiles still can work.
+ if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ : ;
+ else
+ GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(
+ [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
+ GMSGFMT=":"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
+ dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+ dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+ dnl Makefiles still can work.
+ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ : ;
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(
+ [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+ XGETTEXT=":"
+ fi
+ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+ rm -f messages.po
+ fi
+
+ AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
+ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ esac
+ # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
+ case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
+ rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend
+ # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
+ # parameters.
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+ fi
+ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+ fi
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdirpre= ;;
+ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+ esac
+ POFILES=
+ GMOFILES=
+ UPDATEPOFILES=
+ DUMMYPOFILES=
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+ done
+ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+ # environment variable.
+ INST_LINGUAS=
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ useit=no
+ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+ else
+ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+ fi
+ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+ # a. equal to presentlang, or
+ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+ case "$desiredlang" in
+ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+ esac
+ done
+ if test $useit = yes; then
+ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ CATALOGS=
+ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+ done
+ fi
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
+ sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
+ for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
+ if test -f "$f"; then
+ case "$f" in
+ *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
+ *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done],
+ [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
+ # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
+ # from automake.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
+ # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
+ LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
+ ])
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
+dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
+dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
+stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \
+geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \
+strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+ AM_ICONV
+ AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
+ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+ AM_LC_MESSAGES
+ fi
+
+ dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
+ dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
+ dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
+ dnl compile.
+ dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
+ dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
+ dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
+ dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
+ dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
+ dnl present or too old.
+ AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
+ if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
+ ac_verc_fail=yes
+ else
+ dnl Found it, now check the version.
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
+changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+ ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
+ case $ac_prog_version in
+ '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+ 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+ ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
+ *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+ esac
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
+ fi
+ if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
+ INTLBISON=:
+ fi
+])
+
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
+[
+ dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
+ dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
+ dnl Try to locate is.
+ MKINSTALLDIRS=
+ if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+ if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
+
+# lib-prefix.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
+dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
+dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
+dnl with the same --prefix option.
+dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
+dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
+[
+ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+ use_additional=yes
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ AC_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
+[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+ --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
+[
+ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+ use_additional=no
+ else
+ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ else
+ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+ if test $use_additional = yes; then
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+ dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
+ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+ CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+ dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
+ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+ LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
+dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
+dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
+[
+ dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
+ dnl at the end of configure.
+ if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+ acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+ else
+ acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
+ fi
+ if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+ acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+ else
+ acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ fi
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
+dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
+dnl at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
+[
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ $1
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+# lib-link.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
+dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
+ ])
+ LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
+ INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+ dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
+ dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+ undefine([Name])
+ undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
+dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
+dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
+dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
+dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
+dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
+dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
+dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+
+ dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+
+ dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+ dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
+ dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
+ ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
+ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+ ])
+ if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
+ else
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
+ dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
+ dnl $INC[]NAME either.
+ CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIB[]NAME=
+ LTLIB[]NAME=
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+ undefine([Name])
+ undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
+dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
+dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L,
+dnl sys_lib_search_path_spec, sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
+ CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
+ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
+ . ./conftest.sh
+ rm -f ./conftest.sh
+ acl_cv_rpath=done
+ ])
+ wl="$acl_cv_wl"
+ libext="$acl_cv_libext"
+ shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+ hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
+ hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
+ hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
+ sys_lib_search_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+ sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
+ dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+ [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
+ :, enable_rpath=yes)
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+ use_additional=yes
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ AC_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
+[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+ --without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
+[
+ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+ use_additional=no
+ else
+ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ else
+ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+ dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
+ dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
+ LIB[]NAME=
+ LTLIB[]NAME=
+ INC[]NAME=
+ rpathdirs=
+ ltrpathdirs=
+ names_already_handled=
+ names_next_round='$1 $2'
+ while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
+ names_this_round="$names_next_round"
+ names_next_round=
+ for name in $names_this_round; do
+ already_handled=
+ for n in $names_already_handled; do
+ if test "$n" = "$name"; then
+ already_handled=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$already_handled"; then
+ names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
+ dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
+ dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
+ uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
+ eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
+ if test -n "$value"; then
+ if test "$value" = yes; then
+ eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+ eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+ else
+ dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
+ dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
+ :
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
+ dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
+ found_dir=
+ found_la=
+ found_so=
+ found_a=
+ if test $use_additional = yes; then
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ case "$x" in
+ -L*)
+ dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ dnl Found the library.
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
+ dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
+ dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
+ dnl standard /usr/lib.
+ if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
+ dnl No hardcoding is needed.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+ dnl binary.
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
+ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+ dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+ dnl resulting binary.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+ dnl binary.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
+ dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
+ dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
+ fi
+ if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+ dnl here.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
+ dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
+ dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
+ dnl very old systems.
+ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+ dnl here.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
+ dnl Linking with a static library.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
+ else
+ dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
+ dnl fallback.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
+ additional_includedir=
+ case "$found_dir" in
+ */lib | */lib/)
+ basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
+ additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
+ dnl constructed $INCNAME,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+ INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Look for dependencies.
+ if test -n "$found_la"; then
+ dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
+ dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
+ dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
+ save_libdir="$libdir"
+ case "$found_la" in
+ */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
+ *) . "./$found_la" ;;
+ esac
+ libdir="$save_libdir"
+ dnl We use only dependency_libs.
+ for dep in $dependency_libs; do
+ case "$dep" in
+ -L*)
+ additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
+ dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -R*)
+ dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
+ if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ dnl Handle this in the next round.
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
+ ;;
+ *.la)
+ dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
+ dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
+ dnl option.
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
+ dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
+ dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
+ dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
+ dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
+ dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
+ alldirs=
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
+ done
+ dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$alldirs"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+ else
+ dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$found_dir"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+ done
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
+ dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
+ for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
+ done
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
+dnl unless already present in VAR.
+dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
+dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
+[
+ for element in [$2]; do
+ haveit=
+ for x in $[$1]; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
+ fi
+ done
+])
+
+# lib-ld.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
+dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
+dnl with libtool.m4.
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
+ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+fi])
+with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+])
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
+[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
+[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
+test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
+ case $host in
+ *-*-mingw*)
+ # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+ *)
+ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_prog in
+ # Accept absolute paths.
+ [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
+ [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
+ # Canonicalize the path of ld
+ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+ while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+ done
+ test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+ ;;
+ "")
+ # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+ ac_prog=ld
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+ with_gnu_ld=unknown
+ ;;
+ esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+ acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+ # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
+ # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+ # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+ if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
+ test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+ else
+ test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+else
+ acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
+])
+
+# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
+[
+ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
+ dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
+
+ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+
+ dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+ dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
+ dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
+ dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
+ am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
+ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=no
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);],
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
+ am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);],
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+ LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ ])
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+ fi
+ if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
+ else
+ dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
+ dnl either.
+ CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBICONV=
+ LTLIBICONV=
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
+[
+ AM_ICONV_LINK
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
+ AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
+ am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
+ am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
+ }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
+ [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
+ fi
+])
+
+# progtest.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
+
+dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
+dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
+[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
+[case "[$]$1" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if [$3]; then
+ ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
+dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
+ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
+])dnl
+ ;;
+esac])dnl
+$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
+if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)dnl
+])
+
+# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005.
+
+# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
+# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
+# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
+# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
+# give these diagnostics:
+# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
+# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
+
+undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
+ [
+ dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
+ ]
+)
+
+# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
+# From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
+ [
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
+ [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
+ [
+#include <features.h>
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
+ Lucky GNU user
+ #endif
+#endif
+ ],
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
+ ]
+ )
+ AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
+ GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
+ ]
+)
+
+# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+static void
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+sigfpe_handler (int sig)
+#else
+sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
+#endif
+{
+ /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */
+ exit (sig != SIGFPE);
+}
+
+int x = 1;
+int y = 0;
+int z;
+int nan;
+
+int main ()
+{
+ signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
+/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */
+#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
+ signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */
+#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
+ signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+
+ z = x / y;
+ nan = y / y;
+ exit (1);
+}
+], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
+ [
+ # Guess based on the CPU.
+ case "$host_cpu" in
+ alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
+ *)
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
+ esac
+ ])
+ ])
+ case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
+ *yes) value=1;;
+ *) value=0;;
+ esac
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
+ [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
+])
+
+# uintmax_t.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.11)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)
+
+# Define uintmax_t to `unsigned long' or `unsigned long long'
+# if <inttypes.h> does not exist.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
+ test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
+ && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
+ || ac_type='unsigned long'
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
+ [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
+ if <inttypes.h> and <stdint.h> don't define.])
+ fi
+])
+
+# inttypes_h.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
+ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>],
+ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
+ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
+ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+ and declares uintmax_t. ])
+ fi
+])
+
+# stdint_h.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h,
+ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdint.h>],
+ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
+ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
+ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+[Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+ and declares uintmax_t. ])
+ fi
+])
+
+# ulonglong.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.0.32, gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;],
+ [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
+ return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;],
+ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
+ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
+ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
+ [Define if you have the unsigned long long type.])
+ fi
+])
+
+# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
+# <sys/types.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>],
+ [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
+ ])
+ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
+ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
+ fi
+])
+
+# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
+# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
+ gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef PRId32
+char *p = PRId32;
+#endif
+], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
+ ])
+ fi
+ if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
+ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
+ fi
+])
+
+# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
+ [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
+ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
+ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
+ ])
+ if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
+ [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
+ fi
+])
+
+# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
+ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
+ if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
+ [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl AC_LBL_LIBRARY_NET
+dnl
+dnl This test is for network applications that need socket() and
+dnl gethostbyname() -ish functions. Under Solaris, those applications
+dnl need to link with "-lsocket -lnsl". Under IRIX, they need to link
+dnl with "-lnsl" but should *not* link with "-lsocket" because
+dnl libsocket.a breaks a number of things (for instance:
+dnl gethostbyname() under IRIX 5.2, and snoop sockets under most
+dnl versions of IRIX).
+dnl
+dnl Unfortunately, many application developers are not aware of this,
+dnl and mistakenly write tests that cause -lsocket to be used under
+dnl IRIX. It is also easy to write tests that cause -lnsl to be used
+dnl under operating systems where neither are necessary (or useful),
+dnl such as SunOS 4.1.4, which uses -lnsl for TLI.
+dnl
+dnl This test exists so that every application developer does not test
+dnl this in a different, and subtly broken fashion.
+
+dnl It has been argued that this test should be broken up into two
+dnl seperate tests, one for the resolver libraries, and one for the
+dnl libraries necessary for using Sockets API. Unfortunately, the two
+dnl are carefully intertwined and allowing the autoconf user to use
+dnl them independantly potentially results in unfortunate ordering
+dnl dependancies -- as such, such component macros would have to
+dnl carefully use indirection and be aware if the other components were
+dnl executed. Since other autoconf macros do not go to this trouble,
+dnl and almost no applications use sockets without the resolver, this
+dnl complexity has not been implemented.
+dnl
+dnl The check for libresolv is in case you are attempting to link
+dnl statically and happen to have a libresolv.a lying around (and no
+dnl libnsl.a).
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AC_LBL_LIBRARY_NET, [
+ # Most operating systems have gethostbyname() in the default searched
+ # libraries (i.e. libc):
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, ,
+ # Some OSes (eg. Solaris) place it in libnsl:
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname, ,
+ # Some strange OSes (SINIX) have it in libsocket:
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, gethostbyname, ,
+ # Unfortunately libsocket sometimes depends on libnsl.
+ # AC_CHECK_LIB's API is essentially broken so the
+ # following ugliness is necessary:
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, gethostbyname,
+ LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS",
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, gethostbyname),
+ -lnsl))))
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, , AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, ,
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS", ,
+ -lnsl)))
+ # DLPI needs putmsg under HPUX so test for -lstr while we're at it
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(str, putmsg)
+ ])
+
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2003-07-02'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+ for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+ if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+ fi ;
+ done ;
+ if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+ fi
+ ;;
+ ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ *:NetBSD:*:*)
+ # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+ # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
+ # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+ # object file format. This provides both forward
+ # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+ # object file format.
+ #
+ # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+ # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
+ sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+ arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+ sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+ sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+ *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+ esac
+ # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+ # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+ # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
+ os=netbsd
+ else
+ os=netbsdelf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # The OS release
+ # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+ # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+ # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+ # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+ case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ Debian*)
+ release='-gnu'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+ # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+ echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ macppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ pmax:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sgi:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun3:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+ if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+ fi
+ # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+ # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
+ # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
+ # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+ ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+ case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
+ "EV4 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "EV4.5 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ "EV5 (21164)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+ "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+ "EV6 (21264)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+ "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+ "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+ "EV7 (21364)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+ "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+ esac
+ # A Vn.n version is a released version.
+ # A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+ # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+ # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Alpha*:OpenVMS:*:*)
+ echo alpha-hp-vms
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+ # of the specific Alpha model?
+ echo alpha-pc-interix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+ echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+ exit 0;;
+ *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:OS/390:*:*)
+ echo i370-ibm-openedition
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+ echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0;;
+ SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+ exit 0;;
+ Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+ # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+ if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+ else
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+ echo sparc-icl-nx6
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*)
+ case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+ sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;;
+ esac ;;
+ sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+ # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+ # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+ # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+ case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+ Series*|S4*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+ case "`/bin/arch`" in
+ sun3)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ esac
+ exit 0 ;;
+ aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
+ # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+ # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+ # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+ # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
+ # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+ # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+ # be no problem.
+ atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ powerpc:machten:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+ echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+ echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
+ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+ int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+ #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \
+ && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
+ && exit 0
+ echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+ echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+ # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+ then
+ if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+ then
+ echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ else
+ echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M88*:*:R3*:*)
+ # Delta 88k system running SVR3
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+ echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:IRIX*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+ echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+ exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+ i*86:AIX:*:*)
+ echo i386-ibm-aix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:AIX:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:2:3)
+ if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+ main()
+ {
+ if (!__power_pc())
+ exit(1);
+ puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+ exit(0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+ elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+ else
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:*:[45])
+ IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+ if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+ else
+ IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ fi
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
+ exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+ *:BOSX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+ echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+ 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+ 9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+ sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+ '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ int main ()
+ {
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+ #endif
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ switch (bits)
+ {
+ case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+ case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ } break;
+ #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+ puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ #endif
+ default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ }
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+ test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+ if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+ then
+ # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build
+ test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+ else
+ HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+ fi
+ fi
+ echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ int
+ main ()
+ {
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+ /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+ true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+ results, however. */
+ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+ {
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+ puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0
+ echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+ echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+ echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+ echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+ echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+ echo nv1-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:FreeBSD:*:*|*:GNU/FreeBSD:*:*)
+ # Determine whether the default compiler uses glibc.
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <features.h>
+ #if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #else
+ LIBC=
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
+ # GNU/FreeBSD systems have a "k" prefix to indicate we are using
+ # FreeBSD's kernel, but not the complete OS.
+ case ${LIBC} in gnu) kernel_only='k' ;; esac
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-${kernel_only}freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`${LIBC:+-$LIBC}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:MINGW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:PW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+ exit 0 ;;
+ x86:Interix*:[34]*)
+ echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+ echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+ # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+ echo i586-pc-interix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:UWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:GNU:*:*)
+ echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:Minix:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arm*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ cris:Linux:*:*)
+ echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m68*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mips:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips
+ #undef mipsel
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mipsel
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ mips64:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips64
+ #undef mips64el
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mips64el
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips64
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ ppc:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ alpha:Linux:*:*)
+ case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+ EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+ EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+ PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+ EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+ EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ esac
+ objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+ # Look for CPU level
+ case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+ PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ esac
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sh*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:Linux:*:*)
+ # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+ # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+ # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+ # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
+ ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
+ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
+ s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
+ s/.*supported targets: *//
+ s/ .*//
+ p'`
+ case "$ld_supported_targets" in
+ elf32-i386)
+ TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+ ;;
+ a.out-i386-linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ coff-i386)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ "")
+ # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
+ # one that does not give us useful --help.
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ esac
+ # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <features.h>
+ #ifdef __ELF__
+ # ifdef __GLIBC__
+ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+ LIBC=gnu
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ #else
+ #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #else
+ LIBC=gnuaout
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
+ test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0
+ test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+ # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+ # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+ # sysname and nodename.
+ echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+ # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+ # number series starting with 2...
+ # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+ # I just have to hope. -- rms.
+ # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+ # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+ # is probably installed.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:atheos:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+ UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+ if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:5:[78]*)
+ case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+ *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+ *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+ *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:3.2:*)
+ if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+ UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+ elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ pc:*:*:*)
+ # Left here for compatibility:
+ # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+ # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
+ echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-mach3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ paragon:*:*:*)
+ echo i860-intel-osf1
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+ if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+ else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+ echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+ # "miniframe"
+ echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+ echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+ echo m68k-diab-dnix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
+ test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0)
+ OS_REL=''
+ test -r /etc/.relid \
+ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+ && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;;
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
+ m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+ else
+ echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+ # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+ echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+ # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+ # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:*:*:FTX*)
+ # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+ echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+ echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+ echo mips-sony-newsos6
+ exit 0 ;;
+ R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+ echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-be-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-apple-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+ echo i586-pc-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Darwin:*:*)
+ case `uname -p` in
+ *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;;
+ powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+ UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:QNX:*:4*)
+ echo i386-pc-qnx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ NSR-[DGKLNPTVW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+ echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+ echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Plan9:*:*)
+ # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+ # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+ # operating systems.
+ if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+ else
+ UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TENEX:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+ exit 0 ;;
+ KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:ITS:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-its
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+ echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+eval $set_cc_for_build
+cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+ /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+ I don't know.... */
+ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+ printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+ "4"
+#else
+ ""
+#endif
+ ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+ printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+ printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+ int version;
+ version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+ if (version < 4)
+ printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ else
+ printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+ printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+ printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+ printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+ struct utsname un;
+
+ uname(&un);
+
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+# if !defined (ultrix)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if defined (BSD)
+# if BSD == 43
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+# if BSD == 199006
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+ printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+ exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+ case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+ c1*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c2*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c34*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c38*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c4*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
+the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
+download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
+
+ ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
+
+/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+ systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
+ */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
+ language is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
+ */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
+
+/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
+ */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getc_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEUID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGID
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETUID
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_ntop' function. */
+#undef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_pton' function. */
+#undef HAVE_INET_PTON
+
+/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
+ declares uintmax_t. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `in_port_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_IN_PORT_T
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nsl' library (-lnsl). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `resolv' library (-lresolv). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBRESOLV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `str' library (-lstr). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBSTR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `rand' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RAND
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `random' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RANDOM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `srand' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SRAND
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `srandom' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SRANDOM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
+ uintmax_t. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct in_pktinfo'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_IN_PKTINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if `sa_len' is member of `struct sockaddr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sockio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKIO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the unsigned long long type. */
+#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+
+/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
+#undef ICONV_CONST
+
+/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */
+#undef INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
+#undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+ direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+ automatically deduced at run-time.
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* use the linux-style select(2) call */
+#undef USE_LINUX_SELECT
+
+/* misc old compat behaviours */
+#undef USE_OLD_COMPAT
+
+/* use the old style hexdump format */
+#undef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+
+/* use the old telnet codes parsing policy */
+#undef USE_OLD_TELNET
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
+ calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#undef inline
+#endif
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if <inttypes.h> and
+ <stdint.h> don't define. */
+#undef uintmax_t
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
+# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
+#
+# Copyright 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
+# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
+# should be set by the caller.
+#
+# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+shlibext=
+
+host="$1"
+host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+wl=
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ wl='-Wl,'
+else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ linux*)
+ echo '__INTEL_COMPILER' > conftest.$ac_ext
+ if $CC -E conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null | grep __INTEL_COMPILER >/dev/null
+ then
+ :
+ else
+ # Intel icc
+ wl='-Qoption,ld,'
+ fi
+ ;;
+ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ wl='-Qoption ld '
+ ;;
+ sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+ if test "x$host_vendor" = xsni; then
+ wl='-LD'
+ else
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+hardcode_libdir_separator=
+hardcode_direct=no
+hardcode_minus_L=no
+
+case "$host_os" in
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+ # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+ # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+ # Microsoft Visual C++.
+ if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+ with_gnu_ld=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ with_gnu_ld=no
+ ;;
+esac
+
+ld_shlibs=yes
+if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
+ # On AIX, the GNU linker is very broken
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+ # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+ # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+ # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
+ # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use
+ # them.
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+ # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+ # no search path for DLLs.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ ;;
+ solaris* | sysv5*)
+ if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ fi
+else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix3*)
+ # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+ # are no directories specified by -L.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+ # broken collect2.
+ hardcode_direct=unsupported
+ fi
+ ;;
+ aix4* | aix5*)
+ if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+ # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+ # have to do anything special.
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+ else
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+ # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+ # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+ # need to do runtime linking.
+ case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
+ for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+ if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ esac
+ fi
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+ if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+ then
+ # We have reworked collect2
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ else
+ # We have old collect2
+ hardcode_direct=unsupported
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=
+ fi
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+ else
+ if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+ else
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-bnolibpath ${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+ # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+ # Microsoft Visual C++.
+ # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+ # no search path for DLLs.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+ libext=lib
+ ;;
+ darwin* | rhapsody*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ freebsd1*)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ freebsd2.2*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ freebsd2*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ freebsd*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes # Not in the search PATH, but as the default
+ # location of the library.
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ newsos6)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ;;
+ os2*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ osf3*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ osf4* | osf5*)
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ else
+ # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
+ fi
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ sco3.2v5*)
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ sysv4)
+ if test "x$host_vendor" = xsno; then
+ hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
+ else
+ hardcode_direct=no # Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+ fi
+ ;;
+ sysv4.3*)
+ ;;
+ sysv5*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+ ;;
+ uts4*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ ;;
+ dgux*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ ;;
+ sysv4*MP*)
+ if test -d /usr/nec; then
+ ld_shlibs=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ sysv4.2uw2*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_minus_L=no
+ ;;
+ sysv5uw7* | unixware7*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Check dynamic linker characteristics
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
+sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+case "$host_os" in
+ aix3*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ aix4* | aix5*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ shlibext=ixlibrary
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ bsdi4*)
+ shlibext=so
+ sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
+ sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+ case $GCC,$host_os in
+ yes,cygwin*)
+ shlibext=dll.a
+ ;;
+ yes,mingw*)
+ shlibext=dll
+ sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s/;/ /g"`
+ ;;
+ yes,pw32*)
+ shlibext=dll
+ ;;
+ *)
+ shlibext=dll
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ darwin* | rhapsody*)
+ shlibext=dylib
+ ;;
+ freebsd1*)
+ ;;
+ freebsd*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ gnu*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+ shlibext=sl
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6*)
+ shlibext=so
+ case "$host_os" in
+ irix5*)
+ libsuff= shlibsuff=
+ ;;
+ *)
+ case $LD in
+ *-32|*"-32 ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+ *-n32|*"-n32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
+ *-64|*"-64 ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
+ *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
+ sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
+ ;;
+ linux-gnuoldld* | linux-gnuaout* | linux-gnucoff*)
+ ;;
+ linux-gnu*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ newsos6)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ os2*)
+ libname_spec='$name'
+ shlibext=dll
+ ;;
+ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+ shlibext=so
+ sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
+ sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+ ;;
+ sco3.2v5*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+ shlibext=so
+ case "$host_vendor" in
+ motorola)
+ sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ uts4*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ dgux*)
+ shlibext=so
+ ;;
+ sysv4*MP*)
+ if test -d /usr/nec; then
+ shlibext=so
+ fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=`echo "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+
+sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl="$escaped_wl"
+
+# Static library suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
+shlibext="$shlibext"
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
+
+# Compile-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_search_path_spec="$escaped_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+
+# Run-time system search path for libraries
+sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$escaped_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
+
+EOF
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2003-07-04'
+
+# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
+# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
+# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+ $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+ exit 1 ;;
+
+ *local*)
+ # First pass through any local machine types.
+ echo $1
+ exit 0;;
+
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+ nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+ os=-$maybe_os
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
+ if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
+ then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+ else os=; fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+ -sun*os*)
+ # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+ ;;
+ -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
+ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+ -apple | -axis)
+ os=
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+ os=
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -scout)
+ ;;
+ -wrs)
+ os=-vxworks
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -chorusos*)
+ os=-chorusos
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -chorusrdb)
+ os=-chorusrdb
+ basic_machine=$1
+ ;;
+ -hiux*)
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ -sco5)
+ os=-sco3.2v5
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco4)
+ os=-sco3.2v4
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco3.2v[4-9]*)
+ # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -sco*)
+ os=-sco3.2v2
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -udk*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -isc)
+ os=-isc2.2
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -clix*)
+ basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
+ ;;
+ -isc*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+ ;;
+ -lynx*)
+ os=-lynxos
+ ;;
+ -ptx*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
+ ;;
+ -windowsnt*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
+ ;;
+ -psos*)
+ os=-psos
+ ;;
+ -mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
+case $basic_machine in
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+ # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
+ 1750a | 580 \
+ | a29k \
+ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
+ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \
+ | c4x | clipper \
+ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+ | fr30 | frv \
+ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
+ | ip2k \
+ | m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \
+ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+ | mips16 \
+ | mips64 | mips64el \
+ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+ | mn10200 | mn10300 \
+ | msp430 \
+ | ns16k | ns32k \
+ | openrisc | or32 \
+ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
+ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+ | pyramid \
+ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+ | sh64 | sh64le \
+ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
+ | strongarm \
+ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
+ | v850 | v850e \
+ | we32k \
+ | x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+ | z8k)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ ;;
+ m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
+ # Motorola 68HC11/12.
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
+ ;;
+
+ # We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+ # because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+ # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+ i*86 | x86_64)
+ basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
+ ;;
+ # Object if more than one company name word.
+ *-*-*)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
+ 580-* \
+ | a29k-* \
+ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
+ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
+ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
+ | avr-* \
+ | bs2000-* \
+ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+ | clipper-* | cydra-* \
+ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
+ | elxsi-* \
+ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+ | h8300-* | h8500-* \
+ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
+ | ip2k-* \
+ | m32r-* \
+ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
+ | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \
+ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
+ | mips16-* \
+ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \
+ | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
+ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
+ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
+ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
+ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
+ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+ | msp430-* \
+ | none-* | np1-* | nv1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+ | orion-* \
+ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
+ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+ | pyramid-* \
+ | romp-* | rs6000-* \
+ | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \
+ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
+ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \
+ | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
+ | tron-* \
+ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+ | we32k-* \
+ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \
+ | xtensa-* \
+ | ymp-* \
+ | z8k-*)
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+ # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+ 386bsd)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+ basic_machine=m68000-att
+ ;;
+ 3b*)
+ basic_machine=we32k-att
+ ;;
+ a29khif)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ adobe68k)
+ basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+ os=-scout
+ ;;
+ alliant | fx80)
+ basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+ ;;
+ altos | altos3068)
+ basic_machine=m68k-altos
+ ;;
+ am29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-none
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ amd64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ ;;
+ amdahl)
+ basic_machine=580-amdahl
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ amiga | amiga-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ ;;
+ amigaos | amigados)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-amigaos
+ ;;
+ amigaunix | amix)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ apollo68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ apollo68bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ aux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ os=-aux
+ ;;
+ balance)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+ os=-dynix
+ ;;
+ c90)
+ basic_machine=c90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ convex-c1)
+ basic_machine=c1-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c2)
+ basic_machine=c2-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c32)
+ basic_machine=c32-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c34)
+ basic_machine=c34-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c38)
+ basic_machine=c38-convex
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ cray | j90)
+ basic_machine=j90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ crds | unos)
+ basic_machine=m68k-crds
+ ;;
+ cris | cris-* | etrax*)
+ basic_machine=cris-axis
+ ;;
+ da30 | da30-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-da30
+ ;;
+ decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+ basic_machine=mips-dec
+ ;;
+ decsystem10* | dec10*)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+ os=-tops10
+ ;;
+ decsystem20* | dec20*)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-dec
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+ basic_machine=m68k-motorola
+ ;;
+ delta88)
+ basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ dpx20 | dpx20-*)
+ basic_machine=rs6000-bull
+ os=-bosx
+ ;;
+ dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ ebmon29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-ebmon
+ ;;
+ elxsi)
+ basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ encore | umax | mmax)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-encore
+ ;;
+ es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ fx2800)
+ basic_machine=i860-alliant
+ ;;
+ genix)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-ns
+ ;;
+ gmicro)
+ basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ go32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-go32
+ ;;
+ h3050r* | hiux*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ h8300hms)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ h8300xray)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ os=-xray
+ ;;
+ h8500hms)
+ basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ harris)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ hp300-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ ;;
+ hp300bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ hp300hpux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ os=-hpux
+ ;;
+ hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+ basic_machine=m68000-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+ basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+ ;;
+ hppa-next)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ hppaosf)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ hppro)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ i370-ibm* | ibm*)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ ;;
+# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
+ i*86v32)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv32
+ ;;
+ i*86v4*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ i*86v)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ i*86sol2)
+ basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ i386mach)
+ basic_machine=i386-mach
+ os=-mach
+ ;;
+ i386-vsta | vsta)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-vsta
+ ;;
+ iris | iris4d)
+ basic_machine=mips-sgi
+ case $os in
+ -irix*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-irix4
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ isi68 | isi)
+ basic_machine=m68k-isi
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ basic_machine=m88k-omron
+ ;;
+ magnum | m3230)
+ basic_machine=mips-mips
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ merlin)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ mingw32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-mingw32
+ ;;
+ miniframe)
+ basic_machine=m68000-convergent
+ ;;
+ *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-atari
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ mips3*-*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
+ ;;
+ mips3*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
+ ;;
+ mmix*)
+ basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+ os=-mmixware
+ ;;
+ monitor)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ morphos)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ os=-morphos
+ ;;
+ msdos)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ os=-msdos
+ ;;
+ mvs)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
+ ncr3000)
+ basic_machine=i486-ncr
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ netbsd386)
+ basic_machine=i386-unknown
+ os=-netbsd
+ ;;
+ netwinder)
+ basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ news1000)
+ basic_machine=m68030-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ news-3600 | risc-news)
+ basic_machine=mips-sony
+ os=-newsos
+ ;;
+ necv70)
+ basic_machine=v70-nec
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ next | m*-next )
+ basic_machine=m68k-next
+ case $os in
+ -nextstep* )
+ ;;
+ -ns2*)
+ os=-nextstep2
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ nh3000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-harris
+ os=-cxux
+ ;;
+ nh[45]000)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ os=-cxux
+ ;;
+ nindy960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ os=-nindy
+ ;;
+ mon960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ os=-mon960
+ ;;
+ nonstopux)
+ basic_machine=mips-compaq
+ os=-nonstopux
+ ;;
+ np1)
+ basic_machine=np1-gould
+ ;;
+ nv1)
+ basic_machine=nv1-cray
+ os=-unicosmp
+ ;;
+ nsr-tandem)
+ basic_machine=nsr-tandem
+ ;;
+ op50n-* | op60c-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ or32 | or32-*)
+ basic_machine=or32-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ OSE68000 | ose68000)
+ basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ os68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-none
+ os=-os68k
+ ;;
+ pa-hitachi)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
+ os=-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ paragon)
+ basic_machine=i860-intel
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ pbd)
+ basic_machine=sparc-tti
+ ;;
+ pbb)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tti
+ ;;
+ pc532 | pc532-*)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
+ ;;
+ pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
+ basic_machine=i586-pc
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ ;;
+ pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ ;;
+ pentium4)
+ basic_machine=i786-pc
+ ;;
+ pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+ basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+ basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pentium4-*)
+ basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ pn)
+ basic_machine=pn-gould
+ ;;
+ power) basic_machine=power-ibm
+ ;;
+ ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+ basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+ basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
+ ;;
+ ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ ;;
+ ps2)
+ basic_machine=i386-ibm
+ ;;
+ pw32)
+ basic_machine=i586-unknown
+ os=-pw32
+ ;;
+ rom68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ rm[46]00)
+ basic_machine=mips-siemens
+ ;;
+ rtpc | rtpc-*)
+ basic_machine=romp-ibm
+ ;;
+ s390 | s390-*)
+ basic_machine=s390-ibm
+ ;;
+ s390x | s390x-*)
+ basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+ ;;
+ sa29200)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ sb1)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
+ ;;
+ sb1el)
+ basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
+ ;;
+ sei)
+ basic_machine=mips-sei
+ os=-seiux
+ ;;
+ sequent)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ ;;
+ sh)
+ basic_machine=sh-hitachi
+ os=-hms
+ ;;
+ sh64)
+ basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+ ;;
+ sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
+ basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ sps7)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ os=-sysv2
+ ;;
+ spur)
+ basic_machine=spur-unknown
+ ;;
+ st2000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+ ;;
+ stratus)
+ basic_machine=i860-stratus
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ sun2)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ ;;
+ sun2os3)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun2os4)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun3os3)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun3os4)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4os3)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun4os4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4sol2)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ sun3 | sun3-*)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ ;;
+ sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+ basic_machine=i386-sun
+ ;;
+ sv1)
+ basic_machine=sv1-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ symmetry)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ os=-dynix
+ ;;
+ t3e)
+ basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ t90)
+ basic_machine=t90-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ tic54x | c54x*)
+ basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic55x | c55x*)
+ basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tic6x | c6x*)
+ basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ tx39)
+ basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
+ ;;
+ tx39el)
+ basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
+ ;;
+ toad1)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ tower | tower-32)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ncr
+ ;;
+ udi29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ os=-udi
+ ;;
+ ultra3)
+ basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+ os=-sym1
+ ;;
+ v810 | necv810)
+ basic_machine=v810-nec
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ vaxv)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ vms)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ os=-vms
+ ;;
+ vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+ basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
+ ;;
+ vxworks960)
+ basic_machine=i960-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+ os=-vxworks
+ ;;
+ w65*)
+ basic_machine=w65-wdc
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ w89k-*)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ xps | xps100)
+ basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
+ ;;
+ ymp)
+ basic_machine=ymp-cray
+ os=-unicos
+ ;;
+ z8k-*-coff)
+ basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+ os=-sim
+ ;;
+ none)
+ basic_machine=none-none
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+
+# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
+# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+ w89k)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+ ;;
+ op50n)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ ;;
+ op60c)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+ ;;
+ romp)
+ basic_machine=romp-ibm
+ ;;
+ rs6000)
+ basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
+ ;;
+ vax)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ ;;
+ pdp10)
+ # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
+ basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
+ ;;
+ pdp11)
+ basic_machine=pdp11-dec
+ ;;
+ we32k)
+ basic_machine=we32k-att
+ ;;
+ sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+ basic_machine=sh-unknown
+ ;;
+ sh64)
+ basic_machine=sh64-unknown
+ ;;
+ sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ ;;
+ cydra)
+ basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
+ ;;
+ orion)
+ basic_machine=orion-highlevel
+ ;;
+ orion105)
+ basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
+ ;;
+ mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ ;;
+ pmac | pmac-mpw)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+ ;;
+ *-unknown)
+ # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-digital*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
+ ;;
+ *-commodore*)
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
+then
+case $os in
+ # First match some system type aliases
+ # that might get confused with valid system types.
+ # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+ -solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+ ;;
+ -solaris)
+ os=-solaris2
+ ;;
+ -svr4*)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -unixware*)
+ os=-sysv4.2uw
+ ;;
+ -gnu/linux*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ # First accept the basic system types.
+ # The portable systems comes first.
+ # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
+ # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
+ -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
+ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
+ | -aos* \
+ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
+ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
+ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
+ | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
+ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
+ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
+ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
+ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
+ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
+ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
+ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
+ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei*)
+ # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
+ ;;
+ -qnx*)
+ case $basic_machine in
+ x86-* | i*86-*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-nto$os
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -nto-qnx*)
+ ;;
+ -nto*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
+ ;;
+ -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
+ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+ ;;
+ -mac*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+ ;;
+ -linux*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ -sunos5*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+ ;;
+ -sunos6*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+ ;;
+ -opened*)
+ os=-openedition
+ ;;
+ -wince*)
+ os=-wince
+ ;;
+ -osfrose*)
+ os=-osfrose
+ ;;
+ -osf*)
+ os=-osf
+ ;;
+ -utek*)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -dynix*)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -acis*)
+ os=-aos
+ ;;
+ -atheos*)
+ os=-atheos
+ ;;
+ -386bsd)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ -ctix* | -uts*)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ -nova*)
+ os=-rtmk-nova
+ ;;
+ -ns2 )
+ os=-nextstep2
+ ;;
+ -nsk*)
+ os=-nsk
+ ;;
+ # Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+ -sinix5.*)
+ os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+ ;;
+ -sinix*)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -triton*)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -oss*)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -svr4)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ -svr3)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ -sysvr4)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ # This must come after -sysvr4.
+ -sysv*)
+ ;;
+ -ose*)
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ -es1800*)
+ os=-ose
+ ;;
+ -xenix)
+ os=-xenix
+ ;;
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ -aros*)
+ os=-aros
+ ;;
+ -kaos*)
+ os=-kaos
+ ;;
+ -none)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
+ os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
+ echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-acorn)
+ os=-riscix1.2
+ ;;
+ arm*-rebel)
+ os=-linux
+ ;;
+ arm*-semi)
+ os=-aout
+ ;;
+ c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ # This must come before the *-dec entry.
+ pdp10-*)
+ os=-tops20
+ ;;
+ pdp11-*)
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+ *-dec | vax-*)
+ os=-ultrix4.2
+ ;;
+ m68*-apollo)
+ os=-domain
+ ;;
+ i386-sun)
+ os=-sunos4.0.2
+ ;;
+ m68000-sun)
+ os=-sunos3
+ # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
+ # default.
+ # os=-sunos4
+ ;;
+ m68*-cisco)
+ os=-aout
+ ;;
+ mips*-cisco)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ mips*-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ or32-*)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ sparc-* | *-sun)
+ os=-sunos4.1.1
+ ;;
+ *-be)
+ os=-beos
+ ;;
+ *-ibm)
+ os=-aix
+ ;;
+ *-wec)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-winbond)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-oki)
+ os=-proelf
+ ;;
+ *-hp)
+ os=-hpux
+ ;;
+ *-hitachi)
+ os=-hiux
+ ;;
+ i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ *-cbm)
+ os=-amigaos
+ ;;
+ *-dg)
+ os=-dgux
+ ;;
+ *-dolphin)
+ os=-sysv3
+ ;;
+ m68k-ccur)
+ os=-rtu
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ os=-luna
+ ;;
+ *-next )
+ os=-nextstep
+ ;;
+ *-sequent)
+ os=-ptx
+ ;;
+ *-crds)
+ os=-unos
+ ;;
+ *-ns)
+ os=-genix
+ ;;
+ i370-*)
+ os=-mvs
+ ;;
+ *-next)
+ os=-nextstep3
+ ;;
+ *-gould)
+ os=-sysv
+ ;;
+ *-highlevel)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ *-encore)
+ os=-bsd
+ ;;
+ *-sgi)
+ os=-irix
+ ;;
+ *-siemens)
+ os=-sysv4
+ ;;
+ *-masscomp)
+ os=-rtu
+ ;;
+ f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+ os=-uxpv
+ ;;
+ *-rom68k)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-*bug)
+ os=-coff
+ ;;
+ *-apple)
+ os=-macos
+ ;;
+ *-atari*)
+ os=-mint
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=-none
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
+vendor=unknown
+case $basic_machine in
+ *-unknown)
+ case $os in
+ -riscix*)
+ vendor=acorn
+ ;;
+ -sunos*)
+ vendor=sun
+ ;;
+ -aix*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -beos*)
+ vendor=be
+ ;;
+ -hpux*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ -mpeix*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ -hiux*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ -unos*)
+ vendor=crds
+ ;;
+ -dgux*)
+ vendor=dg
+ ;;
+ -luna*)
+ vendor=omron
+ ;;
+ -genix*)
+ vendor=ns
+ ;;
+ -mvs* | -opened*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ -ptx*)
+ vendor=sequent
+ ;;
+ -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
+ vendor=wrs
+ ;;
+ -aux*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ -hms*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ -mpw* | -macos*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
+ vendor=atari
+ ;;
+ -vos*)
+ vendor=stratus
+ ;;
+ esac
+ basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $basic_machine$os
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_unset=unset
+else
+ as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+ LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+ LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+ LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+ if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+ eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+ else
+ $as_unset $as_var
+ fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+ as_basename=basename
+else
+ as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+ sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
+ chmod +x conf$$.sh
+ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ else
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ fi
+ rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+ test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
+ # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+ # relative or not.
+ case $0 in
+ *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+ *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+ # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+ if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+ as_myself=$0
+ fi
+ if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+ case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+ '')
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+ case $as_dir in
+ /*)
+ if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+ test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+ $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+ $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+ CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+ export CONFIG_SHELL
+ exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ done
+done
+;;
+ esac
+
+ # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+ # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a
+ # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+ # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+ # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+ # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+ # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+ # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-)
+ sed '=' <$as_myself |
+ sed '
+ N
+ s,$,-,
+ : loop
+ s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+ t loop
+ s,-$,,
+ s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+ ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+ chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+ # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+ # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+ # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+ . ./$as_me.lineno
+ # Exit status is that of the last command.
+ exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+ *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T=' ' ;;
+ *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+ *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+ # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+ if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+ # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ else
+ as_ln_s='ln -s'
+ fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_ln_s=ln
+else
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+ as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" $as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+
+# Name of the host.
+# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
+# so uname gets run too.
+ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+#
+# Initializations.
+#
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+ac_config_libobj_dir=.
+cross_compiling=no
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS=
+MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+# This variable seems obsolete. It should probably be removed, and
+# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
+: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
+
+# Identity of this package.
+PACKAGE_NAME=
+PACKAGE_TARNAME=
+PACKAGE_VERSION=
+PACKAGE_STRING=
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
+
+ac_unique_file="ChangeLog"
+# Factoring default headers for most tests.
+ac_includes_default="\
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+# include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif"
+
+ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS build build_cpu build_vendor build_os host host_cpu host_vendor host_os target target_cpu target_vendor target_os INSTALL_PROGRAM INSTALL_SCRIPT INSTALL_DATA CYGPATH_W PACKAGE VERSION ACLOCAL AUTOCONF AUTOMAKE AUTOHEADER MAKEINFO AMTAR install_sh STRIP ac_ct_STRIP INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM AWK SET_MAKE am__leading_dot CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT DEPDIR am__include am__quote AMDEP_TRUE AMDEP_FALSE AMDEPBACKSLASH CCDEPMODE am__fastdepCC_TRUE am__fastdepCC_FALSE CPP RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB PERL POD2MAN all_includes all_libraries MKINSTALLDIRS MSGFMT GMSGFMT XGETTEXT MSGMERGE USE_NLS LIBICONV LTLIBICONV INTLLIBS LIBINTL LTLIBINTL POSUB EGREP ALLOCA GLIBC21 INTLBISON CONTRIBLIBS NEED_GETOPT_TRUE NEED_GETOPT_FALSE LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'
+ac_subst_files=''
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+ac_init_help=
+ac_init_version=false
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+cache_file=/dev/null
+exec_prefix=NONE
+no_create=
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Installation directory options.
+# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
+# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
+# by default will actually change.
+# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+ if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+ ac_prev=
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+
+ # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+ case $ac_option in
+
+ -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+ ac_prev=bindir ;;
+ -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+ bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+ ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+ -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+ build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+ ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+ -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+ cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ --config-cache | -C)
+ cache_file=config.cache ;;
+
+ -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+ ac_prev=datadir ;;
+ -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+ | --da=*)
+ datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -disable-* | --disable-*)
+ ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
+
+ -enable-* | --enable-*)
+ ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case $ac_option in
+ *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+ | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+ ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+ -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+ exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+ with_gas=yes ;;
+
+ -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
+ ac_init_help=long ;;
+ -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
+ ac_init_help=recursive ;;
+ -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
+ ac_init_help=short ;;
+
+ -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+ ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+ -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+ host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+ ac_prev=includedir ;;
+ -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+ includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+ ac_prev=infodir ;;
+ -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+ infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+ ac_prev=libdir ;;
+ -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+ libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+ | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+ ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+ -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+ libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+ ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+ -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+ localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+ ac_prev=mandir ;;
+ -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+ mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+ # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+ with_fp=no ;;
+
+ -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+ no_create=yes ;;
+
+ -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+ no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+ -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+ ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+ -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+ oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+ ac_prev=prefix ;;
+ -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+ prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+ ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+ -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+ program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+ ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+ -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+ program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+ | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+ ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+ -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+ program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ silent=yes ;;
+
+ -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+ ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+ -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+ | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+ sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+ | --sha | --sh)
+ ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+ -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+ | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+ sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -site | --site | --sit)
+ ac_prev=site ;;
+ -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+ site=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+ ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+ -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+ srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+ ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+ -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+ sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+ ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+ -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+ target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+ verbose=yes ;;
+
+ -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
+ ac_init_version=: ;;
+
+ -with-* | --with-*)
+ ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ case $ac_option in
+ *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+ *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+ esac
+ eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+ -without-* | --without-*)
+ ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
+ eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
+
+ --x)
+ # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+ with_x=yes ;;
+
+ -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+ ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+ -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+ x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+ ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+ -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+ x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+
+ -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ;;
+
+ *=*)
+ ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+ # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+ expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
+ eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
+ export $ac_envvar ;;
+
+ *)
+ # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
+ echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
+ expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
+ echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
+ : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+ ;;
+
+ esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+ ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
+ { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
+do
+ eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+ case $ac_val in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
+ *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+ esac
+done
+
+# Be sure to have absolute paths.
+for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
+ localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
+do
+ eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+ case $ac_val in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
+ *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+ esac
+done
+
+# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
+# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+build=$build_alias
+host=$host_alias
+target=$target_alias
+
+# FIXME: To remove some day.
+if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
+ if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
+ cross_compiling=maybe
+ echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
+ If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
+ elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
+ cross_compiling=yes
+ fi
+fi
+
+ac_tool_prefix=
+test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+
+test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+ # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+ ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$0" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ srcdir=$ac_confdir
+ if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ srcdir=..
+ fi
+else
+ ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+ if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ else
+ { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+fi
+(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
+ { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
+ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
+ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
+ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
+ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
+ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
+ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
+ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
+ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
+ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP
+
+#
+# Report the --help message.
+#
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
+ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+ # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+ cat <<_ACEOF
+\`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
+
+To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
+VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
+
+Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+
+Configuration:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ --help=short display options specific to this package
+ --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages
+ -V, --version display version information and exit
+ -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
+ --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled]
+ -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
+ -n, --no-create do not create output files
+ --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
+
+_ACEOF
+
+ cat <<_ACEOF
+Installation directories:
+ --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+ [$ac_default_prefix]
+ --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+ [PREFIX]
+
+By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
+\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify
+an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
+for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
+
+For better control, use the options below.
+
+Fine tuning of the installation directories:
+ --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
+ --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
+ --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
+ --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
+ --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
+ --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
+ --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
+ --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
+ --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include]
+ --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
+ --infodir=DIR info documentation [PREFIX/info]
+ --mandir=DIR man documentation [PREFIX/man]
+_ACEOF
+
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Program names:
+ --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+ --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+ --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+
+System types:
+ --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [guessed]
+ --host=HOST cross-compile to build programs to run on HOST [BUILD]
+ --target=TARGET configure for building compilers for TARGET [HOST]
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
+
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Optional Features:
+ --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+ --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+ --disable-dependency-tracking Speeds up one-time builds
+ --enable-dependency-tracking Do not reject slow dependency extractors
+ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths
+ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support
+ --enable-debug enable debugging (requires GNU compiler, default:
+ no)
+ --enable-compat enable all old compatibility switches (default: no)
+ --enable-oldhexdump use the old style hexdump format (default: no)
+ --enable-oldtelnet use old telnet codes parsing policy (default: no)
+
+Optional Packages:
+ --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+ --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld default=no
+ --with-libiconv-prefix=DIR search for libiconv in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+ --without-libiconv-prefix don't search for libiconv in includedir and libdir
+ --with-libintl-prefix=DIR search for libintl in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+ --without-libintl-prefix don't search for libintl in includedir and libdir
+ --with-included-getopt use the internal getopt library (default: auto)
+
+Some influential environment variables:
+ CC C compiler command
+ CFLAGS C compiler flags
+ LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
+ nonstandard directory <lib dir>
+ CPPFLAGS C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
+ headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
+ CPP C preprocessor
+
+Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
+it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
+
+_ACEOF
+fi
+
+if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
+ # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
+ ac_popdir=`pwd`
+ for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
+ test -d $ac_dir || continue
+ ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+ .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
+ ac_srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+ ac_top_srcdir=.
+ else
+ ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+ fi ;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
+ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+ case "$ac_dir" in
+ .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+ *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+ case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+ .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_top_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+
+ cd $ac_dir
+ # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
+ if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
+ echo
+ $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu --help=recursive
+ elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
+ echo
+ $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure --help=recursive
+ elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
+ test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
+ echo
+ $ac_configure --help
+ else
+ echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
+ fi
+ cd $ac_popdir
+ done
+fi
+
+test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
+if $ac_init_version; then
+ cat <<\_ACEOF
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+_ACEOF
+ exit 0
+fi
+exec 5>config.log
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+
+It was created by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was
+
+ $ $0 $@
+
+_ACEOF
+{
+cat <<_ASUNAME
+## --------- ##
+## Platform. ##
+## --------- ##
+
+hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+_ASUNAME
+
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ echo "PATH: $as_dir"
+done
+
+} >&5
+
+cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Core tests. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Keep a trace of the command line.
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
+# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
+# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
+ac_configure_args=
+ac_configure_args0=
+ac_configure_args1=
+ac_sep=
+ac_must_keep_next=false
+for ac_pass in 1 2
+do
+ for ac_arg
+ do
+ case $ac_arg in
+ -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+ continue ;;
+ *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+ ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_pass in
+ 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ 2)
+ ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
+ if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
+ ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
+ else
+ case $ac_arg in
+ *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
+ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
+ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
+ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
+ case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
+ "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
+ # Get rid of the leading space.
+ ac_sep=" "
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+done
+$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
+$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
+
+# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
+# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
+# would cause problems or look ugly.
+# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
+# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
+trap 'exit_status=$?
+ # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
+ {
+ echo
+
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ---------------- ##
+## Cache variables. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+ echo
+ # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+{
+ (set) 2>&1 |
+ case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+ *ac_space=\ *)
+ sed -n \
+ "s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
+ s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ sed -n \
+ "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+ ;;
+ esac;
+}
+ echo
+
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------------- ##
+## Output variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+ echo
+ for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
+ do
+ eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+ echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+ done | sort
+ echo
+
+ if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------- ##
+## Output files. ##
+## ------------- ##
+_ASBOX
+ echo
+ for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
+ do
+ eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
+ echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
+ done | sort
+ echo
+ fi
+
+ if test -s confdefs.h; then
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ----------- ##
+## confdefs.h. ##
+## ----------- ##
+_ASBOX
+ echo
+ sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
+ echo
+ fi
+ test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
+ echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
+ echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
+ } >&5
+ rm -f core *.core &&
+ rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
+ exit $exit_status
+ ' 0
+for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
+ trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
+done
+ac_signal=0
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo >confdefs.h
+
+# Predefined preprocessor variables.
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+ if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+ CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+ else
+ CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+ fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+ if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
+ sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+ . "$ac_site_file"
+ fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+ # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
+ # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
+ if test -f "$cache_file"; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+ case $cache_file in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
+ *) . ./$cache_file;;
+ esac
+ fi
+else
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
+ >$cache_file
+fi
+
+# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
+# value.
+ac_cache_corrupted=false
+for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
+ sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
+ eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
+ eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
+ eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
+ eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
+ case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
+ set,)
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+ ,set)
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
+ ,);;
+ *)
+ if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
+echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
+ ac_cache_corrupted=:
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ # Pass precious variables to config.status.
+ if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
+ case $ac_new_val in
+ *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
+ ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
+ *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
+ esac
+ case " $ac_configure_args " in
+ *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
+ *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+done
+if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+ if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+ break
+ elif test -f $ac_dir/shtool; then
+ ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+ ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c"
+ break
+ fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess"
+ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub"
+ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Make sure we can run config.sub.
+$ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot run $ac_config_sub" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking build system type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking build system type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_build+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_build_alias=$build_alias
+test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" &&
+ ac_cv_build_alias=`$ac_config_guess`
+test -z "$ac_cv_build_alias" &&
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot guess build type; you must specify one" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ac_cv_build=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias` ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_build_alias failed" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_build" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_build" >&6
+build=$ac_cv_build
+build_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+build_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+build_os=`echo $ac_cv_build | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking host system type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking host system type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_host+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_host_alias=$host_alias
+test -z "$ac_cv_host_alias" &&
+ ac_cv_host_alias=$ac_cv_build_alias
+ac_cv_host=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias` ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_host_alias failed" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_host" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_host" >&6
+host=$ac_cv_host
+host_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo $ac_cv_host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking target system type" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking target system type... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_target+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_target_alias=$target_alias
+test "x$ac_cv_target_alias" = "x" &&
+ ac_cv_target_alias=$ac_cv_host_alias
+ac_cv_target=`$ac_config_sub $ac_cv_target_alias` ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_target_alias failed" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: $ac_config_sub $ac_cv_target_alias failed" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_target" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_target" >&6
+target=$ac_cv_target
+target_cpu=`echo $ac_cv_target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+target_vendor=`echo $ac_cv_target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+target_os=`echo $ac_cv_target | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+
+# The aliases save the names the user supplied, while $host etc.
+# will get canonicalized.
+test -n "$target_alias" &&
+ test "$program_prefix$program_suffix$program_transform_name" = \
+ NONENONEs,x,x, &&
+ program_prefix=${target_alias}-
+
+am__api_version="1.7"
+# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AmigaOS /C/install, which installs bootblocks on floppy discs
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# OS/2's system install, which has a completely different semantic
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for a BSD-compatible install" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for a BSD-compatible install... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+case $as_dir/ in
+ ./ | .// | /cC/* | \
+ /etc/* | /usr/sbin/* | /usr/etc/* | /sbin/* | /usr/afsws/bin/* | \
+ ?:\\/os2\\/install\\/* | ?:\\/OS2\\/INSTALL\\/* | \
+ /usr/ucb/* ) ;;
+ *)
+ # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+ # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+ # by default.
+ for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ if test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
+ :
+ elif test $ac_prog = install &&
+ grep pwplus "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # program-specific install script used by HP pwplus--don't use.
+ :
+ else
+ ac_cv_path_install="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext -c"
+ break 3
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ ;;
+esac
+done
+
+
+fi
+ if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+ INSTALL=$ac_cv_path_install
+ else
+ # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a
+ # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+ # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+ # removed, or if the path is relative.
+ INSTALL=$ac_install_sh
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INSTALL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$INSTALL" >&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether build environment is sane... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+ set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$*" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftest.file`
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.file
+ if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+
+ test "$2" = conftest.file
+ )
+then
+ # Ok.
+ :
+else
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
+ program_transform_name="s,^,$program_prefix,;$program_transform_name"
+# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
+test "$program_suffix" != NONE &&
+ program_transform_name="s,\$,$program_suffix,;$program_transform_name"
+# Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes.
+# By default was `s,x,x', remove it if useless.
+cat <<\_ACEOF >conftest.sed
+s/[\\$]/&&/g;s/;s,x,x,$//
+_ACEOF
+program_transform_name=`echo $program_transform_name | sed -f conftest.sed`
+rm conftest.sed
+
+
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+
+test x"${MISSING+set}" = xset || MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+ am_missing_run=
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
+fi
+
+for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk
+do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_AWK+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$AWK"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$AWK" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+AWK=$ac_cv_prog_AWK
+if test -n "$AWK"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AWK" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$AWK" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ test -n "$AWK" && break
+done
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6
+set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'`
+if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
+all:
+ @echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"'
+_ACEOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
+if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
+else
+ eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.make
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+ SET_MAKE=
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+ SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+ am__leading_dot=.
+else
+ am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+
+ # test to see if srcdir already configured
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" &&
+ test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: source directory already configured; run \"make distclean\" there first" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+ else
+ CYGPATH_W=echo
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+ PACKAGE=netcat
+ VERSION=0.7.1
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PACKAGE "$PACKAGE"
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define VERSION "$VERSION"
+_ACEOF
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+
+ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL-"${am_missing_run}aclocal-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF-"${am_missing_run}autoconf"}
+
+
+AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE-"${am_missing_run}automake-${am__api_version}"}
+
+
+AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER-"${am_missing_run}autoheader"}
+
+
+MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"}
+
+
+AMTAR=${AMTAR-"${am_missing_run}tar"}
+
+install_sh=${install_sh-"$am_aux_dir/install-sh"}
+
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}strip; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_STRIP="$STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_STRIP
+if test -n "$STRIP"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $STRIP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$STRIP" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"; then
+ ac_ct_STRIP=$STRIP
+ # Extract the first word of "strip", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy strip; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="$ac_ct_STRIP" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP=":"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_STRIP=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP
+if test -n "$ac_ct_STRIP"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_STRIP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_STRIP" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ STRIP=$ac_ct_STRIP
+else
+ STRIP="$ac_cv_prog_STRIP"
+fi
+
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\${SHELL} \$(install_sh) -c -s"
+
+# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+
+
+
+
+
+ ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h"
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+ ac_ct_CC=$CC
+ # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+ CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
+ ac_ct_CC=$CC
+ # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ CC=$ac_ct_CC
+else
+ CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+ ac_prog_rejected=no
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+ ac_prog_rejected=yes
+ continue
+ fi
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+ # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+ set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+ shift
+ if test $# != 0; then
+ # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+ # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+ # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+ shift
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
+ fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ for ac_prog in cl
+ do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ test -n "$CC" && break
+ done
+fi
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+ ac_ct_CC=$CC
+ for ac_prog in cl
+do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
+if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
+done
+
+ CC=$ac_ct_CC
+fi
+
+fi
+
+
+test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+# Provide some information about the compiler.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
+ "checking for C compiler version" >&5
+ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }
+{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
+# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
+# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
+# of exeext.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; then
+ # Find the output, starting from the most likely. This scheme is
+# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
+# resort.
+
+# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
+# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
+ac_cv_exeext=
+# b.out is created by i960 compilers.
+for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
+do
+ test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+ case $ac_file in
+ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
+ ;;
+ conftest.$ac_ext )
+ # This is the source file.
+ ;;
+ [ab].out )
+ # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
+ # certainly right.
+ break;;
+ *.* )
+ ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+ # FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
+ # but it would be cool to find out if it's true. Does anybody
+ # maintain Libtool? --akim.
+ export ac_cv_exeext
+ break;;
+ * )
+ break;;
+ esac
+done
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+ { (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6
+
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
+# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+ if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ cross_compiling=no
+ else
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
+ cross_compiling=yes
+ else
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
+If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
+
+rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either
+# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; then
+ # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
+# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
+# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
+# `rm'.
+for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
+ test -f "$ac_file" || continue
+ case $ac_file in
+ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
+ *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
+ export ac_cv_exeext
+ break;;
+ * ) break;;
+ esac
+done
+else
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
+EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
+ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; then
+ for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
+ case $ac_file in
+ *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
+ *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
+ break;;
+ esac
+done
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
+OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
+ac_objext=$OBJEXT
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+ choke me
+#endif
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_compiler_gnu=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_compiler_gnu=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
+GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
+ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
+ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+CFLAGS="-g"
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
+if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+ CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
+elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+ else
+ CFLAGS="-g"
+ fi
+else
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ CFLAGS="-O2"
+ else
+ CFLAGS=
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
+ac_save_CC=$CC
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
+struct buf { int x; };
+FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
+static char *e (p, i)
+ char **p;
+ int i;
+{
+ return p[i];
+}
+static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
+{
+ char *s;
+ va_list v;
+ va_start (v,p);
+ s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
+ va_end (v);
+ return s;
+}
+
+/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has
+ function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
+ These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
+ as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
+ proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
+ array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
+ that's true only with -std1. */
+int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+
+int test (int i, double x);
+struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
+struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
+int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
+# breaks some systems' header files.
+# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi
+# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1
+# HP-UX 10.20 and later -Ae
+# HP-UX older versions -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+# SVR4 -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
+for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
+do
+ CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
+ rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
+break
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
+done
+rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
+CC=$ac_save_CC
+
+fi
+
+case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
+ x|xno)
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
+ *)
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
+ CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
+esac
+
+# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C. Since we use `exit',
+# in C++ we need to declare it. In case someone uses the same compiler
+# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
+# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+ choke me
+#endif
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ for ac_declaration in \
+ '' \
+ 'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
+ 'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
+ 'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
+ 'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
+ 'void exit (int);'
+do
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_declaration
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_declaration
+int
+main ()
+{
+exit (42);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ break
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+rm -f conftest*
+if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
+ echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
+ echo $ac_declaration >>confdefs.h
+ echo '#endif' >>confdefs.h
+fi
+
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps"
+
+ ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles"
+
+
+am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+ @echo done
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for style of include used by $am_make" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for style of include used by $am_make... $ECHO_C" >&6
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# We grep out `Entering directory' and `Leaving directory'
+# messages which can occur if `w' ends up in MAKEFLAGS.
+# In particular we don't look at `^make:' because GNU make might
+# be invoked under some other name (usually "gmake"), in which
+# case it prints its new name instead of `make'.
+if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null | grep -v 'ing directory'`" = "done"; then
+ am__include=include
+ am__quote=
+ _am_result=GNU
+fi
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+ echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+ if test "`$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null`" = "done"; then
+ am__include=.include
+ am__quote="\""
+ _am_result=BSD
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $_am_result" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$_am_result" >&6
+rm -f confinc confmf
+
+# Check whether --enable-dependency-tracking or --disable-dependency-tracking was given.
+if test "${enable_dependency_tracking+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_dependency_tracking"
+
+fi;
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+ am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+ AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+fi
+
+
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+ AMDEP_TRUE=
+ AMDEP_FALSE='#'
+else
+ AMDEP_TRUE='#'
+ AMDEP_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking dependency style of $depcc" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking dependency style of $depcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+ # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
+ # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
+ # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+ # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+ # in D'.
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+ # using a relative directory.
+ cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+ cd conftest.dir
+ # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+ # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance
+ # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+ # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+ # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+ # directory.
+ mkdir sub
+
+ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+ if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+ am_compiler_list=`sed -n 's/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p' < ./depcomp`
+ fi
+ for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+ # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+ # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+ # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+ #
+ # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+ # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+ # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+ : > sub/conftest.c
+ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+ echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+ : > sub/conftst$i.h
+ done
+ echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+ case $depmode in
+ nosideeffect)
+ # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+ # only be used when explicitly requested
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+ continue
+ else
+ break
+ fi
+ ;;
+ none) break ;;
+ esac
+ # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+ # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+ # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this.
+ if depmode=$depmode \
+ source=sub/conftest.c object=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} \
+ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c -o sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.c \
+ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+ grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ grep sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+ # (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
+ # that says an option was ignored.
+ if grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+
+ cd ..
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+ am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" >&6
+CCDEPMODE=depmode=$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type
+
+
+
+if
+ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+ && test "$am_cv_CC_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3; then
+ am__fastdepCC_TRUE=
+ am__fastdepCC_FALSE='#'
+else
+ am__fastdepCC_TRUE='#'
+ am__fastdepCC_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+ CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+ if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
+ for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
+ do
+ ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+ # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+ # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+ # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+ # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+ Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+ else
+ ac_cpp_err=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+ # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers
+ # can be detected and how.
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+ else
+ ac_cpp_err=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+ # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+ break
+fi
+
+ done
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+
+fi
+ CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
+else
+ ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
+ac_preproc_ok=false
+for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
+do
+ # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
+ # with a fresh cross-compiler works.
+ # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
+ # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+ # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+ Syntax error
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+ else
+ ac_cpp_err=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ # Broken: fails on valid input.
+continue
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+ # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers
+ # can be detected and how.
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+ else
+ ac_cpp_err=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+ # Broken: success on invalid input.
+continue
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ # Passes both tests.
+ac_preproc_ok=:
+break
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+
+done
+# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+if $ac_preproc_ok; then
+ :
+else
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
+See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
+ # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
+ ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+ # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+ test -z "$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
+if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
+else
+ RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+fi
+
+
+
+for ac_prog in perl5 perl
+do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_PERL+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ case $PERL in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+ ac_cv_path_PERL="$PERL" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_path_PERL="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+PERL=$ac_cv_path_PERL
+
+if test -n "$PERL"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $PERL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$PERL" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ test -n "$PERL" && break
+done
+test -n "$PERL" || PERL="no"
+
+# Extract the first word of "pod2man", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy pod2man; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_POD2MAN+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ case $POD2MAN in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+ ac_cv_path_POD2MAN="$POD2MAN" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_path_POD2MAN="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_POD2MAN" && ac_cv_path_POD2MAN="no"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+POD2MAN=$ac_cv_path_POD2MAN
+
+if test -n "$POD2MAN"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $POD2MAN" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$POD2MAN" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+
+all_libraries="$all_libraries $USER_LDFLAGS"
+all_includes="$all_includes $USER_INCLUDES"
+
+
+
+ALL_LINGUAS="it sk"
+
+ MKINSTALLDIRS=
+ if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+ if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+
+
+
+
+
+ # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_MSGFMT+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ case "$MSGFMT" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT=":"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT"
+if test "$MSGFMT" != ":"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MSGFMT" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$MSGFMT" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ case $GMSGFMT in
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+ ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+GMSGFMT=$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT
+
+if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $GMSGFMT" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$GMSGFMT" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+
+ # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ case "$XGETTEXT" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT"
+if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $XGETTEXT" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$XGETTEXT" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ rm -f messages.po
+
+ # Extract the first word of "msgmerge", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy msgmerge; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ case "$MSGMERGE" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE="$MSGMERGE" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if $ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+ test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE" && ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE=":"
+ ;;
+esac
+fi
+MSGMERGE="$ac_cv_path_MSGMERGE"
+if test "$MSGMERGE" != ":"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $MSGMERGE" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$MSGMERGE" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+
+ if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
+ if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ : ;
+ else
+ GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it" >&6
+ GMSGFMT=":"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ : ;
+ else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" >&6
+ XGETTEXT=":"
+ fi
+ rm -f messages.po
+ fi
+
+ ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands default-1"
+
+
+
+ if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+ acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+ else
+ acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
+ fi
+ if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+ acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+ else
+ acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ fi
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+
+# Check whether --with-gnu-ld or --without-gnu-ld was given.
+if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_gnu_ld"
+ test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+ with_gnu_ld=no
+fi;
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ld used by GCC" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ld used by GCC... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ case $host in
+ *-*-mingw*)
+ # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+ *)
+ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_prog in
+ # Accept absolute paths.
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)
+ re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
+ # Canonicalize the path of ld
+ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+ while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+ done
+ test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+ ;;
+ "")
+ # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+ ac_prog=ld
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+ with_gnu_ld=unknown
+ ;;
+ esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for non-GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+if test "${acl_cv_path_LD+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -z "$LD"; then
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+ acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+ # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
+ # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+ # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+ if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
+ test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+ else
+ test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+else
+ acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi
+fi
+
+LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LD" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$LD" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
+ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld" >&6
+with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for shared library run path origin" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for shared library run path origin... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${acl_cv_rpath+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+ CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
+ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
+ . ./conftest.sh
+ rm -f ./conftest.sh
+ acl_cv_rpath=done
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $acl_cv_rpath" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$acl_cv_rpath" >&6
+ wl="$acl_cv_wl"
+ libext="$acl_cv_libext"
+ shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+ hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
+ hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
+ hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
+ sys_lib_search_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+ sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
+ # Check whether --enable-rpath or --disable-rpath was given.
+if test "${enable_rpath+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_rpath"
+ :
+else
+ enable_rpath=yes
+fi;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ use_additional=yes
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+
+# Check whether --with-libiconv-prefix or --without-libiconv-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_libiconv_prefix+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_libiconv_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+ use_additional=no
+ else
+ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ else
+ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+fi;
+ LIBICONV=
+ LTLIBICONV=
+ INCICONV=
+ rpathdirs=
+ ltrpathdirs=
+ names_already_handled=
+ names_next_round='iconv '
+ while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
+ names_this_round="$names_next_round"
+ names_next_round=
+ for name in $names_this_round; do
+ already_handled=
+ for n in $names_already_handled; do
+ if test "$n" = "$name"; then
+ already_handled=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$already_handled"; then
+ names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
+ uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
+ eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
+ if test -n "$value"; then
+ if test "$value" = yes; then
+ eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$value"
+ eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }$value"
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+ else
+ found_dir=
+ found_la=
+ found_so=
+ found_a=
+ if test $use_additional = yes; then
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIBICONV; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ case "$x" in
+ -L*)
+ dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
+ if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_so"
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ else
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIBICONV; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-L$found_dir"
+ fi
+ if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$found_a"
+ else
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ additional_includedir=
+ case "$found_dir" in
+ */lib | */lib/)
+ basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
+ additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS $INCICONV; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+ INCICONV="${INCICONV}${INCICONV:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -n "$found_la"; then
+ save_libdir="$libdir"
+ case "$found_la" in
+ */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
+ *) . "./$found_la" ;;
+ esac
+ libdir="$save_libdir"
+ for dep in $dependency_libs; do
+ case "$dep" in
+ -L*)
+ additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIBICONV; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIBICONV; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -R*)
+ dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
+ if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
+ ;;
+ *.la)
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$dep"
+ LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }$dep"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ else
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }-l$name"
+ LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ alldirs=
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
+ done
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$alldirs"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$flag"
+ else
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$found_dir"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIBICONV="${LIBICONV}${LIBICONV:+ }$flag"
+ done
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ LTLIBICONV="${LTLIBICONV}${LTLIBICONV:+ }-R$found_dir"
+ done
+ fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether NLS is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ # Check whether --enable-nls or --disable-nls was given.
+if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_nls"
+ USE_NLS=$enableval
+else
+ USE_NLS=yes
+fi;
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $USE_NLS" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$USE_NLS" >&6
+
+
+
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ POSUB=
+
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU gettext in libc" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for GNU gettext in libc... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libc+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <libintl.h>
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;
+int
+main ()
+{
+bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("") + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0) + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libc=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libc" >&6
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libc" != "yes"; then
+
+
+
+
+
+ am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+
+ for element in $INCICONV; do
+ haveit=
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }$element"
+ fi
+ done
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for iconv" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for iconv... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${am_cv_func_iconv+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=no
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
+ am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+ LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_func_iconv" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$am_cv_func_iconv" >&6
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_ICONV 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+ if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to link with libiconv" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to link with libiconv... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LIBICONV" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$LIBICONV" >&6
+ else
+ CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBICONV=
+ LTLIBICONV=
+ fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ use_additional=yes
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+
+# Check whether --with-libintl-prefix or --without-libintl-prefix was given.
+if test "${with_libintl_prefix+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_libintl_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+ use_additional=no
+ else
+ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ else
+ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+fi;
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ INCINTL=
+ rpathdirs=
+ ltrpathdirs=
+ names_already_handled=
+ names_next_round='intl '
+ while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
+ names_this_round="$names_next_round"
+ names_next_round=
+ for name in $names_this_round; do
+ already_handled=
+ for n in $names_already_handled; do
+ if test "$n" = "$name"; then
+ already_handled=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$already_handled"; then
+ names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
+ uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
+ eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
+ if test -n "$value"; then
+ if test "$value" = yes; then
+ eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$value"
+ eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }$value"
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+ else
+ found_dir=
+ found_la=
+ found_so=
+ found_a=
+ if test $use_additional = yes; then
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIBINTL; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ case "$x" in
+ -L*)
+ dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
+ if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_so"
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ else
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIBINTL; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-L$found_dir"
+ fi
+ if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$found_a"
+ else
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ additional_includedir=
+ case "$found_dir" in
+ */lib | */lib/)
+ basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
+ additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS $INCINTL; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+ INCINTL="${INCINTL}${INCINTL:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -n "$found_la"; then
+ save_libdir="$libdir"
+ case "$found_la" in
+ */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
+ *) . "./$found_la" ;;
+ esac
+ libdir="$save_libdir"
+ for dep in $dependency_libs; do
+ case "$dep" in
+ -L*)
+ additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIBINTL; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIBINTL; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -R*)
+ dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
+ if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
+ ;;
+ *.la)
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$dep"
+ LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }$dep"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ else
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }-l$name"
+ LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ alldirs=
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
+ done
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$alldirs"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$flag"
+ else
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$found_dir"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIBINTL="${LIBINTL}${LIBINTL:+ }$flag"
+ done
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ LTLIBINTL="${LTLIBINTL}${LTLIBINTL:+ }-R$found_dir"
+ done
+ fi
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for GNU gettext in libintl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for GNU gettext in libintl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
+ gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <libintl.h>
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("") + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0) + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <libintl.h>
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("") + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0) + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
+ LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl=yes
+
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+ fi
+ CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl" >&6
+ fi
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libc" = "yes" \
+ || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl" = "yes" \
+ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
+ else
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ INCINTL=
+ fi
+
+
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define ENABLE_NLS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ else
+ USE_NLS=no
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext2_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to link with libintl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to link with libintl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LIBINTL" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$LIBINTL" >&6
+
+ for element in $INCINTL; do
+ haveit=
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }$element"
+ fi
+ done
+
+ fi
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_GETTEXT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DCGETTEXT 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+ POSUB=po
+ fi
+
+
+
+ INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for strerror in -lcposix" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for strerror in -lcposix... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_cposix_strerror+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lcposix $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char strerror ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+strerror ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_lib_cposix_strerror=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_cposix_strerror=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_cposix_strerror" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_cposix_strerror" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_cposix_strerror = yes; then
+ LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"
+fi
+
+
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'
+ else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'
+ fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
+ EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <string.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+else
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ :
+else
+ ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+ # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ :
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
+# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#else
+# define ISLOWER(c) \
+ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \
+ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \
+ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z'))
+# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int
+main ()
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+ if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
+ || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
+ exit(2);
+ exit (0);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ :
+else
+ echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for an ANSI C-conforming const" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for an ANSI C-conforming const... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_const+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+/* FIXME: Include the comments suggested by Paul. */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+ /* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */
+ typedef int charset[2];
+ const charset x;
+ /* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */
+ char const *const *ccp;
+ char **p;
+ /* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */
+ struct point {int x, y;};
+ static struct point const zero = {0,0};
+ /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
+ It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in
+ an arm of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant
+ expression */
+ const char *g = "string";
+ ccp = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
+ /* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
+ ++ccp;
+ p = (char**) ccp;
+ ccp = (char const *const *) p;
+ { /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */
+ char *t;
+ char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
+
+ *t++ = 0;
+ }
+ { /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */
+ int x[] = {25, 17};
+ const int *foo = &x[0];
+ ++foo;
+ }
+ { /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
+ typedef const int *iptr;
+ iptr p = 0;
+ ++p;
+ }
+ { /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
+ "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
+ struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
+ struct s *b; b->j = 5;
+ }
+ { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
+ const int foo = 10;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_c_const=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_c_const=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_const" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_const" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define const
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_cv_c_inline=no
+for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+typedef int foo_t;
+static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
+$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+done
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6
+
+
+case $ac_cv_c_inline in
+ inline | yes) ;;
+ *)
+ case $ac_cv_c_inline in
+ no) ac_val=;;
+ *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;
+ esac
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#define inline $ac_val
+#endif
+_ACEOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
+ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_includes_default
+
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for off_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for off_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_off_t+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((off_t *) 0)
+ return 0;
+if (sizeof (off_t))
+ return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_type_off_t=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_off_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_off_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_off_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_off_t = yes; then
+ :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define off_t long
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for size_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for size_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_size_t+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_includes_default
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((size_t *) 0)
+ return 0;
+if (sizeof (size_t))
+ return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_type_size_t=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_size_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_size_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_size_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = yes; then
+ :
+else
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define size_t unsigned
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works
+# for constant arguments. Useless!
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working alloca.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for working alloca.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_working_alloca_h+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <alloca.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *) alloca (2 * sizeof (int));
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_working_alloca_h=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_working_alloca_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_working_alloca_h" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_working_alloca_h = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for alloca" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for alloca... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_alloca_works+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+# else
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+# include <alloca.h>
+# else
+# ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+# else
+# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+char *alloca ();
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+char *p = (char *) alloca (1);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" >&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+_ACEOF
+
+else
+ # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions
+# that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or
+# contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca,
+# use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
+
+ALLOCA=alloca.$ac_objext
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define C_ALLOCA 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether \`alloca.c' needs Cray hooks" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether \`alloca.c' needs Cray hooks... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_os_cray+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#if defined(CRAY) && ! defined(CRAY2)
+webecray
+#else
+wenotbecray
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ $EGREP "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_cv_os_cray=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_os_cray=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_os_cray" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_os_cray" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
+ for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
+ as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func
+_ACEOF
+
+ break
+fi
+
+ done
+fi
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking stack direction for C alloca... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_c_stack_direction+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+int
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+ static char *addr = 0;
+ auto char dummy;
+ if (addr == 0)
+ {
+ addr = &dummy;
+ return find_stack_direction ();
+ }
+ else
+ return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1;
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+ exit (find_stack_direction () < 0);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1
+else
+ echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" >&6
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+
+for ac_header in stdlib.h unistd.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+else
+ # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+ else
+ ac_cpp_err=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+ ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So? What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+ yes:no: )
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+ ac_header_preproc=yes
+ ;;
+ no:yes:* )
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+ (
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists. ##
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+ ) |
+ sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2
+ ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+
+fi
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+for ac_func in getpagesize
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for working mmap" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for working mmap... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+ ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_includes_default
+/* malloc might have been renamed as rpl_malloc. */
+#undef malloc
+
+/* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test.
+ Here is a matrix of mmap possibilities:
+ mmap private not fixed
+ mmap private fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+ mmap private fixed at somewhere already mapped
+ mmap shared not fixed
+ mmap shared fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+ mmap shared fixed at somewhere already mapped
+ For private mappings, we should verify that changes cannot be read()
+ back from the file, nor mmap's back from the file at a different
+ address. (There have been systems where private was not correctly
+ implemented like the infamous i386 svr4.0, and systems where the
+ VM page cache was not coherent with the file system buffer cache
+ like early versions of FreeBSD and possibly contemporary NetBSD.)
+ For shared mappings, we should conversely verify that changes get
+ propagated back to all the places they're supposed to be.
+
+ Grep wants private fixed already mapped.
+ The main things grep needs to know about mmap are:
+ * does it exist and is it safe to write into the mmap'd area
+ * how to use it (BSD variants) */
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+#if !STDC_HEADERS && !HAVE_STDLIB_H
+char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h. */
+#if !HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+/* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h. */
+# if !HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE
+# define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+# if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+# define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+# else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+# ifdef NBPG
+# define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE
+# ifndef CLSIZE
+# define CLSIZE 1
+# endif /* no CLSIZE */
+# else /* no NBPG */
+# ifdef NBPC
+# define getpagesize() NBPC
+# else /* no NBPC */
+# ifdef PAGESIZE
+# define getpagesize() PAGESIZE
+# endif /* PAGESIZE */
+# endif /* no NBPC */
+# endif /* no NBPG */
+# endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+# else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+# define getpagesize() 8192 /* punt totally */
+# endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+# endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+
+#endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+ char *data, *data2, *data3;
+ int i, pagesize;
+ int fd;
+
+ pagesize = getpagesize ();
+
+ /* First, make a file with some known garbage in it. */
+ data = (char *) malloc (pagesize);
+ if (!data)
+ exit (1);
+ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+ *(data + i) = rand ();
+ umask (0);
+ fd = creat ("conftest.mmap", 0600);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ exit (1);
+ if (write (fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize)
+ exit (1);
+ close (fd);
+
+ /* Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which already has
+ something else allocated at it. If we can, also make sure that
+ we see the same garbage. */
+ fd = open ("conftest.mmap", O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ exit (1);
+ data2 = (char *) malloc (2 * pagesize);
+ if (!data2)
+ exit (1);
+ data2 += (pagesize - ((long) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1);
+ if (data2 != mmap (data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+ MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L))
+ exit (1);
+ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+ if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i))
+ exit (1);
+
+ /* Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area do not
+ percolate back to the file as seen by read(). (This is a bug on
+ some variants of i386 svr4.0.) */
+ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+ *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1;
+ data3 = (char *) malloc (pagesize);
+ if (!data3)
+ exit (1);
+ if (read (fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize)
+ exit (1);
+ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+ if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i))
+ exit (1);
+ close (fd);
+ exit (0);
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_MMAP 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.mmap
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+#include <features.h>
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
+ Lucky GNU user
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+_ACEOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+ $EGREP "Lucky GNU user" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes
+else
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" >&6
+
+ GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
+
+
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+ if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+
+ # Guess based on the CPU.
+ case "$host_cpu" in
+ alpha* | i3456786 | m68k | s390*)
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
+ *)
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
+ esac
+
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+static void
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+sigfpe_handler (int sig)
+#else
+sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
+#endif
+{
+ /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */
+ exit (sig != SIGFPE);
+}
+
+int x = 1;
+int y = 0;
+int z;
+int nan;
+
+int main ()
+{
+ signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
+/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */
+#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
+ signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */
+#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
+ signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+
+ z = x / y;
+ nan = y / y;
+ exit (1);
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
+echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+( exit $ac_status )
+gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no
+fi
+rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" >&6
+ case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
+ *yes) value=1;;
+ *) value=0;;
+ esac
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE $value
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inttypes.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for inttypes.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h" >&6
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for stdint.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for stdint.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h" >&6
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for unsigned long long" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for unsigned long long... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;
+int
+main ()
+{
+unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
+ return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long" >&6
+ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+
+
+
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
+
+ test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
+ && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
+ || ac_type='unsigned long'
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define uintmax_t $ac_type
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inttypes.h" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for inttypes.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${gt_cv_header_inttypes_h+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$gt_cv_header_inttypes_h" >&6
+ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+
+
+ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef PRId32
+char *p = PRId32;
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" >&6
+ fi
+ if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
+stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+else
+ # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+ else
+ ac_cpp_err=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+ ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So? What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+ yes:no: )
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+ ac_header_preproc=yes
+ ;;
+ no:yes:* )
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+ (
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists. ##
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+ ) |
+ sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2
+ ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+
+fi
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+for ac_func in feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \
+geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \
+strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+
+ for element in $INCICONV; do
+ haveit=
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ eval x=\"$x\"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+
+ if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }$element"
+ fi
+ done
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for iconv" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for iconv... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${am_cv_func_iconv+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=no
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
+ am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+ LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_func_iconv" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$am_cv_func_iconv" >&6
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_ICONV 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+ if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to link with libiconv" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking how to link with libiconv... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LIBICONV" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$LIBICONV" >&6
+ else
+ CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBICONV=
+ LTLIBICONV=
+ fi
+
+
+
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for iconv declaration" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for iconv declaration... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ if test "${am_cv_proto_iconv+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1=""
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+ am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"
+fi
+
+ am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "$am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: ${ac_t:-
+ }$am_cv_proto_iconv" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}${ac_t:-
+ }$am_cv_proto_iconv" >&6
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define ICONV_CONST $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for nl_langinfo and CODESET... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${am_cv_langinfo_codeset+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <langinfo.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_langinfo_codeset" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$am_cv_langinfo_codeset" >&6
+ if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for LC_MESSAGES... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <locale.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+return LC_MESSAGES
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" >&6
+ if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ fi
+
+ fi
+
+ for ac_prog in bison
+do
+ # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ if test -n "$INTLBISON"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON="$INTLBISON" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
+ if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
+ ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON="$ac_prog"
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
+ break 2
+ fi
+done
+done
+
+fi
+fi
+INTLBISON=$ac_cv_prog_INTLBISON
+if test -n "$INTLBISON"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $INTLBISON" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$INTLBISON" >&6
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+fi
+
+ test -n "$INTLBISON" && break
+done
+
+ if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
+ ac_verc_fail=yes
+ else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking version of bison" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking version of bison... $ECHO_C" >&6
+ ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
+ case $ac_prog_version in
+ '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+ 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
+ ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
+ *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+ esac
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_prog_version" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_prog_version" >&6
+ fi
+ if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
+ INTLBISON=:
+ fi
+
+
+
+ # Most operating systems have gethostbyname() in the default searched
+ # libraries (i.e. libc):
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gethostbyname" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostbyname... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_gethostbyname+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define gethostbyname to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares gethostbyname.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define gethostbyname innocuous_gethostbyname
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char gethostbyname (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef gethostbyname
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char gethostbyname ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_gethostbyname) || defined (__stub___gethostbyname)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = gethostbyname;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != gethostbyname;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_func_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_gethostbyname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_gethostbyname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_gethostbyname = yes; then
+ :
+else
+ # Some OSes (eg. Solaris) place it in libnsl:
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lnsl $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char gethostbyname ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+gethostbyname ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBNSL 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ LIBS="-lnsl $LIBS"
+
+else
+ # Some strange OSes (SINIX) have it in libsocket:
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gethostbyname in -lsocket" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostbyname in -lsocket... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsocket $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char gethostbyname ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+gethostbyname ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBSOCKET 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ LIBS="-lsocket $LIBS"
+
+else
+ # Unfortunately libsocket sometimes depends on libnsl.
+ # AC_CHECK_LIB's API is essentially broken so the
+ # following ugliness is necessary:
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gethostbyname in -lsocket" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostbyname in -lsocket... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char gethostbyname ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+gethostbyname ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_socket_gethostbyname = yes; then
+ LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS"
+else
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for gethostbyname in -lresolv" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for gethostbyname in -lresolv... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lresolv $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char gethostbyname ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+gethostbyname ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_resolv_gethostbyname = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBRESOLV 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ LIBS="-lresolv $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for socket" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for socket... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_func_socket+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define socket to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares socket.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define socket innocuous_socket
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char socket (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef socket
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char socket ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_socket) || defined (__stub___socket)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = socket;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != socket;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_func_socket=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_func_socket=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_func_socket" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_func_socket" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_socket = yes; then
+ :
+else
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for socket in -lsocket" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for socket in -lsocket... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_socket_socket+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsocket $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char socket ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+socket ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_lib_socket_socket=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_socket_socket=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_socket" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_socket_socket" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_socket_socket = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBSOCKET 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ LIBS="-lsocket $LIBS"
+
+else
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for socket in -lsocket" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for socket in -lsocket... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_socket_socket+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char socket ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+socket ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_lib_socket_socket=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_socket_socket=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_socket" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_socket_socket" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_socket_socket = yes; then
+ LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS"
+fi
+
+fi
+
+fi
+
+ # DLPI needs putmsg under HPUX so test for -lstr while we're at it
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for putmsg in -lstr" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for putmsg in -lstr... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_lib_str_putmsg+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="-lstr $LIBS"
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char putmsg ();
+int
+main ()
+{
+putmsg ();
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_lib_str_putmsg=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_lib_str_putmsg=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_lib_str_putmsg" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_lib_str_putmsg" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_lib_str_putmsg = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_LIBSTR 1
+_ACEOF
+
+ LIBS="-lstr $LIBS"
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+for ac_header in sys/sockio.h
+do
+as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+else
+ # Is the header compilable?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header usability" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+$ac_includes_default
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_header_compiler=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_header_compiler=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
+
+# Is the header present?
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking $ac_header presence" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking $ac_header presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <$ac_header>
+_ACEOF
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
+ if test -s conftest.err; then
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
+ ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
+ else
+ ac_cpp_err=
+ fi
+else
+ ac_cpp_err=yes
+fi
+if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
+ ac_header_preproc=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ ac_header_preproc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
+
+# So? What about this header?
+case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
+ yes:no: )
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
+ ac_header_preproc=yes
+ ;;
+ no:yes:* )
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
+echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_header: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
+ (
+ cat <<\_ASBOX
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists. ##
+## ------------------------------------------ ##
+_ASBOX
+ ) |
+ sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2
+ ;;
+esac
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ eval "$as_ac_Header=\$ac_header_preproc"
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
+
+fi
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+done
+
+
+
+
+for ac_func in srandom random
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_srandom = no; then
+ # let's try with the older srand/rand functions
+
+
+for ac_func in srand rand
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+fi
+
+
+
+for ac_func in inet_pton inet_ntop
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct sockaddr.sa_len" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct sockaddr.sa_len... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+static struct sockaddr ac_aggr;
+if (ac_aggr.sa_len)
+return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+static struct sockaddr ac_aggr;
+if (sizeof ac_aggr.sa_len)
+return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_member_struct_sockaddr_sa_len = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for struct in_pktinfo" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for struct in_pktinfo... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((struct in_pktinfo *) 0)
+ return 0;
+if (sizeof (struct in_pktinfo))
+ return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_struct_in_pktinfo = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_IN_PKTINFO 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for in_port_t" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for in_port_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if test "${ac_cv_type_in_port_t+set}" = set; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+if ((in_port_t *) 0)
+ return 0;
+if (sizeof (in_port_t))
+ return 0;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ ac_cv_type_in_port_t=yes
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+ac_cv_type_in_port_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_in_port_t" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_in_port_t" >&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_in_port_t = yes; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_IN_PORT_T 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+fi
+
+
+# check if this compiler supports the common parameter `-Wall'
+if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
+fi
+
+# check wether we shall use linux-style select(2) call
+case "$host" in
+ *-linux*)
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_LINUX_SELECT
+_ACEOF
+
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-debug or --disable-debug was given.
+if test "${enable_debug+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_debug"
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O0 -g3 -ggdb3 -DDEBUG"
+fi;
+
+# Check whether --enable-compat or --disable-compat was given.
+if test "${enable_compat+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_compat"
+ nc_enab_compat=yes
+ nc_enab_oldhexdump=yes
+ nc_enab_oldtelnet=yes
+fi;
+
+# Check whether --enable-oldhexdump or --disable-oldhexdump was given.
+if test "${enable_oldhexdump+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_oldhexdump"
+ nc_enab_oldhexdump=yes
+fi;
+
+# Check whether --enable-oldtelnet or --disable-oldtelnet was given.
+if test "${enable_oldtelnet+set}" = set; then
+ enableval="$enable_oldtelnet"
+ nc_enab_oldtelnet=yes
+fi;
+
+
+# Check whether --with-included-getopt or --without-included-getopt was given.
+if test "${with_included_getopt+set}" = set; then
+ withval="$with_included_getopt"
+ nc_need_getopt=yes
+fi;
+
+
+# apply the acquired enable options
+if test "x$nc_enab_compat" = "xyes"; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_OLD_COMPAT
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+if test "x$nc_enab_oldhexdump" = "xyes"; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+if test "x$nc_enab_oldtelnet" = "xyes"; then
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
+#define USE_OLD_TELNET
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+
+
+
+
+# don't run the check if --with-included-getopt was specified
+if test "x$nc_need_getopt" != "xyes"; then
+
+for ac_func in getopt_long
+do
+as_ac_var=`echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh`
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_func... $ECHO_C" >&6
+if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_var+set}\" = set"; then
+ echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+else
+ cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* confdefs.h. */
+_ACEOF
+cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
+cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+/* Define $ac_func to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $ac_func.
+ For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */
+#define $ac_func innocuous_$ac_func
+
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+ which can conflict with char $ac_func (); below.
+ Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
+ <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+# include <limits.h>
+#else
+# include <assert.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef $ac_func
+
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+ builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */
+char $ac_func ();
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+ to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named
+ something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+char (*f) () = $ac_func;
+#endif
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+return f != $ac_func;
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
+if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
+ ac_status=$?
+ grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
+ rm -f conftest.er1
+ cat conftest.err >&5
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } &&
+ { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
+ || test ! -s conftest.err'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; } &&
+ { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
+ { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
+ (eval $ac_try) 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }; }; then
+ eval "$as_ac_var=yes"
+else
+ echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
+sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+
+eval "$as_ac_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
+ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
+fi
+echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&5
+echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'`" >&6
+if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_var'}'` = yes; then
+ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
+_ACEOF
+
+fi
+done
+
+ if test $ac_cv_func_getopt_long = no; then
+ # automatically use the internal getopt library
+ nc_need_getopt=yes
+ CONTRIBLIBS="../lib/contrib/libcontrib.a"
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+if test "x$nc_need_getopt" = "xyes"; then
+ NEED_GETOPT_TRUE=
+ NEED_GETOPT_FALSE='#'
+else
+ NEED_GETOPT_TRUE='#'
+ NEED_GETOPT_FALSE=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+ ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile m4/Makefile lib/Makefile lib/contrib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile doc/drafts/Makefile po/Makefile.in"
+
+
+ ac_config_files="$ac_config_files doc/texi2pod.pl"
+
+cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
+# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't
+# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
+# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
+# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
+# following values.
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+{
+ (set) 2>&1 |
+ case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+ *ac_space=\ *)
+ # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
+ # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+ sed -n \
+ "s/'/'\\\\''/g;
+ s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+ sed -n \
+ "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
+ ;;
+ esac;
+} |
+ sed '
+ t clear
+ : clear
+ s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
+ t end
+ /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
+ : end' >>confcache
+if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+ if test -w $cache_file; then
+ test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+ cat confcache >$cache_file
+ else
+ echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+ fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
+# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
+# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
+# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+ ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
+s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/;
+s/:*$//;
+s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//;
+}'
+fi
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+ac_libobjs=
+ac_ltlibobjs=
+for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
+ # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
+ ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
+ sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
+ # 2. Add them.
+ ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
+ ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
+done
+LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
+
+LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+
+
+if test -z "${AMDEP_TRUE}" && test -z "${AMDEP_FALSE}"; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"AMDEP\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+if test -z "${am__fastdepCC_TRUE}" && test -z "${am__fastdepCC_FALSE}"; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"am__fastdepCC\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+if test -z "${NEED_GETOPT_TRUE}" && test -z "${NEED_GETOPT_FALSE}"; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: conditional \"NEED_GETOPT\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: conditional \"NEED_GETOPT\" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+fi
+
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
+ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
+{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
+cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+#! $SHELL
+# Generated by $as_me.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_unset=unset
+else
+ as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+ LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+ LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+ LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+ if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+ eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+ else
+ $as_unset $as_var
+ fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+ as_basename=basename
+else
+ as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+ sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+ echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
+ chmod +x conf$$.sh
+ if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ else
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ fi
+ rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+ test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
+ # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+ # relative or not.
+ case $0 in
+ *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+ *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+ # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+ if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+ as_myself=$0
+ fi
+ if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi
+ case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+ '')
+ as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+ IFS=$as_save_IFS
+ test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+ for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+ case $as_dir in
+ /*)
+ if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+ as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+ as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+ test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+ $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+ $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+ CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+ export CONFIG_SHELL
+ exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ done
+done
+;;
+ esac
+
+ # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+ # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a
+ # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+ # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+ # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+ # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+ # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+ # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-)
+ sed '=' <$as_myself |
+ sed '
+ N
+ s,$,-,
+ : loop
+ s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+ t loop
+ s,-$,,
+ s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+ ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+ chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+ # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+ # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+ # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+ . ./$as_me.lineno
+ # Exit status is that of the last command.
+ exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+ *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T=' ' ;;
+ *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+ *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ as_expr=expr
+else
+ as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+ # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+ if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+ # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ else
+ as_ln_s='ln -s'
+ fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_ln_s=ln
+else
+ as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+ as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+ test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+ as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" $as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling. Logging --version etc. is OK.
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+ echo
+ sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+} >&5
+cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
+
+This file was extended by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was
+
+ CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
+ CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+ CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS
+ CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+ $ $0 $@
+
+_CSEOF
+echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
+echo >&5
+_ACEOF
+
+# Files that config.status was made for.
+if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
+ echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
+ echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
+ echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
+ echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+fi
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
+
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -V, --version print version number, then exit
+ -q, --quiet do not print progress messages
+ -d, --debug don't remove temporary files
+ --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+ --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+ instantiate the configuration file FILE
+ --header=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+ instantiate the configuration header FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Configuration headers:
+$config_headers
+
+Configuration commands:
+$config_commands
+
+Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+ac_cs_version="\\
+config.status
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
+ with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+srcdir=$srcdir
+INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
+# value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+ case $1 in
+ --*=*)
+ ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+ ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+ ac_shift=:
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ ac_option=$1
+ ac_optarg=$2
+ ac_shift=shift
+ ;;
+ *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
+ # arguments.
+ ac_option=$1
+ ac_need_defaults=false;;
+ esac
+
+ case $ac_option in
+ # Handling of the options.
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+ -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+ ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+ --version | --vers* | -V )
+ echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
+ --he | --h)
+ # Conflict between --help and --header
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+ --help | --hel | -h )
+ echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ --debug | --d* | -d )
+ debug=: ;;
+ --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+ $ac_shift
+ CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
+ ac_need_defaults=false;;
+ --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+ $ac_shift
+ CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
+ ac_need_defaults=false;;
+ -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+ ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+ # This is an error.
+ -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+
+ *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
+
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+ exec 6>/dev/null
+ ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
+ echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
+ exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+fi
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+#
+# INIT-COMMANDS section.
+#
+
+AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"
+# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
+ # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
+ # from automake.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
+ # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
+ LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
+
+
+_ACEOF
+
+
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+ case "$ac_config_target" in
+ # Handling of arguments.
+ "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+ "m4/Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES m4/Makefile" ;;
+ "lib/Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES lib/Makefile" ;;
+ "lib/contrib/Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES lib/contrib/Makefile" ;;
+ "src/Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makefile" ;;
+ "doc/Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/Makefile" ;;
+ "doc/drafts/Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/drafts/Makefile" ;;
+ "po/Makefile.in" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES po/Makefile.in" ;;
+ "doc/texi2pod.pl" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/texi2pod.pl" ;;
+ "depfiles" ) CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS depfiles" ;;
+ "default-1" ) CONFIG_COMMANDS="$CONFIG_COMMANDS default-1" ;;
+ "config.h" ) CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;;
+ *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+ esac
+done
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+ test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+ test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" = set || CONFIG_HEADERS=$config_headers
+ test "${CONFIG_COMMANDS+set}" = set || CONFIG_COMMANDS=$config_commands
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
+$debug ||
+{
+ trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
+ trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+ tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+ test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+} ||
+{
+ tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
+ (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
+} ||
+{
+ echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_FILES section.
+#
+
+# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
+if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+ # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+ sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
+s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
+s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
+s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
+s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
+s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
+s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
+s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
+s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
+s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
+s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
+s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
+s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
+s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
+s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
+s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
+s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
+s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
+s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
+s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
+s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
+s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
+s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
+s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
+s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
+s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
+s,@build@,$build,;t t
+s,@build_cpu@,$build_cpu,;t t
+s,@build_vendor@,$build_vendor,;t t
+s,@build_os@,$build_os,;t t
+s,@host@,$host,;t t
+s,@host_cpu@,$host_cpu,;t t
+s,@host_vendor@,$host_vendor,;t t
+s,@host_os@,$host_os,;t t
+s,@target@,$target,;t t
+s,@target_cpu@,$target_cpu,;t t
+s,@target_vendor@,$target_vendor,;t t
+s,@target_os@,$target_os,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_PROGRAM,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_SCRIPT@,$INSTALL_SCRIPT,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_DATA@,$INSTALL_DATA,;t t
+s,@CYGPATH_W@,$CYGPATH_W,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE@,$PACKAGE,;t t
+s,@VERSION@,$VERSION,;t t
+s,@ACLOCAL@,$ACLOCAL,;t t
+s,@AUTOCONF@,$AUTOCONF,;t t
+s,@AUTOMAKE@,$AUTOMAKE,;t t
+s,@AUTOHEADER@,$AUTOHEADER,;t t
+s,@MAKEINFO@,$MAKEINFO,;t t
+s,@AMTAR@,$AMTAR,;t t
+s,@install_sh@,$install_sh,;t t
+s,@STRIP@,$STRIP,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_STRIP@,$ac_ct_STRIP,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@,$INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM,;t t
+s,@AWK@,$AWK,;t t
+s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t
+s,@am__leading_dot@,$am__leading_dot,;t t
+s,@CC@,$CC,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
+s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
+s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
+s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
+s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
+s,@DEPDIR@,$DEPDIR,;t t
+s,@am__include@,$am__include,;t t
+s,@am__quote@,$am__quote,;t t
+s,@AMDEP_TRUE@,$AMDEP_TRUE,;t t
+s,@AMDEP_FALSE@,$AMDEP_FALSE,;t t
+s,@AMDEPBACKSLASH@,$AMDEPBACKSLASH,;t t
+s,@CCDEPMODE@,$CCDEPMODE,;t t
+s,@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@,$am__fastdepCC_TRUE,;t t
+s,@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@,$am__fastdepCC_FALSE,;t t
+s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
+s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t
+s,@PERL@,$PERL,;t t
+s,@POD2MAN@,$POD2MAN,;t t
+s,@all_includes@,$all_includes,;t t
+s,@all_libraries@,$all_libraries,;t t
+s,@MKINSTALLDIRS@,$MKINSTALLDIRS,;t t
+s,@MSGFMT@,$MSGFMT,;t t
+s,@GMSGFMT@,$GMSGFMT,;t t
+s,@XGETTEXT@,$XGETTEXT,;t t
+s,@MSGMERGE@,$MSGMERGE,;t t
+s,@USE_NLS@,$USE_NLS,;t t
+s,@LIBICONV@,$LIBICONV,;t t
+s,@LTLIBICONV@,$LTLIBICONV,;t t
+s,@INTLLIBS@,$INTLLIBS,;t t
+s,@LIBINTL@,$LIBINTL,;t t
+s,@LTLIBINTL@,$LTLIBINTL,;t t
+s,@POSUB@,$POSUB,;t t
+s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
+s,@ALLOCA@,$ALLOCA,;t t
+s,@GLIBC21@,$GLIBC21,;t t
+s,@INTLBISON@,$INTLBISON,;t t
+s,@CONTRIBLIBS@,$CONTRIBLIBS,;t t
+s,@NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@,$NEED_GETOPT_TRUE,;t t
+s,@NEED_GETOPT_FALSE@,$NEED_GETOPT_FALSE,;t t
+s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
+s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
+CEOF
+
+_ACEOF
+
+ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+ # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+ # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ ac_max_sed_lines=48
+ ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
+ ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
+ ac_more_lines=:
+ ac_sed_cmds=
+ while $ac_more_lines; do
+ if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+ sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+ else
+ sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+ fi
+ if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
+ ac_more_lines=false
+ else
+ # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
+ # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
+ # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
+ # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
+ (echo ':t
+ /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
+ if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+ else
+ ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+ fi
+ ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
+ ac_beg=$ac_end
+ ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+ ac_sed_cmds=cat
+ fi
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case $ac_file in
+ - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+ cat >$tmp/stdin
+ ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+ *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+ * ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
+ ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+ mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+ else
+ as_dir="$ac_dir"
+ as_dirs=
+ while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+ as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+ as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ done
+ test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+ fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+ ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+ .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
+ ac_srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+ ac_top_srcdir=.
+ else
+ ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+ fi ;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
+ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+ case "$ac_dir" in
+ .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+ *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+ case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+ .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_top_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+
+
+ case $INSTALL in
+ [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+ *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_builddir$INSTALL ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+ rm -f "$ac_file"
+ fi
+ # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+ # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+ # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */
+ if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
+ configure_input=
+ else
+ configure_input="$ac_file. "
+ fi
+ configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
+ sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
+
+ # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+ # src tree.
+ ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+ for f in $ac_file_in; do
+ case $f in
+ -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+ [\\/$]*)
+ # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+ test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ echo "$f";;
+ *) # Relative
+ if test -f "$f"; then
+ # Build tree
+ echo "$f"
+ elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+ # Source tree
+ echo "$srcdir/$f"
+ else
+ # /dev/null tree
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+ sed "$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
+s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
+s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
+s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@INSTALL@,$ac_INSTALL,;t t
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
+ rm -f $tmp/stdin
+ if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+ mv $tmp/out $ac_file
+ else
+ cat $tmp/out
+ rm -f $tmp/out
+ fi
+
+ # Run the commands associated with the file.
+ case $ac_file in
+ doc/texi2pod.pl ) chmod +x doc/texi2pod.pl ;;
+ esac
+done
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_HEADER section.
+#
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s,^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)'
+ac_dB='[ ].*$,\1#\2'
+ac_dC=' '
+ac_dD=',;t'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s,^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)'
+ac_uB='$,\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD=',;t'
+
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_HEADERS; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+ case $ac_file in
+ - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+ cat >$tmp/stdin
+ ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+ *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+ ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+ * ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+ esac
+
+ test x"$ac_file" != x- && { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+
+ # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+ # src tree.
+ ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+ for f in $ac_file_in; do
+ case $f in
+ -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+ [\\/$]*)
+ # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+ test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ # Do quote $f, to prevent DOS paths from being IFS'd.
+ echo "$f";;
+ *) # Relative
+ if test -f "$f"; then
+ # Build tree
+ echo "$f"
+ elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+ # Source tree
+ echo "$srcdir/$f"
+ else
+ # /dev/null tree
+ { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+ # Remove the trailing spaces.
+ sed 's/[ ]*$//' $ac_file_inputs >$tmp/in
+
+_ACEOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into two sed scripts, `conftest.defines' and
+# `conftest.undefs', that substitutes the proper values into
+# config.h.in to produce config.h. The first handles `#define'
+# templates, and the second `#undef' templates.
+# And first: Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in
+# config.status. Protect against being in an unquoted here document
+# in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.defines conftest.undefs
+# Using a here document instead of a string reduces the quoting nightmare.
+# Putting comments in sed scripts is not portable.
+#
+# `end' is used to avoid that the second main sed command (meant for
+# 0-ary CPP macros) applies to n-ary macro definitions.
+# See the Autoconf documentation for `clear'.
+cat >confdef2sed.sed <<\_ACEOF
+s/[\\&,]/\\&/g
+s,[\\$`],\\&,g
+t clear
+: clear
+s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*\)\(([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)$,${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1\2${ac_dC}\3${ac_dD},gp
+t end
+s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)$,${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD},gp
+: end
+_ACEOF
+# If some macros were called several times there might be several times
+# the same #defines, which is useless. Nevertheless, we may not want to
+# sort them, since we want the *last* AC-DEFINE to be honored.
+uniq confdefs.h | sed -n -f confdef2sed.sed >conftest.defines
+sed 's/ac_d/ac_u/g' conftest.defines >conftest.undefs
+rm -f confdef2sed.sed
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments. This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >>conftest.undefs <<\_ACEOF
+s,^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*,/* & */,
+_ACEOF
+
+# Break up conftest.defines because some shells have a limit on the size
+# of here documents, and old seds have small limits too (100 cmds).
+echo ' # Handle all the #define templates only if necessary.' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+echo ' if grep "^[ ]*#[ ]*define" $tmp/in >/dev/null; then' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+echo ' # If there are no defines, we may have an empty if/fi' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+echo ' :' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while grep . conftest.defines >/dev/null
+do
+ # Write a limited-size here document to $tmp/defines.sed.
+ echo ' cat >$tmp/defines.sed <<CEOF' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ # Speed up: don't consider the non `#define' lines.
+ echo '/^[ ]*#[ ]*define/!b' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ # Work around the forget-to-reset-the-flag bug.
+ echo 't clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ echo ': clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.defines >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ echo 'CEOF
+ sed -f $tmp/defines.sed $tmp/in >$tmp/out
+ rm -f $tmp/in
+ mv $tmp/out $tmp/in
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.defines >conftest.tail
+ rm -f conftest.defines
+ mv conftest.tail conftest.defines
+done
+rm -f conftest.defines
+echo ' fi # grep' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+echo >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+
+# Break up conftest.undefs because some shells have a limit on the size
+# of here documents, and old seds have small limits too (100 cmds).
+echo ' # Handle all the #undef templates' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while grep . conftest.undefs >/dev/null
+do
+ # Write a limited-size here document to $tmp/undefs.sed.
+ echo ' cat >$tmp/undefs.sed <<CEOF' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ # Speed up: don't consider the non `#undef'
+ echo '/^[ ]*#[ ]*undef/!b' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ # Work around the forget-to-reset-the-flag bug.
+ echo 't clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ echo ': clr' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.undefs >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ echo 'CEOF
+ sed -f $tmp/undefs.sed $tmp/in >$tmp/out
+ rm -f $tmp/in
+ mv $tmp/out $tmp/in
+' >>$CONFIG_STATUS
+ sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.undefs >conftest.tail
+ rm -f conftest.undefs
+ mv conftest.tail conftest.undefs
+done
+rm -f conftest.undefs
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+ # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+ # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+ # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */
+ if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
+ echo "/* Generated by configure. */" >$tmp/config.h
+ else
+ echo "/* $ac_file. Generated by configure. */" >$tmp/config.h
+ fi
+ cat $tmp/in >>$tmp/config.h
+ rm -f $tmp/in
+ if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+ if diff $ac_file $tmp/config.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $ac_file is unchanged" >&5
+echo "$as_me: $ac_file is unchanged" >&6;}
+ else
+ ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+ mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+ else
+ as_dir="$ac_dir"
+ as_dirs=
+ while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+ as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+ as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ done
+ test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+ fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+ rm -f $ac_file
+ mv $tmp/config.h $ac_file
+ fi
+ else
+ cat $tmp/config.h
+ rm -f $tmp/config.h
+ fi
+# Compute $ac_file's index in $config_headers.
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+ case $_am_header in
+ $ac_file | $ac_file:* )
+ break ;;
+ * )
+ _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+ esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $ac_file" >`(dirname $ac_file) 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X$ac_file : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X$ac_file : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X$ac_file : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X$ac_file : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X$ac_file |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`/stamp-h$_am_stamp_count
+done
+_ACEOF
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+#
+# CONFIG_COMMANDS section.
+#
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_COMMANDS; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+ ac_dest=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'`
+ ac_source=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+ ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_dest") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$ac_dest" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_dest" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+ mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+ else
+ as_dir="$ac_dir"
+ as_dirs=
+ while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+ as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+ as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ done
+ test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+ fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+ ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+ ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+ # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+ ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+ ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+ .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
+ ac_srcdir=.
+ if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+ ac_top_srcdir=.
+ else
+ ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+ fi ;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
+ ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+ ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+ *) # Relative path.
+ ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+ ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+ case "$ac_dir" in
+ .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+ *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+ case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+ .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+ case $ac_top_srcdir in
+ .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+ esac;;
+esac
+
+
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: executing $ac_dest commands" >&5
+echo "$as_me: executing $ac_dest commands" >&6;}
+ case $ac_dest in
+ depfiles ) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || for mf in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+ # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+ mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+ # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+ # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+ # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+ # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+ # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+ # So let's grep whole file.
+ if grep '^#.*generated by automake' $mf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ dirpart=`(dirname "$mf") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$mf" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$mf" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$mf" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$mf" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ else
+ continue
+ fi
+ grep '^DEP_FILES *= *[^ #]' < "$mf" > /dev/null || continue
+ # Extract the definition of DEP_FILES from the Makefile without
+ # running `make'.
+ DEPDIR=`sed -n -e '/^DEPDIR = / s///p' < "$mf"`
+ test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+ # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+ U=`sed -n -e '/^U = / s///p' < "$mf"`
+ test -d "$dirpart/$DEPDIR" || mkdir "$dirpart/$DEPDIR"
+ # We invoke sed twice because it is the simplest approach to
+ # changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the expansion.
+ for file in `sed -n -e '
+ /^DEP_FILES = .*\\\\$/ {
+ s/^DEP_FILES = //
+ :loop
+ s/\\\\$//
+ p
+ n
+ /\\\\$/ b loop
+ p
+ }
+ /^DEP_FILES = / s/^DEP_FILES = //p' < "$mf" | \
+ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+ # Make sure the directory exists.
+ test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+ fdir=`(dirname "$file") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$file" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+ mkdir -p $dirpart/$fdir
+ else
+ as_dir=$dirpart/$fdir
+ as_dirs=
+ while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+ as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+ as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+ . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+ s/.*/./; q'`
+ done
+ test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+ fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory $dirpart/$fdir" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory $dirpart/$fdir" >&2;}
+ { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+ # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+ echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+ done
+done
+ ;;
+ default-1 )
+ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ esac
+ # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
+ case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
+ rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend
+ # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
+ # parameters.
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+ fi
+ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+ fi
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdirpre= ;;
+ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+ esac
+ POFILES=
+ GMOFILES=
+ UPDATEPOFILES=
+ DUMMYPOFILES=
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+ done
+ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+ # environment variable.
+ INST_LINGUAS=
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ useit=no
+ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+ else
+ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+ fi
+ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+ # a. equal to presentlang, or
+ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+ case "$desiredlang" in
+ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+ esac
+ done
+ if test $useit = yes; then
+ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ CATALOGS=
+ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+ done
+ fi
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
+ sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
+ for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
+ if test -f "$f"; then
+ case "$f" in
+ *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
+ *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done ;;
+ esac
+done
+_ACEOF
+
+cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
+_ACEOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
+
+
+# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
+# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
+# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
+# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
+# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
+# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
+# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we
+# need to make the FD available again.
+if test "$no_create" != yes; then
+ ac_cs_success=:
+ ac_config_status_args=
+ test "$silent" = yes &&
+ ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
+ exec 5>/dev/null
+ $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
+ exec 5>>config.log
+ # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
+ # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
+ $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+fi
+
--- /dev/null
+#
+# configure.ac
+#
+# Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+
+dnl initialize with some random file to ensure the source is here.
+AC_INIT(ChangeLog)
+
+dnl put any platform specific stuff here
+AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
+
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(netcat, 0.7.1)
+AC_PREREQ(2.53)
+
+dnl without this order in this file, automake will be confused!
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
+
+dnl check for programs. first the c compiler.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+
+dnl check for pod2man since we'll need it for building documentation
+dnl this is really needed only by packagers
+dnl AC_CHECK_PROG(netcat_pod2man, pod2man, yes, no)
+
+AC_PATH_PROGS(PERL, perl5 perl, no)
+AC_PATH_PROG(POD2MAN, pod2man, no)
+
+dnl add --with-extra-includes and --with-extra-libs switch to ./configure
+dnl
+all_libraries="$all_libraries $USER_LDFLAGS"
+all_includes="$all_includes $USER_INCLUDES"
+AC_SUBST(all_includes)
+AC_SUBST(all_libraries)
+
+dnl I18n support
+ALL_LINGUAS="it sk"
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], need-ngettext)
+AM_INTL_SUBDIR
+
+dnl find resolver functions and the socket library on some broken OS
+AC_LBL_LIBRARY_NET
+
+dnl Fortunately we have Solaris...
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/sockio.h)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(srandom random)
+if test $ac_cv_func_srandom = no; then
+ # let's try with the older srand/rand functions
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(srand rand)
+fi
+
+dnl Advanced network address translating functions
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inet_pton inet_ntop)
+
+dnl Support BSD4.4 "sa_len" extension when calculating sockaddrs arrays
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS(struct sockaddr.sa_len, , , [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>])
+
+dnl Check if it is available the RFC2292 IPv4 extension and in_port_t.
+AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct in_pktinfo, in_port_t], , , [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>])
+
+# check if this compiler supports the common parameter `-Wall'
+if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
+fi
+
+# check wether we shall use linux-style select(2) call
+case "$host" in
+ *-linux*)
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_LINUX_SELECT, , [use the linux-style select(2) call])
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+dnl *********************************************************************
+dnl ** CONFIGURE SWITCHES ***********************************************
+dnl *********************************************************************
+
+dnl the non-debug CFLAGS should include -DNDEBUG in a more stable context
+dnl in order to remove the assert() calls
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],
+ [enable debugging (requires GNU compiler, default: no)]),
+ [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -O0 -g3 -ggdb3 -DDEBUG"])
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(compat, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-compat],
+ [enable all old compatibility switches (default: no)]),
+ nc_enab_compat=yes
+ nc_enab_oldhexdump=yes
+ nc_enab_oldtelnet=yes)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(oldhexdump, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-oldhexdump],
+ [use the old style hexdump format (default: no)]),
+ nc_enab_oldhexdump=yes)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(oldtelnet, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-oldtelnet],
+ [use old telnet codes parsing policy (default: no)]),
+ nc_enab_oldtelnet=yes)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(included-getopt, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-getopt],
+ [use the internal getopt library (default: auto)]),
+ nc_need_getopt=yes)
+
+
+# apply the acquired enable options
+if test "x$nc_enab_compat" = "xyes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_OLD_COMPAT, , [misc old compat behaviours])
+fi
+
+if test "x$nc_enab_oldhexdump" = "xyes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_OLD_HEXDUMP, , [use the old style hexdump format])
+fi
+
+if test "x$nc_enab_oldtelnet" = "xyes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(USE_OLD_TELNET, , [use the old telnet codes parsing policy])
+fi
+
+
+dnl *********************************************************************
+dnl ** SPECIAL FUNCTIONS VALIDITY CHECKING ******************************
+dnl *********************************************************************
+
+dnl Try to see if we need the included getopt
+dnl NOTE: with this configuration, it could happen on a really broken
+dnl system, that we have the header file but not the library
+dnl function, and I don't know what would happen.
+dnl AC_CHECK_HEADER(getopt.h)
+dnl AM_CONDITIONAL(NEED_GETOPT_H, test ac_cv_header_getopt_h = no)
+
+# don't run the check if --with-included-getopt was specified
+if test "x$nc_need_getopt" != "xyes"; then
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getopt_long)
+ if test $ac_cv_func_getopt_long = no; then
+ # automatically use the internal getopt library
+ nc_need_getopt=yes
+ CONTRIBLIBS="../lib/contrib/libcontrib.a"
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+dnl *********************************************************************
+dnl ** AUTOMAKE CONDITIONALS ********************************************
+dnl *********************************************************************
+
+AC_SUBST(CONTRIBLIBS)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(NEED_GETOPT, test "x$nc_need_getopt" = "xyes")
+
+
+dnl *********************************************************************
+dnl ** OUTPUT SECTION ***************************************************
+dnl *********************************************************************
+
+dnl add here all the Makefiles. These will be created by configure.
+dnl
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile m4/Makefile lib/Makefile lib/contrib/Makefile
+ src/Makefile doc/Makefile doc/drafts/Makefile po/Makefile.in)
+
+dnl this one is special, it needs the executable flag
+dnl
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(doc/texi2pod.pl, chmod +x doc/texi2pod.pl)
+AC_OUTPUT
--- /dev/null
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+
+## Makefile for Netcat.
+
+## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free
+## Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.9 2003/01/03 22:53:32 themnemonic Exp $
+
+info_TEXINFOS = netcat.texi
+
+man_MANS = netcat.1
+
+
+# Netcat custom building rules
+
+TEXI2POD = $(top_builddir)/doc/texi2pod.pl
+
+netcat.pod: $(srcdir)/netcat.texi
+ $(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/netcat.texi $@
+
+$(man_MANS): netcat.pod
+ $(POD2MAN) --center="Netcat" --release="GNU Netcat @VERSION@" $? > $@
+
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = netcat.1 netcat.pod
+
+EXTRA_DIST = netcat.1 netcat.pod migration
+
+## Proceed to subdirs
+
+SUBDIRS = drafts
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.7.6 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.9 2003/01/03 22:53:32 themnemonic Exp $
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+target_triplet = @target@
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CONTRIBLIBS = @CONTRIBLIBS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NEED_GETOPT_FALSE = @NEED_GETOPT_FALSE@
+NEED_GETOPT_TRUE = @NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+all_includes = @all_includes@
+all_libraries = @all_libraries@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target = @target@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+target_cpu = @target_cpu@
+target_os = @target_os@
+target_vendor = @target_vendor@
+
+info_TEXINFOS = netcat.texi
+
+man_MANS = netcat.1
+
+
+# Netcat custom building rules
+TEXI2POD = $(top_builddir)/doc/texi2pod.pl
+
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = netcat.1 netcat.pod
+
+EXTRA_DIST = netcat.1 netcat.pod migration
+
+SUBDIRS = drafts
+subdir = doc
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = texi2pod.pl
+depcomp =
+am__depfiles_maybe =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(srcdir)
+INFO_DEPS = netcat.info
+DVIS = netcat.dvi
+PDFS = netcat.pdf
+PSS = netcat.ps
+TEXINFOS = netcat.texi
+
+NROFF = nroff
+MANS = $(man_MANS)
+
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive pdf-recursive \
+ ps-recursive install-info-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
+ all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive \
+ check-recursive installcheck-recursive
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texi2pod.pl.in \
+ texinfo.tex version.texi
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .pdf .ps .texi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps doc/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+texi2pod.pl: $(top_builddir)/config.status texi2pod.pl.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+
+.texi.info:
+ @rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]
+ $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+ -o $@ `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+
+.texi.dvi:
+ TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
+ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
+ $(TEXI2DVI) `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+
+.texi.pdf:
+ TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
+ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
+ $(TEXI2PDF) `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+netcat.info: netcat.texi version.texi
+netcat.dvi: netcat.texi version.texi
+netcat.pdf: netcat.texi version.texi
+version.texi: stamp-vti
+stamp-vti: netcat.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure
+ @(dir=.; test -f ./netcat.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \
+ set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $$dir/netcat.texi`; \
+ echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+ echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+ echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+ echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
+ @cmp -s vti.tmp version.texi \
+ || (echo "Updating version.texi"; \
+ cp vti.tmp version.texi)
+ -@rm -f vti.tmp
+ @cp version.texi $@
+
+mostlyclean-vti:
+ -rm -f vti.tmp
+
+maintainer-clean-vti:
+ -rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+
+TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch
+DVIPS = dvips
+.dvi.ps:
+ $(DVIPS) -o $@ $<
+
+uninstall-info-am:
+ $(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+ @if (install-info --version && \
+ install-info --version | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for file in $$list; do \
+ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
+ install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile; \
+ done; \
+ else :; fi
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for file in $$list; do \
+ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+ (if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
+ echo " rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9])"; \
+ rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \
+ else :; fi); \
+ done
+
+dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for base in $$list; do \
+ if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ for file in $$d/$$base*; do \
+ relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$relfile || \
+ cp -p $$file $(distdir)/$$relfile; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
+ -rm -f netcat.aux netcat.cp netcat.cps netcat.fn netcat.fns netcat.ky \
+ netcat.kys netcat.log netcat.pg netcat.pgs netcat.tmp \
+ netcat.toc netcat.tp netcat.tps netcat.vr netcat.vrs \
+ netcat.dvi netcat.pdf netcat.ps
+
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
+ @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \
+ i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+ echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \
+ rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \
+ done
+
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+install-man1: $(man1_MANS) $(man_MANS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)
+ @list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
+ l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
+ for i in $$l2; do \
+ case "$$i" in \
+ *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
+ else file=$$i; fi; \
+ ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+ case "$$ext" in \
+ 1*) ;; \
+ *) ext='1' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \
+ done
+uninstall-man1:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
+ l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
+ for i in $$l2; do \
+ case "$$i" in \
+ *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+ case "$$ext" in \
+ 1*) ;; \
+ *) ext='1' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
+ inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+ echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \
+ done
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+ @set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ dot_seen=yes; \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+ done; \
+ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+ fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+ @set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ rev="$$rev ."; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ for subdir in $$rev; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+ done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+ done
+ctags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+ done
+
+ETAGS = etags
+ETAGSFLAGS =
+
+CTAGS = ctags
+CTAGSFLAGS =
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ mkid -fID $$unique
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ if (etags --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ include_option=--etags-include; \
+ else \
+ include_option=--include; \
+ fi; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test -f $$subdir/TAGS && \
+ tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+ && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ || exit 1; \
+ (cd $$subdir && \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
+ distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ distdir) \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+ dist-info
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS)
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)
+
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+ -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+
+install-data-am: install-info-am install-man
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+ @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for file in $$list; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+ for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \
+ $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \
+ if test -f $$ifile; then \
+ relfile=`echo "$$ifile" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile; \
+ else : ; fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
+ @$(POST_INSTALL)
+ @if (install-info --version && \
+ install-info --version | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+ for file in $$list; do \
+ relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+ echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile";\
+ install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile || :;\
+ done; \
+ else : ; fi
+install-man: install-man1
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am: $(PDFS)
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am: $(PSS)
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-man
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
+ clean-generic clean-recursive ctags ctags-recursive dist-info \
+ distclean distclean-generic distclean-recursive distclean-tags \
+ distdir dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive \
+ install install-am install-data install-data-am \
+ install-data-recursive install-exec install-exec-am \
+ install-exec-recursive install-info install-info-am \
+ install-info-recursive install-man install-man1 \
+ install-recursive install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+ installdirs installdirs-am installdirs-recursive \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-recursive \
+ maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean mostlyclean-aminfo \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-vti pdf \
+ pdf-am pdf-recursive ps ps-am ps-recursive tags tags-recursive \
+ uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
+ uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-man uninstall-man1 \
+ uninstall-recursive
+
+
+netcat.pod: $(srcdir)/netcat.texi
+ $(TEXI2POD) $(srcdir)/netcat.texi $@
+
+$(man_MANS): netcat.pod
+ $(POD2MAN) --center="Netcat" --release="GNU Netcat @VERSION@" $? > $@
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+
+## Makefile for Netcat.
+
+## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free
+## Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.4 2003/01/02 14:39:31 themnemonic Exp $
+
+# general rule to build png graphs from the DIA xml file
+.xml.png:
+ dia -e $@ $(srcdir)/$<
+
+docs: corerw.png resolve.png
+
+# clean images generated at packaging time, and DIA's backup files
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = corerw.png resolve.png *.xml~
+
+##dist-hook: docs
+## @cp -p $(srcdir)/corerw.png $(distdir)
+## @cp -p $(srcdir)/resolve.png $(distdir)
+
+EXTRA_DIST = *.txt
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.7.6 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.4 2003/01/02 14:39:31 themnemonic Exp $
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ../..
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+target_triplet = @target@
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CONTRIBLIBS = @CONTRIBLIBS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NEED_GETOPT_FALSE = @NEED_GETOPT_FALSE@
+NEED_GETOPT_TRUE = @NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+all_includes = @all_includes@
+all_libraries = @all_libraries@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target = @target@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+target_cpu = @target_cpu@
+target_os = @target_os@
+target_vendor = @target_vendor@
+
+# clean images generated at packaging time, and DIA's backup files
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = corerw.png resolve.png *.xml~
+
+EXTRA_DIST = *.txt
+subdir = doc/drafts
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+depcomp =
+am__depfiles_maybe =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DIST_COMMON = README Makefile.am Makefile.in
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .png .xml
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps doc/drafts/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+uninstall-info-am:
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ../..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+ -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+ distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
+ install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am \
+ uninstall-info-am
+
+
+# general rule to build png graphs from the DIA xml file
+.xml.png:
+ dia -e $@ $(srcdir)/$<
+
+docs: corerw.png resolve.png
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+
+ doc/drafts/migration
+ Part of the GNU netcat project
+
+ Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+
+ This directory contains the documentation files of the GNU Netcat project.
+
+
+ corerw.xml
+
+ Flowchar in DIA format of the core_readwrite() function, which is the heart of
+ netcat. You can find generated sheets in various formats on the official web
+ site.
+
+
+ resolve.xml
+
+ ...
+
+
+ rfc0768.txt
+
+ ...
+
+
+ rfc0791.txt
+
+ ...
+
+
+ rfc0854.txt
+
+ ...
+
+
+ rfc2292.txt
+
+ Advanced Sockets API for IPv6
+
+ This RFC explains various sockets APIs for both IPv6 and IPv4. Netcat in particular
+ uses the IN_PKTINFO extension for IPv4 in order to know which interface received an
+ UDP packet, when bound to INADDR_ANY.
+ Only a few OSes have this extension (read only Linux), so the other solution is to
+ create a listening UDP socket for each possible interface.
--- /dev/null
+
+
+RFC 768 J. Postel
+ ISI
+ 28 August 1980
+
+
+
+ User Datagram Protocol
+ ----------------------
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+This User Datagram Protocol (UDP) is defined to make available a
+datagram mode of packet-switched computer communication in the
+environment of an interconnected set of computer networks. This
+protocol assumes that the Internet Protocol (IP) [1] is used as the
+underlying protocol.
+
+This protocol provides a procedure for application programs to send
+messages to other programs with a minimum of protocol mechanism. The
+protocol is transaction oriented, and delivery and duplicate protection
+are not guaranteed. Applications requiring ordered reliable delivery of
+streams of data should use the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) [2].
+
+Format
+------
+
+
+ 0 7 8 15 16 23 24 31
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | Source | Destination |
+ | Port | Port |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | | |
+ | Length | Checksum |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ |
+ | data octets ...
+ +---------------- ...
+
+ User Datagram Header Format
+
+Fields
+------
+
+Source Port is an optional field, when meaningful, it indicates the port
+of the sending process, and may be assumed to be the port to which a
+reply should be addressed in the absence of any other information. If
+not used, a value of zero is inserted.
+
+
+
+
+
+Postel [page 1]
+\f
+
+ 28 Aug 1980
+User Datagram Protocol RFC 768
+Fields
+
+
+
+Destination Port has a meaning within the context of a particular
+internet destination address.
+
+Length is the length in octets of this user datagram including this
+header and the data. (This means the minimum value of the length is
+eight.)
+
+Checksum is the 16-bit one's complement of the one's complement sum of a
+pseudo header of information from the IP header, the UDP header, and the
+data, padded with zero octets at the end (if necessary) to make a
+multiple of two octets.
+
+The pseudo header conceptually prefixed to the UDP header contains the
+source address, the destination address, the protocol, and the UDP
+length. This information gives protection against misrouted datagrams.
+This checksum procedure is the same as is used in TCP.
+
+ 0 7 8 15 16 23 24 31
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | source address |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | destination address |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | zero |protocol| UDP length |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+
+If the computed checksum is zero, it is transmitted as all ones (the
+equivalent in one's complement arithmetic). An all zero transmitted
+checksum value means that the transmitter generated no checksum (for
+debugging or for higher level protocols that don't care).
+
+User Interface
+--------------
+
+A user interface should allow
+
+ the creation of new receive ports,
+
+ receive operations on the receive ports that return the data octets
+ and an indication of source port and source address,
+
+ and an operation that allows a datagram to be sent, specifying the
+ data, source and destination ports and addresses to be sent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[page 2] Postel
+\f
+
+28 Aug 1980
+RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol
+ IP Interface
+
+
+
+IP Interface
+-------------
+
+The UDP module must be able to determine the source and destination
+internet addresses and the protocol field from the internet header. One
+possible UDP/IP interface would return the whole internet datagram
+including all of the internet header in response to a receive operation.
+Such an interface would also allow the UDP to pass a full internet
+datagram complete with header to the IP to send. The IP would verify
+certain fields for consistency and compute the internet header checksum.
+
+Protocol Application
+--------------------
+
+The major uses of this protocol is the Internet Name Server [3], and the
+Trivial File Transfer [4].
+
+Protocol Number
+---------------
+
+This is protocol 17 (21 octal) when used in the Internet Protocol.
+Other protocol numbers are listed in [5].
+
+References
+----------
+
+[1] Postel, J., "Internet Protocol," RFC 760, USC/Information
+ Sciences Institute, January 1980.
+
+[2] Postel, J., "Transmission Control Protocol," RFC 761,
+ USC/Information Sciences Institute, January 1980.
+
+[3] Postel, J., "Internet Name Server," USC/Information Sciences
+ Institute, IEN 116, August 1979.
+
+[4] Sollins, K., "The TFTP Protocol," Massachusetts Institute of
+ Technology, IEN 133, January 1980.
+
+[5] Postel, J., "Assigned Numbers," USC/Information Sciences
+ Institute, RFC 762, January 1980.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Postel [page 3]
+\f
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+
+
+RFC: 791
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ INTERNET PROTOCOL
+
+
+ DARPA INTERNET PROGRAM
+
+ PROTOCOL SPECIFICATION
+
+
+
+ September 1981
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ prepared for
+
+ Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency
+ Information Processing Techniques Office
+ 1400 Wilson Boulevard
+ Arlington, Virginia 22209
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ by
+
+ Information Sciences Institute
+ University of Southern California
+ 4676 Admiralty Way
+ Marina del Rey, California 90291
+\f
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+ TABLE OF CONTENTS
+
+ PREFACE ........................................................ iii
+
+1. INTRODUCTION ..................................................... 1
+
+ 1.1 Motivation .................................................... 1
+ 1.2 Scope ......................................................... 1
+ 1.3 Interfaces .................................................... 1
+ 1.4 Operation ..................................................... 2
+
+2. OVERVIEW ......................................................... 5
+
+ 2.1 Relation to Other Protocols ................................... 9
+ 2.2 Model of Operation ............................................ 5
+ 2.3 Function Description .......................................... 7
+ 2.4 Gateways ...................................................... 9
+
+3. SPECIFICATION ................................................... 11
+
+ 3.1 Internet Header Format ....................................... 11
+ 3.2 Discussion ................................................... 23
+ 3.3 Interfaces ................................................... 31
+
+APPENDIX A: Examples & Scenarios ................................... 34
+APPENDIX B: Data Transmission Order ................................ 39
+
+GLOSSARY ............................................................ 41
+
+REFERENCES .......................................................... 45
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page i]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page ii]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+ PREFACE
+
+
+
+This document specifies the DoD Standard Internet Protocol. This
+document is based on six earlier editions of the ARPA Internet Protocol
+Specification, and the present text draws heavily from them. There have
+been many contributors to this work both in terms of concepts and in
+terms of text. This edition revises aspects of addressing, error
+handling, option codes, and the security, precedence, compartments, and
+handling restriction features of the internet protocol.
+
+ Jon Postel
+
+ Editor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page iii]
+\f
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+
+
+RFC: 791
+Replaces: RFC 760
+IENs 128, 123, 111,
+80, 54, 44, 41, 28, 26
+
+ INTERNET PROTOCOL
+
+ DARPA INTERNET PROGRAM
+ PROTOCOL SPECIFICATION
+
+
+
+ 1. INTRODUCTION
+
+1.1. Motivation
+
+ The Internet Protocol is designed for use in interconnected systems of
+ packet-switched computer communication networks. Such a system has
+ been called a "catenet" [1]. The internet protocol provides for
+ transmitting blocks of data called datagrams from sources to
+ destinations, where sources and destinations are hosts identified by
+ fixed length addresses. The internet protocol also provides for
+ fragmentation and reassembly of long datagrams, if necessary, for
+ transmission through "small packet" networks.
+
+1.2. Scope
+
+ The internet protocol is specifically limited in scope to provide the
+ functions necessary to deliver a package of bits (an internet
+ datagram) from a source to a destination over an interconnected system
+ of networks. There are no mechanisms to augment end-to-end data
+ reliability, flow control, sequencing, or other services commonly
+ found in host-to-host protocols. The internet protocol can capitalize
+ on the services of its supporting networks to provide various types
+ and qualities of service.
+
+1.3. Interfaces
+
+ This protocol is called on by host-to-host protocols in an internet
+ environment. This protocol calls on local network protocols to carry
+ the internet datagram to the next gateway or destination host.
+
+ For example, a TCP module would call on the internet module to take a
+ TCP segment (including the TCP header and user data) as the data
+ portion of an internet datagram. The TCP module would provide the
+ addresses and other parameters in the internet header to the internet
+ module as arguments of the call. The internet module would then
+ create an internet datagram and call on the local network interface to
+ transmit the internet datagram.
+
+ In the ARPANET case, for example, the internet module would call on a
+
+
+ [Page 1]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Introduction
+
+
+
+ local net module which would add the 1822 leader [2] to the internet
+ datagram creating an ARPANET message to transmit to the IMP. The
+ ARPANET address would be derived from the internet address by the
+ local network interface and would be the address of some host in the
+ ARPANET, that host might be a gateway to other networks.
+
+1.4. Operation
+
+ The internet protocol implements two basic functions: addressing and
+ fragmentation.
+
+ The internet modules use the addresses carried in the internet header
+ to transmit internet datagrams toward their destinations. The
+ selection of a path for transmission is called routing.
+
+ The internet modules use fields in the internet header to fragment and
+ reassemble internet datagrams when necessary for transmission through
+ "small packet" networks.
+
+ The model of operation is that an internet module resides in each host
+ engaged in internet communication and in each gateway that
+ interconnects networks. These modules share common rules for
+ interpreting address fields and for fragmenting and assembling
+ internet datagrams. In addition, these modules (especially in
+ gateways) have procedures for making routing decisions and other
+ functions.
+
+ The internet protocol treats each internet datagram as an independent
+ entity unrelated to any other internet datagram. There are no
+ connections or logical circuits (virtual or otherwise).
+
+ The internet protocol uses four key mechanisms in providing its
+ service: Type of Service, Time to Live, Options, and Header Checksum.
+
+ The Type of Service is used to indicate the quality of the service
+ desired. The type of service is an abstract or generalized set of
+ parameters which characterize the service choices provided in the
+ networks that make up the internet. This type of service indication
+ is to be used by gateways to select the actual transmission parameters
+ for a particular network, the network to be used for the next hop, or
+ the next gateway when routing an internet datagram.
+
+ The Time to Live is an indication of an upper bound on the lifetime of
+ an internet datagram. It is set by the sender of the datagram and
+ reduced at the points along the route where it is processed. If the
+ time to live reaches zero before the internet datagram reaches its
+ destination, the internet datagram is destroyed. The time to live can
+ be thought of as a self destruct time limit.
+
+
+[Page 2]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Introduction
+
+
+
+ The Options provide for control functions needed or useful in some
+ situations but unnecessary for the most common communications. The
+ options include provisions for timestamps, security, and special
+ routing.
+
+ The Header Checksum provides a verification that the information used
+ in processing internet datagram has been transmitted correctly. The
+ data may contain errors. If the header checksum fails, the internet
+ datagram is discarded at once by the entity which detects the error.
+
+ The internet protocol does not provide a reliable communication
+ facility. There are no acknowledgments either end-to-end or
+ hop-by-hop. There is no error control for data, only a header
+ checksum. There are no retransmissions. There is no flow control.
+
+ Errors detected may be reported via the Internet Control Message
+ Protocol (ICMP) [3] which is implemented in the internet protocol
+ module.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 3]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 4]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+ 2. OVERVIEW
+
+2.1. Relation to Other Protocols
+
+ The following diagram illustrates the place of the internet protocol
+ in the protocol hierarchy:
+
+
+ +------+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
+ |Telnet| | FTP | | TFTP| ... | ... |
+ +------+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
+ | | | |
+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
+ | TCP | | UDP | ... | ... |
+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
+ | | |
+ +--------------------------+----+
+ | Internet Protocol & ICMP |
+ +--------------------------+----+
+ |
+ +---------------------------+
+ | Local Network Protocol |
+ +---------------------------+
+
+ Protocol Relationships
+
+ Figure 1.
+
+ Internet protocol interfaces on one side to the higher level
+ host-to-host protocols and on the other side to the local network
+ protocol. In this context a "local network" may be a small network in
+ a building or a large network such as the ARPANET.
+
+2.2. Model of Operation
+
+ The model of operation for transmitting a datagram from one
+ application program to another is illustrated by the following
+ scenario:
+
+ We suppose that this transmission will involve one intermediate
+ gateway.
+
+ The sending application program prepares its data and calls on its
+ local internet module to send that data as a datagram and passes the
+ destination address and other parameters as arguments of the call.
+
+ The internet module prepares a datagram header and attaches the data
+ to it. The internet module determines a local network address for
+ this internet address, in this case it is the address of a gateway.
+
+
+ [Page 5]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Overview
+
+
+
+ It sends this datagram and the local network address to the local
+ network interface.
+
+ The local network interface creates a local network header, and
+ attaches the datagram to it, then sends the result via the local
+ network.
+
+ The datagram arrives at a gateway host wrapped in the local network
+ header, the local network interface strips off this header, and
+ turns the datagram over to the internet module. The internet module
+ determines from the internet address that the datagram is to be
+ forwarded to another host in a second network. The internet module
+ determines a local net address for the destination host. It calls
+ on the local network interface for that network to send the
+ datagram.
+
+ This local network interface creates a local network header and
+ attaches the datagram sending the result to the destination host.
+
+ At this destination host the datagram is stripped of the local net
+ header by the local network interface and handed to the internet
+ module.
+
+ The internet module determines that the datagram is for an
+ application program in this host. It passes the data to the
+ application program in response to a system call, passing the source
+ address and other parameters as results of the call.
+
+
+ Application Application
+ Program Program
+ \ /
+ Internet Module Internet Module Internet Module
+ \ / \ /
+ LNI-1 LNI-1 LNI-2 LNI-2
+ \ / \ /
+ Local Network 1 Local Network 2
+
+
+
+ Transmission Path
+
+ Figure 2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 6]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Overview
+
+
+
+2.3. Function Description
+
+ The function or purpose of Internet Protocol is to move datagrams
+ through an interconnected set of networks. This is done by passing
+ the datagrams from one internet module to another until the
+ destination is reached. The internet modules reside in hosts and
+ gateways in the internet system. The datagrams are routed from one
+ internet module to another through individual networks based on the
+ interpretation of an internet address. Thus, one important mechanism
+ of the internet protocol is the internet address.
+
+ In the routing of messages from one internet module to another,
+ datagrams may need to traverse a network whose maximum packet size is
+ smaller than the size of the datagram. To overcome this difficulty, a
+ fragmentation mechanism is provided in the internet protocol.
+
+ Addressing
+
+ A distinction is made between names, addresses, and routes [4]. A
+ name indicates what we seek. An address indicates where it is. A
+ route indicates how to get there. The internet protocol deals
+ primarily with addresses. It is the task of higher level (i.e.,
+ host-to-host or application) protocols to make the mapping from
+ names to addresses. The internet module maps internet addresses to
+ local net addresses. It is the task of lower level (i.e., local net
+ or gateways) procedures to make the mapping from local net addresses
+ to routes.
+
+ Addresses are fixed length of four octets (32 bits). An address
+ begins with a network number, followed by local address (called the
+ "rest" field). There are three formats or classes of internet
+ addresses: in class a, the high order bit is zero, the next 7 bits
+ are the network, and the last 24 bits are the local address; in
+ class b, the high order two bits are one-zero, the next 14 bits are
+ the network and the last 16 bits are the local address; in class c,
+ the high order three bits are one-one-zero, the next 21 bits are the
+ network and the last 8 bits are the local address.
+
+ Care must be taken in mapping internet addresses to local net
+ addresses; a single physical host must be able to act as if it were
+ several distinct hosts to the extent of using several distinct
+ internet addresses. Some hosts will also have several physical
+ interfaces (multi-homing).
+
+ That is, provision must be made for a host to have several physical
+ interfaces to the network with each having several logical internet
+ addresses.
+
+
+
+ [Page 7]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Overview
+
+
+
+ Examples of address mappings may be found in "Address Mappings" [5].
+
+ Fragmentation
+
+ Fragmentation of an internet datagram is necessary when it
+ originates in a local net that allows a large packet size and must
+ traverse a local net that limits packets to a smaller size to reach
+ its destination.
+
+ An internet datagram can be marked "don't fragment." Any internet
+ datagram so marked is not to be internet fragmented under any
+ circumstances. If internet datagram marked don't fragment cannot be
+ delivered to its destination without fragmenting it, it is to be
+ discarded instead.
+
+ Fragmentation, transmission and reassembly across a local network
+ which is invisible to the internet protocol module is called
+ intranet fragmentation and may be used [6].
+
+ The internet fragmentation and reassembly procedure needs to be able
+ to break a datagram into an almost arbitrary number of pieces that
+ can be later reassembled. The receiver of the fragments uses the
+ identification field to ensure that fragments of different datagrams
+ are not mixed. The fragment offset field tells the receiver the
+ position of a fragment in the original datagram. The fragment
+ offset and length determine the portion of the original datagram
+ covered by this fragment. The more-fragments flag indicates (by
+ being reset) the last fragment. These fields provide sufficient
+ information to reassemble datagrams.
+
+ The identification field is used to distinguish the fragments of one
+ datagram from those of another. The originating protocol module of
+ an internet datagram sets the identification field to a value that
+ must be unique for that source-destination pair and protocol for the
+ time the datagram will be active in the internet system. The
+ originating protocol module of a complete datagram sets the
+ more-fragments flag to zero and the fragment offset to zero.
+
+ To fragment a long internet datagram, an internet protocol module
+ (for example, in a gateway), creates two new internet datagrams and
+ copies the contents of the internet header fields from the long
+ datagram into both new internet headers. The data of the long
+ datagram is divided into two portions on a 8 octet (64 bit) boundary
+ (the second portion might not be an integral multiple of 8 octets,
+ but the first must be). Call the number of 8 octet blocks in the
+ first portion NFB (for Number of Fragment Blocks). The first
+ portion of the data is placed in the first new internet datagram,
+ and the total length field is set to the length of the first
+
+
+[Page 8]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Overview
+
+
+
+ datagram. The more-fragments flag is set to one. The second
+ portion of the data is placed in the second new internet datagram,
+ and the total length field is set to the length of the second
+ datagram. The more-fragments flag carries the same value as the
+ long datagram. The fragment offset field of the second new internet
+ datagram is set to the value of that field in the long datagram plus
+ NFB.
+
+ This procedure can be generalized for an n-way split, rather than
+ the two-way split described.
+
+ To assemble the fragments of an internet datagram, an internet
+ protocol module (for example at a destination host) combines
+ internet datagrams that all have the same value for the four fields:
+ identification, source, destination, and protocol. The combination
+ is done by placing the data portion of each fragment in the relative
+ position indicated by the fragment offset in that fragment's
+ internet header. The first fragment will have the fragment offset
+ zero, and the last fragment will have the more-fragments flag reset
+ to zero.
+
+2.4. Gateways
+
+ Gateways implement internet protocol to forward datagrams between
+ networks. Gateways also implement the Gateway to Gateway Protocol
+ (GGP) [7] to coordinate routing and other internet control
+ information.
+
+ In a gateway the higher level protocols need not be implemented and
+ the GGP functions are added to the IP module.
+
+
+ +-------------------------------+
+ | Internet Protocol & ICMP & GGP|
+ +-------------------------------+
+ | |
+ +---------------+ +---------------+
+ | Local Net | | Local Net |
+ +---------------+ +---------------+
+
+ Gateway Protocols
+
+ Figure 3.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 9]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 10]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+ 3. SPECIFICATION
+
+3.1. Internet Header Format
+
+ A summary of the contents of the internet header follows:
+
+
+ 0 1 2 3
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |Version| IHL |Type of Service| Total Length |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Identification |Flags| Fragment Offset |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Time to Live | Protocol | Header Checksum |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Source Address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Destination Address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Options | Padding |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Example Internet Datagram Header
+
+ Figure 4.
+
+ Note that each tick mark represents one bit position.
+
+ Version: 4 bits
+
+ The Version field indicates the format of the internet header. This
+ document describes version 4.
+
+ IHL: 4 bits
+
+ Internet Header Length is the length of the internet header in 32
+ bit words, and thus points to the beginning of the data. Note that
+ the minimum value for a correct header is 5.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 11]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ Type of Service: 8 bits
+
+ The Type of Service provides an indication of the abstract
+ parameters of the quality of service desired. These parameters are
+ to be used to guide the selection of the actual service parameters
+ when transmitting a datagram through a particular network. Several
+ networks offer service precedence, which somehow treats high
+ precedence traffic as more important than other traffic (generally
+ by accepting only traffic above a certain precedence at time of high
+ load). The major choice is a three way tradeoff between low-delay,
+ high-reliability, and high-throughput.
+
+ Bits 0-2: Precedence.
+ Bit 3: 0 = Normal Delay, 1 = Low Delay.
+ Bits 4: 0 = Normal Throughput, 1 = High Throughput.
+ Bits 5: 0 = Normal Relibility, 1 = High Relibility.
+ Bit 6-7: Reserved for Future Use.
+
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+ | | | | | | |
+ | PRECEDENCE | D | T | R | 0 | 0 |
+ | | | | | | |
+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+
+ Precedence
+
+ 111 - Network Control
+ 110 - Internetwork Control
+ 101 - CRITIC/ECP
+ 100 - Flash Override
+ 011 - Flash
+ 010 - Immediate
+ 001 - Priority
+ 000 - Routine
+
+ The use of the Delay, Throughput, and Reliability indications may
+ increase the cost (in some sense) of the service. In many networks
+ better performance for one of these parameters is coupled with worse
+ performance on another. Except for very unusual cases at most two
+ of these three indications should be set.
+
+ The type of service is used to specify the treatment of the datagram
+ during its transmission through the internet system. Example
+ mappings of the internet type of service to the actual service
+ provided on networks such as AUTODIN II, ARPANET, SATNET, and PRNET
+ is given in "Service Mappings" [8].
+
+
+
+[Page 12]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ The Network Control precedence designation is intended to be used
+ within a network only. The actual use and control of that
+ designation is up to each network. The Internetwork Control
+ designation is intended for use by gateway control originators only.
+ If the actual use of these precedence designations is of concern to
+ a particular network, it is the responsibility of that network to
+ control the access to, and use of, those precedence designations.
+
+ Total Length: 16 bits
+
+ Total Length is the length of the datagram, measured in octets,
+ including internet header and data. This field allows the length of
+ a datagram to be up to 65,535 octets. Such long datagrams are
+ impractical for most hosts and networks. All hosts must be prepared
+ to accept datagrams of up to 576 octets (whether they arrive whole
+ or in fragments). It is recommended that hosts only send datagrams
+ larger than 576 octets if they have assurance that the destination
+ is prepared to accept the larger datagrams.
+
+ The number 576 is selected to allow a reasonable sized data block to
+ be transmitted in addition to the required header information. For
+ example, this size allows a data block of 512 octets plus 64 header
+ octets to fit in a datagram. The maximal internet header is 60
+ octets, and a typical internet header is 20 octets, allowing a
+ margin for headers of higher level protocols.
+
+ Identification: 16 bits
+
+ An identifying value assigned by the sender to aid in assembling the
+ fragments of a datagram.
+
+ Flags: 3 bits
+
+ Various Control Flags.
+
+ Bit 0: reserved, must be zero
+ Bit 1: (DF) 0 = May Fragment, 1 = Don't Fragment.
+ Bit 2: (MF) 0 = Last Fragment, 1 = More Fragments.
+
+ 0 1 2
+ +---+---+---+
+ | | D | M |
+ | 0 | F | F |
+ +---+---+---+
+
+ Fragment Offset: 13 bits
+
+ This field indicates where in the datagram this fragment belongs.
+
+
+ [Page 13]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ The fragment offset is measured in units of 8 octets (64 bits). The
+ first fragment has offset zero.
+
+ Time to Live: 8 bits
+
+ This field indicates the maximum time the datagram is allowed to
+ remain in the internet system. If this field contains the value
+ zero, then the datagram must be destroyed. This field is modified
+ in internet header processing. The time is measured in units of
+ seconds, but since every module that processes a datagram must
+ decrease the TTL by at least one even if it process the datagram in
+ less than a second, the TTL must be thought of only as an upper
+ bound on the time a datagram may exist. The intention is to cause
+ undeliverable datagrams to be discarded, and to bound the maximum
+ datagram lifetime.
+
+ Protocol: 8 bits
+
+ This field indicates the next level protocol used in the data
+ portion of the internet datagram. The values for various protocols
+ are specified in "Assigned Numbers" [9].
+
+ Header Checksum: 16 bits
+
+ A checksum on the header only. Since some header fields change
+ (e.g., time to live), this is recomputed and verified at each point
+ that the internet header is processed.
+
+ The checksum algorithm is:
+
+ The checksum field is the 16 bit one's complement of the one's
+ complement sum of all 16 bit words in the header. For purposes of
+ computing the checksum, the value of the checksum field is zero.
+
+ This is a simple to compute checksum and experimental evidence
+ indicates it is adequate, but it is provisional and may be replaced
+ by a CRC procedure, depending on further experience.
+
+ Source Address: 32 bits
+
+ The source address. See section 3.2.
+
+ Destination Address: 32 bits
+
+ The destination address. See section 3.2.
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 14]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ Options: variable
+
+ The options may appear or not in datagrams. They must be
+ implemented by all IP modules (host and gateways). What is optional
+ is their transmission in any particular datagram, not their
+ implementation.
+
+ In some environments the security option may be required in all
+ datagrams.
+
+ The option field is variable in length. There may be zero or more
+ options. There are two cases for the format of an option:
+
+ Case 1: A single octet of option-type.
+
+ Case 2: An option-type octet, an option-length octet, and the
+ actual option-data octets.
+
+ The option-length octet counts the option-type octet and the
+ option-length octet as well as the option-data octets.
+
+ The option-type octet is viewed as having 3 fields:
+
+ 1 bit copied flag,
+ 2 bits option class,
+ 5 bits option number.
+
+ The copied flag indicates that this option is copied into all
+ fragments on fragmentation.
+
+ 0 = not copied
+ 1 = copied
+
+ The option classes are:
+
+ 0 = control
+ 1 = reserved for future use
+ 2 = debugging and measurement
+ 3 = reserved for future use
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 15]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ The following internet options are defined:
+
+ CLASS NUMBER LENGTH DESCRIPTION
+ ----- ------ ------ -----------
+ 0 0 - End of Option list. This option occupies only
+ 1 octet; it has no length octet.
+ 0 1 - No Operation. This option occupies only 1
+ octet; it has no length octet.
+ 0 2 11 Security. Used to carry Security,
+ Compartmentation, User Group (TCC), and
+ Handling Restriction Codes compatible with DOD
+ requirements.
+ 0 3 var. Loose Source Routing. Used to route the
+ internet datagram based on information
+ supplied by the source.
+ 0 9 var. Strict Source Routing. Used to route the
+ internet datagram based on information
+ supplied by the source.
+ 0 7 var. Record Route. Used to trace the route an
+ internet datagram takes.
+ 0 8 4 Stream ID. Used to carry the stream
+ identifier.
+ 2 4 var. Internet Timestamp.
+
+
+
+ Specific Option Definitions
+
+ End of Option List
+
+ +--------+
+ |00000000|
+ +--------+
+ Type=0
+
+ This option indicates the end of the option list. This might
+ not coincide with the end of the internet header according to
+ the internet header length. This is used at the end of all
+ options, not the end of each option, and need only be used if
+ the end of the options would not otherwise coincide with the end
+ of the internet header.
+
+ May be copied, introduced, or deleted on fragmentation, or for
+ any other reason.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 16]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ No Operation
+
+ +--------+
+ |00000001|
+ +--------+
+ Type=1
+
+ This option may be used between options, for example, to align
+ the beginning of a subsequent option on a 32 bit boundary.
+
+ May be copied, introduced, or deleted on fragmentation, or for
+ any other reason.
+
+ Security
+
+ This option provides a way for hosts to send security,
+ compartmentation, handling restrictions, and TCC (closed user
+ group) parameters. The format for this option is as follows:
+
+ +--------+--------+---//---+---//---+---//---+---//---+
+ |10000010|00001011|SSS SSS|CCC CCC|HHH HHH| TCC |
+ +--------+--------+---//---+---//---+---//---+---//---+
+ Type=130 Length=11
+
+ Security (S field): 16 bits
+
+ Specifies one of 16 levels of security (eight of which are
+ reserved for future use).
+
+ 00000000 00000000 - Unclassified
+ 11110001 00110101 - Confidential
+ 01111000 10011010 - EFTO
+ 10111100 01001101 - MMMM
+ 01011110 00100110 - PROG
+ 10101111 00010011 - Restricted
+ 11010111 10001000 - Secret
+ 01101011 11000101 - Top Secret
+ 00110101 11100010 - (Reserved for future use)
+ 10011010 11110001 - (Reserved for future use)
+ 01001101 01111000 - (Reserved for future use)
+ 00100100 10111101 - (Reserved for future use)
+ 00010011 01011110 - (Reserved for future use)
+ 10001001 10101111 - (Reserved for future use)
+ 11000100 11010110 - (Reserved for future use)
+ 11100010 01101011 - (Reserved for future use)
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 17]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ Compartments (C field): 16 bits
+
+ An all zero value is used when the information transmitted is
+ not compartmented. Other values for the compartments field
+ may be obtained from the Defense Intelligence Agency.
+
+ Handling Restrictions (H field): 16 bits
+
+ The values for the control and release markings are
+ alphanumeric digraphs and are defined in the Defense
+ Intelligence Agency Manual DIAM 65-19, "Standard Security
+ Markings".
+
+ Transmission Control Code (TCC field): 24 bits
+
+ Provides a means to segregate traffic and define controlled
+ communities of interest among subscribers. The TCC values are
+ trigraphs, and are available from HQ DCA Code 530.
+
+ Must be copied on fragmentation. This option appears at most
+ once in a datagram.
+
+ Loose Source and Record Route
+
+ +--------+--------+--------+---------//--------+
+ |10000011| length | pointer| route data |
+ +--------+--------+--------+---------//--------+
+ Type=131
+
+ The loose source and record route (LSRR) option provides a means
+ for the source of an internet datagram to supply routing
+ information to be used by the gateways in forwarding the
+ datagram to the destination, and to record the route
+ information.
+
+ The option begins with the option type code. The second octet
+ is the option length which includes the option type code and the
+ length octet, the pointer octet, and length-3 octets of route
+ data. The third octet is the pointer into the route data
+ indicating the octet which begins the next source address to be
+ processed. The pointer is relative to this option, and the
+ smallest legal value for the pointer is 4.
+
+ A route data is composed of a series of internet addresses.
+ Each internet address is 32 bits or 4 octets. If the pointer is
+ greater than the length, the source route is empty (and the
+ recorded route full) and the routing is to be based on the
+ destination address field.
+
+
+[Page 18]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ If the address in destination address field has been reached and
+ the pointer is not greater than the length, the next address in
+ the source route replaces the address in the destination address
+ field, and the recorded route address replaces the source
+ address just used, and pointer is increased by four.
+
+ The recorded route address is the internet module's own internet
+ address as known in the environment into which this datagram is
+ being forwarded.
+
+ This procedure of replacing the source route with the recorded
+ route (though it is in the reverse of the order it must be in to
+ be used as a source route) means the option (and the IP header
+ as a whole) remains a constant length as the datagram progresses
+ through the internet.
+
+ This option is a loose source route because the gateway or host
+ IP is allowed to use any route of any number of other
+ intermediate gateways to reach the next address in the route.
+
+ Must be copied on fragmentation. Appears at most once in a
+ datagram.
+
+ Strict Source and Record Route
+
+ +--------+--------+--------+---------//--------+
+ |10001001| length | pointer| route data |
+ +--------+--------+--------+---------//--------+
+ Type=137
+
+ The strict source and record route (SSRR) option provides a
+ means for the source of an internet datagram to supply routing
+ information to be used by the gateways in forwarding the
+ datagram to the destination, and to record the route
+ information.
+
+ The option begins with the option type code. The second octet
+ is the option length which includes the option type code and the
+ length octet, the pointer octet, and length-3 octets of route
+ data. The third octet is the pointer into the route data
+ indicating the octet which begins the next source address to be
+ processed. The pointer is relative to this option, and the
+ smallest legal value for the pointer is 4.
+
+ A route data is composed of a series of internet addresses.
+ Each internet address is 32 bits or 4 octets. If the pointer is
+ greater than the length, the source route is empty (and the
+
+
+
+ [Page 19]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ recorded route full) and the routing is to be based on the
+ destination address field.
+
+ If the address in destination address field has been reached and
+ the pointer is not greater than the length, the next address in
+ the source route replaces the address in the destination address
+ field, and the recorded route address replaces the source
+ address just used, and pointer is increased by four.
+
+ The recorded route address is the internet module's own internet
+ address as known in the environment into which this datagram is
+ being forwarded.
+
+ This procedure of replacing the source route with the recorded
+ route (though it is in the reverse of the order it must be in to
+ be used as a source route) means the option (and the IP header
+ as a whole) remains a constant length as the datagram progresses
+ through the internet.
+
+ This option is a strict source route because the gateway or host
+ IP must send the datagram directly to the next address in the
+ source route through only the directly connected network
+ indicated in the next address to reach the next gateway or host
+ specified in the route.
+
+ Must be copied on fragmentation. Appears at most once in a
+ datagram.
+
+ Record Route
+
+ +--------+--------+--------+---------//--------+
+ |00000111| length | pointer| route data |
+ +--------+--------+--------+---------//--------+
+ Type=7
+
+ The record route option provides a means to record the route of
+ an internet datagram.
+
+ The option begins with the option type code. The second octet
+ is the option length which includes the option type code and the
+ length octet, the pointer octet, and length-3 octets of route
+ data. The third octet is the pointer into the route data
+ indicating the octet which begins the next area to store a route
+ address. The pointer is relative to this option, and the
+ smallest legal value for the pointer is 4.
+
+ A recorded route is composed of a series of internet addresses.
+ Each internet address is 32 bits or 4 octets. If the pointer is
+
+
+[Page 20]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ greater than the length, the recorded route data area is full.
+ The originating host must compose this option with a large
+ enough route data area to hold all the address expected. The
+ size of the option does not change due to adding addresses. The
+ intitial contents of the route data area must be zero.
+
+ When an internet module routes a datagram it checks to see if
+ the record route option is present. If it is, it inserts its
+ own internet address as known in the environment into which this
+ datagram is being forwarded into the recorded route begining at
+ the octet indicated by the pointer, and increments the pointer
+ by four.
+
+ If the route data area is already full (the pointer exceeds the
+ length) the datagram is forwarded without inserting the address
+ into the recorded route. If there is some room but not enough
+ room for a full address to be inserted, the original datagram is
+ considered to be in error and is discarded. In either case an
+ ICMP parameter problem message may be sent to the source
+ host [3].
+
+ Not copied on fragmentation, goes in first fragment only.
+ Appears at most once in a datagram.
+
+ Stream Identifier
+
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ |10001000|00000010| Stream ID |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ Type=136 Length=4
+
+ This option provides a way for the 16-bit SATNET stream
+ identifier to be carried through networks that do not support
+ the stream concept.
+
+ Must be copied on fragmentation. Appears at most once in a
+ datagram.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 21]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ Internet Timestamp
+
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ |01000100| length | pointer|oflw|flg|
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | internet address |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | timestamp |
+ +--------+--------+--------+--------+
+ | . |
+ .
+ .
+ Type = 68
+
+ The Option Length is the number of octets in the option counting
+ the type, length, pointer, and overflow/flag octets (maximum
+ length 40).
+
+ The Pointer is the number of octets from the beginning of this
+ option to the end of timestamps plus one (i.e., it points to the
+ octet beginning the space for next timestamp). The smallest
+ legal value is 5. The timestamp area is full when the pointer
+ is greater than the length.
+
+ The Overflow (oflw) [4 bits] is the number of IP modules that
+ cannot register timestamps due to lack of space.
+
+ The Flag (flg) [4 bits] values are
+
+ 0 -- time stamps only, stored in consecutive 32-bit words,
+
+ 1 -- each timestamp is preceded with internet address of the
+ registering entity,
+
+ 3 -- the internet address fields are prespecified. An IP
+ module only registers its timestamp if it matches its own
+ address with the next specified internet address.
+
+ The Timestamp is a right-justified, 32-bit timestamp in
+ milliseconds since midnight UT. If the time is not available in
+ milliseconds or cannot be provided with respect to midnight UT
+ then any time may be inserted as a timestamp provided the high
+ order bit of the timestamp field is set to one to indicate the
+ use of a non-standard value.
+
+ The originating host must compose this option with a large
+ enough timestamp data area to hold all the timestamp information
+ expected. The size of the option does not change due to adding
+
+
+[Page 22]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ timestamps. The intitial contents of the timestamp data area
+ must be zero or internet address/zero pairs.
+
+ If the timestamp data area is already full (the pointer exceeds
+ the length) the datagram is forwarded without inserting the
+ timestamp, but the overflow count is incremented by one.
+
+ If there is some room but not enough room for a full timestamp
+ to be inserted, or the overflow count itself overflows, the
+ original datagram is considered to be in error and is discarded.
+ In either case an ICMP parameter problem message may be sent to
+ the source host [3].
+
+ The timestamp option is not copied upon fragmentation. It is
+ carried in the first fragment. Appears at most once in a
+ datagram.
+
+ Padding: variable
+
+ The internet header padding is used to ensure that the internet
+ header ends on a 32 bit boundary. The padding is zero.
+
+3.2. Discussion
+
+ The implementation of a protocol must be robust. Each implementation
+ must expect to interoperate with others created by different
+ individuals. While the goal of this specification is to be explicit
+ about the protocol there is the possibility of differing
+ interpretations. In general, an implementation must be conservative
+ in its sending behavior, and liberal in its receiving behavior. That
+ is, it must be careful to send well-formed datagrams, but must accept
+ any datagram that it can interpret (e.g., not object to technical
+ errors where the meaning is still clear).
+
+ The basic internet service is datagram oriented and provides for the
+ fragmentation of datagrams at gateways, with reassembly taking place
+ at the destination internet protocol module in the destination host.
+ Of course, fragmentation and reassembly of datagrams within a network
+ or by private agreement between the gateways of a network is also
+ allowed since this is transparent to the internet protocols and the
+ higher-level protocols. This transparent type of fragmentation and
+ reassembly is termed "network-dependent" (or intranet) fragmentation
+ and is not discussed further here.
+
+ Internet addresses distinguish sources and destinations to the host
+ level and provide a protocol field as well. It is assumed that each
+ protocol will provide for whatever multiplexing is necessary within a
+ host.
+
+
+ [Page 23]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ Addressing
+
+ To provide for flexibility in assigning address to networks and
+ allow for the large number of small to intermediate sized networks
+ the interpretation of the address field is coded to specify a small
+ number of networks with a large number of host, a moderate number of
+ networks with a moderate number of hosts, and a large number of
+ networks with a small number of hosts. In addition there is an
+ escape code for extended addressing mode.
+
+ Address Formats:
+
+ High Order Bits Format Class
+ --------------- ------------------------------- -----
+ 0 7 bits of net, 24 bits of host a
+ 10 14 bits of net, 16 bits of host b
+ 110 21 bits of net, 8 bits of host c
+ 111 escape to extended addressing mode
+
+ A value of zero in the network field means this network. This is
+ only used in certain ICMP messages. The extended addressing mode
+ is undefined. Both of these features are reserved for future use.
+
+ The actual values assigned for network addresses is given in
+ "Assigned Numbers" [9].
+
+ The local address, assigned by the local network, must allow for a
+ single physical host to act as several distinct internet hosts.
+ That is, there must be a mapping between internet host addresses and
+ network/host interfaces that allows several internet addresses to
+ correspond to one interface. It must also be allowed for a host to
+ have several physical interfaces and to treat the datagrams from
+ several of them as if they were all addressed to a single host.
+
+ Address mappings between internet addresses and addresses for
+ ARPANET, SATNET, PRNET, and other networks are described in "Address
+ Mappings" [5].
+
+ Fragmentation and Reassembly.
+
+ The internet identification field (ID) is used together with the
+ source and destination address, and the protocol fields, to identify
+ datagram fragments for reassembly.
+
+ The More Fragments flag bit (MF) is set if the datagram is not the
+ last fragment. The Fragment Offset field identifies the fragment
+ location, relative to the beginning of the original unfragmented
+ datagram. Fragments are counted in units of 8 octets. The
+
+
+[Page 24]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ fragmentation strategy is designed so than an unfragmented datagram
+ has all zero fragmentation information (MF = 0, fragment offset =
+ 0). If an internet datagram is fragmented, its data portion must be
+ broken on 8 octet boundaries.
+
+ This format allows 2**13 = 8192 fragments of 8 octets each for a
+ total of 65,536 octets. Note that this is consistent with the the
+ datagram total length field (of course, the header is counted in the
+ total length and not in the fragments).
+
+ When fragmentation occurs, some options are copied, but others
+ remain with the first fragment only.
+
+ Every internet module must be able to forward a datagram of 68
+ octets without further fragmentation. This is because an internet
+ header may be up to 60 octets, and the minimum fragment is 8 octets.
+
+ Every internet destination must be able to receive a datagram of 576
+ octets either in one piece or in fragments to be reassembled.
+
+ The fields which may be affected by fragmentation include:
+
+ (1) options field
+ (2) more fragments flag
+ (3) fragment offset
+ (4) internet header length field
+ (5) total length field
+ (6) header checksum
+
+ If the Don't Fragment flag (DF) bit is set, then internet
+ fragmentation of this datagram is NOT permitted, although it may be
+ discarded. This can be used to prohibit fragmentation in cases
+ where the receiving host does not have sufficient resources to
+ reassemble internet fragments.
+
+ One example of use of the Don't Fragment feature is to down line
+ load a small host. A small host could have a boot strap program
+ that accepts a datagram stores it in memory and then executes it.
+
+ The fragmentation and reassembly procedures are most easily
+ described by examples. The following procedures are example
+ implementations.
+
+ General notation in the following pseudo programs: "=<" means "less
+ than or equal", "#" means "not equal", "=" means "equal", "<-" means
+ "is set to". Also, "x to y" includes x and excludes y; for example,
+ "4 to 7" would include 4, 5, and 6 (but not 7).
+
+
+
+ [Page 25]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ An Example Fragmentation Procedure
+
+ The maximum sized datagram that can be transmitted through the
+ next network is called the maximum transmission unit (MTU).
+
+ If the total length is less than or equal the maximum transmission
+ unit then submit this datagram to the next step in datagram
+ processing; otherwise cut the datagram into two fragments, the
+ first fragment being the maximum size, and the second fragment
+ being the rest of the datagram. The first fragment is submitted
+ to the next step in datagram processing, while the second fragment
+ is submitted to this procedure in case it is still too large.
+
+ Notation:
+
+ FO - Fragment Offset
+ IHL - Internet Header Length
+ DF - Don't Fragment flag
+ MF - More Fragments flag
+ TL - Total Length
+ OFO - Old Fragment Offset
+ OIHL - Old Internet Header Length
+ OMF - Old More Fragments flag
+ OTL - Old Total Length
+ NFB - Number of Fragment Blocks
+ MTU - Maximum Transmission Unit
+
+ Procedure:
+
+ IF TL =< MTU THEN Submit this datagram to the next step
+ in datagram processing ELSE IF DF = 1 THEN discard the
+ datagram ELSE
+ To produce the first fragment:
+ (1) Copy the original internet header;
+ (2) OIHL <- IHL; OTL <- TL; OFO <- FO; OMF <- MF;
+ (3) NFB <- (MTU-IHL*4)/8;
+ (4) Attach the first NFB*8 data octets;
+ (5) Correct the header:
+ MF <- 1; TL <- (IHL*4)+(NFB*8);
+ Recompute Checksum;
+ (6) Submit this fragment to the next step in
+ datagram processing;
+ To produce the second fragment:
+ (7) Selectively copy the internet header (some options
+ are not copied, see option definitions);
+ (8) Append the remaining data;
+ (9) Correct the header:
+ IHL <- (((OIHL*4)-(length of options not copied))+3)/4;
+
+
+[Page 26]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ TL <- OTL - NFB*8 - (OIHL-IHL)*4);
+ FO <- OFO + NFB; MF <- OMF; Recompute Checksum;
+ (10) Submit this fragment to the fragmentation test; DONE.
+
+ In the above procedure each fragment (except the last) was made
+ the maximum allowable size. An alternative might produce less
+ than the maximum size datagrams. For example, one could implement
+ a fragmentation procedure that repeatly divided large datagrams in
+ half until the resulting fragments were less than the maximum
+ transmission unit size.
+
+ An Example Reassembly Procedure
+
+ For each datagram the buffer identifier is computed as the
+ concatenation of the source, destination, protocol, and
+ identification fields. If this is a whole datagram (that is both
+ the fragment offset and the more fragments fields are zero), then
+ any reassembly resources associated with this buffer identifier
+ are released and the datagram is forwarded to the next step in
+ datagram processing.
+
+ If no other fragment with this buffer identifier is on hand then
+ reassembly resources are allocated. The reassembly resources
+ consist of a data buffer, a header buffer, a fragment block bit
+ table, a total data length field, and a timer. The data from the
+ fragment is placed in the data buffer according to its fragment
+ offset and length, and bits are set in the fragment block bit
+ table corresponding to the fragment blocks received.
+
+ If this is the first fragment (that is the fragment offset is
+ zero) this header is placed in the header buffer. If this is the
+ last fragment ( that is the more fragments field is zero) the
+ total data length is computed. If this fragment completes the
+ datagram (tested by checking the bits set in the fragment block
+ table), then the datagram is sent to the next step in datagram
+ processing; otherwise the timer is set to the maximum of the
+ current timer value and the value of the time to live field from
+ this fragment; and the reassembly routine gives up control.
+
+ If the timer runs out, the all reassembly resources for this
+ buffer identifier are released. The initial setting of the timer
+ is a lower bound on the reassembly waiting time. This is because
+ the waiting time will be increased if the Time to Live in the
+ arriving fragment is greater than the current timer value but will
+ not be decreased if it is less. The maximum this timer value
+ could reach is the maximum time to live (approximately 4.25
+ minutes). The current recommendation for the initial timer
+ setting is 15 seconds. This may be changed as experience with
+
+
+ [Page 27]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ this protocol accumulates. Note that the choice of this parameter
+ value is related to the buffer capacity available and the data
+ rate of the transmission medium; that is, data rate times timer
+ value equals buffer size (e.g., 10Kb/s X 15s = 150Kb).
+
+ Notation:
+
+ FO - Fragment Offset
+ IHL - Internet Header Length
+ MF - More Fragments flag
+ TTL - Time To Live
+ NFB - Number of Fragment Blocks
+ TL - Total Length
+ TDL - Total Data Length
+ BUFID - Buffer Identifier
+ RCVBT - Fragment Received Bit Table
+ TLB - Timer Lower Bound
+
+ Procedure:
+
+ (1) BUFID <- source|destination|protocol|identification;
+ (2) IF FO = 0 AND MF = 0
+ (3) THEN IF buffer with BUFID is allocated
+ (4) THEN flush all reassembly for this BUFID;
+ (5) Submit datagram to next step; DONE.
+ (6) ELSE IF no buffer with BUFID is allocated
+ (7) THEN allocate reassembly resources
+ with BUFID;
+ TIMER <- TLB; TDL <- 0;
+ (8) put data from fragment into data buffer with
+ BUFID from octet FO*8 to
+ octet (TL-(IHL*4))+FO*8;
+ (9) set RCVBT bits from FO
+ to FO+((TL-(IHL*4)+7)/8);
+ (10) IF MF = 0 THEN TDL <- TL-(IHL*4)+(FO*8)
+ (11) IF FO = 0 THEN put header in header buffer
+ (12) IF TDL # 0
+ (13) AND all RCVBT bits from 0
+ to (TDL+7)/8 are set
+ (14) THEN TL <- TDL+(IHL*4)
+ (15) Submit datagram to next step;
+ (16) free all reassembly resources
+ for this BUFID; DONE.
+ (17) TIMER <- MAX(TIMER,TTL);
+ (18) give up until next fragment or timer expires;
+ (19) timer expires: flush all reassembly with this BUFID; DONE.
+
+ In the case that two or more fragments contain the same data
+
+
+[Page 28]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ either identically or through a partial overlap, this procedure
+ will use the more recently arrived copy in the data buffer and
+ datagram delivered.
+
+ Identification
+
+ The choice of the Identifier for a datagram is based on the need to
+ provide a way to uniquely identify the fragments of a particular
+ datagram. The protocol module assembling fragments judges fragments
+ to belong to the same datagram if they have the same source,
+ destination, protocol, and Identifier. Thus, the sender must choose
+ the Identifier to be unique for this source, destination pair and
+ protocol for the time the datagram (or any fragment of it) could be
+ alive in the internet.
+
+ It seems then that a sending protocol module needs to keep a table
+ of Identifiers, one entry for each destination it has communicated
+ with in the last maximum packet lifetime for the internet.
+
+ However, since the Identifier field allows 65,536 different values,
+ some host may be able to simply use unique identifiers independent
+ of destination.
+
+ It is appropriate for some higher level protocols to choose the
+ identifier. For example, TCP protocol modules may retransmit an
+ identical TCP segment, and the probability for correct reception
+ would be enhanced if the retransmission carried the same identifier
+ as the original transmission since fragments of either datagram
+ could be used to construct a correct TCP segment.
+
+ Type of Service
+
+ The type of service (TOS) is for internet service quality selection.
+ The type of service is specified along the abstract parameters
+ precedence, delay, throughput, and reliability. These abstract
+ parameters are to be mapped into the actual service parameters of
+ the particular networks the datagram traverses.
+
+ Precedence. An independent measure of the importance of this
+ datagram.
+
+ Delay. Prompt delivery is important for datagrams with this
+ indication.
+
+ Throughput. High data rate is important for datagrams with this
+ indication.
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 29]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ Reliability. A higher level of effort to ensure delivery is
+ important for datagrams with this indication.
+
+ For example, the ARPANET has a priority bit, and a choice between
+ "standard" messages (type 0) and "uncontrolled" messages (type 3),
+ (the choice between single packet and multipacket messages can also
+ be considered a service parameter). The uncontrolled messages tend
+ to be less reliably delivered and suffer less delay. Suppose an
+ internet datagram is to be sent through the ARPANET. Let the
+ internet type of service be given as:
+
+ Precedence: 5
+ Delay: 0
+ Throughput: 1
+ Reliability: 1
+
+ In this example, the mapping of these parameters to those available
+ for the ARPANET would be to set the ARPANET priority bit on since
+ the Internet precedence is in the upper half of its range, to select
+ standard messages since the throughput and reliability requirements
+ are indicated and delay is not. More details are given on service
+ mappings in "Service Mappings" [8].
+
+ Time to Live
+
+ The time to live is set by the sender to the maximum time the
+ datagram is allowed to be in the internet system. If the datagram
+ is in the internet system longer than the time to live, then the
+ datagram must be destroyed.
+
+ This field must be decreased at each point that the internet header
+ is processed to reflect the time spent processing the datagram.
+ Even if no local information is available on the time actually
+ spent, the field must be decremented by 1. The time is measured in
+ units of seconds (i.e. the value 1 means one second). Thus, the
+ maximum time to live is 255 seconds or 4.25 minutes. Since every
+ module that processes a datagram must decrease the TTL by at least
+ one even if it process the datagram in less than a second, the TTL
+ must be thought of only as an upper bound on the time a datagram may
+ exist. The intention is to cause undeliverable datagrams to be
+ discarded, and to bound the maximum datagram lifetime.
+
+ Some higher level reliable connection protocols are based on
+ assumptions that old duplicate datagrams will not arrive after a
+ certain time elapses. The TTL is a way for such protocols to have
+ an assurance that their assumption is met.
+
+
+
+
+[Page 30]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ Options
+
+ The options are optional in each datagram, but required in
+ implementations. That is, the presence or absence of an option is
+ the choice of the sender, but each internet module must be able to
+ parse every option. There can be several options present in the
+ option field.
+
+ The options might not end on a 32-bit boundary. The internet header
+ must be filled out with octets of zeros. The first of these would
+ be interpreted as the end-of-options option, and the remainder as
+ internet header padding.
+
+ Every internet module must be able to act on every option. The
+ Security Option is required if classified, restricted, or
+ compartmented traffic is to be passed.
+
+ Checksum
+
+ The internet header checksum is recomputed if the internet header is
+ changed. For example, a reduction of the time to live, additions or
+ changes to internet options, or due to fragmentation. This checksum
+ at the internet level is intended to protect the internet header
+ fields from transmission errors.
+
+ There are some applications where a few data bit errors are
+ acceptable while retransmission delays are not. If the internet
+ protocol enforced data correctness such applications could not be
+ supported.
+
+ Errors
+
+ Internet protocol errors may be reported via the ICMP messages [3].
+
+3.3. Interfaces
+
+ The functional description of user interfaces to the IP is, at best,
+ fictional, since every operating system will have different
+ facilities. Consequently, we must warn readers that different IP
+ implementations may have different user interfaces. However, all IPs
+ must provide a certain minimum set of services to guarantee that all
+ IP implementations can support the same protocol hierarchy. This
+ section specifies the functional interfaces required of all IP
+ implementations.
+
+ Internet protocol interfaces on one side to the local network and on
+ the other side to either a higher level protocol or an application
+ program. In the following, the higher level protocol or application
+
+
+ [Page 31]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Specification
+
+
+
+ program (or even a gateway program) will be called the "user" since it
+ is using the internet module. Since internet protocol is a datagram
+ protocol, there is minimal memory or state maintained between datagram
+ transmissions, and each call on the internet protocol module by the
+ user supplies all information necessary for the IP to perform the
+ service requested.
+
+ An Example Upper Level Interface
+
+ The following two example calls satisfy the requirements for the user
+ to internet protocol module communication ("=>" means returns):
+
+ SEND (src, dst, prot, TOS, TTL, BufPTR, len, Id, DF, opt => result)
+
+ where:
+
+ src = source address
+ dst = destination address
+ prot = protocol
+ TOS = type of service
+ TTL = time to live
+ BufPTR = buffer pointer
+ len = length of buffer
+ Id = Identifier
+ DF = Don't Fragment
+ opt = option data
+ result = response
+ OK = datagram sent ok
+ Error = error in arguments or local network error
+
+ Note that the precedence is included in the TOS and the
+ security/compartment is passed as an option.
+
+ RECV (BufPTR, prot, => result, src, dst, TOS, len, opt)
+
+ where:
+
+ BufPTR = buffer pointer
+ prot = protocol
+ result = response
+ OK = datagram received ok
+ Error = error in arguments
+ len = length of buffer
+ src = source address
+ dst = destination address
+ TOS = type of service
+ opt = option data
+
+
+
+[Page 32]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Specification
+
+
+
+ When the user sends a datagram, it executes the SEND call supplying
+ all the arguments. The internet protocol module, on receiving this
+ call, checks the arguments and prepares and sends the message. If the
+ arguments are good and the datagram is accepted by the local network,
+ the call returns successfully. If either the arguments are bad, or
+ the datagram is not accepted by the local network, the call returns
+ unsuccessfully. On unsuccessful returns, a reasonable report must be
+ made as to the cause of the problem, but the details of such reports
+ are up to individual implementations.
+
+ When a datagram arrives at the internet protocol module from the local
+ network, either there is a pending RECV call from the user addressed
+ or there is not. In the first case, the pending call is satisfied by
+ passing the information from the datagram to the user. In the second
+ case, the user addressed is notified of a pending datagram. If the
+ user addressed does not exist, an ICMP error message is returned to
+ the sender, and the data is discarded.
+
+ The notification of a user may be via a pseudo interrupt or similar
+ mechanism, as appropriate in the particular operating system
+ environment of the implementation.
+
+ A user's RECV call may then either be immediately satisfied by a
+ pending datagram, or the call may be pending until a datagram arrives.
+
+ The source address is included in the send call in case the sending
+ host has several addresses (multiple physical connections or logical
+ addresses). The internet module must check to see that the source
+ address is one of the legal address for this host.
+
+ An implementation may also allow or require a call to the internet
+ module to indicate interest in or reserve exclusive use of a class of
+ datagrams (e.g., all those with a certain value in the protocol
+ field).
+
+ This section functionally characterizes a USER/IP interface. The
+ notation used is similar to most procedure of function calls in high
+ level languages, but this usage is not meant to rule out trap type
+ service calls (e.g., SVCs, UUOs, EMTs), or any other form of
+ interprocess communication.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 33]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+APPENDIX A: Examples & Scenarios
+
+Example 1:
+
+ This is an example of the minimal data carrying internet datagram:
+
+
+ 0 1 2 3
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |Ver= 4 |IHL= 5 |Type of Service| Total Length = 21 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Identification = 111 |Flg=0| Fragment Offset = 0 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Time = 123 | Protocol = 1 | header checksum |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | source address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | destination address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Example Internet Datagram
+
+ Figure 5.
+
+ Note that each tick mark represents one bit position.
+
+ This is a internet datagram in version 4 of internet protocol; the
+ internet header consists of five 32 bit words, and the total length of
+ the datagram is 21 octets. This datagram is a complete datagram (not
+ a fragment).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 34]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+Example 2:
+
+ In this example, we show first a moderate size internet datagram (452
+ data octets), then two internet fragments that might result from the
+ fragmentation of this datagram if the maximum sized transmission
+ allowed were 280 octets.
+
+
+ 0 1 2 3
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |Ver= 4 |IHL= 5 |Type of Service| Total Length = 472 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Identification = 111 |Flg=0| Fragment Offset = 0 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Time = 123 | Protocol = 6 | header checksum |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | source address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | destination address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ \ \
+ \ \
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Example Internet Datagram
+
+ Figure 6.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 35]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+ Now the first fragment that results from splitting the datagram after
+ 256 data octets.
+
+
+ 0 1 2 3
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |Ver= 4 |IHL= 5 |Type of Service| Total Length = 276 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Identification = 111 |Flg=1| Fragment Offset = 0 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Time = 119 | Protocol = 6 | Header Checksum |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | source address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | destination address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ \ \
+ \ \
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Example Internet Fragment
+
+ Figure 7.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 36]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+ And the second fragment.
+
+
+ 0 1 2 3
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |Ver= 4 |IHL= 5 |Type of Service| Total Length = 216 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Identification = 111 |Flg=0| Fragment Offset = 32 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Time = 119 | Protocol = 6 | Header Checksum |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | source address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | destination address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ \ \
+ \ \
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Example Internet Fragment
+
+ Figure 8.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 37]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+Example 3:
+
+ Here, we show an example of a datagram containing options:
+
+
+ 0 1 2 3
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |Ver= 4 |IHL= 8 |Type of Service| Total Length = 576 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Identification = 111 |Flg=0| Fragment Offset = 0 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Time = 123 | Protocol = 6 | Header Checksum |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | source address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | destination address |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Opt. Code = x | Opt. Len.= 3 | option value | Opt. Code = x |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Opt. Len. = 4 | option value | Opt. Code = 1 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Opt. Code = y | Opt. Len. = 3 | option value | Opt. Code = 0 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ \ \
+ \ \
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | data |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Example Internet Datagram
+
+ Figure 9.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 38]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+APPENDIX B: Data Transmission Order
+
+The order of transmission of the header and data described in this
+document is resolved to the octet level. Whenever a diagram shows a
+group of octets, the order of transmission of those octets is the normal
+order in which they are read in English. For example, in the following
+diagram the octets are transmitted in the order they are numbered.
+
+
+ 0 1 2 3
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Transmission Order of Bytes
+
+ Figure 10.
+
+Whenever an octet represents a numeric quantity the left most bit in the
+diagram is the high order or most significant bit. That is, the bit
+labeled 0 is the most significant bit. For example, the following
+diagram represents the value 170 (decimal).
+
+
+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0|
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Significance of Bits
+
+ Figure 11.
+
+Similarly, whenever a multi-octet field represents a numeric quantity
+the left most bit of the whole field is the most significant bit. When
+a multi-octet quantity is transmitted the most significant octet is
+transmitted first.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 39]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 40]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+ GLOSSARY
+
+
+
+1822
+ BBN Report 1822, "The Specification of the Interconnection of
+ a Host and an IMP". The specification of interface between a
+ host and the ARPANET.
+
+ARPANET leader
+ The control information on an ARPANET message at the host-IMP
+ interface.
+
+ARPANET message
+ The unit of transmission between a host and an IMP in the
+ ARPANET. The maximum size is about 1012 octets (8096 bits).
+
+ARPANET packet
+ A unit of transmission used internally in the ARPANET between
+ IMPs. The maximum size is about 126 octets (1008 bits).
+
+Destination
+ The destination address, an internet header field.
+
+DF
+ The Don't Fragment bit carried in the flags field.
+
+Flags
+ An internet header field carrying various control flags.
+
+Fragment Offset
+ This internet header field indicates where in the internet
+ datagram a fragment belongs.
+
+GGP
+ Gateway to Gateway Protocol, the protocol used primarily
+ between gateways to control routing and other gateway
+ functions.
+
+header
+ Control information at the beginning of a message, segment,
+ datagram, packet or block of data.
+
+ICMP
+ Internet Control Message Protocol, implemented in the internet
+ module, the ICMP is used from gateways to hosts and between
+ hosts to report errors and make routing suggestions.
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 41]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Glossary
+
+
+
+Identification
+ An internet header field carrying the identifying value
+ assigned by the sender to aid in assembling the fragments of a
+ datagram.
+
+IHL
+ The internet header field Internet Header Length is the length
+ of the internet header measured in 32 bit words.
+
+IMP
+ The Interface Message Processor, the packet switch of the
+ ARPANET.
+
+Internet Address
+ A four octet (32 bit) source or destination address consisting
+ of a Network field and a Local Address field.
+
+internet datagram
+ The unit of data exchanged between a pair of internet modules
+ (includes the internet header).
+
+internet fragment
+ A portion of the data of an internet datagram with an internet
+ header.
+
+Local Address
+ The address of a host within a network. The actual mapping of
+ an internet local address on to the host addresses in a
+ network is quite general, allowing for many to one mappings.
+
+MF
+ The More-Fragments Flag carried in the internet header flags
+ field.
+
+module
+ An implementation, usually in software, of a protocol or other
+ procedure.
+
+more-fragments flag
+ A flag indicating whether or not this internet datagram
+ contains the end of an internet datagram, carried in the
+ internet header Flags field.
+
+NFB
+ The Number of Fragment Blocks in a the data portion of an
+ internet fragment. That is, the length of a portion of data
+ measured in 8 octet units.
+
+
+
+[Page 42]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+ Glossary
+
+
+
+octet
+ An eight bit byte.
+
+Options
+ The internet header Options field may contain several options,
+ and each option may be several octets in length.
+
+Padding
+ The internet header Padding field is used to ensure that the
+ data begins on 32 bit word boundary. The padding is zero.
+
+Protocol
+ In this document, the next higher level protocol identifier,
+ an internet header field.
+
+Rest
+ The local address portion of an Internet Address.
+
+Source
+ The source address, an internet header field.
+
+TCP
+ Transmission Control Protocol: A host-to-host protocol for
+ reliable communication in internet environments.
+
+TCP Segment
+ The unit of data exchanged between TCP modules (including the
+ TCP header).
+
+TFTP
+ Trivial File Transfer Protocol: A simple file transfer
+ protocol built on UDP.
+
+Time to Live
+ An internet header field which indicates the upper bound on
+ how long this internet datagram may exist.
+
+TOS
+ Type of Service
+
+Total Length
+ The internet header field Total Length is the length of the
+ datagram in octets including internet header and data.
+
+TTL
+ Time to Live
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 43]
+\f
+
+ September 1981
+Internet Protocol
+Glossary
+
+
+
+Type of Service
+ An internet header field which indicates the type (or quality)
+ of service for this internet datagram.
+
+UDP
+ User Datagram Protocol: A user level protocol for transaction
+ oriented applications.
+
+User
+ The user of the internet protocol. This may be a higher level
+ protocol module, an application program, or a gateway program.
+
+Version
+ The Version field indicates the format of the internet header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Page 44]
+\f
+
+September 1981
+ Internet Protocol
+
+
+
+ REFERENCES
+
+
+
+[1] Cerf, V., "The Catenet Model for Internetworking," Information
+ Processing Techniques Office, Defense Advanced Research Projects
+ Agency, IEN 48, July 1978.
+
+[2] Bolt Beranek and Newman, "Specification for the Interconnection of
+ a Host and an IMP," BBN Technical Report 1822, Revised May 1978.
+
+[3] Postel, J., "Internet Control Message Protocol - DARPA Internet
+ Program Protocol Specification," RFC 792, USC/Information Sciences
+ Institute, September 1981.
+
+[4] Shoch, J., "Inter-Network Naming, Addressing, and Routing,"
+ COMPCON, IEEE Computer Society, Fall 1978.
+
+[5] Postel, J., "Address Mappings," RFC 796, USC/Information Sciences
+ Institute, September 1981.
+
+[6] Shoch, J., "Packet Fragmentation in Inter-Network Protocols,"
+ Computer Networks, v. 3, n. 1, February 1979.
+
+[7] Strazisar, V., "How to Build a Gateway", IEN 109, Bolt Beranek and
+ Newman, August 1979.
+
+[8] Postel, J., "Service Mappings," RFC 795, USC/Information Sciences
+ Institute, September 1981.
+
+[9] Postel, J., "Assigned Numbers," RFC 790, USC/Information Sciences
+ Institute, September 1981.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Page 45]
+\f
--- /dev/null
+
+Network Working Group J. Postel
+Request for Comments: 854 J. Reynolds
+ ISI
+Obsoletes: NIC 18639 May 1983
+
+ TELNET PROTOCOL SPECIFICATION
+
+
+This RFC specifies a standard for the ARPA Internet community. Hosts on
+the ARPA Internet are expected to adopt and implement this standard.
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+ The purpose of the TELNET Protocol is to provide a fairly general,
+ bi-directional, eight-bit byte oriented communications facility. Its
+ primary goal is to allow a standard method of interfacing terminal
+ devices and terminal-oriented processes to each other. It is
+ envisioned that the protocol may also be used for terminal-terminal
+ communication ("linking") and process-process communication
+ (distributed computation).
+
+GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
+
+ A TELNET connection is a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
+ connection used to transmit data with interspersed TELNET control
+ information.
+
+ The TELNET Protocol is built upon three main ideas: first, the
+ concept of a "Network Virtual Terminal"; second, the principle of
+ negotiated options; and third, a symmetric view of terminals and
+ processes.
+
+ 1. When a TELNET connection is first established, each end is
+ assumed to originate and terminate at a "Network Virtual Terminal",
+ or NVT. An NVT is an imaginary device which provides a standard,
+ network-wide, intermediate representation of a canonical terminal.
+ This eliminates the need for "server" and "user" hosts to keep
+ information about the characteristics of each other's terminals and
+ terminal handling conventions. All hosts, both user and server, map
+ their local device characteristics and conventions so as to appear to
+ be dealing with an NVT over the network, and each can assume a
+ similar mapping by the other party. The NVT is intended to strike a
+ balance between being overly restricted (not providing hosts a rich
+ enough vocabulary for mapping into their local character sets), and
+ being overly inclusive (penalizing users with modest terminals).
+
+ NOTE: The "user" host is the host to which the physical terminal
+ is normally attached, and the "server" host is the host which is
+ normally providing some service. As an alternate point of view,
+
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 1]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ applicable even in terminal-to-terminal or process-to-process
+ communications, the "user" host is the host which initiated the
+ communication.
+
+ 2. The principle of negotiated options takes cognizance of the fact
+ that many hosts will wish to provide additional services over and
+ above those available within an NVT, and many users will have
+ sophisticated terminals and would like to have elegant, rather than
+ minimal, services. Independent of, but structured within the TELNET
+ Protocol are various "options" that will be sanctioned and may be
+ used with the "DO, DON'T, WILL, WON'T" structure (discussed below) to
+ allow a user and server to agree to use a more elaborate (or perhaps
+ just different) set of conventions for their TELNET connection. Such
+ options could include changing the character set, the echo mode, etc.
+
+ The basic strategy for setting up the use of options is to have
+ either party (or both) initiate a request that some option take
+ effect. The other party may then either accept or reject the
+ request. If the request is accepted the option immediately takes
+ effect; if it is rejected the associated aspect of the connection
+ remains as specified for an NVT. Clearly, a party may always refuse
+ a request to enable, and must never refuse a request to disable some
+ option since all parties must be prepared to support the NVT.
+
+ The syntax of option negotiation has been set up so that if both
+ parties request an option simultaneously, each will see the other's
+ request as the positive acknowledgment of its own.
+
+ 3. The symmetry of the negotiation syntax can potentially lead to
+ nonterminating acknowledgment loops -- each party seeing the incoming
+ commands not as acknowledgments but as new requests which must be
+ acknowledged. To prevent such loops, the following rules prevail:
+
+ a. Parties may only request a change in option status; i.e., a
+ party may not send out a "request" merely to announce what mode it
+ is in.
+
+ b. If a party receives what appears to be a request to enter some
+ mode it is already in, the request should not be acknowledged.
+ This non-response is essential to prevent endless loops in the
+ negotiation. It is required that a response be sent to requests
+ for a change of mode -- even if the mode is not changed.
+
+ c. Whenever one party sends an option command to a second party,
+ whether as a request or an acknowledgment, and use of the option
+ will have any effect on the processing of the data being sent from
+ the first party to the second, then the command must be inserted
+ in the data stream at the point where it is desired that it take
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 2]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ effect. (It should be noted that some time will elapse between
+ the transmission of a request and the receipt of an
+ acknowledgment, which may be negative. Thus, a host may wish to
+ buffer data, after requesting an option, until it learns whether
+ the request is accepted or rejected, in order to hide the
+ "uncertainty period" from the user.)
+
+ Option requests are likely to flurry back and forth when a TELNET
+ connection is first established, as each party attempts to get the
+ best possible service from the other party. Beyond that, however,
+ options can be used to dynamically modify the characteristics of the
+ connection to suit changing local conditions. For example, the NVT,
+ as will be explained later, uses a transmission discipline well
+ suited to the many "line at a time" applications such as BASIC, but
+ poorly suited to the many "character at a time" applications such as
+ NLS. A server might elect to devote the extra processor overhead
+ required for a "character at a time" discipline when it was suitable
+ for the local process and would negotiate an appropriate option.
+ However, rather than then being permanently burdened with the extra
+ processing overhead, it could switch (i.e., negotiate) back to NVT
+ when the detailed control was no longer necessary.
+
+ It is possible for requests initiated by processes to stimulate a
+ nonterminating request loop if the process responds to a rejection by
+ merely re-requesting the option. To prevent such loops from
+ occurring, rejected requests should not be repeated until something
+ changes. Operationally, this can mean the process is running a
+ different program, or the user has given another command, or whatever
+ makes sense in the context of the given process and the given option.
+ A good rule of thumb is that a re-request should only occur as a
+ result of subsequent information from the other end of the connection
+ or when demanded by local human intervention.
+
+ Option designers should not feel constrained by the somewhat limited
+ syntax available for option negotiation. The intent of the simple
+ syntax is to make it easy to have options -- since it is
+ correspondingly easy to profess ignorance about them. If some
+ particular option requires a richer negotiation structure than
+ possible within "DO, DON'T, WILL, WON'T", the proper tack is to use
+ "DO, DON'T, WILL, WON'T" to establish that both parties understand
+ the option, and once this is accomplished a more exotic syntax can be
+ used freely. For example, a party might send a request to alter
+ (establish) line length. If it is accepted, then a different syntax
+ can be used for actually negotiating the line length -- such a
+ "sub-negotiation" might include fields for minimum allowable, maximum
+ allowable and desired line lengths. The important concept is that
+
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 3]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ such expanded negotiations should never begin until some prior
+ (standard) negotiation has established that both parties are capable
+ of parsing the expanded syntax.
+
+ In summary, WILL XXX is sent, by either party, to indicate that
+ party's desire (offer) to begin performing option XXX, DO XXX and
+ DON'T XXX being its positive and negative acknowledgments; similarly,
+ DO XXX is sent to indicate a desire (request) that the other party
+ (i.e., the recipient of the DO) begin performing option XXX, WILL XXX
+ and WON'T XXX being the positive and negative acknowledgments. Since
+ the NVT is what is left when no options are enabled, the DON'T and
+ WON'T responses are guaranteed to leave the connection in a state
+ which both ends can handle. Thus, all hosts may implement their
+ TELNET processes to be totally unaware of options that are not
+ supported, simply returning a rejection to (i.e., refusing) any
+ option request that cannot be understood.
+
+ As much as possible, the TELNET protocol has been made server-user
+ symmetrical so that it easily and naturally covers the user-user
+ (linking) and server-server (cooperating processes) cases. It is
+ hoped, but not absolutely required, that options will further this
+ intent. In any case, it is explicitly acknowledged that symmetry is
+ an operating principle rather than an ironclad rule.
+
+ A companion document, "TELNET Option Specifications," should be
+ consulted for information about the procedure for establishing new
+ options.
+
+THE NETWORK VIRTUAL TERMINAL
+
+ The Network Virtual Terminal (NVT) is a bi-directional character
+ device. The NVT has a printer and a keyboard. The printer responds
+ to incoming data and the keyboard produces outgoing data which is
+ sent over the TELNET connection and, if "echoes" are desired, to the
+ NVT's printer as well. "Echoes" will not be expected to traverse the
+ network (although options exist to enable a "remote" echoing mode of
+ operation, no host is required to implement this option). The code
+ set is seven-bit USASCII in an eight-bit field, except as modified
+ herein. Any code conversion and timing considerations are local
+ problems and do not affect the NVT.
+
+ TRANSMISSION OF DATA
+
+ Although a TELNET connection through the network is intrinsically
+ full duplex, the NVT is to be viewed as a half-duplex device
+ operating in a line-buffered mode. That is, unless and until
+
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 4]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ options are negotiated to the contrary, the following default
+ conditions pertain to the transmission of data over the TELNET
+ connection:
+
+ 1) Insofar as the availability of local buffer space permits,
+ data should be accumulated in the host where it is generated
+ until a complete line of data is ready for transmission, or
+ until some locally-defined explicit signal to transmit occurs.
+ This signal could be generated either by a process or by a
+ human user.
+
+ The motivation for this rule is the high cost, to some hosts,
+ of processing network input interrupts, coupled with the
+ default NVT specification that "echoes" do not traverse the
+ network. Thus, it is reasonable to buffer some amount of data
+ at its source. Many systems take some processing action at the
+ end of each input line (even line printers or card punches
+ frequently tend to work this way), so the transmission should
+ be triggered at the end of a line. On the other hand, a user
+ or process may sometimes find it necessary or desirable to
+ provide data which does not terminate at the end of a line;
+ therefore implementers are cautioned to provide methods of
+ locally signaling that all buffered data should be transmitted
+ immediately.
+
+ 2) When a process has completed sending data to an NVT printer
+ and has no queued input from the NVT keyboard for further
+ processing (i.e., when a process at one end of a TELNET
+ connection cannot proceed without input from the other end),
+ the process must transmit the TELNET Go Ahead (GA) command.
+
+ This rule is not intended to require that the TELNET GA command
+ be sent from a terminal at the end of each line, since server
+ hosts do not normally require a special signal (in addition to
+ end-of-line or other locally-defined characters) in order to
+ commence processing. Rather, the TELNET GA is designed to help
+ a user's local host operate a physically half duplex terminal
+ which has a "lockable" keyboard such as the IBM 2741. A
+ description of this type of terminal may help to explain the
+ proper use of the GA command.
+
+ The terminal-computer connection is always under control of
+ either the user or the computer. Neither can unilaterally
+ seize control from the other; rather the controlling end must
+ relinguish its control explicitly. At the terminal end, the
+ hardware is constructed so as to relinquish control each time
+ that a "line" is terminated (i.e., when the "New Line" key is
+ typed by the user). When this occurs, the attached (local)
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 5]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ computer processes the input data, decides if output should be
+ generated, and if not returns control to the terminal. If
+ output should be generated, control is retained by the computer
+ until all output has been transmitted.
+
+ The difficulties of using this type of terminal through the
+ network should be obvious. The "local" computer is no longer
+ able to decide whether to retain control after seeing an
+ end-of-line signal or not; this decision can only be made by
+ the "remote" computer which is processing the data. Therefore,
+ the TELNET GA command provides a mechanism whereby the "remote"
+ (server) computer can signal the "local" (user) computer that
+ it is time to pass control to the user of the terminal. It
+ should be transmitted at those times, and only at those times,
+ when the user should be given control of the terminal. Note
+ that premature transmission of the GA command may result in the
+ blocking of output, since the user is likely to assume that the
+ transmitting system has paused, and therefore he will fail to
+ turn the line around manually.
+
+ The foregoing, of course, does not apply to the user-to-server
+ direction of communication. In this direction, GAs may be sent at
+ any time, but need not ever be sent. Also, if the TELNET
+ connection is being used for process-to-process communication, GAs
+ need not be sent in either direction. Finally, for
+ terminal-to-terminal communication, GAs may be required in
+ neither, one, or both directions. If a host plans to support
+ terminal-to-terminal communication it is suggested that the host
+ provide the user with a means of manually signaling that it is
+ time for a GA to be sent over the TELNET connection; this,
+ however, is not a requirement on the implementer of a TELNET
+ process.
+
+ Note that the symmetry of the TELNET model requires that there is
+ an NVT at each end of the TELNET connection, at least
+ conceptually.
+
+ STANDARD REPRESENTATION OF CONTROL FUNCTIONS
+
+ As stated in the Introduction to this document, the primary goal
+ of the TELNET protocol is the provision of a standard interfacing
+ of terminal devices and terminal-oriented processes through the
+ network. Early experiences with this type of interconnection have
+ shown that certain functions are implemented by most servers, but
+ that the methods of invoking these functions differ widely. For a
+ human user who interacts with several server systems, these
+ differences are highly frustrating. TELNET, therefore, defines a
+ standard representation for five of these functions, as described
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 6]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ below. These standard representations have standard, but not
+ required, meanings (with the exception that the Interrupt Process
+ (IP) function may be required by other protocols which use
+ TELNET); that is, a system which does not provide the function to
+ local users need not provide it to network users and may treat the
+ standard representation for the function as a No-operation. On
+ the other hand, a system which does provide the function to a
+ local user is obliged to provide the same function to a network
+ user who transmits the standard representation for the function.
+
+ Interrupt Process (IP)
+
+ Many systems provide a function which suspends, interrupts,
+ aborts, or terminates the operation of a user process. This
+ function is frequently used when a user believes his process is
+ in an unending loop, or when an unwanted process has been
+ inadvertently activated. IP is the standard representation for
+ invoking this function. It should be noted by implementers
+ that IP may be required by other protocols which use TELNET,
+ and therefore should be implemented if these other protocols
+ are to be supported.
+
+ Abort Output (AO)
+
+ Many systems provide a function which allows a process, which
+ is generating output, to run to completion (or to reach the
+ same stopping point it would reach if running to completion)
+ but without sending the output to the user's terminal.
+ Further, this function typically clears any output already
+ produced but not yet actually printed (or displayed) on the
+ user's terminal. AO is the standard representation for
+ invoking this function. For example, some subsystem might
+ normally accept a user's command, send a long text string to
+ the user's terminal in response, and finally signal readiness
+ to accept the next command by sending a "prompt" character
+ (preceded by <CR><LF>) to the user's terminal. If the AO were
+ received during the transmission of the text string, a
+ reasonable implementation would be to suppress the remainder of
+ the text string, but transmit the prompt character and the
+ preceding <CR><LF>. (This is possibly in distinction to the
+ action which might be taken if an IP were received; the IP
+ might cause suppression of the text string and an exit from the
+ subsystem.)
+
+ It should be noted, by server systems which provide this
+ function, that there may be buffers external to the system (in
+
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 7]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ the network and the user's local host) which should be cleared;
+ the appropriate way to do this is to transmit the "Synch"
+ signal (described below) to the user system.
+
+ Are You There (AYT)
+
+ Many systems provide a function which provides the user with
+ some visible (e.g., printable) evidence that the system is
+ still up and running. This function may be invoked by the user
+ when the system is unexpectedly "silent" for a long time,
+ because of the unanticipated (by the user) length of a
+ computation, an unusually heavy system load, etc. AYT is the
+ standard representation for invoking this function.
+
+ Erase Character (EC)
+
+ Many systems provide a function which deletes the last
+ preceding undeleted character or "print position"* from the
+ stream of data being supplied by the user. This function is
+ typically used to edit keyboard input when typing mistakes are
+ made. EC is the standard representation for invoking this
+ function.
+
+ *NOTE: A "print position" may contain several characters
+ which are the result of overstrikes, or of sequences such as
+ <char1> BS <char2>...
+
+ Erase Line (EL)
+
+ Many systems provide a function which deletes all the data in
+ the current "line" of input. This function is typically used
+ to edit keyboard input. EL is the standard representation for
+ invoking this function.
+
+ THE TELNET "SYNCH" SIGNAL
+
+ Most time-sharing systems provide mechanisms which allow a
+ terminal user to regain control of a "runaway" process; the IP and
+ AO functions described above are examples of these mechanisms.
+ Such systems, when used locally, have access to all of the signals
+ supplied by the user, whether these are normal characters or
+ special "out of band" signals such as those supplied by the
+ teletype "BREAK" key or the IBM 2741 "ATTN" key. This is not
+ necessarily true when terminals are connected to the system
+ through the network; the network's flow control mechanisms may
+ cause such a signal to be buffered elsewhere, for example in the
+ user's host.
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 8]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ To counter this problem, the TELNET "Synch" mechanism is
+ introduced. A Synch signal consists of a TCP Urgent notification,
+ coupled with the TELNET command DATA MARK. The Urgent
+ notification, which is not subject to the flow control pertaining
+ to the TELNET connection, is used to invoke special handling of
+ the data stream by the process which receives it. In this mode,
+ the data stream is immediately scanned for "interesting" signals
+ as defined below, discarding intervening data. The TELNET command
+ DATA MARK (DM) is the synchronizing mark in the data stream which
+ indicates that any special signal has already occurred and the
+ recipient can return to normal processing of the data stream.
+
+ The Synch is sent via the TCP send operation with the Urgent
+ flag set and the DM as the last (or only) data octet.
+
+ When several Synchs are sent in rapid succession, the Urgent
+ notifications may be merged. It is not possible to count Urgents
+ since the number received will be less than or equal the number
+ sent. When in normal mode, a DM is a no operation; when in urgent
+ mode, it signals the end of the urgent processing.
+
+ If TCP indicates the end of Urgent data before the DM is found,
+ TELNET should continue the special handling of the data stream
+ until the DM is found.
+
+ If TCP indicates more Urgent data after the DM is found, it can
+ only be because of a subsequent Synch. TELNET should continue
+ the special handling of the data stream until another DM is
+ found.
+
+ "Interesting" signals are defined to be: the TELNET standard
+ representations of IP, AO, and AYT (but not EC or EL); the local
+ analogs of these standard representations (if any); all other
+ TELNET commands; other site-defined signals which can be acted on
+ without delaying the scan of the data stream.
+
+ Since one effect of the SYNCH mechanism is the discarding of
+ essentially all characters (except TELNET commands) between the
+ sender of the Synch and its recipient, this mechanism is specified
+ as the standard way to clear the data path when that is desired.
+ For example, if a user at a terminal causes an AO to be
+ transmitted, the server which receives the AO (if it provides that
+ function at all) should return a Synch to the user.
+
+ Finally, just as the TCP Urgent notification is needed at the
+ TELNET level as an out-of-band signal, so other protocols which
+ make use of TELNET may require a TELNET command which can be
+ viewed as an out-of-band signal at a different level.
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 9]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ By convention the sequence [IP, Synch] is to be used as such a
+ signal. For example, suppose that some other protocol, which uses
+ TELNET, defines the character string STOP analogously to the
+ TELNET command AO. Imagine that a user of this protocol wishes a
+ server to process the STOP string, but the connection is blocked
+ because the server is processing other commands. The user should
+ instruct his system to:
+
+ 1. Send the TELNET IP character;
+
+ 2. Send the TELNET SYNC sequence, that is:
+
+ Send the Data Mark (DM) as the only character
+ in a TCP urgent mode send operation.
+
+ 3. Send the character string STOP; and
+
+ 4. Send the other protocol's analog of the TELNET DM, if any.
+
+ The user (or process acting on his behalf) must transmit the
+ TELNET SYNCH sequence of step 2 above to ensure that the TELNET IP
+ gets through to the server's TELNET interpreter.
+
+ The Urgent should wake up the TELNET process; the IP should
+ wake up the next higher level process.
+
+ THE NVT PRINTER AND KEYBOARD
+
+ The NVT printer has an unspecified carriage width and page length
+ and can produce representations of all 95 USASCII graphics (codes
+ 32 through 126). Of the 33 USASCII control codes (0 through 31
+ and 127), and the 128 uncovered codes (128 through 255), the
+ following have specified meaning to the NVT printer:
+
+ NAME CODE MEANING
+
+ NULL (NUL) 0 No Operation
+ Line Feed (LF) 10 Moves the printer to the
+ next print line, keeping the
+ same horizontal position.
+ Carriage Return (CR) 13 Moves the printer to the left
+ margin of the current line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 10]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ In addition, the following codes shall have defined, but not
+ required, effects on the NVT printer. Neither end of a TELNET
+ connection may assume that the other party will take, or will
+ have taken, any particular action upon receipt or transmission
+ of these:
+
+ BELL (BEL) 7 Produces an audible or
+ visible signal (which does
+ NOT move the print head).
+ Back Space (BS) 8 Moves the print head one
+ character position towards
+ the left margin.
+ Horizontal Tab (HT) 9 Moves the printer to the
+ next horizontal tab stop.
+ It remains unspecified how
+ either party determines or
+ establishes where such tab
+ stops are located.
+ Vertical Tab (VT) 11 Moves the printer to the
+ next vertical tab stop. It
+ remains unspecified how
+ either party determines or
+ establishes where such tab
+ stops are located.
+ Form Feed (FF) 12 Moves the printer to the top
+ of the next page, keeping
+ the same horizontal position.
+
+ All remaining codes do not cause the NVT printer to take any
+ action.
+
+ The sequence "CR LF", as defined, will cause the NVT to be
+ positioned at the left margin of the next print line (as would,
+ for example, the sequence "LF CR"). However, many systems and
+ terminals do not treat CR and LF independently, and will have to
+ go to some effort to simulate their effect. (For example, some
+ terminals do not have a CR independent of the LF, but on such
+ terminals it may be possible to simulate a CR by backspacing.)
+ Therefore, the sequence "CR LF" must be treated as a single "new
+ line" character and used whenever their combined action is
+ intended; the sequence "CR NUL" must be used where a carriage
+ return alone is actually desired; and the CR character must be
+ avoided in other contexts. This rule gives assurance to systems
+ which must decide whether to perform a "new line" function or a
+ multiple-backspace that the TELNET stream contains a character
+ following a CR that will allow a rational decision.
+
+ Note that "CR LF" or "CR NUL" is required in both directions
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 11]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ (in the default ASCII mode), to preserve the symmetry of the
+ NVT model. Even though it may be known in some situations
+ (e.g., with remote echo and suppress go ahead options in
+ effect) that characters are not being sent to an actual
+ printer, nonetheless, for the sake of consistency, the protocol
+ requires that a NUL be inserted following a CR not followed by
+ a LF in the data stream. The converse of this is that a NUL
+ received in the data stream after a CR (in the absence of
+ options negotiations which explicitly specify otherwise) should
+ be stripped out prior to applying the NVT to local character
+ set mapping.
+
+ The NVT keyboard has keys, or key combinations, or key sequences,
+ for generating all 128 USASCII codes. Note that although many
+ have no effect on the NVT printer, the NVT keyboard is capable of
+ generating them.
+
+ In addition to these codes, the NVT keyboard shall be capable of
+ generating the following additional codes which, except as noted,
+ have defined, but not reguired, meanings. The actual code
+ assignments for these "characters" are in the TELNET Command
+ section, because they are viewed as being, in some sense, generic
+ and should be available even when the data stream is interpreted
+ as being some other character set.
+
+ Synch
+
+ This key allows the user to clear his data path to the other
+ party. The activation of this key causes a DM (see command
+ section) to be sent in the data stream and a TCP Urgent
+ notification is associated with it. The pair DM-Urgent is to
+ have required meaning as defined previously.
+
+ Break (BRK)
+
+ This code is provided because it is a signal outside the
+ USASCII set which is currently given local meaning within many
+ systems. It is intended to indicate that the Break Key or the
+ Attention Key was hit. Note, however, that this is intended to
+ provide a 129th code for systems which require it, not as a
+ synonym for the IP standard representation.
+
+ Interrupt Process (IP)
+
+ Suspend, interrupt, abort or terminate the process to which the
+ NVT is connected. Also, part of the out-of-band signal for
+ other protocols which use TELNET.
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 12]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ Abort Output (AO)
+
+ Allow the current process to (appear to) run to completion, but
+ do not send its output to the user. Also, send a Synch to the
+ user.
+
+ Are You There (AYT)
+
+ Send back to the NVT some visible (i.e., printable) evidence
+ that the AYT was received.
+
+ Erase Character (EC)
+
+ The recipient should delete the last preceding undeleted
+ character or "print position" from the data stream.
+
+ Erase Line (EL)
+
+ The recipient should delete characters from the data stream
+ back to, but not including, the last "CR LF" sequence sent over
+ the TELNET connection.
+
+ The spirit of these "extra" keys, and also the printer format
+ effectors, is that they should represent a natural extension of
+ the mapping that already must be done from "NVT" into "local".
+ Just as the NVT data byte 68 (104 octal) should be mapped into
+ whatever the local code for "uppercase D" is, so the EC character
+ should be mapped into whatever the local "Erase Character"
+ function is. Further, just as the mapping for 124 (174 octal) is
+ somewhat arbitrary in an environment that has no "vertical bar"
+ character, the EL character may have a somewhat arbitrary mapping
+ (or none at all) if there is no local "Erase Line" facility.
+ Similarly for format effectors: if the terminal actually does
+ have a "Vertical Tab", then the mapping for VT is obvious, and
+ only when the terminal does not have a vertical tab should the
+ effect of VT be unpredictable.
+
+TELNET COMMAND STRUCTURE
+
+ All TELNET commands consist of at least a two byte sequence: the
+ "Interpret as Command" (IAC) escape character followed by the code
+ for the command. The commands dealing with option negotiation are
+ three byte sequences, the third byte being the code for the option
+ referenced. This format was chosen so that as more comprehensive use
+ of the "data space" is made -- by negotiations from the basic NVT, of
+ course -- collisions of data bytes with reserved command values will
+ be minimized, all such collisions requiring the inconvenience, and
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 13]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+ inefficiency, of "escaping" the data bytes into the stream. With the
+ current set-up, only the IAC need be doubled to be sent as data, and
+ the other 255 codes may be passed transparently.
+
+ The following are the defined TELNET commands. Note that these codes
+ and code sequences have the indicated meaning only when immediately
+ preceded by an IAC.
+
+ NAME CODE MEANING
+
+ SE 240 End of subnegotiation parameters.
+ NOP 241 No operation.
+ Data Mark 242 The data stream portion of a Synch.
+ This should always be accompanied
+ by a TCP Urgent notification.
+ Break 243 NVT character BRK.
+ Interrupt Process 244 The function IP.
+ Abort output 245 The function AO.
+ Are You There 246 The function AYT.
+ Erase character 247 The function EC.
+ Erase Line 248 The function EL.
+ Go ahead 249 The GA signal.
+ SB 250 Indicates that what follows is
+ subnegotiation of the indicated
+ option.
+ WILL (option code) 251 Indicates the desire to begin
+ performing, or confirmation that
+ you are now performing, the
+ indicated option.
+ WON'T (option code) 252 Indicates the refusal to perform,
+ or continue performing, the
+ indicated option.
+ DO (option code) 253 Indicates the request that the
+ other party perform, or
+ confirmation that you are expecting
+ the other party to perform, the
+ indicated option.
+ DON'T (option code) 254 Indicates the demand that the
+ other party stop performing,
+ or confirmation that you are no
+ longer expecting the other party
+ to perform, the indicated option.
+ IAC 255 Data Byte 255.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 14]
+\f
+
+
+RFC 854 May 1983
+
+
+CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT
+
+ The TELNET TCP connection is established between the user's port U
+ and the server's port L. The server listens on its well known port L
+ for such connections. Since a TCP connection is full duplex and
+ identified by the pair of ports, the server can engage in many
+ simultaneous connections involving its port L and different user
+ ports U.
+
+ Port Assignment
+
+ When used for remote user access to service hosts (i.e., remote
+ terminal access) this protocol is assigned server port 23
+ (27 octal). That is L=23.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Postel & Reynolds [Page 15]
+\f
--- /dev/null
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Network Working Group W. Stevens
+Request for Comments: 2292 Consultant
+Category: Informational M. Thomas
+ AltaVista
+ February 1998
+
+
+
+ Advanced Sockets API for IPv6
+
+
+Status of this Memo
+
+ This memo provides information for the Internet community. It does
+ not specify an Internet standard of any kind. Distribution of this
+ memo is unlimited.
+
+Copyright Notice
+
+ Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1998). All Rights Reserved.
+
+Abstract
+
+ Specifications are in progress for changes to the sockets API to
+ support IP version 6 [RFC-2133]. These changes are for TCP and UDP-
+ based applications and will support most end-user applications in use
+ today: Telnet and FTP clients and servers, HTTP clients and servers,
+ and the like.
+
+ But another class of applications exists that will also be run under
+ IPv6. We call these "advanced" applications and today this includes
+ programs such as Ping, Traceroute, routing daemons, multicast routing
+ daemons, router discovery daemons, and the like. The API feature
+ typically used by these programs that make them "advanced" is a raw
+ socket to access ICMPv4, IGMPv4, or IPv4, along with some knowledge
+ of the packet header formats used by these protocols. To provide
+ portability for applications that use raw sockets under IPv6, some
+ standardization is needed for the advanced API features.
+
+ There are other features of IPv6 that some applications will need to
+ access: interface identification (specifying the outgoing interface
+ and determining the incoming interface) and IPv6 extension headers
+ that are not addressed in [RFC-2133]: Hop-by-Hop options, Destination
+ options, and the Routing header (source routing). This document
+ provides API access to these features too.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 1]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+Table of Contents
+
+ 1. Introduction ................................................3
+ 2. Common Structures and Definitions ...........................5
+ 2.1. The ip6_hdr Structure ..................................5
+ 2.1.1. IPv6 Next Header Values .........................6
+ 2.1.2. IPv6 Extension Headers ..........................6
+ 2.2. The icmp6_hdr Structure ................................8
+ 2.2.1. ICMPv6 Type and Code Values .....................8
+ 2.2.2. ICMPv6 Neighbor Discovery Type and Code Values ..9
+ 2.3. Address Testing Macros .................................12
+ 2.4. Protocols File .........................................12
+ 3. IPv6 Raw Sockets ............................................13
+ 3.1. Checksums ..............................................14
+ 3.2. ICMPv6 Type Filtering ..................................14
+ 4. Ancillary Data ..............................................17
+ 4.1. The msghdr Structure ...................................18
+ 4.2. The cmsghdr Structure ..................................18
+ 4.3. Ancillary Data Object Macros ...........................19
+ 4.3.1. CMSG_FIRSTHDR ...................................20
+ 4.3.2. CMSG_NXTHDR .....................................22
+ 4.3.3. CMSG_DATA .......................................22
+ 4.3.4. CMSG_SPACE ......................................22
+ 4.3.5. CMSG_LEN ........................................22
+ 4.4. Summary of Options Described Using Ancillary Data ......23
+ 4.5. IPV6_PKTOPTIONS Socket Option ..........................24
+ 4.5.1. TCP Sticky Options ..............................25
+ 4.5.2. UDP and Raw Socket Sticky Options ...............26
+ 5. Packet Information ..........................................26
+ 5.1. Specifying/Receiving the Interface .....................27
+ 5.2. Specifying/Receiving Source/Destination Address ........27
+ 5.3. Specifying/Receiving the Hop Limit .....................28
+ 5.4. Specifying the Next Hop Address ........................29
+ 5.5. Additional Errors with sendmsg() .......................29
+ 6. Hop-By-Hop Options ..........................................30
+ 6.1. Receiving Hop-by-Hop Options ...........................31
+ 6.2. Sending Hop-by-Hop Options .............................31
+ 6.3. Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options Processing ..........32
+ 6.3.1. inet6_option_space ..............................32
+ 6.3.2. inet6_option_init ...............................32
+ 6.3.3. inet6_option_append .............................33
+ 6.3.4. inet6_option_alloc ..............................33
+ 6.3.5. inet6_option_next ...............................34
+ 6.3.6. inet6_option_find ...............................35
+ 6.3.7. Options Examples ................................35
+ 7. Destination Options .........................................42
+ 7.1. Receiving Destination Options ..........................42
+ 7.2. Sending Destination Options ............................43
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 2]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ 8. Routing Header Option .......................................43
+ 8.1. inet6_rthdr_space ......................................44
+ 8.2. inet6_rthdr_init .......................................45
+ 8.3. inet6_rthdr_add ........................................45
+ 8.4. inet6_rthdr_lasthop ....................................46
+ 8.5. inet6_rthdr_reverse ....................................46
+ 8.6. inet6_rthdr_segments ...................................46
+ 8.7. inet6_rthdr_getaddr ....................................46
+ 8.8. inet6_rthdr_getflags ...................................47
+ 8.9. Routing Header Example .................................47
+ 9. Ordering of Ancillary Data and IPv6 Extension Headers .......53
+ 10. IPv6-Specific Options with IPv4-Mapped IPv6 Addresses .......54
+ 11. rresvport_af ................................................55
+ 12. Future Items ................................................55
+ 12.1. Flow Labels ...........................................55
+ 12.2. Path MTU Discovery and UDP ............................56
+ 12.3. Neighbor Reachability and UDP .........................56
+ 13. Summary of New Definitions ..................................56
+ 14. Security Considerations .....................................59
+ 15. Change History ..............................................59
+ 16. References ..................................................65
+ 17. Acknowledgments .............................................65
+ 18. Authors' Addresses ..........................................66
+ 19. Full Copyright Statement ....................................67
+
+1. Introduction
+
+ Specifications are in progress for changes to the sockets API to
+ support IP version 6 [RFC-2133]. These changes are for TCP and UDP-
+ based applications. The current document defines some the "advanced"
+ features of the sockets API that are required for applications to
+ take advantage of additional features of IPv6.
+
+ Today, the portability of applications using IPv4 raw sockets is
+ quite high, but this is mainly because most IPv4 implementations
+ started from a common base (the Berkeley source code) or at least
+ started with the Berkeley headers. This allows programs such as Ping
+ and Traceroute, for example, to compile with minimal effort on many
+ hosts that support the sockets API. With IPv6, however, there is no
+ common source code base that implementors are starting from, and the
+ possibility for divergence at this level between different
+ implementations is high. To avoid a complete lack of portability
+ amongst applications that use raw IPv6 sockets, some standardization
+ is necessary.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 3]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ There are also features from the basic IPv6 specification that are
+ not addressed in [RFC-2133]: sending and receiving Hop-by-Hop
+ options, Destination options, and Routing headers, specifying the
+ outgoing interface, and being told of the receiving interface.
+
+ This document can be divided into the following main sections.
+
+ 1. Definitions of the basic constants and structures required for
+ applications to use raw IPv6 sockets. This includes structure
+ definitions for the IPv6 and ICMPv6 headers and all associated
+ constants (e.g., values for the Next Header field).
+
+ 2. Some basic semantic definitions for IPv6 raw sockets. For
+ example, a raw ICMPv4 socket requires the application to
+ calculate and store the ICMPv4 header checksum. But with IPv6
+ this would require the application to choose the source IPv6
+ address because the source address is part of the pseudo header
+ that ICMPv6 now uses for its checksum computation. It should be
+ defined that with a raw ICMPv6 socket the kernel always
+ calculates and stores the ICMPv6 header checksum.
+
+ 3. Packet information: how applications can obtain the received
+ interface, destination address, and received hop limit, along
+ with specifying these values on a per-packet basis. There are a
+ class of applications that need this capability and the technique
+ should be portable.
+
+ 4. Access to the optional Hop-by-Hop, Destination, and Routing
+ headers.
+
+ 5. Additional features required for IPv6 application portability.
+
+ The packet information along with access to the extension headers
+ (Hop-by-Hop options, Destination options, and Routing header) are
+ specified using the "ancillary data" fields that were added to the
+ 4.3BSD Reno sockets API in 1990. The reason is that these ancillary
+ data fields are part of the Posix.1g standard (which should be
+ approved in 1997) and should therefore be adopted by most vendors.
+
+ This document does not address application access to either the
+ authentication header or the encapsulating security payload header.
+
+ All examples in this document omit error checking in favor of brevity
+ and clarity.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 4]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ We note that many of the functions and socket options defined in this
+ document may have error returns that are not defined in this
+ document. Many of these possible error returns will be recognized
+ only as implementations proceed.
+
+ Datatypes in this document follow the Posix.1g format: intN_t means a
+ signed integer of exactly N bits (e.g., int16_t) and uintN_t means an
+ unsigned integer of exactly N bits (e.g., uint32_t).
+
+ Note that we use the (unofficial) terminology ICMPv4, IGMPv4, and
+ ARPv4 to avoid any confusion with the newer ICMPv6 protocol.
+
+2. Common Structures and Definitions
+
+ Many advanced applications examine fields in the IPv6 header and set
+ and examine fields in the various ICMPv6 headers. Common structure
+ definitions for these headers are required, along with common
+ constant definitions for the structure members.
+
+ Two new headers are defined: <netinet/ip6.h> and <netinet/icmp6.h>.
+
+ When an include file is specified, that include file is allowed to
+ include other files that do the actual declaration or definition.
+
+2.1. The ip6_hdr Structure
+
+ The following structure is defined as a result of including
+ <netinet/ip6.h>. Note that this is a new header.
+
+ struct ip6_hdr {
+ union {
+ struct ip6_hdrctl {
+ uint32_t ip6_un1_flow; /* 24 bits of flow-ID */
+ uint16_t ip6_un1_plen; /* payload length */
+ uint8_t ip6_un1_nxt; /* next header */
+ uint8_t ip6_un1_hlim; /* hop limit */
+ } ip6_un1;
+ uint8_t ip6_un2_vfc; /* 4 bits version, 4 bits priority */
+ } ip6_ctlun;
+ struct in6_addr ip6_src; /* source address */
+ struct in6_addr ip6_dst; /* destination address */
+ };
+
+ #define ip6_vfc ip6_ctlun.ip6_un2_vfc
+ #define ip6_flow ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_flow
+ #define ip6_plen ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_plen
+ #define ip6_nxt ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_nxt
+ #define ip6_hlim ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_hlim
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 5]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ #define ip6_hops ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_hlim
+
+2.1.1. IPv6 Next Header Values
+
+ IPv6 defines many new values for the Next Header field. The
+ following constants are defined as a result of including
+ <netinet/in.h>.
+
+ #define IPPROTO_HOPOPTS 0 /* IPv6 Hop-by-Hop options */
+ #define IPPROTO_IPV6 41 /* IPv6 header */
+ #define IPPROTO_ROUTING 43 /* IPv6 Routing header */
+ #define IPPROTO_FRAGMENT 44 /* IPv6 fragmentation header */
+ #define IPPROTO_ESP 50 /* encapsulating security payload */
+ #define IPPROTO_AH 51 /* authentication header */
+ #define IPPROTO_ICMPV6 58 /* ICMPv6 */
+ #define IPPROTO_NONE 59 /* IPv6 no next header */
+ #define IPPROTO_DSTOPTS 60 /* IPv6 Destination options */
+
+ Berkeley-derived IPv4 implementations also define IPPROTO_IP to be 0.
+ This should not be a problem since IPPROTO_IP is used only with IPv4
+ sockets and IPPROTO_HOPOPTS only with IPv6 sockets.
+
+2.1.2. IPv6 Extension Headers
+
+ Six extension headers are defined for IPv6. We define structures for
+ all except the Authentication header and Encapsulating Security
+ Payload header, both of which are beyond the scope of this document.
+ The following structures are defined as a result of including
+ <netinet/ip6.h>.
+
+ /* Hop-by-Hop options header */
+ /* XXX should we pad it to force alignment on an 8-byte boundary? */
+ struct ip6_hbh {
+ uint8_t ip6h_nxt; /* next header */
+ uint8_t ip6h_len; /* length in units of 8 octets */
+ /* followed by options */
+ };
+
+ /* Destination options header */
+ /* XXX should we pad it to force alignment on an 8-byte boundary? */
+ struct ip6_dest {
+ uint8_t ip6d_nxt; /* next header */
+ uint8_t ip6d_len; /* length in units of 8 octets */
+ /* followed by options */
+ };
+
+ /* Routing header */
+ struct ip6_rthdr {
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 6]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ uint8_t ip6r_nxt; /* next header */
+ uint8_t ip6r_len; /* length in units of 8 octets */
+ uint8_t ip6r_type; /* routing type */
+ uint8_t ip6r_segleft; /* segments left */
+ /* followed by routing type specific data */
+ };
+
+ /* Type 0 Routing header */
+ struct ip6_rthdr0 {
+ uint8_t ip6r0_nxt; /* next header */
+ uint8_t ip6r0_len; /* length in units of 8 octets */
+ uint8_t ip6r0_type; /* always zero */
+ uint8_t ip6r0_segleft; /* segments left */
+ uint8_t ip6r0_reserved; /* reserved field */
+ uint8_t ip6r0_slmap[3]; /* strict/loose bit map */
+ struct in6_addr ip6r0_addr[1]; /* up to 23 addresses */
+ };
+
+ /* Fragment header */
+ struct ip6_frag {
+ uint8_t ip6f_nxt; /* next header */
+ uint8_t ip6f_reserved; /* reserved field */
+ uint16_t ip6f_offlg; /* offset, reserved, and flag */
+ uint32_t ip6f_ident; /* identification */
+ };
+
+ #if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+ #define IP6F_OFF_MASK 0xfff8 /* mask out offset from _offlg */
+ #define IP6F_RESERVED_MASK 0x0006 /* reserved bits in ip6f_offlg */
+ #define IP6F_MORE_FRAG 0x0001 /* more-fragments flag */
+ #else /* BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN */
+ #define IP6F_OFF_MASK 0xf8ff /* mask out offset from _offlg */
+ #define IP6F_RESERVED_MASK 0x0600 /* reserved bits in ip6f_offlg */
+ #define IP6F_MORE_FRAG 0x0100 /* more-fragments flag */
+ #endif
+
+ Defined constants for fields larger than 1 byte depend on the byte
+ ordering that is used. This API assumes that the fields in the
+ protocol headers are left in the network byte order, which is big-
+ endian for the Internet protocols. If not, then either these
+ constants or the fields being tested must be converted at run-time,
+ using something like htons() or htonl().
+
+ (Note: We show an implementation that supports both big-endian and
+ little-endian byte ordering, assuming a hypothetical compile-time #if
+ test to determine the byte ordering. The constant that we show,
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 7]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ BYTE_ORDER, with values of BIG_ENDIAN and LITTLE_ENDIAN, are for
+ example purposes only. If an implementation runs on only one type of
+ hardware it need only define the set of constants for that hardware's
+ byte ordering.)
+
+2.2. The icmp6_hdr Structure
+
+ The ICMPv6 header is needed by numerous IPv6 applications including
+ Ping, Traceroute, router discovery daemons, and neighbor discovery
+ daemons. The following structure is defined as a result of including
+ <netinet/icmp6.h>. Note that this is a new header.
+
+ struct icmp6_hdr {
+ uint8_t icmp6_type; /* type field */
+ uint8_t icmp6_code; /* code field */
+ uint16_t icmp6_cksum; /* checksum field */
+ union {
+ uint32_t icmp6_un_data32[1]; /* type-specific field */
+ uint16_t icmp6_un_data16[2]; /* type-specific field */
+ uint8_t icmp6_un_data8[4]; /* type-specific field */
+ } icmp6_dataun;
+ };
+
+ #define icmp6_data32 icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data32
+ #define icmp6_data16 icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data16
+ #define icmp6_data8 icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data8
+ #define icmp6_pptr icmp6_data32[0] /* parameter prob */
+ #define icmp6_mtu icmp6_data32[0] /* packet too big */
+ #define icmp6_id icmp6_data16[0] /* echo request/reply */
+ #define icmp6_seq icmp6_data16[1] /* echo request/reply */
+ #define icmp6_maxdelay icmp6_data16[0] /* mcast group membership */
+
+2.2.1. ICMPv6 Type and Code Values
+
+ In addition to a common structure for the ICMPv6 header, common
+ definitions are required for the ICMPv6 type and code fields. The
+ following constants are also defined as a result of including
+ <netinet/icmp6.h>.
+
+#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH 1
+#define ICMP6_PACKET_TOO_BIG 2
+#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED 3
+#define ICMP6_PARAM_PROB 4
+
+#define ICMP6_INFOMSG_MASK 0x80 /* all informational messages */
+
+#define ICMP6_ECHO_REQUEST 128
+#define ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY 129
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 8]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+#define ICMP6_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY 130
+#define ICMP6_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 131
+#define ICMP6_MEMBERSHIP_REDUCTION 132
+
+#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOROUTE 0 /* no route to destination */
+#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADMIN 1 /* communication with */
+ /* destination */
+ /* administratively */
+ /* prohibited */
+#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOTNEIGHBOR 2 /* not a neighbor */
+#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADDR 3 /* address unreachable */
+#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOPORT 4 /* bad port */
+
+#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_TRANSIT 0 /* Hop Limit == 0 in transit */
+#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_REASSEMBLY 1 /* Reassembly time out */
+
+#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_HEADER 0 /* erroneous header field */
+#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_NEXTHEADER 1 /* unrecognized Next Header */
+#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_OPTION 2 /* unrecognized IPv6 option */
+
+ The five ICMP message types defined by IPv6 neighbor discovery (133-
+ 137) are defined in the next section.
+
+2.2.2. ICMPv6 Neighbor Discovery Type and Code Values
+
+ The following structures and definitions are defined as a result of
+ including <netinet/icmp6.h>.
+
+ #define ND_ROUTER_SOLICIT 133
+ #define ND_ROUTER_ADVERT 134
+ #define ND_NEIGHBOR_SOLICIT 135
+ #define ND_NEIGHBOR_ADVERT 136
+ #define ND_REDIRECT 137
+
+ struct nd_router_solicit { /* router solicitation */
+ struct icmp6_hdr nd_rs_hdr;
+ /* could be followed by options */
+ };
+
+ #define nd_rs_type nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_type
+ #define nd_rs_code nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_code
+ #define nd_rs_cksum nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_cksum
+ #define nd_rs_reserved nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
+
+ struct nd_router_advert { /* router advertisement */
+ struct icmp6_hdr nd_ra_hdr;
+ uint32_t nd_ra_reachable; /* reachable time */
+ uint32_t nd_ra_retransmit; /* retransmit timer */
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 9]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ /* could be followed by options */
+ };
+
+ #define nd_ra_type nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_type
+ #define nd_ra_code nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_code
+ #define nd_ra_cksum nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_cksum
+ #define nd_ra_curhoplimit nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data8[0]
+ #define nd_ra_flags_reserved nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data8[1]
+ #define ND_RA_FLAG_MANAGED 0x80
+ #define ND_RA_FLAG_OTHER 0x40
+ #define nd_ra_router_lifetime nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data16[1]
+
+ struct nd_neighbor_solicit { /* neighbor solicitation */
+ struct icmp6_hdr nd_ns_hdr;
+ struct in6_addr nd_ns_target; /* target address */
+ /* could be followed by options */
+ };
+
+ #define nd_ns_type nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_type
+ #define nd_ns_code nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_code
+ #define nd_ns_cksum nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_cksum
+ #define nd_ns_reserved nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
+
+ struct nd_neighbor_advert { /* neighbor advertisement */
+ struct icmp6_hdr nd_na_hdr;
+ struct in6_addr nd_na_target; /* target address */
+ /* could be followed by options */
+ };
+
+ #define nd_na_type nd_na_hdr.icmp6_type
+ #define nd_na_code nd_na_hdr.icmp6_code
+ #define nd_na_cksum nd_na_hdr.icmp6_cksum
+ #define nd_na_flags_reserved nd_na_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
+ #if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+ #define ND_NA_FLAG_ROUTER 0x80000000
+ #define ND_NA_FLAG_SOLICITED 0x40000000
+ #define ND_NA_FLAG_OVERRIDE 0x20000000
+ #else /* BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN */
+ #define ND_NA_FLAG_ROUTER 0x00000080
+ #define ND_NA_FLAG_SOLICITED 0x00000040
+ #define ND_NA_FLAG_OVERRIDE 0x00000020
+ #endif
+
+ struct nd_redirect { /* redirect */
+ struct icmp6_hdr nd_rd_hdr;
+ struct in6_addr nd_rd_target; /* target address */
+ struct in6_addr nd_rd_dst; /* destination address */
+ /* could be followed by options */
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 10]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ };
+
+ #define nd_rd_type nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_type
+ #define nd_rd_code nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_code
+ #define nd_rd_cksum nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_cksum
+ #define nd_rd_reserved nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
+
+ struct nd_opt_hdr { /* Neighbor discovery option header */
+ uint8_t nd_opt_type;
+ uint8_t nd_opt_len; /* in units of 8 octets */
+ /* followed by option specific data */
+ };
+
+ #define ND_OPT_SOURCE_LINKADDR 1
+ #define ND_OPT_TARGET_LINKADDR 2
+ #define ND_OPT_PREFIX_INFORMATION 3
+ #define ND_OPT_REDIRECTED_HEADER 4
+ #define ND_OPT_MTU 5
+
+ struct nd_opt_prefix_info { /* prefix information */
+ uint8_t nd_opt_pi_type;
+ uint8_t nd_opt_pi_len;
+ uint8_t nd_opt_pi_prefix_len;
+ uint8_t nd_opt_pi_flags_reserved;
+ uint32_t nd_opt_pi_valid_time;
+ uint32_t nd_opt_pi_preferred_time;
+ uint32_t nd_opt_pi_reserved2;
+ struct in6_addr nd_opt_pi_prefix;
+ };
+
+ #define ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_ONLINK 0x80
+ #define ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_AUTO 0x40
+
+ struct nd_opt_rd_hdr { /* redirected header */
+ uint8_t nd_opt_rh_type;
+ uint8_t nd_opt_rh_len;
+ uint16_t nd_opt_rh_reserved1;
+ uint32_t nd_opt_rh_reserved2;
+ /* followed by IP header and data */
+ };
+
+ struct nd_opt_mtu { /* MTU option */
+ uint8_t nd_opt_mtu_type;
+ uint8_t nd_opt_mtu_len;
+ uint16_t nd_opt_mtu_reserved;
+ uint32_t nd_opt_mtu_mtu;
+ };
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 11]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ We note that the nd_na_flags_reserved flags have the same byte
+ ordering problems as we discussed with ip6f_offlg.
+
+2.3. Address Testing Macros
+
+ The basic API ([RFC-2133]) defines some macros for testing an IPv6
+ address for certain properties. This API extends those definitions
+ with additional address testing macros, defined as a result of
+ including <netinet/in.h>.
+
+ int IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(const struct in6_addr *,
+ const struct in6_addr *);
+
+2.4. Protocols File
+
+ Many hosts provide the file /etc/protocols that contains the names of
+ the various IP protocols and their protocol number (e.g., the value
+ of the protocol field in the IPv4 header for that protocol, such as 1
+ for ICMP). Some programs then call the function getprotobyname() to
+ obtain the protocol value that is then specified as the third
+ argument to the socket() function. For example, the Ping program
+ contains code of the form
+
+ struct protoent *proto;
+
+ proto = getprotobyname("icmp");
+
+ s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_RAW, proto->p_proto);
+
+ Common names are required for the new IPv6 protocols in this file, to
+ provide portability of applications that call the getprotoXXX()
+ functions.
+
+ We define the following protocol names with the values shown. These
+ are taken from ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/protocol-
+ numbers.
+
+ hopopt 0 # hop-by-hop options for ipv6
+ ipv6 41 # ipv6
+ ipv6-route 43 # routing header for ipv6
+ ipv6-frag 44 # fragment header for ipv6
+ esp 50 # encapsulating security payload for ipv6
+ ah 51 # authentication header for ipv6
+ ipv6-icmp 58 # icmp for ipv6
+ ipv6-nonxt 59 # no next header for ipv6
+ ipv6-opts 60 # destination options for ipv6
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 12]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+3. IPv6 Raw Sockets
+
+ Raw sockets bypass the transport layer (TCP or UDP). With IPv4, raw
+ sockets are used to access ICMPv4, IGMPv4, and to read and write IPv4
+ datagrams containing a protocol field that the kernel does not
+ process. An example of the latter is a routing daemon for OSPF,
+ since it uses IPv4 protocol field 89. With IPv6 raw sockets will be
+ used for ICMPv6 and to read and write IPv6 datagrams containing a
+ Next Header field that the kernel does not process. Examples of the
+ latter are a routing daemon for OSPF for IPv6 and RSVP (protocol
+ field 46).
+
+ All data sent via raw sockets MUST be in network byte order and all
+ data received via raw sockets will be in network byte order. This
+ differs from the IPv4 raw sockets, which did not specify a byte
+ ordering and typically used the host's byte order.
+
+ Another difference from IPv4 raw sockets is that complete packets
+ (that is, IPv6 packets with extension headers) cannot be read or
+ written using the IPv6 raw sockets API. Instead, ancillary data
+ objects are used to transfer the extension headers, as described
+ later in this document. Should an application need access to the
+ complete IPv6 packet, some other technique, such as the datalink
+ interfaces BPF or DLPI, must be used.
+
+ All fields in the IPv6 header that an application might want to
+ change (i.e., everything other than the version number) can be
+ modified using ancillary data and/or socket options by the
+ application for output. All fields in a received IPv6 header (other
+ than the version number and Next Header fields) and all extension
+ headers are also made available to the application as ancillary data
+ on input. Hence there is no need for a socket option similar to the
+ IPv4 IP_HDRINCL socket option.
+
+ When writing to a raw socket the kernel will automatically fragment
+ the packet if its size exceeds the path MTU, inserting the required
+ fragmentation headers. On input the kernel reassembles received
+ fragments, so the reader of a raw socket never sees any fragment
+ headers.
+
+ When we say "an ICMPv6 raw socket" we mean a socket created by
+ calling the socket function with the three arguments PF_INET6,
+ SOCK_RAW, and IPPROTO_ICMPV6.
+
+ Most IPv4 implementations give special treatment to a raw socket
+ created with a third argument to socket() of IPPROTO_RAW, whose value
+ is normally 255. We note that this value has no special meaning to
+ an IPv6 raw socket (and the IANA currently reserves the value of 255
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 13]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ when used as a next-header field). (Note: This feature was added to
+ IPv4 in 1988 by Van Jacobson to support traceroute, allowing a
+ complete IP header to be passed by the application, before the
+ IP_HDRINCL socket option was added.)
+
+3.1. Checksums
+
+ The kernel will calculate and insert the ICMPv6 checksum for ICMPv6
+ raw sockets, since this checksum is mandatory.
+
+ For other raw IPv6 sockets (that is, for raw IPv6 sockets created
+ with a third argument other than IPPROTO_ICMPV6), the application
+ must set the new IPV6_CHECKSUM socket option to have the kernel (1)
+ compute and store a checksum for output, and (2) verify the received
+ checksum on input, discarding the packet if the checksum is in error.
+ This option prevents applications from having to perform source
+ address selection on the packets they send. The checksum will
+ incorporate the IPv6 pseudo-header, defined in Section 8.1 of [RFC-
+ 1883]. This new socket option also specifies an integer offset into
+ the user data of where the checksum is located.
+
+ int offset = 2;
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_CHECKSUM, &offset, sizeof(offset));
+
+ By default, this socket option is disabled. Setting the offset to -1
+ also disables the option. By disabled we mean (1) the kernel will
+ not calculate and store a checksum for outgoing packets, and (2) the
+ kernel will not verify a checksum for received packets.
+
+ (Note: Since the checksum is always calculated by the kernel for an
+ ICMPv6 socket, applications are not able to generate ICMPv6 packets
+ with incorrect checksums (presumably for testing purposes) using this
+ API.)
+
+3.2. ICMPv6 Type Filtering
+
+ ICMPv4 raw sockets receive most ICMPv4 messages received by the
+ kernel. (We say "most" and not "all" because Berkeley-derived
+ kernels never pass echo requests, timestamp requests, or address mask
+ requests to a raw socket. Instead these three messages are processed
+ entirely by the kernel.) But ICMPv6 is a superset of ICMPv4, also
+ including the functionality of IGMPv4 and ARPv4. This means that an
+ ICMPv6 raw socket can potentially receive many more messages than
+ would be received with an ICMPv4 raw socket: ICMP messages similar to
+ ICMPv4, along with neighbor solicitations, neighbor advertisements,
+ and the three group membership messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 14]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ Most applications using an ICMPv6 raw socket care about only a small
+ subset of the ICMPv6 message types. To transfer extraneous ICMPv6
+ messages from the kernel to user can incur a significant overhead.
+ Therefore this API includes a method of filtering ICMPv6 messages by
+ the ICMPv6 type field.
+
+ Each ICMPv6 raw socket has an associated filter whose datatype is
+ defined as
+
+ struct icmp6_filter;
+
+ This structure, along with the macros and constants defined later in
+ this section, are defined as a result of including the
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> header.
+
+ The current filter is fetched and stored using getsockopt() and
+ setsockopt() with a level of IPPROTO_ICMPV6 and an option name of
+ ICMP6_FILTER.
+
+ Six macros operate on an icmp6_filter structure:
+
+ void ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASSALL (struct icmp6_filter *);
+ void ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(struct icmp6_filter *);
+
+ void ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS ( int, struct icmp6_filter *);
+ void ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCK( int, struct icmp6_filter *);
+
+ int ICMP6_FILTER_WILLPASS (int, const struct icmp6_filter *);
+ int ICMP6_FILTER_WILLBLOCK(int, const struct icmp6_filter *);
+
+ The first argument to the last four macros (an integer) is an ICMPv6
+ message type, between 0 and 255. The pointer argument to all six
+ macros is a pointer to a filter that is modified by the first four
+ macros examined by the last two macros.
+
+ The first two macros, SETPASSALL and SETBLOCKALL, let us specify that
+ all ICMPv6 messages are passed to the application or that all ICMPv6
+ messages are blocked from being passed to the application.
+
+ The next two macros, SETPASS and SETBLOCK, let us specify that
+ messages of a given ICMPv6 type should be passed to the application
+ or not passed to the application (blocked).
+
+ The final two macros, WILLPASS and WILLBLOCK, return true or false
+ depending whether the specified message type is passed to the
+ application or blocked from being passed to the application by the
+ filter pointed to by the second argument.
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 15]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ When an ICMPv6 raw socket is created, it will by default pass all
+ ICMPv6 message types to the application.
+
+ As an example, a program that wants to receive only router
+ advertisements could execute the following:
+
+struct icmp6_filter myfilt;
+
+fd = socket(PF_INET6, SOCK_RAW, IPPROTO_ICMPV6);
+
+ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(&myfilt);
+ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS(ND_ROUTER_ADVERT, &myfilt);
+setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_ICMPV6, ICMP6_FILTER, &myfilt, sizeof(myfilt));
+
+ The filter structure is declared and then initialized to block all
+ messages types. The filter structure is then changed to allow router
+ advertisement messages to be passed to the application and the filter
+ is installed using setsockopt().
+
+ The icmp6_filter structure is similar to the fd_set datatype used
+ with the select() function in the sockets API. The icmp6_filter
+ structure is an opaque datatype and the application should not care
+ how it is implemented. All the application does with this datatype
+ is allocate a variable of this type, pass a pointer to a variable of
+ this type to getsockopt() and setsockopt(), and operate on a variable
+ of this type using the six macros that we just defined.
+
+ Nevertheless, it is worth showing a simple implementation of this
+ datatype and the six macros.
+
+struct icmp6_filter {
+ uint32_t icmp6_filt[8]; /* 8*32 = 256 bits */
+};
+
+#define ICMP6_FILTER_WILLPASS(type, filterp) \
+ ((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) & (1 << ((type) & 31))) != 0)
+#define ICMP6_FILTER_WILLBLOCK(type, filterp) \
+ ((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) & (1 << ((type) & 31))) == 0)
+#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS(type, filterp) \
+ ((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) |= (1 << ((type) & 31))))
+#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCK(type, filterp) \
+ ((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) &= ~(1 << ((type) & 31))))
+#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASSALL(filterp) \
+ memset((filterp), 0xFF, sizeof(struct icmp6_filter))
+#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(filterp) \
+ memset((filterp), 0, sizeof(struct icmp6_filter))
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 16]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ (Note: These sample definitions have two limitations that an
+ implementation may want to change. The first four macros evaluate
+ their first argument two times. The second two macros require the
+ inclusion of the <string.h> header for the memset() function.)
+
+4. Ancillary Data
+
+ 4.2BSD allowed file descriptors to be transferred between separate
+ processes across a UNIX domain socket using the sendmsg() and
+ recvmsg() functions. Two members of the msghdr structure,
+ msg_accrights and msg_accrightslen, were used to send and receive the
+ descriptors. When the OSI protocols were added to 4.3BSD Reno in
+ 1990 the names of these two fields in the msghdr structure were
+ changed to msg_control and msg_controllen, because they were used by
+ the OSI protocols for "control information", although the comments in
+ the source code call this "ancillary data".
+
+ Other than the OSI protocols, the use of ancillary data has been
+ rare. In 4.4BSD, for example, the only use of ancillary data with
+ IPv4 is to return the destination address of a received UDP datagram
+ if the IP_RECVDSTADDR socket option is set. With Unix domain sockets
+ ancillary data is still used to send and receive descriptors.
+
+ Nevertheless the ancillary data fields of the msghdr structure
+ provide a clean way to pass information in addition to the data that
+ is being read or written. The inclusion of the msg_control and
+ msg_controllen members of the msghdr structure along with the cmsghdr
+ structure that is pointed to by the msg_control member is required by
+ the Posix.1g sockets API standard (which should be completed during
+ 1997).
+
+ In this document ancillary data is used to exchange the following
+ optional information between the application and the kernel:
+
+ 1. the send/receive interface and source/destination address,
+ 2. the hop limit,
+ 3. next hop address,
+ 4. Hop-by-Hop options,
+ 5. Destination options, and
+ 6. Routing header.
+
+ Before describing these uses in detail, we review the definition of
+ the msghdr structure itself, the cmsghdr structure that defines an
+ ancillary data object, and some functions that operate on the
+ ancillary data objects.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 17]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+4.1. The msghdr Structure
+
+ The msghdr structure is used by the recvmsg() and sendmsg()
+ functions. Its Posix.1g definition is:
+
+ struct msghdr {
+ void *msg_name; /* ptr to socket address structure */
+ socklen_t msg_namelen; /* size of socket address structure */
+ struct iovec *msg_iov; /* scatter/gather array */
+ size_t msg_iovlen; /* # elements in msg_iov */
+ void *msg_control; /* ancillary data */
+ socklen_t msg_controllen; /* ancillary data buffer length */
+ int msg_flags; /* flags on received message */
+ };
+
+ The structure is declared as a result of including <sys/socket.h>.
+
+ (Note: Before Posix.1g the two "void *" pointers were typically "char
+ *", and the two socklen_t members and the size_t member were
+ typically integers. Earlier drafts of Posix.1g had the two socklen_t
+ members as size_t, but Draft 6.6 of Posix.1g, apparently the final
+ draft, changed these to socklen_t to simplify binary portability for
+ 64-bit implementations and to align Posix.1g with X/Open's Networking
+ Services, Issue 5. The change in msg_control to a "void *" pointer
+ affects any code that increments this pointer.)
+
+ Most Berkeley-derived implementations limit the amount of ancillary
+ data in a call to sendmsg() to no more than 108 bytes (an mbuf).
+ This API requires a minimum of 10240 bytes of ancillary data, but it
+ is recommended that the amount be limited only by the buffer space
+ reserved by the socket (which can be modified by the SO_SNDBUF socket
+ option). (Note: This magic number 10240 was picked as a value that
+ should always be large enough. 108 bytes is clearly too small as the
+ maximum size of a Type 0 Routing header is 376 bytes.)
+
+4.2. The cmsghdr Structure
+
+ The cmsghdr structure describes ancillary data objects transferred by
+ recvmsg() and sendmsg(). Its Posix.1g definition is:
+
+ struct cmsghdr {
+ socklen_t cmsg_len; /* #bytes, including this header */
+ int cmsg_level; /* originating protocol */
+ int cmsg_type; /* protocol-specific type */
+ /* followed by unsigned char cmsg_data[]; */
+ };
+
+ This structure is declared as a result of including <sys/socket.h>.
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 18]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ As shown in this definition, normally there is no member with the
+ name cmsg_data[]. Instead, the data portion is accessed using the
+ CMSG_xxx() macros, as described shortly. Nevertheless, it is common
+ to refer to the cmsg_data[] member.
+
+ (Note: Before Posix.1g the cmsg_len member was an integer, and not a
+ socklen_t. See the Note in the previous section for why socklen_t is
+ used here.)
+
+ When ancillary data is sent or received, any number of ancillary data
+ objects can be specified by the msg_control and msg_controllen
+ members of the msghdr structure, because each object is preceded by a
+ cmsghdr structure defining the object's length (the cmsg_len member).
+ Historically Berkeley-derived implementations have passed only one
+ object at a time, but this API allows multiple objects to be passed
+ in a single call to sendmsg() or recvmsg(). The following example
+ shows two ancillary data objects in a control buffer.
+
+|<--------------------------- msg_controllen -------------------------->|
+| |
+|<----- ancillary data object ----->|<----- ancillary data object ----->|
+|<---------- CMSG_SPACE() --------->|<---------- CMSG_SPACE() --------->|
+| | |
+|<---------- cmsg_len ---------->| |<--------- cmsg_len ----------->| |
+|<--------- CMSG_LEN() --------->| |<-------- CMSG_LEN() ---------->| |
+| | | | |
++-----+-----+-----+--+-----------+--+-----+-----+-----+--+-----------+--+
+|cmsg_|cmsg_|cmsg_|XX| |XX|cmsg_|cmsg_|cmsg_|XX| |XX|
+|len |level|type |XX|cmsg_data[]|XX|len |level|type |XX|cmsg_data[]|XX|
++-----+-----+-----+--+-----------+--+-----+-----+-----+--+-----------+--+
+ ^
+ |
+msg_control
+points here
+
+ The fields shown as "XX" are possible padding, between the cmsghdr
+ structure and the data, and between the data and the next cmsghdr
+ structure, if required by the implementation.
+
+4.3. Ancillary Data Object Macros
+
+ To aid in the manipulation of ancillary data objects, three macros
+ from 4.4BSD are defined by Posix.1g: CMSG_DATA(), CMSG_NXTHDR(), and
+ CMSG_FIRSTHDR(). Before describing these macros, we show the
+ following example of how they might be used with a call to recvmsg().
+
+ struct msghdr msg;
+ struct cmsghdr *cmsgptr;
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 19]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ /* fill in msg */
+
+ /* call recvmsg() */
+
+ for (cmsgptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmsgptr != NULL;
+ cmsgptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmsgptr)) {
+ if (cmsgptr->cmsg_level == ... && cmsgptr->cmsg_type == ... ) {
+ u_char *ptr;
+
+ ptr = CMSG_DATA(cmsgptr);
+ /* process data pointed to by ptr */
+ }
+ }
+
+ We now describe the three Posix.1g macros, followed by two more that
+ are new with this API: CMSG_SPACE() and CMSG_LEN(). All these macros
+ are defined as a result of including <sys/socket.h>.
+
+4.3.1. CMSG_FIRSTHDR
+
+ struct cmsghdr *CMSG_FIRSTHDR(const struct msghdr *mhdr);
+
+ CMSG_FIRSTHDR() returns a pointer to the first cmsghdr structure in
+ the msghdr structure pointed to by mhdr. The macro returns NULL if
+ there is no ancillary data pointed to the by msghdr structure (that
+ is, if either msg_control is NULL or if msg_controllen is less than
+ the size of a cmsghdr structure).
+
+ One possible implementation could be
+
+ #define CMSG_FIRSTHDR(mhdr) \
+ ( (mhdr)->msg_controllen >= sizeof(struct cmsghdr) ? \
+ (struct cmsghdr *)(mhdr)->msg_control : \
+ (struct cmsghdr *)NULL )
+
+ (Note: Most existing implementations do not test the value of
+ msg_controllen, and just return the value of msg_control. The value
+ of msg_controllen must be tested, because if the application asks
+ recvmsg() to return ancillary data, by setting msg_control to point
+ to the application's buffer and setting msg_controllen to the length
+ of this buffer, the kernel indicates that no ancillary data is
+ available by setting msg_controllen to 0 on return. It is also
+ easier to put this test into this macro, than making the application
+ perform the test.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 20]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+4.3.2. CMSG_NXTHDR
+
+ struct cmsghdr *CMSG_NXTHDR(const struct msghdr *mhdr,
+ const struct cmsghdr *cmsg);
+
+ CMSG_NXTHDR() returns a pointer to the cmsghdr structure describing
+ the next ancillary data object. mhdr is a pointer to a msghdr
+ structure and cmsg is a pointer to a cmsghdr structure. If there is
+ not another ancillary data object, the return value is NULL.
+
+ The following behavior of this macro is new to this API: if the value
+ of the cmsg pointer is NULL, a pointer to the cmsghdr structure
+ describing the first ancillary data object is returned. That is,
+ CMSG_NXTHDR(mhdr, NULL) is equivalent to CMSG_FIRSTHDR(mhdr). If
+ there are no ancillary data objects, the return value is NULL. This
+ provides an alternative way of coding the processing loop shown
+ earlier:
+
+struct msghdr msg;
+struct cmsghdr *cmsgptr = NULL;
+
+/* fill in msg */
+
+/* call recvmsg() */
+
+while ((cmsgptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmsgptr)) != NULL) {
+ if (cmsgptr->cmsg_level == ... && cmsgptr->cmsg_type == ... ) {
+ u_char *ptr;
+
+ ptr = CMSG_DATA(cmsgptr);
+ /* process data pointed to by ptr */
+ }
+}
+
+ One possible implementation could be:
+
+ #define CMSG_NXTHDR(mhdr, cmsg) \
+ ( ((cmsg) == NULL) ? CMSG_FIRSTHDR(mhdr) : \
+ (((u_char *)(cmsg) + ALIGN((cmsg)->cmsg_len) \
+ + ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr)) > \
+ (u_char *)((mhdr)->msg_control) + (mhdr)->msg_controllen) ? \
+ (struct cmsghdr *)NULL : \
+ (struct cmsghdr *)((u_char *)(cmsg) + ALIGN((cmsg)->cmsg_len))) )
+
+ The macro ALIGN(), which is implementation dependent, rounds its
+ argument up to the next even multiple of whatever alignment is
+ required (probably a multiple of 4 or 8 bytes).
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 21]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+4.3.3. CMSG_DATA
+
+ unsigned char *CMSG_DATA(const struct cmsghdr *cmsg);
+
+ CMSG_DATA() returns a pointer to the data (what is called the
+ cmsg_data[] member, even though such a member is not defined in the
+ structure) following a cmsghdr structure.
+
+ One possible implementation could be:
+
+ #define CMSG_DATA(cmsg) ( (u_char *)(cmsg) + \
+ ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr)) )
+
+4.3.4. CMSG_SPACE
+
+ unsigned int CMSG_SPACE(unsigned int length);
+
+ This macro is new with this API. Given the length of an ancillary
+ data object, CMSG_SPACE() returns the space required by the object
+ and its cmsghdr structure, including any padding needed to satisfy
+ alignment requirements. This macro can be used, for example, to
+ allocate space dynamically for the ancillary data. This macro should
+ not be used to initialize the cmsg_len member of a cmsghdr structure;
+ instead use the CMSG_LEN() macro.
+
+ One possible implementation could be:
+
+ #define CMSG_SPACE(length) ( ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr)) + \
+ ALIGN(length) )
+
+4.3.5. CMSG_LEN
+
+ unsigned int CMSG_LEN(unsigned int length);
+
+ This macro is new with this API. Given the length of an ancillary
+ data object, CMSG_LEN() returns the value to store in the cmsg_len
+ member of the cmsghdr structure, taking into account any padding
+ needed to satisfy alignment requirements.
+
+ One possible implementation could be:
+
+ #define CMSG_LEN(length) ( ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr)) + length
+ )
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 22]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ Note the difference between CMSG_SPACE() and CMSG_LEN(), shown also
+ in the figure in Section 4.2: the former accounts for any required
+ padding at the end of the ancillary data object and the latter is the
+ actual length to store in the cmsg_len member of the ancillary data
+ object.
+
+4.4. Summary of Options Described Using Ancillary Data
+
+ There are six types of optional information described in this
+ document that are passed between the application and the kernel using
+ ancillary data:
+
+ 1. the send/receive interface and source/destination address,
+ 2. the hop limit,
+ 3. next hop address,
+ 4. Hop-by-Hop options,
+ 5. Destination options, and
+ 6. Routing header.
+
+ First, to receive any of this optional information (other than the
+ next hop address, which can only be set), the application must call
+ setsockopt() to turn on the corresponding flag:
+
+ int on = 1;
+
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_PKTINFO, &on, sizeof(on));
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_HOPLIMIT, &on, sizeof(on));
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_HOPOPTS, &on, sizeof(on));
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_DSTOPTS, &on, sizeof(on));
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_RTHDR, &on, sizeof(on));
+
+ When any of these options are enabled, the corresponding data is
+ returned as control information by recvmsg(), as one or more
+ ancillary data objects.
+
+ Nothing special need be done to send any of this optional
+ information; the application just calls sendmsg() and specifies one
+ or more ancillary data objects as control information.
+
+ We also summarize the three cmsghdr fields that describe the
+ ancillary data objects:
+
+ cmsg_level cmsg_type cmsg_data[] #times
+ ------------ ------------ ------------------------ ------
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 IPV6_PKTINFO in6_pktinfo structure once
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 IPV6_HOPLIMIT int once
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 IPV6_NEXTHOP socket address structure once
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 IPV6_HOPOPTS implementation dependent mult.
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 23]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 IPV6_DSTOPTS implementation dependent mult.
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 IPV6_RTHDR implementation dependent once
+
+ The final column indicates how many times an ancillary data object of
+ that type can appear as control information. The Hop-by-Hop and
+ Destination options can appear multiple times, while all the others
+ can appear only one time.
+
+ All these options are described in detail in following sections. All
+ the constants beginning with IPV6_ are defined as a result of
+ including the <netinet/in.h> header.
+
+ (Note: We intentionally use the same constant for the cmsg_level
+ member as is used as the second argument to getsockopt() and
+ setsockopt() (what is called the "level"), and the same constant for
+ the cmsg_type member as is used as the third argument to getsockopt()
+ and setsockopt() (what is called the "option name"). This is
+ consistent with the existing use of ancillary data in 4.4BSD:
+ returning the destination address of an IPv4 datagram.)
+
+ (Note: It is up to the implementation what it passes as ancillary
+ data for the Hop-by-Hop option, Destination option, and Routing
+ header option, since the API to these features is through a set of
+ inet6_option_XXX() and inet6_rthdr_XXX() functions that we define
+ later. These functions serve two purposes: to simplify the interface
+ to these features (instead of requiring the application to know the
+ intimate details of the extension header formats), and to hide the
+ actual implementation from the application. Nevertheless, we show
+ some examples of these features that store the actual extension
+ header as the ancillary data. Implementations need not use this
+ technique.)
+
+4.5. IPV6_PKTOPTIONS Socket Option
+
+ The summary in the previous section assumes a UDP socket. Sending
+ and receiving ancillary data is easy with UDP: the application calls
+ sendmsg() and recvmsg() instead of sendto() and recvfrom().
+
+ But there might be cases where a TCP application wants to send or
+ receive this optional information. For example, a TCP client might
+ want to specify a Routing header and this needs to be done before
+ calling connect(). Similarly a TCP server might want to know the
+ received interface after accept() returns along with any Destination
+ options.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 24]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ A new socket option is defined that provides access to the optional
+ information described in the previous section, but without using
+ recvmsg() and sendmsg(). Setting the socket option specifies any of
+ the optional output fields:
+
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_PKTOPTIONS, &buf, len);
+
+ The fourth argument points to a buffer containing one or more
+ ancillary data objects, and the fifth argument is the total length of
+ all these objects. The application fills in this buffer exactly as
+ if the buffer were being passed to sendmsg() as control information.
+
+ The options set by calling setsockopt() for IPV6_PKTOPTIONS are
+ called "sticky" options because once set they apply to all packets
+ sent on that socket. The application can call setsockopt() again to
+ change all the sticky options, or it can call setsockopt() with a
+ length of 0 to remove all the sticky options for the socket.
+
+ The corresponding receive option
+
+ getsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_PKTOPTIONS, &buf, &len);
+
+ returns a buffer with one or more ancillary data objects for all the
+ optional receive information that the application has previously
+ specified that it wants to receive. The fourth argument points to
+ the buffer that is filled in by the call. The fifth argument is a
+ pointer to a value-result integer: when the function is called the
+ integer specifies the size of the buffer pointed to by the fourth
+ argument, and on return this integer contains the actual number of
+ bytes that were returned. The application processes this buffer
+ exactly as if the buffer were returned by recvmsg() as control
+ information.
+
+ To simplify this document, in the remaining sections when we say "can
+ be specified as ancillary data to sendmsg()" we mean "can be
+ specified as ancillary data to sendmsg() or specified as a sticky
+ option using setsockopt() and the IPV6_PKTOPTIONS socket option".
+ Similarly when we say "can be returned as ancillary data by
+ recvmsg()" we mean "can be returned as ancillary data by recvmsg() or
+ returned by getsockopt() with the IPV6_PKTOPTIONS socket option".
+
+4.5.1. TCP Sticky Options
+
+ When using getsockopt() with the IPV6_PKTOPTIONS option and a TCP
+ socket, only the options from the most recently received segment are
+ retained and returned to the caller, and only after the socket option
+ has been set. That is, TCP need not start saving a copy of the
+ options until the application says to do so.
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 25]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ The application is not allowed to specify ancillary data in a call to
+ sendmsg() on a TCP socket, and none of the ancillary data that we
+ describe in this document is ever returned as control information by
+ recvmsg() on a TCP socket.
+
+4.5.2. UDP and Raw Socket Sticky Options
+
+ The IPV6_PKTOPTIONS socket option can also be used with a UDP socket
+ or with a raw IPv6 socket, normally to set some of the options once,
+ instead of with each call to sendmsg().
+
+ Unlike the TCP case, the sticky options can be overridden on a per-
+ packet basis with ancillary data specified in a call to sendmsg() on
+ a UDP or raw IPv6 socket. If any ancillary data is specified in a
+ call to sendmsg(), none of the sticky options are sent with that
+ datagram.
+
+5. Packet Information
+
+ There are four pieces of information that an application can specify
+ for an outgoing packet using ancillary data:
+
+ 1. the source IPv6 address,
+ 2. the outgoing interface index,
+ 3. the outgoing hop limit, and
+ 4. the next hop address.
+
+ Three similar pieces of information can be returned for a received
+ packet as ancillary data:
+
+ 1. the destination IPv6 address,
+ 2. the arriving interface index, and
+ 3. the arriving hop limit.
+
+ The first two pieces of information are contained in an in6_pktinfo
+ structure that is sent as ancillary data with sendmsg() and received
+ as ancillary data with recvmsg(). This structure is defined as a
+ result of including the <netinet/in.h> header.
+
+ struct in6_pktinfo {
+ struct in6_addr ipi6_addr; /* src/dst IPv6 address */
+ unsigned int ipi6_ifindex; /* send/recv interface index */
+ };
+
+ In the cmsghdr structure containing this ancillary data, the
+ cmsg_level member will be IPPROTO_IPV6, the cmsg_type member will be
+ IPV6_PKTINFO, and the first byte of cmsg_data[] will be the first
+ byte of the in6_pktinfo structure.
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 26]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ This information is returned as ancillary data by recvmsg() only if
+ the application has enabled the IPV6_PKTINFO socket option:
+
+ int on = 1;
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_PKTINFO, &on, sizeof(on));
+
+ Nothing special need be done to send this information: just specify
+ the control information as ancillary data for sendmsg().
+
+ (Note: The hop limit is not contained in the in6_pktinfo structure
+ for the following reason. Some UDP servers want to respond to client
+ requests by sending their reply out the same interface on which the
+ request was received and with the source IPv6 address of the reply
+ equal to the destination IPv6 address of the request. To do this the
+ application can enable just the IPV6_PKTINFO socket option and then
+ use the received control information from recvmsg() as the outgoing
+ control information for sendmsg(). The application need not examine
+ or modify the in6_pktinfo structure at all. But if the hop limit
+ were contained in this structure, the application would have to parse
+ the received control information and change the hop limit member,
+ since the received hop limit is not the desired value for an outgoing
+ packet.)
+
+5.1. Specifying/Receiving the Interface
+
+ Interfaces on an IPv6 node are identified by a small positive
+ integer, as described in Section 4 of [RFC-2133]. That document also
+ describes a function to map an interface name to its interface index,
+ a function to map an interface index to its interface name, and a
+ function to return all the interface names and indexes. Notice from
+ this document that no interface is ever assigned an index of 0.
+
+ When specifying the outgoing interface, if the ipi6_ifindex value is
+ 0, the kernel will choose the outgoing interface. If the application
+ specifies an outgoing interface for a multicast packet, the interface
+ specified by the ancillary data overrides any interface specified by
+ the IPV6_MULTICAST_IF socket option (described in [RFC-2133]), for
+ that call to sendmsg() only.
+
+ When the IPV6_PKTINFO socket option is enabled, the received
+ interface index is always returned as the ipi6_ifindex member of the
+ in6_pktinfo structure.
+
+5.2. Specifying/Receiving Source/Destination Address
+
+ The source IPv6 address can be specified by calling bind() before
+ each output operation, but supplying the source address together with
+ the data requires less overhead (i.e., fewer system calls) and
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 27]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ requires less state to be stored and protected in a multithreaded
+ application.
+
+ When specifying the source IPv6 address as ancillary data, if the
+ ipi6_addr member of the in6_pktinfo structure is the unspecified
+ address (IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT), then (a) if an address is currently bound
+ to the socket, it is used as the source address, or (b) if no address
+ is currently bound to the socket, the kernel will choose the source
+ address. If the ipi6_addr member is not the unspecified address, but
+ the socket has already bound a source address, then the ipi6_addr
+ value overrides the already-bound source address for this output
+ operation only.
+
+ The kernel must verify that the requested source address is indeed a
+ unicast address assigned to the node.
+
+ When the in6_pktinfo structure is returned as ancillary data by
+ recvmsg(), the ipi6_addr member contains the destination IPv6 address
+ from the received packet.
+
+5.3. Specifying/Receiving the Hop Limit
+
+ The outgoing hop limit is normally specified with either the
+ IPV6_UNICAST_HOPS socket option or the IPV6_MULTICAST_HOPS socket
+ option, both of which are described in [RFC-2133]. Specifying the
+ hop limit as ancillary data lets the application override either the
+ kernel's default or a previously specified value, for either a
+ unicast destination or a multicast destination, for a single output
+ operation. Returning the received hop limit is useful for programs
+ such as Traceroute and for IPv6 applications that need to verify that
+ the received hop limit is 255 (e.g., that the packet has not been
+ forwarded).
+
+ The received hop limit is returned as ancillary data by recvmsg()
+ only if the application has enabled the IPV6_HOPLIMIT socket option:
+
+ int on = 1;
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_HOPLIMIT, &on, sizeof(on));
+
+ In the cmsghdr structure containing this ancillary data, the
+ cmsg_level member will be IPPROTO_IPV6, the cmsg_type member will be
+ IPV6_HOPLIMIT, and the first byte of cmsg_data[] will be the first
+ byte of the integer hop limit.
+
+ Nothing special need be done to specify the outgoing hop limit: just
+ specify the control information as ancillary data for sendmsg(). As
+ specified in [RFC-2133], the interpretation of the integer hop limit
+ value is
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 28]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ x < -1: return an error of EINVAL
+ x == -1: use kernel default
+ 0 <= x <= 255: use x
+ x >= 256: return an error of EINVAL
+
+5.4. Specifying the Next Hop Address
+
+ The IPV6_NEXTHOP ancillary data object specifies the next hop for the
+ datagram as a socket address structure. In the cmsghdr structure
+ containing this ancillary data, the cmsg_level member will be
+ IPPROTO_IPV6, the cmsg_type member will be IPV6_NEXTHOP, and the
+ first byte of cmsg_data[] will be the first byte of the socket
+ address structure.
+
+ This is a privileged option. (Note: It is implementation defined and
+ beyond the scope of this document to define what "privileged" means.
+ Unix systems use this term to mean the process must have an effective
+ user ID of 0.)
+
+ If the socket address structure contains an IPv6 address (e.g., the
+ sin6_family member is AF_INET6), then the node identified by that
+ address must be a neighbor of the sending host. If that address
+ equals the destination IPv6 address of the datagram, then this is
+ equivalent to the existing SO_DONTROUTE socket option.
+
+5.5. Additional Errors with sendmsg()
+
+ With the IPV6_PKTINFO socket option there are no additional errors
+ possible with the call to recvmsg(). But when specifying the
+ outgoing interface or the source address, additional errors are
+ possible from sendmsg(). The following are examples, but some of
+ these may not be provided by some implementations, and some
+ implementations may define additional errors:
+
+ ENXIO The interface specified by ipi6_ifindex does not exist.
+
+ ENETDOWN The interface specified by ipi6_ifindex is not enabled
+ for IPv6 use.
+
+ EADDRNOTAVAIL ipi6_ifindex specifies an interface but the address
+ ipi6_addr is not available for use on that interface.
+
+ EHOSTUNREACH No route to the destination exists over the interface
+ specified by ifi6_ifindex.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 29]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+6. Hop-By-Hop Options
+
+ A variable number of Hop-by-Hop options can appear in a single Hop-
+ by-Hop options header. Each option in the header is TLV-encoded with
+ a type, length, and value.
+
+ Today only three Hop-by-Hop options are defined for IPv6 [RFC-1883]:
+ Jumbo Payload, Pad1, and PadN, although a proposal exists for a
+ router-alert Hop-by-Hop option. The Jumbo Payload option should not
+ be passed back to an application and an application should receive an
+ error if it attempts to set it. This option is processed entirely by
+ the kernel. It is indirectly specified by datagram-based
+ applications as the size of the datagram to send and indirectly
+ passed back to these applications as the length of the received
+ datagram. The two pad options are for alignment purposes and are
+ automatically inserted by a sending kernel when needed and ignored by
+
+ the receiving kernel. This section of the API is therefore defined
+ for future Hop-by-Hop options that an application may need to specify
+ and receive.
+
+ Individual Hop-by-Hop options (and Destination options, which are
+ described shortly, and which are similar to the Hop-by-Hop options)
+ may have specific alignment requirements. For example, the 4-byte
+ Jumbo Payload length should appear on a 4-byte boundary, and IPv6
+ addresses are normally aligned on an 8-byte boundary. These
+ requirements and the terminology used with these options are
+ discussed in Section 4.2 and Appendix A of [RFC-1883]. The alignment
+ of each option is specified by two values, called x and y, written as
+ "xn + y". This states that the option must appear at an integer
+ multiple of x bytes from the beginning of the options header (x can
+ have the values 1, 2, 4, or 8), plus y bytes (y can have a value
+ between 0 and 7, inclusive). The Pad1 and PadN options are inserted
+ as needed to maintain the required alignment. Whatever code builds
+ either a Hop-by-Hop options header or a Destination options header
+ must know the values of x and y for each option.
+
+ Multiple Hop-by-Hop options can be specified by the application.
+ Normally one ancillary data object describes all the Hop-by-Hop
+ options (since each option is itself TLV-encoded) but the application
+ can specify multiple ancillary data objects for the Hop-by-Hop
+ options, each object specifying one or more options. Care must be
+ taken designing the API for these options since
+
+ 1. it may be possible for some future Hop-by-Hop options to be
+ generated by the application and processed entirely by the
+ application (e.g., the kernel may not know the alignment
+ restrictions for the option),
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 30]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ 2. it must be possible for the kernel to insert its own Hop-by-Hop
+ options in an outgoing packet (e.g., the Jumbo Payload option),
+
+ 3. the application can place one or more Hop-by-Hop options into a
+ single ancillary data object,
+
+ 4. if the application specifies multiple ancillary data objects,
+ each containing one or more Hop-by-Hop options, the kernel must
+ combine these a single Hop-by-Hop options header, and
+
+ 5. it must be possible for the kernel to remove some Hop-by-Hop
+ options from a received packet before returning the remaining
+ Hop-by-Hop options to the application. (This removal might
+ consist of the kernel converting the option into a pad option of
+ the same length.)
+
+ Finally, we note that access to some Hop-by-Hop options or to some
+ Destination options, might require special privilege. That is,
+ normal applications (without special privilege) might be forbidden
+ from setting certain options in outgoing packets, and might never see
+ certain options in received packets.
+
+6.1. Receiving Hop-by-Hop Options
+
+ To receive Hop-by-Hop options the application must enable the
+ IPV6_HOPOPTS socket option:
+
+ int on = 1;
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_HOPOPTS, &on, sizeof(on));
+
+ All the Hop-by-Hop options are returned as one ancillary data object
+ described by a cmsghdr structure. The cmsg_level member will be
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 and the cmsg_type member will be IPV6_HOPOPTS. These
+ options are then processed by calling the inet6_option_next() and
+ inet6_option_find() functions, described shortly.
+
+6.2. Sending Hop-by-Hop Options
+
+ To send one or more Hop-by-Hop options, the application just
+ specifies them as ancillary data in a call to sendmsg(). No socket
+ option need be set.
+
+ Normally all the Hop-by-Hop options are specified by a single
+ ancillary data object. Multiple ancillary data objects, each
+ containing one or more Hop-by-Hop options, can also be specified, in
+ which case the kernel will combine all the Hop-by-Hop options into a
+ single Hop-by-Hop extension header. But it should be more efficient
+ to use a single ancillary data object to describe all the Hop-by-Hop
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 31]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ options. The cmsg_level member is set to IPPROTO_IPV6 and the
+ cmsg_type member is set to IPV6_HOPOPTS. The option is normally
+ constructed using the inet6_option_init(), inet6_option_append(), and
+ inet6_option_alloc() functions, described shortly.
+
+ Additional errors may be possible from sendmsg() if the specified
+ option is in error.
+
+6.3. Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options Processing
+
+ Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is
+ complicated for the reasons given earlier. We therefore define a set
+ of functions to help the application. The function prototypes for
+ these functions are all in the <netinet/in.h> header.
+
+6.3.1. inet6_option_space
+
+ int inet6_option_space(int nbytes);
+
+ This function returns the number of bytes required to hold an option
+ when it is stored as ancillary data, including the cmsghdr structure
+ at the beginning, and any padding at the end (to make its size a
+ multiple of 8 bytes). The argument is the size of the structure
+ defining the option, which must include any pad bytes at the
+ beginning (the value y in the alignment term "xn + y"), the type
+ byte, the length byte, and the option data.
+
+ (Note: If multiple options are stored in a single ancillary data
+ object, which is the recommended technique, this function
+ overestimates the amount of space required by the size of N-1 cmsghdr
+ structures, where N is the number of options to be stored in the
+ object. This is of little consequence, since it is assumed that most
+ Hop-by-Hop option headers and Destination option headers carry only
+ one option (p. 33 of [RFC-1883]).)
+
+6.3.2. inet6_option_init
+
+ int inet6_option_init(void *bp, struct cmsghdr **cmsgp, int
+ type);
+
+ This function is called once per ancillary data object that will
+ contain either Hop-by-Hop or Destination options. It returns 0 on
+ success or -1 on an error.
+
+ bp is a pointer to previously allocated space that will contain the
+ ancillary data object. It must be large enough to contain all the
+ individual options to be added by later calls to
+ inet6_option_append() and inet6_option_alloc().
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 32]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ cmsgp is a pointer to a pointer to a cmsghdr structure. *cmsgp is
+ initialized by this function to point to the cmsghdr structure
+ constructed by this function in the buffer pointed to by bp.
+
+ type is either IPV6_HOPOPTS or IPV6_DSTOPTS. This type is stored in
+ the cmsg_type member of the cmsghdr structure pointed to by *cmsgp.
+
+6.3.3. inet6_option_append
+
+
+ int inet6_option_append(struct cmsghdr *cmsg, const uint8_t *typep,
+ int multx, int plusy);
+
+ This function appends a Hop-by-Hop option or a Destination option
+ into an ancillary data object that has been initialized by
+ inet6_option_init(). This function returns 0 if it succeeds or -1 on
+ an error.
+
+ cmsg is a pointer to the cmsghdr structure that must have been
+ initialized by inet6_option_init().
+
+ typep is a pointer to the 8-bit option type. It is assumed that this
+ field is immediately followed by the 8-bit option data length field,
+ which is then followed immediately by the option data. The caller
+ initializes these three fields (the type-length-value, or TLV) before
+ calling this function.
+
+ The option type must have a value from 2 to 255, inclusive. (0 and 1
+ are reserved for the Pad1 and PadN options, respectively.)
+
+ The option data length must have a value between 0 and 255,
+ inclusive, and is the length of the option data that follows.
+
+ multx is the value x in the alignment term "xn + y" described
+ earlier. It must have a value of 1, 2, 4, or 8.
+
+ plusy is the value y in the alignment term "xn + y" described
+ earlier. It must have a value between 0 and 7, inclusive.
+
+6.3.4. inet6_option_alloc
+
+ uint8_t *inet6_option_alloc(struct cmsghdr *cmsg, int datalen,
+ int multx, int plusy);
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 33]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ This function appends a Hop-by-Hop option or a Destination option
+ into an ancillary data object that has been initialized by
+ inet6_option_init(). This function returns a pointer to the 8-bit
+ option type field that starts the option on success, or NULL on an
+ error.
+
+ The difference between this function and inet6_option_append() is
+ that the latter copies the contents of a previously built option into
+ the ancillary data object while the current function returns a
+ pointer to the space in the data object where the option's TLV must
+ then be built by the caller.
+
+ cmsg is a pointer to the cmsghdr structure that must have been
+ initialized by inet6_option_init().
+
+ datalen is the value of the option data length byte for this option.
+ This value is required as an argument to allow the function to
+ determine if padding must be appended at the end of the option. (The
+ inet6_option_append() function does not need a data length argument
+ since the option data length must already be stored by the caller.)
+
+ multx is the value x in the alignment term "xn + y" described
+ earlier. It must have a value of 1, 2, 4, or 8.
+
+ plusy is the value y in the alignment term "xn + y" described
+ earlier. It must have a value between 0 and 7, inclusive.
+
+6.3.5. inet6_option_next
+
+ int inet6_option_next(const struct cmsghdr *cmsg, uint8_t
+ **tptrp);
+
+ This function processes the next Hop-by-Hop option or Destination
+ option in an ancillary data object. If another option remains to be
+ processed, the return value of the function is 0 and *tptrp points to
+ the 8-bit option type field (which is followed by the 8-bit option
+ data length, followed by the option data). If no more options remain
+ to be processed, the return value is -1 and *tptrp is NULL. If an
+ error occurs, the return value is -1 and *tptrp is not NULL.
+
+ cmsg is a pointer to cmsghdr structure of which cmsg_level equals
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 and cmsg_type equals either IPV6_HOPOPTS or
+ IPV6_DSTOPTS.
+
+ tptrp is a pointer to a pointer to an 8-bit byte and *tptrp is used
+ by the function to remember its place in the ancillary data object
+ each time the function is called. The first time this function is
+ called for a given ancillary data object, *tptrp must be set to NULL.
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 34]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ Each time this function returns success, *tptrp points to the 8-bit
+ option type field for the next option to be processed.
+
+6.3.6. inet6_option_find
+
+ int inet6_option_find(const struct cmsghdr *cmsg, uint8_t *tptrp,
+ int type);
+
+ This function is similar to the previously described
+ inet6_option_next() function, except this function lets the caller
+ specify the option type to be searched for, instead of always
+ returning the next option in the ancillary data object. cmsg is a
+ pointer to cmsghdr structure of which cmsg_level equals IPPROTO_IPV6
+ and cmsg_type equals either IPV6_HOPOPTS or IPV6_DSTOPTS.
+
+ tptrp is a pointer to a pointer to an 8-bit byte and *tptrp is used
+ by the function to remember its place in the ancillary data object
+ each time the function is called. The first time this function is
+ called for a given ancillary data object, *tptrp must be set to NULL.
+
+ This function starts searching for an option of the specified type
+ beginning after the value of *tptrp. If an option of the specified
+ type is located, this function returns 0 and *tptrp points to the 8-
+ bit option type field for the option of the specified type. If an
+ option of the specified type is not located, the return value is -1
+ and *tptrp is NULL. If an error occurs, the return value is -1 and
+ *tptrp is not NULL.
+
+6.3.7. Options Examples
+
+ We now provide an example that builds two Hop-by-Hop options. First
+ we define two options, called X and Y, taken from the example in
+ Appendix A of [RFC-1883]. We assume that all options will have
+ structure definitions similar to what is shown below.
+
+ /* option X and option Y are defined in [RFC-1883], pp. 33-34 */
+#define IP6_X_OPT_TYPE X /* replace X with assigned value */
+#define IP6_X_OPT_LEN 12
+#define IP6_X_OPT_MULTX 8 /* 8n + 2 alignment */
+#define IP6_X_OPT_OFFSETY 2
+
+struct ip6_X_opt {
+ uint8_t ip6_X_opt_pad[IP6_X_OPT_OFFSETY];
+ uint8_t ip6_X_opt_type;
+ uint8_t ip6_X_opt_len;
+ uint32_t ip6_X_opt_val1;
+ uint64_t ip6_X_opt_val2;
+};
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 35]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+#define IP6_Y_OPT_TYPE Y /* replace Y with assigned value */
+#define IP6_Y_OPT_LEN 7
+#define IP6_Y_OPT_MULTX 4 /* 4n + 3 alignment */
+#define IP6_Y_OPT_OFFSETY 3
+
+struct ip6_Y_opt {
+ uint8_t ip6_Y_opt_pad[IP6_Y_OPT_OFFSETY];
+ uint8_t ip6_Y_opt_type;
+ uint8_t ip6_Y_opt_len;
+ uint8_t ip6_Y_opt_val1;
+ uint16_t ip6_Y_opt_val2;
+ uint32_t ip6_Y_opt_val3;
+};
+
+ We now show the code fragment to build one ancillary data object
+ containing both options.
+
+struct msghdr msg;
+struct cmsghdr *cmsgptr;
+struct ip6_X_opt optX;
+struct ip6_Y_opt optY;
+
+msg.msg_control = malloc(inet6_option_space(sizeof(optX) +
+ sizeof(optY)));
+
+inet6_option_init(msg.msg_control, &cmsgptr, IPV6_HOPOPTS);
+
+optX.ip6_X_opt_type = IP6_X_OPT_TYPE;
+optX.ip6_X_opt_len = IP6_X_OPT_LEN;
+optX.ip6_X_opt_val1 = <32-bit value>;
+optX.ip6_X_opt_val2 = <64-bit value>;
+inet6_option_append(cmsgptr, &optX.ip6_X_opt_type,
+ IP6_X_OPT_MULTX, IP6_X_OPT_OFFSETY);
+
+optY.ip6_Y_opt_type = IP6_Y_OPT_TYPE;
+optY.ip6_Y_opt_len = IP6_Y_OPT_LEN;
+optY.ip6_Y_opt_val1 = <8-bit value>;
+optY.ip6_Y_opt_val2 = <16-bit value>;
+optY.ip6_Y_opt_val3 = <32-bit value>;
+inet6_option_append(cmsgptr, &optY.ip6_Y_opt_type,
+ IP6_Y_OPT_MULTX, IP6_Y_OPT_OFFSETY);
+
+msg.msg_controllen = cmsgptr->cmsg_len;
+
+ The call to inet6_option_init() builds the cmsghdr structure in the
+ control buffer.
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 36]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(0) = 12 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_HOPOPTS |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Here we assume a 32-bit architecture where sizeof(struct cmsghdr)
+ equals 12, with a desired alignment of 4-byte boundaries (that is,
+ the ALIGN() macro shown in the sample implementations of the
+ CMSG_xxx() macros rounds up to a multiple of 4).
+
+ The first call to inet6_option_append() appends the X option. Since
+ this is the first option in the ancillary data object, 2 bytes are
+ allocated for the Next Header byte and for the Hdr Ext Len byte. The
+ former will be set by the kernel, depending on the type of header
+ that follows this header, and the latter byte is set to 1. These 2
+ bytes form the 2 bytes of padding (IP6_X_OPT_OFFSETY) required at the
+ beginning of this option.
+
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = 28 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_HOPOPTS |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Next Header | Hdr Ext Len=1 | Option Type=X |Opt Data Len=12|
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | 4-octet field |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + 8-octet field +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ The cmsg_len member of the cmsghdr structure is incremented by 16,
+ the size of the option.
+
+ The next call to inet6_option_append() appends the Y option to the
+ ancillary data object.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 37]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = 44 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_HOPOPTS |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Next Header | Hdr Ext Len=3 | Option Type=X |Opt Data Len=12|
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | 4-octet field |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + 8-octet field +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | PadN Option=1 |Opt Data Len=1 | 0 | Option Type=Y |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |Opt Data Len=7 | 1-octet field | 2-octet field |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | 4-octet field |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | PadN Option=1 |Opt Data Len=2 | 0 | 0 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ 16 bytes are appended by this function, so cmsg_len becomes 44. The
+ inet6_option_append() function notices that the appended data
+ requires 4 bytes of padding at the end, to make the size of the
+ ancillary data object a multiple of 8, and appends the PadN option
+ before returning. The Hdr Ext Len byte is incremented by 2 to become
+ 3.
+
+ Alternately, the application could build two ancillary data objects,
+ one per option, although this will probably be less efficient than
+ combining the two options into a single ancillary data object (as
+ just shown). The kernel must combine these into a single Hop-by-Hop
+ extension header in the final IPv6 packet.
+
+ struct msghdr msg;
+ struct cmsghdr *cmsgptr;
+ struct ip6_X_opt optX;
+ struct ip6_Y_opt optY;
+
+ msg.msg_control = malloc(inet6_option_space(sizeof(optX)) +
+ inet6_option_space(sizeof(optY)));
+
+ inet6_option_init(msg.msg_control, &cmsgptr, IPPROTO_HOPOPTS);
+
+ optX.ip6_X_opt_type = IP6_X_OPT_TYPE;
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 38]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ optX.ip6_X_opt_len = IP6_X_OPT_LEN;
+ optX.ip6_X_opt_val1 = <32-bit value>;
+ optX.ip6_X_opt_val2 = <64-bit value>;
+ inet6_option_append(cmsgptr, &optX.ip6_X_opt_type,
+ IP6_X_OPT_MULTX, IP6_X_OPT_OFFSETY);
+ msg.msg_controllen = CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(optX));
+
+ inet6_option_init((u_char *)msg.msg_control + msg.msg_controllen,
+ &cmsgptr, IPPROTO_HOPOPTS);
+
+ optY.ip6_Y_opt_type = IP6_Y_OPT_TYPE;
+ optY.ip6_Y_opt_len = IP6_Y_OPT_LEN;
+ optY.ip6_Y_opt_val1 = <8-bit value>;
+ optY.ip6_Y_opt_val2 = <16-bit value>;
+ optY.ip6_Y_opt_val3 = <32-bit value>;
+ inet6_option_append(cmsgptr, &optY.ip6_Y_opt_type,
+ IP6_Y_OPT_MULTX, IP6_Y_OPT_OFFSETY);
+ msg.msg_controllen += cmsgptr->cmsg_len;
+
+ Each call to inet6_option_init() builds a new cmsghdr structure, and
+ the final result looks like the following:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 39]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = 28 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_HOPOPTS |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Next Header | Hdr Ext Len=1 | Option Type=X |Opt Data Len=12|
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | 4-octet field |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + 8-octet field +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = 28 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_HOPOPTS |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Next Header | Hdr Ext Len=1 | Pad1 Option=0 | Option Type=Y |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ |Opt Data Len=7 | 1-octet field | 2-octet field |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | 4-octet field |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | PadN Option=1 |Opt Data Len=2 | 0 | 0 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ When the kernel combines these two options into a single Hop-by-Hop
+ extension header, the first 3 bytes of the second ancillary data
+ object (the Next Header byte, the Hdr Ext Len byte, and the Pad1
+ option) will be combined into a PadN option occupying 3 bytes.
+
+ The following code fragment is a redo of the first example shown
+ (building two options in a single ancillary data object) but this
+ time we use inet6_option_alloc().
+
+uint8_t *typep;
+struct msghdr msg;
+struct cmsghdr *cmsgptr;
+struct ip6_X_opt *optXp; /* now a pointer, not a struct */
+struct ip6_Y_opt *optYp; /* now a pointer, not a struct */
+
+msg.msg_control = malloc(inet6_option_space(sizeof(*optXp) +
+ sizeof(*optYp)));
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 40]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+inet6_option_init(msg.msg_control, &cmsgptr, IPV6_HOPOPTS);
+
+typep = inet6_option_alloc(cmsgptr, IP6_X_OPT_LEN,
+ IP6_X_OPT_MULTX, IP6_X_OPT_OFFSETY);
+optXp = (struct ip6_X_opt *) (typep - IP6_X_OPT_OFFSETY);
+optXp->ip6_X_opt_type = IP6_X_OPT_TYPE;
+optXp->ip6_X_opt_len = IP6_X_OPT_LEN;
+optXp->ip6_X_opt_val1 = <32-bit value>;
+optXp->ip6_X_opt_val2 = <64-bit value>;
+
+typep = inet6_option_alloc(cmsgptr, IP6_Y_OPT_LEN,
+ IP6_Y_OPT_MULTX, IP6_Y_OPT_OFFSETY);
+optYp = (struct ip6_Y_opt *) (typep - IP6_Y_OPT_OFFSETY);
+optYp->ip6_Y_opt_type = IP6_Y_OPT_TYPE;
+optYp->ip6_Y_opt_len = IP6_Y_OPT_LEN;
+optYp->ip6_Y_opt_val1 = <8-bit value>;
+optYp->ip6_Y_opt_val2 = <16-bit value>;
+optYp->ip6_Y_opt_val3 = <32-bit value>;
+
+msg.msg_controllen = cmsgptr->cmsg_len;
+
+ Notice that inet6_option_alloc() returns a pointer to the 8-bit
+ option type field. If the program wants a pointer to an option
+ structure that includes the padding at the front (as shown in our
+ definitions of the ip6_X_opt and ip6_Y_opt structures), the y-offset
+ at the beginning of the structure must be subtracted from the
+ returned pointer.
+
+ The following code fragment shows the processing of Hop-by-Hop
+ options using the inet6_option_next() function.
+
+ struct msghdr msg;
+ struct cmsghdr *cmsgptr;
+
+ /* fill in msg */
+
+ /* call recvmsg() */
+
+ for (cmsgptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmsgptr != NULL;
+ cmsgptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmsgptr)) {
+ if (cmsgptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IPV6 &&
+ cmsgptr->cmsg_type == IPV6_HOPOPTS) {
+
+ uint8_t *tptr = NULL;
+
+ while (inet6_option_next(cmsgptr, &tptr) == 0) {
+ if (*tptr == IP6_X_OPT_TYPE) {
+ struct ip6_X_opt *optXp;
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 41]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ optXp = (struct ip6_X_opt *) (tptr - IP6_X_OPT_OFFSETY);
+ <do whatever with> optXp->ip6_X_opt_val1;
+ <do whatever with> optXp->ip6_X_opt_val2;
+
+ } else if (*tptr == IP6_Y_OPT_TYPE) {
+ struct ip6_Y_opt *optYp;
+
+ optYp = (struct ip6_Y_opt *) (tptr - IP6_Y_OPT_OFFSETY);
+ <do whatever with> optYp->ip6_Y_opt_val1;
+ <do whatever with> optYp->ip6_Y_opt_val2;
+ <do whatever with> optYp->ip6_Y_opt_val3;
+ }
+ }
+ if (tptr != NULL)
+ <error encountered by inet6_option_next()>;
+ }
+ }
+
+7. Destination Options
+
+ A variable number of Destination options can appear in one or more
+ Destination option headers. As defined in [RFC-1883], a Destination
+ options header appearing before a Routing header is processed by the
+ first destination plus any subsequent destinations specified in the
+ Routing header, while a Destination options header appearing after a
+ Routing header is processed only by the final destination. As with
+ the Hop-by-Hop options, each option in a Destination options header
+ is TLV-encoded with a type, length, and value.
+
+ Today no Destination options are defined for IPv6 [RFC-1883],
+ although proposals exist to use Destination options with mobility and
+ anycasting.
+
+7.1. Receiving Destination Options
+
+ To receive Destination options the application must enable the
+ IPV6_DSTOPTS socket option:
+
+ int on = 1;
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_DSTOPTS, &on, sizeof(on));
+
+ All the Destination options appearing before a Routing header are
+ returned as one ancillary data object described by a cmsghdr
+ structure and all the Destination options appearing after a Routing
+ header are returned as another ancillary data object described by a
+ cmsghdr structure. For these ancillary data objects, the cmsg_level
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 42]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ member will be IPPROTO_IPV6 and the cmsg_type member will be
+ IPV6_HOPOPTS. These options are then processed by calling the
+ inet6_option_next() and inet6_option_find() functions.
+
+7.2. Sending Destination Options
+
+ To send one or more Destination options, the application just
+ specifies them as ancillary data in a call to sendmsg(). No socket
+ option need be set.
+
+ As described earlier, one set of Destination options can appear
+ before a Routing header, and one set can appear after a Routing
+ header. Each set can consist of one or more options.
+
+ Normally all the Destination options in a set are specified by a
+ single ancillary data object, since each option is itself TLV-
+ encoded. Multiple ancillary data objects, each containing one or
+ more Destination options, can also be specified, in which case the
+ kernel will combine all the Destination options in the set into a
+ single Destination extension header. But it should be more efficient
+ to use a single ancillary data object to describe all the Destination
+ options in a set. The cmsg_level member is set to IPPROTO_IPV6 and
+ the cmsg_type member is set to IPV6_DSTOPTS. The option is normally
+ constructed using the inet6_option_init(), inet6_option_append(), and
+ inet6_option_alloc() functions.
+
+ Additional errors may be possible from sendmsg() if the specified
+ option is in error.
+
+8. Routing Header Option
+
+ Source routing in IPv6 is accomplished by specifying a Routing header
+ as an extension header. There can be different types of Routing
+ headers, but IPv6 currently defines only the Type 0 Routing header
+ [RFC-1883]. This type supports up to 23 intermediate nodes. With
+ this maximum number of intermediate nodes, a source, and a
+ destination, there are 24 hops, each of which is defined as a strict
+ or loose hop.
+
+ Source routing with IPv4 sockets API (the IP_OPTIONS socket option)
+ requires the application to build the source route in the format that
+ appears as the IPv4 header option, requiring intimate knowledge of
+ the IPv4 options format. This IPv6 API, however, defines eight
+ functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing
+ header. Four functions build a Routing header:
+
+ inet6_rthdr_space() - return #bytes required for ancillary data
+ inet6_rthdr_init() - initialize ancillary data for Routing header
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 43]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ inet6_rthdr_add() - add IPv6 address & flags to Routing header
+ inet6_rthdr_lasthop() - specify the flags for the final hop
+
+ Four functions deal with a returned Routing header:
+
+ inet6_rthdr_reverse() - reverse a Routing header
+ inet6_rthdr_segments() - return #segments in a Routing header
+ inet6_rthdr_getaddr() - fetch one address from a Routing header
+ inet6_rthdr_getflags() - fetch one flag from a Routing header
+
+ The function prototypes for these functions are all in the
+ <netinet/in.h> header.
+
+ To receive a Routing header the application must enable the
+ IPV6_RTHDR socket option:
+
+ int on = 1;
+ setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_RTHDR, &on, sizeof(on));
+
+ To send a Routing header the application just specifies it as
+ ancillary data in a call to sendmsg().
+
+ A Routing header is passed between the application and the kernel as
+ an ancillary data object. The cmsg_level member has a value of
+ IPPROTO_IPV6 and the cmsg_type member has a value of IPV6_RTHDR. The
+ contents of the cmsg_data[] member is implementation dependent and
+ should not be accessed directly by the application, but should be
+ accessed using the eight functions that we are about to describe.
+
+ The following constants are defined in the <netinet/in.h> header:
+
+ #define IPV6_RTHDR_LOOSE 0 /* this hop need not be a neighbor */
+ #define IPV6_RTHDR_STRICT 1 /* this hop must be a neighbor */
+
+ #define IPV6_RTHDR_TYPE_0 0 /* IPv6 Routing header type 0 */
+
+ When a Routing header is specified, the destination address specified
+ for connect(), sendto(), or sendmsg() is the final destination
+ address of the datagram. The Routing header then contains the
+ addresses of all the intermediate nodes.
+
+8.1. inet6_rthdr_space
+
+ size_t inet6_rthdr_space(int type, int segments);
+
+ This function returns the number of bytes required to hold a Routing
+ header of the specified type containing the specified number of
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 44]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ segments (addresses). For an IPv6 Type 0 Routing header, the number
+ of segments must be between 1 and 23, inclusive. The return value
+ includes the size of the cmsghdr structure that precedes the Routing
+ header, and any required padding.
+
+ If the return value is 0, then either the type of the Routing header
+ is not supported by this implementation or the number of segments is
+ invalid for this type of Routing header.
+
+ (Note: This function returns the size but does not allocate the space
+ required for the ancillary data. This allows an application to
+ allocate a larger buffer, if other ancillary data objects are
+ desired, since all the ancillary data objects must be specified to
+ sendmsg() as a single msg_control buffer.)
+
+8.2. inet6_rthdr_init
+
+ struct cmsghdr *inet6_rthdr_init(void *bp, int type);
+
+ This function initializes the buffer pointed to by bp to contain a
+ cmsghdr structure followed by a Routing header of the specified type.
+ The cmsg_len member of the cmsghdr structure is initialized to the
+ size of the structure plus the amount of space required by the
+ Routing header. The cmsg_level and cmsg_type members are also
+ initialized as required.
+
+ The caller must allocate the buffer and its size can be determined by
+ calling inet6_rthdr_space().
+
+ Upon success the return value is the pointer to the cmsghdr
+ structure, and this is then used as the first argument to the next
+ two functions. Upon an error the return value is NULL.
+
+8.3. inet6_rthdr_add
+
+ int inet6_rthdr_add(struct cmsghdr *cmsg,
+ const struct in6_addr *addr, unsigned int flags);
+
+ This function adds the address pointed to by addr to the end of the
+ Routing header being constructed and sets the type of this hop to the
+ value of flags. For an IPv6 Type 0 Routing header, flags must be
+ either IPV6_RTHDR_LOOSE or IPV6_RTHDR_STRICT.
+
+ If successful, the cmsg_len member of the cmsghdr structure is
+ updated to account for the new address in the Routing header and the
+ return value of the function is 0. Upon an error the return value of
+ the function is -1.
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 45]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+8.4. inet6_rthdr_lasthop
+
+ int inet6_rthdr_lasthop(struct cmsghdr *cmsg,
+ unsigned int flags);
+
+ This function specifies the Strict/Loose flag for the final hop of a
+ Routing header. For an IPv6 Type 0 Routing header, flags must be
+ either IPV6_RTHDR_LOOSE or IPV6_RTHDR_STRICT.
+
+ The return value of the function is 0 upon success, or -1 upon an
+ error.
+
+ Notice that a Routing header specifying N intermediate nodes requires
+ N+1 Strict/Loose flags. This requires N calls to inet6_rthdr_add()
+ followed by one call to inet6_rthdr_lasthop().
+
+8.5. inet6_rthdr_reverse
+
+ int inet6_rthdr_reverse(const struct cmsghdr *in, struct cmsghdr *out);
+
+ This function takes a Routing header that was received as ancillary
+ data (pointed to by the first argument) and writes a new Routing
+ header that sends datagrams along the reverse of that route. Both
+ arguments are allowed to point to the same buffer (that is, the
+ reversal can occur in place).
+
+ The return value of the function is 0 on success, or -1 upon an
+ error.
+
+8.6. inet6_rthdr_segments
+
+ int inet6_rthdr_segments(const struct cmsghdr *cmsg);
+
+ This function returns the number of segments (addresses) contained in
+ the Routing header described by cmsg. On success the return value is
+ between 1 and 23, inclusive. The return value of the function is -1
+ upon an error.
+
+8.7. inet6_rthdr_getaddr
+
+ struct in6_addr *inet6_rthdr_getaddr(struct cmsghdr *cmsg, int
+ index);
+
+ This function returns a pointer to the IPv6 address specified by
+ index (which must have a value between 1 and the value returned by
+ inet6_rthdr_segments()) in the Routing header described by cmsg. An
+ application should first call inet6_rthdr_segments() to obtain the
+ number of segments in the Routing header.
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 46]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ Upon an error the return value of the function is NULL.
+
+8.8. inet6_rthdr_getflags
+
+ int inet6_rthdr_getflags(const struct cmsghdr *cmsg, int index);
+
+ This function returns the flags value specified by index (which must
+ have a value between 0 and the value returned by
+ inet6_rthdr_segments()) in the Routing header described by cmsg. For
+ an IPv6 Type 0 Routing header the return value will be either
+ IPV6_RTHDR_LOOSE or IPV6_RTHDR_STRICT.
+
+ Upon an error the return value of the function is -1.
+
+ (Note: Addresses are indexed starting at 1, and flags starting at 0,
+ to maintain consistency with the terminology and figures in [RFC-
+ 1883].)
+
+8.9. Routing Header Example
+
+ As an example of these Routing header functions, we go through the
+ function calls for the example on p. 18 of [RFC-1883]. The source is
+ S, the destination is D, and the three intermediate nodes are I1, I2,
+ and I3. f0, f1, f2, and f3 are the Strict/Loose flags for each hop.
+
+ f0 f1 f2 f3
+ S -----> I1 -----> I2 -----> I3 -----> D
+
+ src: * S S S S S
+ dst: D I1 I2 I3 D D
+ A[1]: I1 I2 I1 I1 I1 I1
+ A[2]: I2 I3 I3 I2 I2 I2
+ A[3]: I3 D D D I3 I3
+ #seg: 3 3 2 1 0 3
+
+ check: f0 f1 f2 f3
+
+ src and dst are the source and destination IPv6 addresses in the IPv6
+ header. A[1], A[2], and A[3] are the three addresses in the Routing
+ header. #seg is the Segments Left field in the Routing header.
+ check indicates which bit of the Strict/Loose Bit Map (0 through 3,
+ specified as f0 through f3) that node checks.
+
+ The six values in the column beneath node S are the values in the
+ Routing header specified by the application using sendmsg(). The
+ function calls by the sender would look like:
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 47]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ void *ptr;
+ struct msghdr msg;
+ struct cmsghdr *cmsgptr;
+ struct sockaddr_in6 I1, I2, I3, D;
+ unsigned int f0, f1, f2, f3;
+
+ ptr = malloc(inet6_rthdr_space(IPV6_RTHDR_TYPE_0, 3));
+ cmsgptr = inet6_rthdr_init(ptr, IPV6_RTHDR_TYPE_0);
+
+ inet6_rthdr_add(cmsgptr, &I1.sin6_addr, f0);
+ inet6_rthdr_add(cmsgptr, &I2.sin6_addr, f1);
+ inet6_rthdr_add(cmsgptr, &I3.sin6_addr, f2);
+ inet6_rthdr_lasthop(cmsgptr, f3);
+
+ msg.msg_control = ptr;
+ msg.msg_controllen = cmsgptr->cmsg_len;
+
+ /* finish filling in msg{}, msg_name = D */
+ /* call sendmsg() */
+
+ We also assume that the source address for the socket is not
+ specified (i.e., the asterisk in the figure).
+
+ The four columns of six values that are then shown between the five
+ nodes are the values of the fields in the packet while the packet is
+ in transit between the two nodes. Notice that before the packet is
+ sent by the source node S, the source address is chosen (replacing
+ the asterisk), I1 becomes the destination address of the datagram,
+ the two addresses A[2] and A[3] are "shifted up", and D is moved to
+ A[3]. If f0 is IPV6_RTHDR_STRICT, then I1 must be a neighbor of S.
+
+ The columns of values that are shown beneath the destination node are
+ the values returned by recvmsg(), assuming the application has
+ enabled both the IPV6_PKTINFO and IPV6_RTHDR socket options. The
+ source address is S (contained in the sockaddr_in6 structure pointed
+ to by the msg_name member), the destination address is D (returned as
+ an ancillary data object in an in6_pktinfo structure), and the
+ ancillary data object specifying the Routing header will contain
+ three addresses (I1, I2, and I3) and four flags (f0, f1, f2, and f3).
+ The number of segments in the Routing header is known from the Hdr
+ Ext Len field in the Routing header (a value of 6, indicating 3
+ addresses).
+
+ The return value from inet6_rthdr_segments() will be 3 and
+ inet6_rthdr_getaddr(1) will return I1, inet6_rthdr_getaddr(2) will
+ return I2, and inet6_rthdr_getaddr(3) will return I3, The return
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 48]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ value from inet6_rthdr_flags(0) will be f0, inet6_rthdr_flags(1) will
+ return f1, inet6_rthdr_flags(2) will return f2, and
+ inet6_rthdr_flags(3) will return f3.
+
+ If the receiving application then calls inet6_rthdr_reverse(), the
+ order of the three addresses will become I3, I2, and I1, and the
+ order of the four Strict/Loose flags will become f3, f2, f1, and f0.
+
+ We can also show what an implementation might store in the ancillary
+ data object as the Routing header is being built by the sending
+ process. If we assume a 32-bit architecture where sizeof(struct
+ cmsghdr) equals 12, with a desired alignment of 4-byte boundaries,
+ then the call to inet6_rthdr_space(3) returns 68: 12 bytes for the
+ cmsghdr structure and 56 bytes for the Routing header (8 + 3*16).
+
+ The call to inet6_rthdr_init() initializes the ancillary data object
+ to contain a Type 0 Routing header:
+
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = 20 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_RTHDR |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Next Header | Hdr Ext Len=0 | Routing Type=0| Seg Left=0 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Reserved | Strict/Loose Bit Map |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ The first call to inet6_rthdr_add() adds I1 to the list.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 49]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = 36 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_RTHDR |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Next Header | Hdr Ext Len=2 | Routing Type=0| Seg Left=1 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Reserved |X| Strict/Loose Bit Map |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ + Address[1] = I1 +
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ Bit 0 of the Strict/Loose Bit Map contains the value f0, which we
+ just mark as X. cmsg_len is incremented by 16, the Hdr Ext Len field
+ is incremented by 2, and the Segments Left field is incremented by 1.
+
+ The next call to inet6_rthdr_add() adds I2 to the list.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 50]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = 52 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_RTHDR |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Next Header | Hdr Ext Len=4 | Routing Type=0| Seg Left=2 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Reserved |X|X| Strict/Loose Bit Map |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ + Address[1] = I1 +
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ + Address[2] = I2 +
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ The next bit of the Strict/Loose Bit Map contains the value f1.
+ cmsg_len is incremented by 16, the Hdr Ext Len field is incremented
+ by 2, and the Segments Left field is incremented by 1.
+
+ The last call to inet6_rthdr_add() adds I3 to the list.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 51]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_len = 68 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IPV6 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | cmsg_type = IPV6_RTHDR |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Next Header | Hdr Ext Len=6 | Routing Type=0| Seg Left=3 |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | Reserved |X|X|X| Strict/Loose Bit Map |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ + Address[1] = I1 +
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ + Address[2] = I2 +
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ + Address[3] = I3 +
+ | |
+ + +
+ | |
+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
+
+ The next bit of the Strict/Loose Bit Map contains the value f2.
+ cmsg_len is incremented by 16, the Hdr Ext Len field is incremented
+ by 2, and the Segments Left field is incremented by 1.
+
+ Finally, the call to inet6_rthdr_lasthop() sets the next bit of the
+ Strict/Loose Bit Map to the value specified by f3. All the lengths
+ remain unchanged.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 52]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+9. Ordering of Ancillary Data and IPv6 Extension Headers
+
+ Three IPv6 extension headers can be specified by the application and
+ returned to the application using ancillary data with sendmsg() and
+ recvmsg(): Hop-by-Hop options, Destination options, and the Routing
+ header. When multiple ancillary data objects are transferred via
+ sendmsg() or recvmsg() and these objects represent any of these three
+ extension headers, their placement in the control buffer is directly
+ tied to their location in the corresponding IPv6 datagram. This API
+ imposes some ordering constraints when using multiple ancillary data
+ objects with sendmsg().
+
+ When multiple IPv6 Hop-by-Hop options having the same option type are
+ specified, these options will be inserted into the Hop-by-Hop options
+ header in the same order as they appear in the control buffer. But
+ when multiple Hop-by-Hop options having different option types are
+ specified, these options may be reordered by the kernel to reduce
+ padding in the Hop-by-Hop options header. Hop-by-Hop options may
+ appear anywhere in the control buffer and will always be collected by
+ the kernel and placed into a single Hop-by-Hop options header that
+ immediately follows the IPv6 header.
+
+ Similar rules apply to the Destination options: (1) those of the same
+ type will appear in the same order as they are specified, and (2)
+ those of differing types may be reordered. But the kernel will build
+ up to two Destination options headers: one to precede the Routing
+ header and one to follow the Routing header. If the application
+ specifies a Routing header then all Destination options that appear
+ in the control buffer before the Routing header will appear in a
+ Destination options header before the Routing header and these
+ options might be reordered, subject to the two rules that we just
+ stated. Similarly all Destination options that appear in the control
+ buffer after the Routing header will appear in a Destination options
+ header after the Routing header, and these options might be
+ reordered, subject to the two rules that we just stated.
+
+ As an example, assume that an application specifies control
+ information to sendmsg() containing six ancillary data objects: the
+ first containing two Hop-by-Hop options, the second containing one
+ Destination option, the third containing two Destination options, the
+ fourth containing a Routing header, the fifth containing a Hop-by-Hop
+ option, and the sixth containing two Destination options. We also
+ assume that all the Hop-by-Hop options are of different types, as are
+ all the Destination options. We number these options 1-9,
+ corresponding to their order in the control buffer, and show them on
+ the left below.
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 53]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ In the middle we show the final arrangement of the options in the
+ extension headers built by the kernel. On the right we show the four
+ ancillary data objects returned to the receiving application.
+
+ Sender's Receiver's
+ Ancillary Data --> IPv6 Extension --> Ancillary Data
+ Objects Headers Objects
+ ------------------ --------------- --------------
+ HOPOPT-1,2 (first) HOPHDR(J,7,1,2) HOPOPT-7,1,2
+ DSTOPT-3 DSTHDR(4,5,3) DSTOPT-4,5,3
+ DSTOPT-4,5 RTHDR(6) RTHDR-6
+ RTHDR-6 DSTHDR(8,9) DSTOPT-8,9
+ HOPOPT-7
+ DSTOPT-8,9 (last)
+
+ The sender's two Hop-by-Hop ancillary data objects are reordered, as
+ are the first two Destination ancillary data objects. We also show a
+ Jumbo Payload option (denoted as J) inserted by the kernel before the
+ sender's three Hop-by-Hop options. The first three Destination
+ options must appear in a Destination header before the Routing
+ header, and the final two Destination options must appear in a
+ Destination header after the Routing header.
+
+ If Destination options are specified in the control buffer after a
+ Routing header, or if Destination options are specified without a
+ Routing header, the kernel will place those Destination options after
+ an authentication header and/or an encapsulating security payload
+ header, if present.
+
+10. IPv6-Specific Options with IPv4-Mapped IPv6 Addresses
+
+ The various socket options and ancillary data specifications defined
+ in this document apply only to true IPv6 sockets. It is possible to
+ create an IPv6 socket that actually sends and receives IPv4 packets,
+ using IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses, but the mapping of the options
+ defined in this document to an IPv4 datagram is beyond the scope of
+ this document.
+
+ In general, attempting to specify an IPv6-only option, such as the
+ Hop-by-Hop options, Destination options, or Routing header on an IPv6
+ socket that is using IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses, will probably result
+ in an error. Some implementations, however, may provide access to
+ the packet information (source/destination address, send/receive
+ interface, and hop limit) on an IPv6 socket that is using IPv4-mapped
+ IPv6 addresses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 54]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+11. rresvport_af
+
+ The rresvport() function is used by the rcmd() function, and this
+ function is in turn called by many of the "r" commands such as
+ rlogin. While new applications are not being written to use the
+ rcmd() function, legacy applications such as rlogin will continue to
+ use it and these will be ported to IPv6.
+
+ rresvport() creates an IPv4/TCP socket and binds a "reserved port" to
+ the socket. Instead of defining an IPv6 version of this function we
+ define a new function that takes an address family as its argument.
+
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ int rresvport_af(int *port, int family);
+
+ This function behaves the same as the existing rresvport() function,
+ but instead of creating an IPv4/TCP socket, it can also create an
+ IPv6/TCP socket. The family argument is either AF_INET or AF_INET6,
+ and a new error return is EAFNOSUPPORT if the address family is not
+ supported.
+
+ (Note: There is little consensus on which header defines the
+ rresvport() and rcmd() function prototypes. 4.4BSD defines it in
+ <unistd.h>, others in <netdb.h>, and others don't define the function
+ prototypes at all.)
+
+ (Note: We define this function only, and do not define something like
+ rcmd_af() or rcmd6(). The reason is that rcmd() calls
+ gethostbyname(), which returns the type of address: AF_INET or
+ AF_INET6. It should therefore be possible to modify rcmd() to
+ support either IPv4 or IPv6, based on the address family returned by
+ gethostbyname().)
+
+12. Future Items
+
+ Some additional items may require standardization, but no concrete
+ proposals have been made for the API to perform these tasks. These
+ may be addressed in a later document.
+
+12.1. Flow Labels
+
+ Earlier revisions of this document specified a set of
+ inet6_flow_XXX() functions to assign, share, and free IPv6 flow
+ labels. Consensus, however, indicated that it was premature to
+ specify this part of the API.
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 55]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+12.2. Path MTU Discovery and UDP
+
+ A standard method may be desirable for a UDP application to determine
+ the "maximum send transport-message size" (Section 5.1 of [RFC-1981])
+ to a given destination. This would let the UDP application send
+ smaller datagrams to the destination, avoiding fragmentation.
+
+12.3. Neighbor Reachability and UDP
+
+ A standard method may be desirable for a UDP application to tell the
+ kernel that it is making forward progress with a given peer (Section
+ 7.3.1 of [RFC-1970]). This could save unneeded neighbor
+ solicitations and neighbor advertisements.
+
+13. Summary of New Definitions
+
+ The following list summarizes the constants and structure,
+ definitions discussed in this memo, sorted by header.
+
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_DST_UNREACH
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADDR
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADMIN
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOPORT
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOROUTE
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOTNEIGHBOR
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_ECHO_REQUEST
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_INFOMSG_MASK
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_MEMBERSHIP_REDUCTION
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_PACKET_TOO_BIG
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_PARAMPROB_HEADER
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_PARAMPROB_NEXTHEADER
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_PARAMPROB_OPTION
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_PARAM_PROB
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_REASSEMBLY
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_TRANSIT
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_NA_FLAG_OVERRIDE
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_NA_FLAG_ROUTER
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_NA_FLAG_SOLICITED
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_NEIGHBOR_ADVERT
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_NEIGHBOR_SOLICIT
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_OPT_MTU
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_AUTO
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_ONLINK
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_OPT_PREFIX_INFORMATION
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 56]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_OPT_REDIRECTED_HEADER
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_OPT_SOURCE_LINKADDR
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_OPT_TARGET_LINKADDR
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_RA_FLAG_MANAGED
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_RA_FLAG_OTHER
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_REDIRECT
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_ROUTER_ADVERT
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> ND_ROUTER_SOLICIT
+
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct icmp6_filter{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct icmp6_hdr{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_neighbor_advert{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_neighbor_solicit{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_opt_hdr{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_opt_mtu{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_opt_prefix_info{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_opt_rd_hdr{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_redirect{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_router_advert{};
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> struct nd_router_solicit{};
+
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_AH
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_DSTOPTS
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_ESP
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_FRAGMENT
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_HOPOPTS
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_ICMPV6
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_IPV6
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_NONE
+ <netinet/in.h> IPPROTO_ROUTING
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_DSTOPTS
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_HOPLIMIT
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_HOPOPTS
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_NEXTHOP
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_PKTINFO
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_PKTOPTIONS
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_RTHDR
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_RTHDR_LOOSE
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_RTHDR_STRICT
+ <netinet/in.h> IPV6_RTHDR_TYPE_0
+ <netinet/in.h> struct in6_pktinfo{};
+
+ <netinet/ip6.h> IP6F_OFF_MASK
+ <netinet/ip6.h> IP6F_RESERVED_MASK
+ <netinet/ip6.h> IP6F_MORE_FRAG
+ <netinet/ip6.h> struct ip6_dest{};
+ <netinet/ip6.h> struct ip6_frag{};
+ <netinet/ip6.h> struct ip6_hbh{};
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 57]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ <netinet/ip6.h> struct ip6_hdr{};
+ <netinet/ip6.h> struct ip6_rthdr{};
+ <netinet/ip6.h> struct ip6_rthdr0{};
+
+ <sys/socket.h> struct cmsghdr{};
+ <sys/socket.h> struct msghdr{};
+
+ The following list summarizes the function and macro prototypes
+ discussed in this memo, sorted by header.
+
+<netinet/icmp6.h> void ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCK(int,
+ struct icmp6_filter *);
+<netinet/icmp6.h> void ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(struct icmp6_filter *);
+<netinet/icmp6.h> void ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS(int, struct icmp6_filter *);
+<netinet/icmp6.h> void ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASSALL(struct icmp6_filter *);
+<netinet/icmp6.h> int ICMP6_FILTER_WILLBLOCK(int,
+ const struct icmp6_filter *);
+<netinet/icmp6.h> int ICMP6_FILTER_WILLPASS(int,
+ const struct icmp6_filter *);
+
+<netinet/in.h> int IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(const struct in6_addr *,
+ const struct in6_addr *);
+
+<netinet/in.h> uint8_t *inet6_option_alloc(struct cmsghdr *,
+ int, int, int);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_option_append(struct cmsghdr *,
+ const uint8_t *, int, int);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_option_find(const struct cmsghdr *,
+ uint8_t *, int);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_option_init(void *, struct cmsghdr **, int);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_option_next(const struct cmsghdr *,
+ uint8_t **);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_option_space(int);
+
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_rthdr_add(struct cmsghdr *,
+ const struct in6_addr *,
+ unsigned int);
+<netinet/in.h> struct in6_addr inet6_rthdr_getaddr(struct cmsghdr *,
+ int);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_rthdr_getflags(const struct cmsghdr *, int);
+<netinet/in.h> struct cmsghdr *inet6_rthdr_init(void *, int);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_rthdr_lasthop(struct cmsghdr *,
+ unsigned int);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_rthdr_reverse(const struct cmsghdr *,
+ struct cmsghdr *);
+<netinet/in.h> int inet6_rthdr_segments(const struct cmsghdr *);
+<netinet/in.h> size_t inet6_rthdr_space(int, int);
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 58]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+<sys/socket.h> unsigned char *CMSG_DATA(const struct cmsghdr *);
+<sys/socket.h> struct cmsghdr *CMSG_FIRSTHDR(const struct msghdr *);
+<sys/socket.h> unsigned int CMSG_LEN(unsigned int);
+<sys/socket.h> struct cmsghdr *CMSG_NXTHDR(const struct msghdr *mhdr,
+ const struct cmsghdr *);
+<sys/socket.h> unsigned int CMSG_SPACE(unsigned int);
+
+<unistd.h> int rresvport_af(int *, int);
+
+14. Security Considerations
+
+ The setting of certain Hop-by-Hop options and Destination options may
+ be restricted to privileged processes. Similarly some Hop-by-Hop
+ options and Destination options may not be returned to nonprivileged
+ applications.
+
+15. Change History
+
+ Changes from the June 1997 Edition (-03 draft)
+
+ - Added a note that defined constants for multibyte fields are in
+ network byte order. This affects the ip6f_offlg member of the
+ Fragment header (Section 2.1.2) and the nd_na_flags_reserved
+ member of the nd_neighbor_advert structure (Section 2.2.2).
+
+ - Section 5: the ipi6_ifindex member of the in6_pktinfo structure
+ should be "unsigned int" instead of "int", for consistency with
+ the interface indexes in [RFC-2133].
+
+ - Section 6.3.7: the three calls to inet6_option_space() in the
+ examples needed to be arguments to malloc(). The final one of
+ these was missing the "6" in the name "inet6_option_space".
+
+ - Section 8.6: the function prototype for inet6_rthdr_segments()
+ was missing the ending semicolon.
+
+ Changes from the March 1997 Edition (-02 draft)
+
+ - In May 1997 Draft 6.6 of Posix 1003.1g (called Posix.1g herein)
+ passed ballot and will be forwarded to the IEEE Standards Board
+ later in 1997 for final approval. Some changes made for this
+ final Posix draft are incorporated into this Internet Draft,
+ specifically the datatypes mentioned in Section 1 (and used
+ throughout the text), and the socklen_t datatype used in Section
+ 4.1 and 4.2.
+
+ - Section 1: Added the intN_t signed datatypes, changed the
+ datatype u_intN_t to uintN_t (no underscore after the "u"), and
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 59]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ removed the datatype u_intNm_t, as per Draft 6.6 of Posix.1g.
+
+ - Name space issues for structure and constant names in Section 2:
+ Many of the structure member names and constant names were
+ changed so that the prefixes are the same. The following
+ prefixes are used for structure members: "ip6_", "icmp6_", and
+ "nd_". All constants have the prefixes "ICMP6_" and "ND_".
+
+ - New definitions: Section 2.1.2: contains definitions for the IPv6
+ extension headers, other than AH and ESP. Section 2.2.2:
+ contains additional structures and constants for the neighbor
+ discovery option header and redirected header.
+
+ - Section 2.2.2: the enum for the neighbor discovery option field
+ was changed to be a set of #define constants.
+
+ - Changed the word "function" to "macro" for references to all the
+ uppercase names in Sections 2.3 (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL), 3.2
+ (ICMPV6_FILTER_xxx), and 4.3 (CMSG_xxx).
+
+ - Added more protocols to the /etc/protocols file (Section 2.4) and
+ changed the name of "icmpv6" to "ipv6-icmp".
+
+ - Section 3: Made it more explicit that an application cannot read
+ or write entire IPv6 packets, that all extension headers are
+ passed as ancillary data. Added a sentence that the kernel
+ fragments packets written to an IPv6 raw socket when necessary.
+ Added a note that IPPROTO_RAW raw IPv6 sockets are not special.
+
+ - Section 3.1: Explicitly stated that the checksum option applies
+ to both outgoing packets and received packets.
+
+ - Section 3.2: Changed the array name within the icmp6_filter
+ structure from "data" to "icmp6_filt". Changes the prefix for
+ the filter macros from "ICMPV6_" to "ICMP6_", for consistency
+ with the names in Section 2.2. Changed the example from a ping
+ program to a program that wants to receive only router
+ advertisements.
+
+ - Section 4.1: Changed msg_namelen and msg_controllen from size_t
+ to the Posix.1g socklen_t datatype. Updated the Note that
+ follows.
+
+ - Section 4.2: Changed cmsg_len from size_t to the Posix.1g
+ socklen_t datatype. Updated the Note that follows.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 60]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ - Section 4.4: Added a Note that the second and third arguments to
+ getsockopt() and setsockopt() are intentionally the same as the
+ cmsg_level and cmsg_type members.
+
+ - Section 4.5: Reorganized the section into a description of the
+ option, followed by the TCP semantics, and the UDP and raw socket
+ semantics. Added a sentence on how to clear all the sticky
+ options. Added a note that TCP need not save the options from
+ the most recently received segment until the application says to
+ do so. Added the statement that ancillary data is never passed
+ with sendmsg() or recvmsg() on a TCP socket. Simplified the
+ interaction of the sticky options with ancillary data for UDP or
+ raw IP: none of the sticky options are sent if ancillary data is
+ specified.
+
+ - Final paragraph of Section 5.1: ipi6_index should be
+ ipi6_ifindex.
+
+ - Section 5.4: Added a note on the term "privileged".
+
+ - Section 5.5: Noted that the errors listed are examples, and the
+ actual errors depend on the implementation.
+
+ - Removed Section 6 ("Flow Labels") as the consensus is that it is
+ premature to try and specify an API for this feature. Access to
+ the flow label field in the IPv6 header is still provided through
+ the sin6_flowinfo member of the IPv6 socket address structure in
+ [RFC-2133]. Added a subsection to Section 13 that this is a
+ future item.
+
+ All remaining changes are identified by their section number in
+ the previous draft. With the removal of Section 6, the section
+ numbers are decremented by one.
+
+ - Section 7.3.7: the calls to malloc() in all three examples should
+ be calls to inet6_option_space() instead. The two calls to
+ inet6_option_append() in the third example should be calls to
+ inet6_option_alloc(). The two calls to CMSG_SPACE() in the first
+ and third examples should be calls to CMSG_LEN(). The second
+ call to CMSG_SPACE() in the second example should be a call to
+ CMSG_LEN().
+
+ - Section 7.3.7: All the opt_X_ and opt_Y_ structure member names
+ were changed to be ip6_X_opt_ and ip6_Y_opt_. The two structure
+ names ipv6_opt_X and ipv6_opt_Y were changed to ip6_X_opt and
+ ip6_Y_opt. The constants beginning with IPV6_OPT_X_ and
+ IPV6_OPT_Y_ were changed to begin with IP6_X_OPT_ and IP6_Y_OPT_.
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 61]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ - Use the term "Routing header" throughout the draft, instead of
+ "source routing". Changed the names of the eight
+ inet6_srcrt_XXX() functions in Section 9 to inet6_rthdr_XXX().
+ Changed the name of the socket option from IPV6_SRCRT to
+ IPV6_RTHDR, and the names of the three IPV6_SRCRT_xxx constants
+ in Section 9 to IPV6_RTHDR_xxx.
+
+ - Added a paragraph to Section 9 on how to receive and send a
+ Routing header.
+
+ - Changed inet6_rthdr_add() and inet6_rthdr_reverse() so that they
+ return -1 upon an error, instead of an Exxx errno value.
+
+ - In the description of inet6_rthdr_space() in Section 9.1, added
+ the qualifier "For an IPv6 Type 0 Routing header" to the
+ restriction of between 1 and 23 segments.
+
+ - Refer to final function argument in Sections 9.7 and 9.8 as
+ index, not offset.
+
+ - Updated Section 14 with new names from Section 2.
+
+ - Changed the References from "[n]" to "[RFC-abcd]".
+
+ Changes from the February 1997 Edition (-01 draft)
+
+ - Changed the name of the ip6hdr structure to ip6_hdr (Section 2.1)
+ for consistency with the icmp6hdr structure. Also changed the
+ name of the ip6hdrctl structure contained within the ip6_hdr
+ structure to ip6_hdrctl (Section 2.1). Finally, changed the name
+ of the icmp6hdr structure to icmp6_hdr (Section 2.2). All other
+ occurrences of this structure name, within the Neighbor Discovery
+ structures in Section 2.2.1, already contained the underscore.
+
+ - The "struct nd_router_solicit" and "struct nd_router_advert"
+ should both begin with "nd6_". (Section 2.2.2).
+
+ - Changed the name of in6_are_addr_equal to IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL
+ (Section 2.3) for consistency with basic API address testing
+ functions. The header defining this macro is <netinet/in.h>.
+
+ - getprotobyname("ipv6") now returns 41, not 0 (Section 2.4).
+
+ - The first occurrence of "struct icmpv6_filter" in Section 3.2
+ should be "struct icmp6_filter".
+
+ - Changed the name of the CMSG_LENGTH() macro to CMSG_LEN()
+ (Section 4.3.5), since LEN is used throughout the <netinet/*.h>
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 62]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ headers.
+
+ - Corrected the argument name for the sample implementations of the
+ CMSG_SPACE() and CMSG_LEN() macros to be "length" (Sections 4.3.4
+ and 4.3.5).
+
+ - Corrected the socket option mentioned in Section 5.1 to specify
+ the interface for multicasting from IPV6_ADD_MEMBERSHIP to
+ IPV6_MULTICAST_IF.
+
+ - There were numerous errors in the previous draft that specified
+ <netinet/ip6.h> that should have been <netinet/in.h>. These have
+ all been corrected and the locations of all definitions is now
+ summarized in the new Section 14 ("Summary of New Definitions").
+
+ Changes from the October 1996 Edition (-00 draft)
+
+ - Numerous rationale added using the format (Note: ...).
+
+ - Added note that not all errors may be defined.
+
+ - Added note about ICMPv4, IGMPv4, and ARPv4 terminology.
+
+ - Changed the name of <netinet/ip6_icmp.h> to <netinet/icmp6.h>.
+
+ - Changed some names in Section 2.2.1: ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG to
+ ICMPV6_PACKET_TOOBIG, ICMPV6_TIME_EXCEED to ICMPV6_TIME_EXCEEDED,
+ ICMPV6_ECHORQST to ICMPV6_ECHOREQUEST, ICMPV6_ECHORPLY to
+ ICMPV6_ECHOREPLY, ICMPV6_PARAMPROB_HDR to
+ ICMPV6_PARAMPROB_HEADER, ICMPV6_PARAMPROB_NXT_HDR to
+ ICMPV6_PARAMPROB_NEXTHEADER, and ICMPV6_PARAMPROB_OPTS to
+ ICMPV6_PARAMPROB_OPTION.
+
+ - Prepend the prefix "icmp6_" to the three members of the
+ icmp6_dataun union of the icmp6hdr structure (Section 2.2).
+
+ - Moved the neighbor discovery definitions into the
+ <netinet/icmp6.h> header, instead of being in their own header
+ (Section 2.2.1).
+
+ - Changed Section 2.3 ("Address Testing"). The basic macros are
+ now in the basic API.
+
+ - Added the new Section 2.4 on "Protocols File".
+
+ - Added note to raw sockets description that something like BPF or
+ DLPI must be used to read or write entire IPv6 packets.
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 63]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ - Corrected example of IPV6_CHECKSUM socket option (Section 3.1).
+ Also defined value of -1 to disable.
+
+ - Noted that <netinet/icmp6.h> defines all the ICMPv6 filtering
+ constants, macros, and structures (Section 3.2).
+
+ - Added note on magic number 10240 for amount of ancillary data
+ (Section 4.1).
+
+ - Added possible padding to picture of ancillary data (Section
+ 4.2).
+
+ - Defined <sys/socket.h> header for CMSG_xxx() functions (Section
+ 4.2).
+
+ - Note that the data returned by getsockopt(IPV6_PKTOPTIONS) for a
+ TCP socket is just from the optional headers, if present, of the
+ most recently received segment. Also note that control
+ information is never returned by recvmsg() for a TCP socket.
+
+ - Changed header for struct in6_pktinfo from <netinet.in.h> to
+ <netinet/ip6.h> (Section 5).
+
+ - Removed the old Sections 5.1 and 5.2, because the interface
+ identification functions went into the basic API.
+
+ - Redid Section 5 to support the hop limit field.
+
+ - New Section 5.4 ("Next Hop Address").
+
+ - New Section 6 ("Flow Labels").
+
+ - Changed all of Sections 7 and 8 dealing with Hop-by-Hop and
+ Destination options. We now define a set of inet6_option_XXX()
+ functions.
+
+ - Changed header for IPV6_SRCRT_xxx constants from <netinet.in.h>
+ to <netinet/ip6.h> (Section 9).
+
+ - Add inet6_rthdr_lasthop() function, and fix errors in description
+ of Routing header (Section 9).
+
+ - Reworded some of the Routing header descriptions to conform to
+ the terminology in [RFC-1883].
+
+ - Added the example from [RFC-1883] for the Routing header (Section
+ 9.9).
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 64]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+ - Expanded the example in Section 10 to show multiple options per
+ ancillary data object, and to show the receiver's ancillary data
+ objects.
+
+ - New Section 11 ("IPv6-Specific Options with IPv4-Mapped IPv6
+ Addresses").
+
+ - New Section 12 ("rresvport_af").
+
+ - Redid old Section 10 ("Additional Items") into new Section 13
+ ("Future Items").
+
+16. References
+
+ [RFC-1883] Deering, S., and R. Hinden, "Internet Protocol, Version 6
+ (IPv6), Specification", RFC 1883, December 1995.
+
+ [RFC-2133] Gilligan, R., Thomson, S., Bound, J., and W. Stevens,
+ "Basic Socket Interface Extensions for IPv6", RFC 2133,
+ April 1997.
+
+ [RFC-1981] McCann, J., Deering, S., and J. Mogul, "Path MTU
+ Discovery
+ for IP version 6", RFC 1981, August 1996.
+
+ [RFC-1970] Narten, T., Nordmark, E., and W. Simpson, "Neighbor
+ Discovery for IP Version 6 (IPv6)", RFC 1970, August
+ 1996.
+
+17. Acknowledgments
+
+ Matt Thomas and Jim Bound have been working on the technical details
+ in this draft for over a year. Keith Sklower is the original
+ implementor of ancillary data in the BSD networking code. Craig Metz
+ provided lots of feedback, suggestions, and comments based on his
+ implementing many of these features as the document was being
+ written.
+
+ The following provided comments on earlier drafts: Pascal Anelli,
+ Hamid Asayesh, Ran Atkinson, Karl Auerbach, Hamid Asayesh, Matt
+ Crawford, Sam T. Denton, Richard Draves, Francis Dupont, Bob
+ Gilligan, Tim Hartrick, Masaki Hirabaru, Yoshinobu Inoue, Mukesh
+ Kacker, A. N. Kuznetsov, Pedro Marques, Jack McCann, der Mouse, John
+ Moy, Thomas Narten, Erik Nordmark, Steve Parker, Charles Perkins, Tom
+ Pusateri, Pedro Roque, Sameer Shah, Peter Sjodin, Stephen P.
+ Spackman, Jinmei Tatuya, Karen Tracey, Quaizar Vohra, Carl Williams,
+ Steve Wise, and Kazu Yamamoto.
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 65]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+18. Authors' Addresses
+
+ W. Richard Stevens
+ 1202 E. Paseo del Zorro
+ Tucson, AZ 85718
+
+ EMail: rstevens@kohala.com
+
+
+ Matt Thomas
+ AltaVista Internet Software
+ LJO2-1/J8
+ 30 Porter Rd
+ Littleton, MA 01460
+ EMail: matt.thomas@altavista-software.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 66]
+\f
+RFC 2292 Advanced Sockets API for IPv6 February 1998
+
+
+19. Full Copyright Statement
+
+ Copyright (C) The Internet Society (1998). All Rights Reserved.
+
+ This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
+ others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
+ or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
+ and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
+ kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ included on all such copies and derivative works. However, this
+ document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
+ the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
+ Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
+ developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
+ copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
+ followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
+ English.
+
+ The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
+ revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.
+
+ This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
+ "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
+ TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
+ BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
+ HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Stevens & Thomas Informational [Page 67]
+\f
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LC_TIME=C
+export LC_TIME
+
+save_arg1="$1"
+
+# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
+if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
+else
+ ls_command='ls -l -d'
+fi
+
+# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
+# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
+# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
+# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
+#
+# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
+# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
+# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/'
+# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
+# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
+# words should be skipped to get the date.
+
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
+set - x`$ls_command /`
+
+# Find which argument is the month.
+month=
+command=
+until test $month
+do
+ shift
+ # Add another shift to the command.
+ command="$command shift;"
+ case $1 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+ esac
+done
+
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+set - x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""`
+
+# Remove all preceding arguments
+eval $command
+
+# Get the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
+case $1 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+esac
+
+day=$2
+
+# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
+# the time of day or the year.
+case $3 in
+ *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
+ case $2 in
+ Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
+ Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
+ Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
+ Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
+ May) nummonthtod=5;;
+ Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
+ Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
+ Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
+ Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
+ Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
+ Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
+ Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
+ esac
+ # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
+ # be used for files modified in the last year.
+ if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
+ then
+ year=`expr $year - 1`
+ fi;;
+ *) year=$3;;
+esac
+
+# The result.
+echo $day $month $year
--- /dev/null
+ doc/migration
+ Part of the GNU netcat project
+
+ Copyright (C) 2002 Giovanni Giacobbi
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+
+* INDEX
+
+ 1. Introduction to the migration from nc110 to GNU Netcat
+ 2. Main differences with nc110
+ 2.1. Important incompatibilities and possible solutions
+ 2.2. Fixes and additions to the project design
+ 3. What's new in the new core 0.3.0
+
+
+
+* 1. Introduction to the migration from nc110 to GNU Netcat
+
+ ...TODO...
+
+
+
+* 2. Main differences with nc110
+
+
+
+* 2.1. Important incompatibilities and possible solutions
+
+ o The hexdump output style (the option activated with -o filename), is
+ different. My new style has a better readability and it is more
+ standard. The configure option `--enable-oldhexdump' is provided in
+ order to allows total backward compatibility to scripts that for example
+ automatically parse the output file.
+
+ o The command line switch `-t', which enables incoming telnet codes parsing
+ and acknowledgment, rewrites the buffer with those codes stripped out,
+ which means that they won't be seen in the standard output nor in the
+ hexdump (if active). This behaviour differs from nc110.
+
+ o The source routing hops support (`-g' and `-G' command line switches are
+ not supported yet. Anyway they will be hopefully implemented as soon as
+ possible and before any stable release.
+
+ o The telnet code enabler command line switch is `-T' instead of the original
+ implementation's `-t'. The `-t' switch now means "tcp" because of the
+ tunnel feature of GNU Netcat. The configure option `--enable-compat'
+ restores the old command line option overriding the tcp option that
+ will only be available in the long form (`--tcp').
+
+
+
+* 2.2. Fixes and additions to the project design
+
+ o Now the command line switch `-n' (numeric) applies only for DNS hostname
+ lookups and portnames are still resolved normally even if a `-n' is given.
+ There is no backward compatibility for this issue, and that is because
+ there are actually no reasons to disallow direct port names lookups.
+
+ o Source (local) port is no longer randomly-generated while connecting or
+ listening without port specification (-p), but rather it is
+ randomly-assigned by the OS (actually the OS assigns the ports
+ sequentially but we don't care, there are no reasons for randomizing
+ source ports. If you really need to use a random port then enforce it
+ with the `-p' option.
+
+ o The random (`-r') option issued with different ranges now randomizes each
+ port in the whole space instead of randomizing inside each given range.
+ There is no backward compatibility support for this.
+
+ o When a port range is specified, runs throught the range from lowest
+ number to the highest, while nc110 runs throught the hightest to
+ the lowest number.
+
+ o The timeout system was broken for port-scanning or multiple ports
+ connections (it applied only for the first attempt).
+
+ o The Zero I/O mode command line switch (`-z') associated with the listen
+ mode (`-l') now causes all incoming connections to be refused. This
+ particular situation was NOT handled in the old nc110 as it simply
+ discarded the Zero I/O option while listening.
+
+
+
+* 3. What's new in the new core 0.3.0
+
+ o The socket timeouts are now implemented with asynchronous sockets rather
+ than with the alarm(2) method, which is a really weak implementation.
+
+ o Fixed the delayed sending not displaying incoming data immediately (there
+ was no reason to hold the data in the socket while buffering outgoing
+ data).
+
+ o It randomizes the target ports in the whole selected range rather than the
+ single sub-ranges given on the command line.
+
--- /dev/null
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.34, Pod::Parser v1.13
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sh \" Subsection heading
+.br
+.if t .Sp
+.ne 5
+.PP
+\fB\\$1\fR
+.PP
+..
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a
+.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to
+.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C'
+.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+. ds -- \(*W-
+. ds PI pi
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
+. ds L" ""
+. ds R" ""
+. ds C` ""
+. ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+. ds -- \|\(em\|
+. ds PI \(*p
+. ds L" ``
+. ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.if \nF \{\
+. de IX
+. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+. nr % 0
+. rr F
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.hy 0
+.if n .na
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
+. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds #H 0
+. ds #V .8m
+. ds #F .3m
+. ds #[ \f1
+. ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+. ds #V .6m
+. ds #F 0
+. ds #[ \&
+. ds #] \&
+.\}
+. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+. ds ' \&
+. ds ` \&
+. ds ^ \&
+. ds , \&
+. ds ~ ~
+. ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+. \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+. ds : e
+. ds 8 ss
+. ds o a
+. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+. ds th \o'bp'
+. ds Th \o'LP'
+. ds ae ae
+. ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "NETCAT 1"
+.TH NETCAT 1 "2004-01-11" "GNU Netcat 0.7.1" "Netcat"
+.SH "NAME"
+netcat \- GNU Netcat Manual
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+netcat [options] hostname port [port] ...
+.PP
+netcat \-l \-p port [options] [hostname] [port] ...
+.PP
+netcat \-L hostname:port \-p port [options] ...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+Netcat is a simple Unix utility which reads and writes data across network
+connections, using \s-1TCP\s0 or \s-1UDP\s0 protocol.
+It is designed to be a reliable \*(L"back\-end\*(R" tool that can be used directly
+or easily driven by other programs and scripts. At the same time, it is
+a feature-rich network debugging and exploration tool, since it can create
+almost any kind of connection you would need and has several interesting
+built-in capabilities. Netcat, or \*(L"nc\*(R" as the original program was named,
+should have been supplied long ago as another one of those cryptic but
+standard Unix tools.
+.PP
+Netcat has three main modes of functionality. These are the connect mode,
+the listen mode, and the tunnel mode.
+.PP
+The most common mode is the connect mode, which for example allows the output
+of a locally called command to be redirected for example to a remote netcat
+listening or to any other kind of daemon waiting for a connection.
+.PP
+On the other hand, the listen mode can be used to obtain some kind of stream
+of data from a remote site.
+.PP
+The most new feature is the tunnel mode, which is a powerful and reliable
+mode that allows tunneling a remote site towards any other remote site,
+allowing to specify for example from which interface create the connection
+and from which port.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.Sh "Basic Startup Options"
+.IX Subsection "Basic Startup Options"
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Display the version of netcat and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Print a help message describing most common netcat's command-line switches and
+a short description.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Prints status messages, usually needed for using netcat as user front\-end. All
+messages are printed to stderr in order not to affect the data stream.
+.Sp
+Use this option double to get more messages.
+.Sh "Protocol and Interface Options"
+.IX Subsection "Protocol and Interface Options"
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-tcp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--tcp"
+.PD
+Selects the \s-1TCP\s0 protocol, this is the default. It may be useful (see Tunnel Mode)
+to specify this option after for example the \s-1UDP\s0 option in order to allow a
+cross-protocol bridge between \s-1TCP\s0 and \s-1UDP\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-udp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--udp"
+.PD
+Selects the \s-1UDP\s0 protocol. See the \-\-tcp option.
+.IP "\fB\-p \s-1NUM\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p NUM"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-local\-port=NUM\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--local-port=NUM"
+.PD
+Selects the local port. In listen and tunnel mode, it specifies which port
+to use for listening, while in connect mode it specifies the source port (the
+port from which originating the connection).
+.Sp
+If this option is not specified, the \s-1OS\s0 will assign a random available port.
+.IP "\fB\-s \s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s ADDRESS"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-source=ADDRESS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--source=ADDRESS"
+.PD
+Specifies the source address used for creating sockets. In listen mode and
+tunnel mode this switch specifies the bound address, and it is generally a
+good idea not to specify this, which causes netcat to bind to a generic
+interface.
+In the connect mode, this switch is used to specify the source address for
+connecting to the outside world. Again, if it's not specified a proper
+address for the destination route will be used.
+.IP "\fB\-P \s-1NUM\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-P NUM"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-tunnel\-port=NUM\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--tunnel-port=NUM"
+.PD
+Same as \-\-port, but affects only the connect phase (thus this option has no
+effect in listen mode). This switch is useful in tunnel mode for specifying
+the source port for the connecting socket.
+.IP "\fB\-S \s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S ADDRESS"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-tunnel\-source=ADDRESS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--tunnel-source=ADDRESS"
+.PD
+Same as \-\-source, but affects only the connect phase (thus this has no effects
+in listen mode). This switch is useful in tunnel mode for specifying the
+source address for the connecting socket.
+.Sh "Advanced Options"
+.IX Subsection "Advanced Options"
+.IP "\fB\-i \s-1SECS\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i SECS"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-interval \s-1SECS\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--interval SECS"
+.PD
+sets the buffering output delay time. This affects all the current modes and
+makes the connection sock to buffer outgoing data. This means that in tunnel
+mode everything received from the listening socket is buffered for the connect
+socket.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dont\-resolve\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dont-resolve"
+.PD
+Don't do \s-1DNS\s0 lookups on any of the specified addresses or hostnames, or names
+of port numbers from /etc/services.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-randomize\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--randomize"
+.PD
+Randomizes the target remote ports ranges. If more than one range is
+specified it will randomize the ports in the whole global range.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wait=SECS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wait=SECS"
+.PD
+Specifies the starting inactivity delay after which netcat will exit with an
+error status. In connect mode and in tunnel mode this specifies the timeout for
+the connecting socket, while in listen mode it specifies the time to wait for
+a \s-1VALID\s0 incoming connection (see listen mode).
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-telnet\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--telnet"
+.PD
+Answers the telnet codes as described in \s-1RFC0854\s0. This makes possible to use
+netcat to script telnet sessions. The incoming telnet codes are parsed
+inside the receiving queue and are stripped off before forwarding the data
+as they were never received, so the application doesn't have to parse the
+codes itself (this behaviour can be disabled at compile time with
+\&\-\-enable\-oldtelnet or with \-\-enable\-compat).
+.IP "\fB\-z\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-zero\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--zero"
+.PD
+Sets the zero I/O flag for the selected mode. In connect mode it means that
+as soon as the port is open it is immediately shutdown and closed. This may
+be useful for probing or scanning (even if there are faster portscanners
+out there, but this may be useful for scripting purposes).
+In listen mode, it makes netcat refusing all the incoming connections thus
+running in timeout (if set), or waiting forever.
+In both cases, no data is transfered.
+.Sp
+This option is incompatible with the tunnel mode.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 Info entry for \fInetcat\fR.
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.IX Header "AUTHOR"
+Originally written by Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 2002 \- 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+.PP
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being ``\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License'' and ``\s-1GNU\s0 Free
+Documentation License'', with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+entitled ``\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License''.
--- /dev/null
+This is netcat.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.3 from netcat.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Net Utilities
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Netcat: (netcat). The GNU famous networking tool.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+ This file documents the Netcat utility for network operations data.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+
+ Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License" and "GNU Free
+Documentation License", with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: Top, Next: Overview, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
+
+Netcat 0.7.1
+************
+
+ This manual documents version 0.7.1 of GNU Netcat, the freely
+available utility for network connections.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Overview:: Features of netcat.
+* Invoking:: Netcat command-line arguments.
+* The Connect Mode:: Using netcat in the connect mode.
+* The Listen Mode:: Using netcat in the listen mode.
+* The Tunnel Mode:: Using netcat in the tunnel mode.
+* Examples:: Examples of usage.
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: Overview, Next: Invoking, Prev: Top, Up: Top
+
+Overview
+********
+
+ Netcat is a simple Unix utility which reads and writes data across
+network connections, using TCP or UDP protocol. It is designed to be a
+reliable "back-end" tool that can be used directly or easily driven by
+other programs and scripts. At the same time, it is a feature-rich
+network debugging and exploration tool, since it can create almost any
+kind of connection you would need and has several interesting built-in
+capabilities. Netcat, or "nc" as the original program was named,
+should have been supplied long ago as another one of those cryptic but
+standard Unix tools.
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: Invoking, Next: The Connect Mode, Prev: Overview, Up: Top
+
+Invoking
+********
+
+ Netcat has three main modes of functionality. These are the connect
+mode, the listen mode, and the tunnel mode.
+
+ The most common mode is the connect mode, which for example allows
+the output of a locally called command to be redirected for example to
+a remote netcat listening or to any other kind of daemon waiting for a
+connection.
+
+ On the other hand, the listen mode can be used to obtain some kind
+of stream of data from a remote site.
+
+ The most new feature is the tunnel mode, which is a powerful and
+reliable mode that allows tunneling a remote site towards any other
+remote site, allowing to specify for example from which interface
+create the connection and from which port.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Basic Startup Options::
+* Protocol and Interface Options::
+* Advanced Options::
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: Basic Startup Options, Next: Protocol and Interface Options, Prev: Invoking, Up: Invoking
+
+Basic Startup Options
+=====================
+
+`-V'
+`--version'
+ Display the version of netcat and exit.
+
+`-h'
+`--help'
+ Print a help message describing most common netcat's command-line
+ switches and a short description.
+
+`-v'
+`--verbose'
+ Prints status messages, usually needed for using netcat as user
+ front-end. All messages are printed to stderr in order not to
+ affect the data stream.
+
+ Use this option double to get more messages.
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: Protocol and Interface Options, Next: Advanced Options, Prev: Basic Startup Options, Up: Invoking
+
+Protocol and Interface Options
+==============================
+
+`-t'
+`--tcp'
+ Selects the TCP protocol, this is the default. It may be useful
+ (see Tunnel Mode) to specify this option after for example the UDP
+ option in order to allow a cross-protocol bridge between TCP and
+ UDP.
+
+`-u'
+`--udp'
+ Selects the UDP protocol. See the -tcp option.
+
+`-p NUM'
+`--local-port=NUM'
+ Selects the local port. In listen and tunnel mode, it specifies
+ which port to use for listening, while in connect mode it
+ specifies the source port (the port from which originating the
+ connection).
+
+ If this option is not specified, the OS will assign a random
+ available port.
+
+`-s ADDRESS'
+`--source=ADDRESS'
+ Specifies the source address used for creating sockets. In listen
+ mode and tunnel mode this switch specifies the bound address, and
+ it is generally a good idea not to specify this, which causes
+ netcat to bind to a generic interface. In the connect mode, this
+ switch is used to specify the source address for connecting to the
+ outside world. Again, if it's not specified a proper address for
+ the destination route will be used.
+
+`-P NUM'
+`--tunnel-port=NUM'
+ Same as -port, but affects only the connect phase (thus this
+ option has no effect in listen mode). This switch is useful in
+ tunnel mode for specifying the source port for the connecting
+ socket.
+
+`-S ADDRESS'
+`--tunnel-source=ADDRESS'
+ Same as -source, but affects only the connect phase (thus this has
+ no effects in listen mode). This switch is useful in tunnel mode
+ for specifying the source address for the connecting socket.
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: Advanced Options, Prev: Protocol and Interface Options, Up: Invoking
+
+Advanced Options
+================
+
+`-i SECS'
+`--interval SECS'
+ sets the buffering output delay time. This affects all the
+ current modes and makes the connection sock to buffer outgoing
+ data. This means that in tunnel mode everything received from the
+ listening socket is buffered for the connect socket.
+
+`-n'
+`--dont-resolve'
+ Don't do DNS lookups on any of the specified addresses or
+ hostnames, or names of port numbers from /etc/services.
+
+`-r'
+`--randomize'
+ Randomizes the target remote ports ranges. If more than one range
+ is specified it will randomize the ports in the whole global range.
+
+`-w'
+`--wait=SECS'
+ Specifies the starting inactivity delay after which netcat will
+ exit with an error status. In connect mode and in tunnel mode
+ this specifies the timeout for the connecting socket, while in
+ listen mode it specifies the time to wait for a VALID incoming
+ connection (see listen mode).
+
+`-T'
+`--telnet'
+ Answers the telnet codes as described in RFC0854. This makes
+ possible to use netcat to script telnet sessions. The incoming
+ telnet codes are parsed inside the receiving queue and are
+ stripped off before forwarding the data as they were never
+ received, so the application doesn't have to parse the codes
+ itself (this behaviour can be disabled at compile time with
+ -enable-oldtelnet or with -enable-compat).
+
+`-z'
+`--zero'
+ Sets the zero I/O flag for the selected mode. In connect mode it
+ means that as soon as the port is open it is immediately shutdown
+ and closed. This may be useful for probing or scanning (even if
+ there are faster portscanners out there, but this may be useful
+ for scripting purposes). In listen mode, it makes netcat refusing
+ all the incoming connections thus running in timeout (if set), or
+ waiting forever. In both cases, no data is transfered.
+
+ This option is incompatible with the tunnel mode.
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: The Connect Mode, Next: The Listen Mode, Prev: Invoking, Up: Top
+
+The Connect Mode
+****************
+
+ In the connect mode, netcat connects to a remote host and simply
+links his stdin and stdout to the remote data stream.
+
+ Basic usage is:
+
+ netcat [options] hostname ports ...
+
+ The specified ports indicates actually all ports to connect to. With
+normal operations netcat will sequentially (or randomly, if you
+specified the `-r' option) connect to all the specified ports and links
+stdin/stdout. No more than one port is used at once.
+
+ Particular options: In this mode, the `-p' option specifies the
+source port for connection, but it should never be specified unless you
+know what you are doing. The `-w' (timeout) option specifies how long
+to wait for the connection to succeed (if the remote host connects but
+doesn't send any data, the timeout DOESN'T apply).
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: The Listen Mode, Next: The Tunnel Mode, Prev: The Connect Mode, Up: Top
+
+The Listen Mode
+***************
+
+ In listen mode, netcat stays idle listening on a port, specified by
+the `-p' switch, until some remote host connects. At this point, the
+basic behaviour is the same of the connect mode.
+
+ Basic usage is:
+
+ netcat -l -p port [remote_hostname] [remote_ports] ...
+
+ The remote hostname specifies which host is allowed to connect and
+from which ports. Usually these parameters are not specified, but if
+you want to sort out a special connection.
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: The Tunnel Mode, Next: Examples, Prev: The Listen Mode, Up: Top
+
+The Tunnel Mode
+***************
+
+ The tunnel mode ...
+
+\1f
+File: netcat.info, Node: Examples, Prev: The Tunnel Mode, Up: Top
+
+Examples
+********
+
+ under writing ...
+
+ netcat [options] hostname port [port] ...
+
+ netcat -l -p port [options] [hostname] [port] ...
+
+ netcat -L hostname:port -p port [options] ...
+
+
+\1f
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top\7f944
+Node: Overview\7f1558
+Node: Invoking\7f2236
+Node: Basic Startup Options\7f3134
+Node: Protocol and Interface Options\7f3724
+Node: Advanced Options\7f5548
+Node: The Connect Mode\7f7631
+Node: The Listen Mode\7f8542
+Node: The Tunnel Mode\7f9131
+Node: Examples\7f9284
+\1f
+End Tag Table
--- /dev/null
+=head1 NAME
+
+netcat - GNU Netcat Manual
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+netcat [options] hostname port [port] ...
+
+netcat -l -p port [options] [hostname] [port] ...
+
+netcat -L hostname:port -p port [options] ...
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+Netcat is a simple Unix utility which reads and writes data across network
+connections, using TCP or UDP protocol.
+It is designed to be a reliable "back-end" tool that can be used directly
+or easily driven by other programs and scripts. At the same time, it is
+a feature-rich network debugging and exploration tool, since it can create
+almost any kind of connection you would need and has several interesting
+built-in capabilities. Netcat, or "nc" as the original program was named,
+should have been supplied long ago as another one of those cryptic but
+standard Unix tools.
+
+Netcat has three main modes of functionality. These are the connect mode,
+the listen mode, and the tunnel mode.
+
+The most common mode is the connect mode, which for example allows the output
+of a locally called command to be redirected for example to a remote netcat
+listening or to any other kind of daemon waiting for a connection.
+
+On the other hand, the listen mode can be used to obtain some kind of stream
+of data from a remote site.
+
+The most new feature is the tunnel mode, which is a powerful and reliable
+mode that allows tunneling a remote site towards any other remote site,
+allowing to specify for example from which interface create the connection
+and from which port.
+
+
+=head1 OPTIONS
+
+
+
+=head2 Basic Startup Options
+
+
+
+=over 4
+
+
+=item B<-V>
+
+
+=item B<--version>
+
+Display the version of netcat and exit.
+
+
+=item B<-h>
+
+
+=item B<--help>
+
+Print a help message describing most common netcat's command-line switches and
+a short description.
+
+
+=item B<-v>
+
+
+=item B<--verbose>
+
+Prints status messages, usually needed for using netcat as user front-end. All
+messages are printed to stderr in order not to affect the data stream.
+
+Use this option double to get more messages.
+
+=back
+
+
+
+=head2 Protocol and Interface Options
+
+
+
+=over 4
+
+
+=item B<-t>
+
+
+=item B<--tcp>
+
+Selects the TCP protocol, this is the default. It may be useful (see Tunnel Mode)
+to specify this option after for example the UDP option in order to allow a
+cross-protocol bridge between TCP and UDP.
+
+
+=item B<-u>
+
+
+=item B<--udp>
+
+Selects the UDP protocol. See the --tcp option.
+
+
+=item B<-p NUM>
+
+
+=item B<--local-port=NUM>
+
+Selects the local port. In listen and tunnel mode, it specifies which port
+to use for listening, while in connect mode it specifies the source port (the
+port from which originating the connection).
+
+If this option is not specified, the OS will assign a random available port.
+
+
+=item B<-s ADDRESS>
+
+
+=item B<--source=ADDRESS>
+
+Specifies the source address used for creating sockets. In listen mode and
+tunnel mode this switch specifies the bound address, and it is generally a
+good idea not to specify this, which causes netcat to bind to a generic
+interface.
+In the connect mode, this switch is used to specify the source address for
+connecting to the outside world. Again, if it's not specified a proper
+address for the destination route will be used.
+
+
+=item B<-P NUM>
+
+
+=item B<--tunnel-port=NUM>
+
+Same as --port, but affects only the connect phase (thus this option has no
+effect in listen mode). This switch is useful in tunnel mode for specifying
+the source port for the connecting socket.
+
+
+=item B<-S ADDRESS>
+
+
+=item B<--tunnel-source=ADDRESS>
+
+Same as --source, but affects only the connect phase (thus this has no effects
+in listen mode). This switch is useful in tunnel mode for specifying the
+source address for the connecting socket.
+
+
+=back
+
+
+
+=head2 Advanced Options
+
+
+
+=over 4
+
+
+=item B<-i SECS>
+
+
+=item B<--interval SECS>
+
+sets the buffering output delay time. This affects all the current modes and
+makes the connection sock to buffer outgoing data. This means that in tunnel
+mode everything received from the listening socket is buffered for the connect
+socket.
+
+
+=item B<-n>
+
+
+=item B<--dont-resolve>
+
+Don't do DNS lookups on any of the specified addresses or hostnames, or names
+of port numbers from /etc/services.
+
+
+=item B<-r>
+
+
+=item B<--randomize>
+
+Randomizes the target remote ports ranges. If more than one range is
+specified it will randomize the ports in the whole global range.
+
+
+=item B<-w>
+
+
+=item B<--wait=SECS>
+
+Specifies the starting inactivity delay after which netcat will exit with an
+error status. In connect mode and in tunnel mode this specifies the timeout for
+the connecting socket, while in listen mode it specifies the time to wait for
+a VALID incoming connection (see listen mode).
+
+
+=item B<-T>
+
+
+=item B<--telnet>
+
+Answers the telnet codes as described in RFC0854. This makes possible to use
+netcat to script telnet sessions. The incoming telnet codes are parsed
+inside the receiving queue and are stripped off before forwarding the data
+as they were never received, so the application doesn't have to parse the
+codes itself (this behaviour can be disabled at compile time with
+--enable-oldtelnet or with --enable-compat).
+
+
+=item B<-z>
+
+
+=item B<--zero>
+
+Sets the zero I/O flag for the selected mode. In connect mode it means that
+as soon as the port is open it is immediately shutdown and closed. This may
+be useful for probing or scanning (even if there are faster portscanners
+out there, but this may be useful for scripting purposes).
+In listen mode, it makes netcat refusing all the incoming connections thus
+running in timeout (if set), or waiting forever.
+In both cases, no data is transfered.
+
+This option is incompatible with the tunnel mode.
+
+
+=back
+
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+GNU Info entry for F<netcat>.
+
+=head1 AUTHOR
+
+Originally written by Giovanni Giacobbi E<lt>giovanni@giacobbi.netE<gt>.
+
+=head1 COPYRIGHT
+
+Copyright (c) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'' and ``GNU Free
+Documentation License'', with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
+
--- /dev/null
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+
+@c $Id: netcat.texi,v 1.10 2004/01/03 16:19:33 themnemonic Exp $
+
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename netcat.info
+@settitle GNU Netcat Manual
+@c Disable the monstrous rectangles beside overfull hbox-es.
+@finalout
+@c Use `odd' to print double-sided.
+@setchapternewpage on
+@c %**end of header
+
+@iftex
+@c Remove this if you don't use A4 paper.
+@afourpaper
+@end iftex
+
+@c Include the auto-generated version and package information
+@include version.texi
+
+@dircategory Net Utilities
+@direntry
+* Netcat: (netcat). The GNU famous networking tool.
+@end direntry
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the Netcat utility for network operations data.
+
+@c man begin COPYRIGHT
+Copyright @copyright{} 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'' and ``GNU Free
+Documentation License'', with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
+@c man end
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU Netcat
+@subtitle The famous networking tool
+@author by Giovanni Giacobbi
+
+@ignore
+@c man begin AUTHOR
+Originally written by Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>.
+@c man end
+@c man begin SEEALSO
+GNU Info entry for @file{netcat}.
+@c man end
+@end ignore
+
+@c The following two commands start the copyright page.
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
+Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'' and ``GNU Free
+Documentation License'', with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section
+entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
+@end titlepage
+
+@c really use ifinfo here? i would ifinfo only those 4 lines below
+@ifinfo
+@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
+@top Netcat @value{VERSION}
+
+This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of GNU Netcat, the freely
+available utility for network connections.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+@menu
+* Overview:: Features of netcat.
+* Invoking:: Netcat command-line arguments.
+* The Connect Mode:: Using netcat in the connect mode.
+* The Listen Mode:: Using netcat in the listen mode.
+* The Tunnel Mode:: Using netcat in the tunnel mode.
+* Examples:: Examples of usage.
+@end menu
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Overview, Invoking, Top, Top
+@chapter Overview
+@cindex overview
+@cindex features
+
+@c man begin DESCRIPTION
+Netcat is a simple Unix utility which reads and writes data across network
+connections, using TCP or UDP protocol.
+It is designed to be a reliable "back-end" tool that can be used directly
+or easily driven by other programs and scripts. At the same time, it is
+a feature-rich network debugging and exploration tool, since it can create
+almost any kind of connection you would need and has several interesting
+built-in capabilities. Netcat, or "nc" as the original program was named,
+should have been supplied long ago as another one of those cryptic but
+standard Unix tools.
+
+@c man end
+
+@node Invoking, The Connect Mode, Overview, Top
+@chapter Invoking
+@cindex invoking
+
+@c man begin DESCRIPTION
+Netcat has three main modes of functionality. These are the connect mode,
+the listen mode, and the tunnel mode.
+
+The most common mode is the connect mode, which for example allows the output
+of a locally called command to be redirected for example to a remote netcat
+listening or to any other kind of daemon waiting for a connection.
+
+On the other hand, the listen mode can be used to obtain some kind of stream
+of data from a remote site.
+
+The most new feature is the tunnel mode, which is a powerful and reliable
+mode that allows tunneling a remote site towards any other remote site,
+allowing to specify for example from which interface create the connection
+and from which port.
+
+@c man end
+
+@menu
+* Basic Startup Options::
+* Protocol and Interface Options::
+* Advanced Options::
+@end menu
+
+@c man begin OPTIONS
+
+@node Basic Startup Options, Protocol and Interface Options, Invoking, Invoking
+@section Basic Startup Options
+
+@table @samp
+@item -V
+@itemx --version
+Display the version of netcat and exit.
+
+@item -h
+@itemx --help
+Print a help message describing most common netcat's command-line switches and
+a short description.
+
+@item -v
+@itemx --verbose
+Prints status messages, usually needed for using netcat as user front-end. All
+messages are printed to stderr in order not to affect the data stream.
+
+Use this option double to get more messages.
+@end table
+
+@node Protocol and Interface Options, Advanced Options, Basic Startup Options, Invoking
+@section Protocol and Interface Options
+
+@table @samp
+@item -t
+@itemx --tcp
+Selects the TCP protocol, this is the default. It may be useful (see Tunnel Mode)
+to specify this option after for example the UDP option in order to allow a
+cross-protocol bridge between TCP and UDP.
+
+@item -u
+@itemx --udp
+Selects the UDP protocol. See the --tcp option.
+
+@item -p NUM
+@itemx --local-port=NUM
+@c that "listen mode" must be a link
+Selects the local port. In listen and tunnel mode, it specifies which port
+to use for listening, while in connect mode it specifies the source port (the
+port from which originating the connection).
+
+If this option is not specified, the OS will assign a random available port.
+
+@item -s ADDRESS
+@itemx --source=ADDRESS
+Specifies the source address used for creating sockets. In listen mode and
+tunnel mode this switch specifies the bound address, and it is generally a
+good idea not to specify this, which causes netcat to bind to a generic
+interface.
+In the connect mode, this switch is used to specify the source address for
+connecting to the outside world. Again, if it's not specified a proper
+address for the destination route will be used.
+
+@item -P NUM
+@itemx --tunnel-port=NUM
+Same as --port, but affects only the connect phase (thus this option has no
+effect in listen mode). This switch is useful in tunnel mode for specifying
+the source port for the connecting socket.
+
+@item -S ADDRESS
+@itemx --tunnel-source=ADDRESS
+Same as --source, but affects only the connect phase (thus this has no effects
+in listen mode). This switch is useful in tunnel mode for specifying the
+source address for the connecting socket.
+
+@end table
+
+@node Advanced Options, , Protocol and Interface Options, Invoking
+@section Advanced Options
+
+@table @samp
+@item -i SECS
+@itemx --interval SECS
+sets the buffering output delay time. This affects all the current modes and
+makes the connection sock to buffer outgoing data. This means that in tunnel
+mode everything received from the listening socket is buffered for the connect
+socket.
+
+@item -n
+@itemx --dont-resolve
+Don't do DNS lookups on any of the specified addresses or hostnames, or names
+of port numbers from /etc/services.
+
+@item -r
+@itemx --randomize
+Randomizes the target remote ports ranges. If more than one range is
+specified it will randomize the ports in the whole global range.
+
+@item -w
+@itemx --wait=SECS
+Specifies the starting inactivity delay after which netcat will exit with an
+error status. In connect mode and in tunnel mode this specifies the timeout for
+the connecting socket, while in listen mode it specifies the time to wait for
+a VALID incoming connection (see listen mode).
+
+@item -T
+@itemx --telnet
+Answers the telnet codes as described in RFC0854. This makes possible to use
+netcat to script telnet sessions. The incoming telnet codes are parsed
+inside the receiving queue and are stripped off before forwarding the data
+as they were never received, so the application doesn't have to parse the
+codes itself (this behaviour can be disabled at compile time with
+--enable-oldtelnet or with --enable-compat).
+
+@item -z
+@itemx --zero
+Sets the zero I/O flag for the selected mode. In connect mode it means that
+as soon as the port is open it is immediately shutdown and closed. This may
+be useful for probing or scanning (even if there are faster portscanners
+out there, but this may be useful for scripting purposes).
+In listen mode, it makes netcat refusing all the incoming connections thus
+running in timeout (if set), or waiting forever.
+In both cases, no data is transfered.
+
+This option is incompatible with the tunnel mode.
+
+@end table
+@c man end
+
+@node The Connect Mode, The Listen Mode, Invoking, Top
+@chapter The Connect Mode
+@cindex connect
+In the connect mode, netcat connects to a remote host and simply links
+his stdin and stdout to the remote data stream.
+
+Basic usage is:
+
+netcat [options] hostname ports @dots{}
+
+The specified ports indicates actually all ports to connect to. With
+normal operations netcat will sequentially (or randomly, if you specified
+the `-r' option) connect to all the specified ports and links stdin/stdout.
+No more than one port is used at once.
+
+Particular options:
+In this mode, the `-p' option specifies the source port for connection, but
+it should never be specified unless you know what you are doing. The `-w'
+(timeout) option specifies how long to wait for the connection to succeed
+(if the remote host connects but doesn't send any data, the timeout DOESN'T
+apply).
+
+@node The Listen Mode, The Tunnel Mode, The Connect Mode, Top
+@chapter The Listen Mode
+@cindex listen
+
+In listen mode, netcat stays idle listening on a port, specified by the `-p'
+switch, until some remote host connects. At this point, the basic behaviour
+is the same of the connect mode.
+
+Basic usage is:
+
+netcat -l -p port [remote_hostname] [remote_ports] @dots{}
+
+The remote hostname specifies which host is allowed to connect and from which
+ports. Usually these parameters are not specified, but if you want to sort
+out a special connection.
+
+@node The Tunnel Mode, Examples, The Listen Mode, Top
+@chapter The Tunnel Mode
+@cindex tunnel
+The tunnel mode ...
+
+@node Examples, , The Tunnel Mode, Top
+@chapter Examples
+@cindex examples
+
+under writing ...
+
+@c man begin SYNOPSIS
+netcat [options] hostname port [port] @dots{}
+
+netcat -l -p port [options] [hostname] [port] @dots{}
+
+netcat -L hostname:port -p port [options] @dots{}
+@c man end
+
+@bye
--- /dev/null
+@set UPDATED 3 January 2004
+@set UPDATED-MONTH January 2004
+@set EDITION 0.7.1
+@set VERSION 0.7.1
--- /dev/null
+#! @PERL@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU CC.
+
+# GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+# the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# This does trivial (and I mean _trivial_) conversion of Texinfo
+# markup to Perl POD format. It's intended to be used to extract
+# something suitable for a manpage from a Texinfo document.
+
+$output = 0;
+$skipping = 0;
+%sects = ();
+$section = "";
+@icstack = ();
+@endwstack = ();
+@skstack = ();
+@instack = ();
+$shift = "";
+%defs = ();
+$fnno = 1;
+$inf = "";
+$ibase = "";
+
+while ($_ = shift) {
+ if (/^-D(.*)$/) {
+ if ($1 ne "") {
+ $flag = $1;
+ } else {
+ $flag = shift;
+ }
+ $value = "";
+ ($flag, $value) = ($flag =~ /^([^=]+)(?:=(.+))?/);
+ die "no flag specified for -D\n"
+ unless $flag ne "";
+ die "flags may only contain letters, digits, hyphens, dashes and underscores\n"
+ unless $flag =~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+$/;
+ $defs{$flag} = $value;
+ } elsif (/^-/) {
+ usage();
+ } else {
+ $in = $_, next unless defined $in;
+ $out = $_, next unless defined $out;
+ usage();
+ }
+}
+
+if (defined $in) {
+ $inf = gensym();
+ open($inf, "<$in") or die "opening \"$in\": $!\n";
+ $ibase = $1 if $in =~ m|^(.+)/[^/]+$|;
+} else {
+ $inf = \*STDIN;
+}
+
+if (defined $out) {
+ open(STDOUT, ">$out") or die "opening \"$out\": $!\n";
+}
+
+while(defined $inf) {
+while(<$inf>) {
+ # Certain commands are discarded without further processing.
+ /^\@(?:
+ [a-z]+index # @*index: useful only in complete manual
+ |need # @need: useful only in printed manual
+ |(?:end\s+)?group # @group .. @end group: ditto
+ |page # @page: ditto
+ |node # @node: useful only in .info file
+ |(?:end\s+)?ifnottex # @ifnottex .. @end ifnottex: use contents
+ )\b/x and next;
+
+ chomp;
+
+ # Look for filename and title markers.
+ /^\@setfilename\s+([^.]+)/ and $fn = $1, next;
+ /^\@settitle\s+([^.]+)/ and $tl = postprocess($1), next;
+
+ # Identify a man title but keep only the one we are interested in.
+ /^\@c\s+man\s+title\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)\s+(.+)/ and do {
+ if (exists $defs{$1}) {
+ $fn = $1;
+ $tl = postprocess($2);
+ }
+ next;
+ };
+
+ # Look for blocks surrounded by @c man begin SECTION ... @c man end.
+ # This really oughta be @ifman ... @end ifman and the like, but such
+ # would require rev'ing all other Texinfo translators.
+ /^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)\s+([A-Za-z0-9-]+)/ and do {
+ $output = 1 if exists $defs{$2};
+ $sect = $1;
+ next;
+ };
+ /^\@c\s+man\s+begin\s+([A-Z]+)/ and $sect = $1, $output = 1, next;
+ /^\@c\s+man\s+end/ and do {
+ $sects{$sect} = "" unless exists $sects{$sect};
+ $sects{$sect} .= postprocess($section);
+ $section = "";
+ $output = 0;
+ next;
+ };
+
+ # handle variables
+ /^\@set\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\s*(.*)$/ and do {
+ $defs{$1} = $2;
+ next;
+ };
+ /^\@clear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
+ delete $defs{$1};
+ next;
+ };
+
+ next unless $output;
+
+ # Discard comments. (Can't do it above, because then we'd never see
+ # @c man lines.)
+ /^\@c\b/ and next;
+
+ # End-block handler goes up here because it needs to operate even
+ # if we are skipping.
+ /^\@end\s+([a-z]+)/ and do {
+ # Ignore @end foo, where foo is not an operation which may
+ # cause us to skip, if we are presently skipping.
+ my $ended = $1;
+ next if $skipping && $ended !~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex)$/;
+
+ die "\@end $ended without \@$ended at line $.\n" unless defined $endw;
+ die "\@$endw ended by \@end $ended at line $.\n" unless $ended eq $endw;
+
+ $endw = pop @endwstack;
+
+ if ($ended =~ /^(?:ifset|ifclear|ignore|menu|iftex)$/) {
+ $skipping = pop @skstack;
+ next;
+ } elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:example|smallexample|display)$/) {
+ $shift = "";
+ $_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
+ } elsif ($ended =~ /^(?:itemize|enumerate|[fv]?table)$/) {
+ $_ = "\n=back\n";
+ $ic = pop @icstack;
+ } else {
+ die "unknown command \@end $ended at line $.\n";
+ }
+ };
+
+ # We must handle commands which can cause skipping even while we
+ # are skipping, otherwise we will not process nested conditionals
+ # correctly.
+ /^\@ifset\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
+ push @endwstack, $endw;
+ push @skstack, $skipping;
+ $endw = "ifset";
+ $skipping = 1 unless exists $defs{$1};
+ next;
+ };
+
+ /^\@ifclear\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)/ and do {
+ push @endwstack, $endw;
+ push @skstack, $skipping;
+ $endw = "ifclear";
+ $skipping = 1 if exists $defs{$1};
+ next;
+ };
+
+ /^\@(ignore|menu|iftex)\b/ and do {
+ push @endwstack, $endw;
+ push @skstack, $skipping;
+ $endw = $1;
+ $skipping = 1;
+ next;
+ };
+
+ next if $skipping;
+
+ # Character entities. First the ones that can be replaced by raw text
+ # or discarded outright:
+ s/\@copyright\{\}/(c)/g;
+ s/\@dots\{\}/.../g;
+ s/\@enddots\{\}/..../g;
+ s/\@([.!? ])/$1/g;
+ s/\@[:-]//g;
+ s/\@bullet(?:\{\})?/*/g;
+ s/\@TeX\{\}/TeX/g;
+ s/\@pounds\{\}/\#/g;
+ s/\@minus(?:\{\})?/-/g;
+ s/\\,/,/g;
+
+ # Now the ones that have to be replaced by special escapes
+ # (which will be turned back into text by unmunge())
+ s/&/&/g;
+ s/\@\{/{/g;
+ s/\@\}/}/g;
+ s/\@\@/&at;/g;
+
+ # Inside a verbatim block, handle @var specially.
+ if ($shift ne "") {
+ s/\@var\{([^\}]*)\}/<$1>/g;
+ }
+
+ # POD doesn't interpret E<> inside a verbatim block.
+ if ($shift eq "") {
+ s/</</g;
+ s/>/>/g;
+ } else {
+ s/</</g;
+ s/>/>/g;
+ }
+
+ # Single line command handlers.
+
+ /^\@include\s+(.+)$/ and do {
+ push @instack, $inf;
+ $inf = gensym();
+
+ # Try cwd and $ibase.
+ open($inf, "<" . $1)
+ or open($inf, "<" . $ibase . "/" . $1)
+ or die "cannot open $1 or $ibase/$1: $!\n";
+ next;
+ };
+
+ /^\@(?:section|unnumbered|unnumberedsec|center)\s+(.+)$/
+ and $_ = "\n=head2 $1\n";
+ /^\@subsection\s+(.+)$/
+ and $_ = "\n=head3 $1\n";
+
+ # Block command handlers:
+ /^\@itemize\s+(\@[a-z]+|\*|-)/ and do {
+ push @endwstack, $endw;
+ push @icstack, $ic;
+ $ic = $1;
+ $_ = "\n=over 4\n";
+ $endw = "itemize";
+ };
+
+ /^\@enumerate(?:\s+([a-zA-Z0-9]+))?/ and do {
+ push @endwstack, $endw;
+ push @icstack, $ic;
+ if (defined $1) {
+ $ic = $1 . ".";
+ } else {
+ $ic = "1.";
+ }
+ $_ = "\n=over 4\n";
+ $endw = "enumerate";
+ };
+
+ /^\@([fv]?table)\s+(\@[a-z]+)/ and do {
+ push @endwstack, $endw;
+ push @icstack, $ic;
+ $endw = $1;
+ $ic = $2;
+ $ic =~ s/\@(?:samp|strong|key|gcctabopt|env)/B/;
+ $ic =~ s/\@(?:code|kbd)/C/;
+ $ic =~ s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)/I/;
+ $ic =~ s/\@(?:file)/F/;
+ $_ = "\n=over 4\n";
+ };
+
+ /^\@((?:small)?example|display)/ and do {
+ push @endwstack, $endw;
+ $endw = $1;
+ $shift = "\t";
+ $_ = ""; # need a paragraph break
+ };
+
+ /^\@itemx?\s*(.+)?$/ and do {
+ if (defined $1) {
+ # Entity escapes prevent munging by the <> processing below.
+ $_ = "\n=item $ic\<$1\>\n";
+ } else {
+ $_ = "\n=item $ic\n";
+ $ic =~ y/A-Ya-y/B-Zb-z/;
+ $ic =~ s/(\d+)/$1 + 1/eg;
+ }
+ };
+
+ $section .= $shift.$_."\n";
+}
+# End of current file.
+close($inf);
+$inf = pop @instack;
+}
+
+die "No filename or title\n" unless defined $fn && defined $tl;
+
+$sects{NAME} = "$fn \- $tl\n";
+$sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=back\n" if exists $sects{FOOTNOTES};
+
+for $sect (qw(NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION OPTIONS ENVIRONMENT FILES
+ BUGS NOTES FOOTNOTES SEEALSO AUTHOR COPYRIGHT)) {
+ if(exists $sects{$sect}) {
+ $head = $sect;
+ $head =~ s/SEEALSO/SEE ALSO/;
+ print "=head1 $head\n\n";
+ print scalar unmunge ($sects{$sect});
+ print "\n";
+ }
+}
+
+sub usage
+{
+ die "usage: $0 [-D toggle...] [infile [outfile]]\n";
+}
+
+sub postprocess
+{
+ local $_ = $_[0];
+
+ # @value{foo} is replaced by whatever 'foo' is defined as.
+ while (m/(\@value\{([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\})/g) {
+ if (! exists $defs{$2}) {
+ print STDERR "Option $2 not defined\n";
+ s/\Q$1\E//;
+ } else {
+ $value = $defs{$2};
+ s/\Q$1\E/$value/;
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Formatting commands.
+ # Temporary escape for @r.
+ s/\@r\{([^\}]*)\}/R<$1>/g;
+ s/\@(?:dfn|var|emph|cite|i)\{([^\}]*)\}/I<$1>/g;
+ s/\@(?:code|kbd)\{([^\}]*)\}/C<$1>/g;
+ s/\@(?:gccoptlist|samp|strong|key|option|env|command|b)\{([^\}]*)\}/B<$1>/g;
+ s/\@sc\{([^\}]*)\}/\U$1/g;
+ s/\@file\{([^\}]*)\}/F<$1>/g;
+ s/\@w\{([^\}]*)\}/S<$1>/g;
+ s/\@(?:dmn|math)\{([^\}]*)\}/$1/g;
+
+ # Cross references are thrown away, as are @noindent and @refill.
+ # (@noindent is impossible in .pod, and @refill is unnecessary.)
+ # @* is also impossible in .pod; we discard it and any newline that
+ # follows it. Similarly, our macro @gol must be discarded.
+
+ s/\(?\@xref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}(?:[^.<]|(?:<[^<>]*>))*\.\)?//g;
+ s/\s+\(\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}\)//g;
+ s/;\s+\@pxref\{(?:[^\}]*)\}//g;
+ s/\@noindent\s*//g;
+ s/\@refill//g;
+ s/\@gol//g;
+ s/\@\*\s*\n?//g;
+
+ # @uref can take one, two, or three arguments, with different
+ # semantics each time. @url and @email are just like @uref with
+ # one argument, for our purposes.
+ s/\@(?:uref|url|email)\{([^\},]*)\}/<B<$1>>/g;
+ s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$2 (C<$1>)/g;
+ s/\@uref\{([^\},]*),([^\},]*),([^\},]*)\}/$3/g;
+
+ # Un-escape <> at this point.
+ s/</</g;
+ s/>/>/g;
+
+ # Now un-nest all B<>, I<>, R<>. Theoretically we could have
+ # indefinitely deep nesting; in practice, one level suffices.
+ 1 while s/([BIR])<([^<>]*)([BIR])<([^<>]*)>/$1<$2>$3<$4>$1</g;
+
+ # Replace R<...> with bare ...; eliminate empty markup, B<>;
+ # shift white space at the ends of [BI]<...> expressions outside
+ # the expression.
+ s/R<([^<>]*)>/$1/g;
+ s/[BI]<>//g;
+ s/([BI])<(\s+)([^>]+)>/$2$1<$3>/g;
+ s/([BI])<([^>]+?)(\s+)>/$1<$2>$3/g;
+
+ # Extract footnotes. This has to be done after all other
+ # processing because otherwise the regexp will choke on formatting
+ # inside @footnote.
+ while (/\@footnote/g) {
+ s/\@footnote\{([^\}]+)\}/[$fnno]/;
+ add_footnote($1, $fnno);
+ $fnno++;
+ }
+
+ return $_;
+}
+
+sub unmunge
+{
+ # Replace escaped symbols with their equivalents.
+ local $_ = $_[0];
+
+ s/</E<lt>/g;
+ s/>/E<gt>/g;
+ s/{/\{/g;
+ s/}/\}/g;
+ s/&at;/\@/g;
+ s/&/&/g;
+ return $_;
+}
+
+sub add_footnote
+{
+ unless (exists $sects{FOOTNOTES}) {
+ $sects{FOOTNOTES} = "\n=over 4\n\n";
+ }
+
+ $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "=item $fnno.\n\n"; $fnno++;
+ $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= $_[0];
+ $sects{FOOTNOTES} .= "\n\n";
+}
+
+# stolen from Symbol.pm
+{
+ my $genseq = 0;
+ sub gensym
+ {
+ my $name = "GEN" . $genseq++;
+ my $ref = \*{$name};
+ delete $::{$name};
+ return $ref;
+ }
+}
--- /dev/null
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2003-05-04.08}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
+% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
+% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org),
+% and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+%
+% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+% tex foo.texi
+% texindex foo.??
+% tex foo.texi
+% tex foo.texi
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
+
+% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
+% in some cases the escape char.
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dotChar = `\.
+\chardef\equalChar = `\=
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\semiChar = `\;
+\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% True if #1 is the empty string, i.e., called like `\ifempty{}'.
+%
+\def\ifempty#1{\ifemptyx #1\emptymarkA\emptymarkB}%
+\def\ifemptyx#1#2\emptymarkB{\ifx #1\emptymarkA}%
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
+\hyphenation{eshell}
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
+\hyphenation{time-stamp}
+\hyphenation{white-space}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+ \tracingstats2
+ \tracingpages1
+ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
+ \tracingparagraphs1
+ \tracingoutput1
+ \tracingmacros2
+ \tracingrestores1
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \tracingscantokens1
+ \tracingifs1
+ \tracinggroups1
+ \tracingnesting2
+ \tracingassigns1
+ \fi
+ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
+ \errorcontextlines\maxdimen
+}%
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+ \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+ \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+ %
+ % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+ % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+ %
+ {%
+ % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+ % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+ % before the \shipout runs.
+ %
+ \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
+ \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+ % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+ \shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+ \hsize = \outerhsize
+ \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+ \vtop to0pt{%
+ \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+ }%
+ \vss}%
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin
+ \line\bgroup
+ \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+ \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \fi
+ %
+ \unvbox\headlinebox
+ \pagebody{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+ % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+ % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+ \vskip 2\baselineskip
+ \unvbox\footlinebox
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifcropmarks
+ \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+ \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+ \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+ \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+ \vbox to0pt{\vss
+ \line{%
+ \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ \hfill
+ \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+ }%
+ \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+ \fi
+ }% end of \shipout\vbox
+ }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
+ \advancepageno
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+ \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+ {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg#1{%
+ \let\next = #1%
+ \begingroup
+ \obeylines
+ \futurelet\temp\parseargx
+}
+
+% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
+% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done.
+\def\parseargx{%
+ % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
+ \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
+ \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parseargline
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
+{\obeyspaces %
+ \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
+
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+ \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+ %
+ % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
+ % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
+ \argremovec #1\c\relax %
+ \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
+ %
+ % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
+ \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
+ }%
+}
+
+% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
+% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
+% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
+% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+
+% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
+% @end itemize @c foo
+% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
+% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
+% result to \toks0.
+%
+% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
+% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
+% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever
+% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
+% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
+% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
+% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
+%
+\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \ignoreactivespaces
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
+%
+\begingroup
+ \obeyspaces
+ \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
+\endgroup
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
+%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
+\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
+\def\ENVcheck{%
+\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
+\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+
+% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now.
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
+
+\def\beginxxx #1{%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
+{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
+\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+%
+\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
+\def\endxxx #1{%
+ \removeactivespaces{#1}%
+ \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
+ % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
+ \else
+ \unmatchedenderror\endthing
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
+ \csname E\endthing\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
+%
+\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
+}
+
+% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
+%
+\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+ % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+ % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
+ \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+ \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+ \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+ !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+ !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+ !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+ !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\def\group{\begingroup
+ \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
+ \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+ \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
+ % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
+ % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
+ % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+ % above. But it's pretty close.
+ \def\Egroup{%
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \copy\groupbox
+ \endgroup % End the \group.
+ }%
+ %
+ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+ % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
+ % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
+ % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
+ % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
+ % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
+ \everypar = {\strut}%
+ %
+ % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
+ % normal interline spacing.
+ \offinterlineskip
+ %
+ % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
+ % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
+ % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
+ % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
+ % empty paragraph.
+ \ifx\par\lisppar
+ \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
+ %
+ % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
+ \obeylines
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+ % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+ % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
+ % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
+ % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+ % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+ \comment
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
+
+\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\def\needx #1{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\def\needx#1{%
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ %
+ % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+ % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+ % And a page break here is fine.
+ \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+ %
+ % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+ % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
+ % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+ % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+ % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
+ %
+ % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+ % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+ % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+ % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+ % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
+ % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+ % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+ \penalty9999
+ %
+ % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+ \kern -#1\mil
+ %
+ % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @br forces paragraph break
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 1.5em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+ .\hss.\hss.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to 2em{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
+ .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
+ }%
+ \spacefactor=3000
+}
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
+\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
+\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
+
+% @include file insert text of that file as input.
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\include{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \parsearg\includezzz}
+% Restore active chars for included file.
+\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
+ % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \input\thisfile
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\def\center{\parsearg\docenter}
+\def\docenter#1{{%
+ \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+ \ifhmode \break \fi
+}}
+
+% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
+\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
+\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
+\def\doexampleindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indentat such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. We
+% switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. By
+% default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\newdimen\currentparindent
+%
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\def\firstparagraphindent{\parsearg\dofirstparagraphindent}
+\def\dofirstparagraphindent#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+ \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+ \gdef\indent{%
+ \global\let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \global\everypar = {}%
+ }%
+ \global\everypar = {%
+ \kern-\parindent
+ \global\let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \global\everypar = {}%
+ }%
+}%
+
+
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because we need
+% to set catcodes according to plain TeX first, to allow for subscripts,
+% superscripts, special math chars, etc.
+%
+\let\implicitmath = $%$ font-lock fix
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
+% _ within @math be active (mathcode "8000), and distinguish by seeing
+% if the current family is \slfam, which is what @var uses.
+%
+{\catcode\underChar = \active
+\gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+}}
+%
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
+% otherwise define @\.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \tex
+ \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ \implicitmath\finishmath}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1\implicitmath\Etex}
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an
+% argument to a command which set the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ }
+}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+ \iflinks
+ \readauxfile
+ \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+ \openindices
+ \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+ \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+ % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
+ \closein1
+ \temp
+ %
+ \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+ \newindex{cp}%
+ \newcodeindex{fn}%
+ \newcodeindex{vr}%
+ \newcodeindex{tp}%
+ \newcodeindex{ky}%
+ \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+ \pdffalse
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\linkcolor = \relax
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\else
+ \pdftrue
+ \pdfoutput = 1
+ \input pdfcolor
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+ \def\imageheight{#3}%
+ % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \immediate\pdfimage
+ \else
+ \immediate\pdfximage
+ \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+ \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+ #1.pdf%
+ \else
+ {#1.pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}}
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
+ \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+ \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1\else\begingroup
+ \closein 1
+ % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+ \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+ \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+ %
+ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
+ \let\appendixentry = \chapentry
+ \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry
+ \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
+ \let\appendixentry = \chapentry
+ \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry
+ \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
+ %
+ % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file.
+ %
+ \indexnofonts
+ \let\tt=\relax
+ \turnoffactive
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \endgroup\fi
+ }}
+ \def\makelinks #1,{%
+ \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
+ \ifx\params\E
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
+ \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
+ \picknum{#1}%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
+ \linkcolor #1%
+ \advance\lnkcount by 1%
+ \endlink
+ \fi
+ \nextmakelinks
+ }
+ \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
+ \def\pn#1{%
+ \def\p{#1}%
+ \ifx\p\lbrace
+ \let\nextpn=\ppn
+ \else
+ \let\nextpn=\ppnn
+ \def\first{#1}
+ \fi
+ \nextpn
+ }
+ \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
+ \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
+ \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \leavevmode\Red
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ % #1
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+% Font-change commands.
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this one.
+\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+\newcount\mainmagstep
+\ifx\bigger\relax
+ % not really supported.
+ \mainmagstep=\magstep1
+ \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+ \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+\else
+ \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+ \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+ \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\fi
+% Instead of cmb10, you may want to use cmbx10.
+% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
+% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10
+% (in Bob's opinion).
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
+\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
+% Fonts for title page:
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
+% but that is not a standard magnification.
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+ \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+ \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+ \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+}
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
+% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
+% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
+% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
+% redefine \bf itself.
+\def\textfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+ \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+ \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+ \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+ \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+ \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+ \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+ \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+ \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+ \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+ \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+ \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\def\smallfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+ \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+ \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+ \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+ \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+ \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+ \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
+% If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
+%
+% I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic.
+%
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
+ \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+\let\cite=\smartslanted
+
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+ \def\frenchspacing{%
+ \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
+ \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ }
+\catcode`@=\other
+
+\def\t#1{%
+ {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+ \null
+}
+\let\ttfont=\t
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+ \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+ \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+ \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+ \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+ \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+ {%
+ % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+ \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+ %
+ % Switch to typewriter.
+ \tt
+ %
+ % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+ \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+ %
+ % Turn off hyphenation.
+ \nohyphenation
+ %
+ \rawbackslash
+ \frenchspacing
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+% -- rms.
+{
+ \catcode`\-=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ %
+ \global\def\code{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
+ \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+ \codex
+ }
+ %
+ % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
+ % just treat them as a normal -.
+ \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+ % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
+ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+ \else\normalunderscore \fi
+ \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+ {\_}%
+}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
+\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
+ \def\arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct.'
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\url=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ \else
+ \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+
+% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
+\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. For now, only works in text size;
+% we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+ }$%
+}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
+\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+ \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
+ %
+ \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+ \let\tt=\authortt}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ %
+ % Now you can print the title using @title.
+ \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
+ \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
+ \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
+ \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
+ %
+ % @author should come last, but may come many times.
+ \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
+ \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
+ {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ \oldpage
+ \let\page = \oldpage
+ \hbox{}}%
+% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+ % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+ \HEADINGSon
+ %
+ % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+ \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \shortcontents
+ \contents
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \contents
+ \global\let\contents = \relax
+ \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make Tex use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+ \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+ \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what @headings on does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
+
+{\catcode`\@=0 %
+
+\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+ \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
+ % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+ \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+ \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+%
+}% unbind the catcode of @.
+
+% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off turns them off.
+% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
+\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+
+\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
+ \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
+ \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
+ \itemindex{#1}%
+ \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+ %
+ % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+ % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+ % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+ % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+ % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+ \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+ %
+ % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+ % but leave it ragged-right.
+ \begingroup
+ \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+ \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+ \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+ % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+ \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately
+ % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
+ % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment
+ % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
+ % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
+ % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
+ % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
+ % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
+ % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
+ % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
+ % penalty 10001...)
+ \penalty 10001
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+ \else
+ % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ \noindent
+ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+ % eventually be printed.
+ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+ \unhbox0
+ \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
+\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
+\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
+\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
+\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
+
+% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
+\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}}
+
+\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley
+\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley
+\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\dontindex #1{}
+\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
+\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
+
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
+\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
+
+\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\begingroup %
+\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
+\let\itemindex=#1%
+\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
+\def\itemfont{#2}%
+\itemmax=\tableindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
+\exdentamount=\tableindent
+\parindent = 0pt
+\parskip = \smallskipamount
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\item = \internalBitem %
+\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
+\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
+\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
+\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
+\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
+}
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
+
+\def\itemizezzz #1{%
+ \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
+ \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
+}
+
+\def\itemizey#1#2{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \itemmax=\itemindent
+ \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+ \exdentamount=\itemindent
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=\smallskipamount
+ \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+ \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+ % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+ \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+ \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
+\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+ \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
+ %
+ % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+ \def\thearg{#1}%
+ \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+ %
+ % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
+ % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+ % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+ % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+ % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+ \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+ \ifx\rest\empty
+ % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
+ % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+ % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+ % not equal to itself.
+ % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+ %
+ % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+ % continuing to look for a <number>.
+ %
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+ \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+ \else
+ % It's a letter.
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+ \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+ \else
+ \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
+ \numericenumerate
+ \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \thearg
+ \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}%
+ \fi
+ \char\lccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}
+ \fi
+ \char\uccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+ \advance\itemno by -1
+ \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
+
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+\advance\itemno by 1
+{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
+\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
+{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
+\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
+\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
+\flushcr}
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+% @item ...
+%
+% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+% columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item ...
+% using the widest term desired in each column.
+%
+% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
+% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
+% will parse correctly, i.e.,
+%
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
+% template}
+% Not:
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
+% {Column 3 template}
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
+% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+% @item
+% first col stuff
+% @tab
+% second col stuff
+% @tab
+% third col
+% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+% @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+% to baseline.
+% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
+% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
+% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
+% percent of \hsize for this column.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+ \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+ \def\firstarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+ \let\go = \relax
+ \else
+ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+ \global\setpercenttrue
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent
+ \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+ \else
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\go = \setuptable
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \go
+}
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
+\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \let\item=\crcrwithfootnotes
+ % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
+ % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until
+ % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl,
+ % nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+ \let\tab=&%
+ \let\startfootins=\startsavedfootnote
+ \tolerance=9500
+ \hbadness=9500
+ \setmultitablespacing
+ \parskip=\multitableparskip
+ \parindent=\multitableparindent
+ \overfullrule=0pt
+ \global\colcount=0
+ \def\Emultitable{%
+ \global\setpercentfalse
+ \crcrwithfootnotes\crcr
+ \egroup\egroup
+ }%
+ %
+ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+ %
+ % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+ % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
+ % The table preamble
+ % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+ \everycr{\noalign{%
+ %
+ % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+ % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
+ % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
+ % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
+ %
+ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+ % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+ % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+ \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
+ \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %
+ % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %
+ % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+ % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+ % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
+ % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+ %
+ % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+ \rightskip=0pt
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+ \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+ \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+ \fi
+ % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+ % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+ % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+ % For example:
+ % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+ % @item @code{#}
+ % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+ % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
+ % characters.
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
+%% to keep lines equally spaced
+\let\multistrut = \strut
+\else
+%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
+\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
+width0pt\relax} \fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+ %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+% In case a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is
+% finished. Otherwise, the insertion is lost, it never migrates to the
+% main vertical list. --kasal, 22jan03.
+%
+\newbox\savedfootnotes
+%
+% \dotable \let's \startfootins to this, so that \dofootnote will call
+% it instead of starting the insertion right away.
+\def\startsavedfootnote{%
+ \global\setbox\savedfootnotes = \vbox\bgroup
+ \unvbox\savedfootnotes
+}
+\def\crcrwithfootnotes{%
+ \crcr
+ \ifvoid\savedfootnotes \else
+ \noalign{\insert\footins{\box\savedfootnotes}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
+\def\ignoresections{%
+ \let\chapter=\relax
+ \let\unnumbered=\relax
+ \let\top=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+ \let\section=\relax
+ \let\subsec=\relax
+ \let\subsubsec=\relax
+ \let\subsection=\relax
+ \let\subsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendix=\relax
+ \let\appendixsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+ \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+ \let\contents=\relax
+ \let\smallbook=\relax
+ \let\titlepage=\relax
+}
+
+% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
+% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
+% incorrectly.
+%
+% We use \empty instead of \relax for the @def... commands, so that \end
+% doesn't throw an error. For instance:
+% @ignore
+% @deffn ...
+% @end deffn
+% @end ignore
+%
+% The @end deffn is going to get expanded, because we're trying to allow
+% nested conditionals. But we don't want to expand the actual @deffn,
+% since it might be syntactically correct and intended to be ignored.
+% Since \end checks for \relax, using \empty does not cause an error.
+%
+\def\ignoremorecommands{%
+ \let\defcodeindex = \relax
+ \let\defcv = \empty
+ \let\defcvx = \empty
+ \let\Edefcv = \empty
+ \let\deffn = \empty
+ \let\deffnx = \empty
+ \let\Edeffn = \empty
+ \let\defindex = \relax
+ \let\defivar = \empty
+ \let\defivarx = \empty
+ \let\Edefivar = \empty
+ \let\defmac = \empty
+ \let\defmacx = \empty
+ \let\Edefmac = \empty
+ \let\defmethod = \empty
+ \let\defmethodx = \empty
+ \let\Edefmethod = \empty
+ \let\defop = \empty
+ \let\defopx = \empty
+ \let\Edefop = \empty
+ \let\defopt = \empty
+ \let\defoptx = \empty
+ \let\Edefopt = \empty
+ \let\defspec = \empty
+ \let\defspecx = \empty
+ \let\Edefspec = \empty
+ \let\deftp = \empty
+ \let\deftpx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftp = \empty
+ \let\deftypefn = \empty
+ \let\deftypefnx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypefn = \empty
+ \let\deftypefun = \empty
+ \let\deftypefunx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypefun = \empty
+ \let\deftypeivar = \empty
+ \let\deftypeivarx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypeivar = \empty
+ \let\deftypemethod = \empty
+ \let\deftypemethodx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypemethod = \empty
+ \let\deftypeop = \empty
+ \let\deftypeopx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypeop = \empty
+ \let\deftypevar = \empty
+ \let\deftypevarx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypevar = \empty
+ \let\deftypevr = \empty
+ \let\deftypevrx = \empty
+ \let\Edeftypevr = \empty
+ \let\defun = \empty
+ \let\defunx = \empty
+ \let\Edefun = \empty
+ \let\defvar = \empty
+ \let\defvarx = \empty
+ \let\Edefvar = \empty
+ \let\defvr = \empty
+ \let\defvrx = \empty
+ \let\Edefvr = \empty
+ \let\clear = \relax
+ \let\down = \relax
+ \let\evenfooting = \relax
+ \let\evenheading = \relax
+ \let\everyfooting = \relax
+ \let\everyheading = \relax
+ \let\headings = \relax
+ \let\include = \relax
+ \let\item = \relax
+ \let\lowersections = \relax
+ \let\oddfooting = \relax
+ \let\oddheading = \relax
+ \let\printindex = \relax
+ \let\pxref = \relax
+ \let\raisesections = \relax
+ \let\ref = \relax
+ \let\set = \relax
+ \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
+ \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
+ \let\settitle = \relax
+ \let\up = \relax
+ \let\verbatiminclude = \relax
+ \let\xref = \relax
+}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory = \comment
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+%
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
+ % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
+ % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \catcode\spaceChar = 10
+ %
+ % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
+ \catcode`\{ = 9
+ \catcode`\} = 9
+ %
+ % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
+ \catcode`\@ = 12
+ %
+ \def\ignoreword{#1}%
+ \ifx\ignoreword\documentdescriptionword
+ % The c kludge breaks documentdescription, since
+ % `documentdescription' contains a `c'. Means not everything will
+ % be ignored inside @documentdescription, but oh well...
+ \else
+ % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
+ % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
+ % @c @end ifinfo
+ % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
+ % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
+ \catcode`\c = 14
+ \fi
+ %
+ % And now expand the command defined above.
+ \doignoretext
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+%
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+
+\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
+\def\obstexwarn{%
+ \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
+ % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
+ % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
+ \immediate\write16{}
+ \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
+ \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
+ \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
+ \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/TeX.README.)}
+ \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
+ \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
+ \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
+ \immediate\write16{}
+ \global\warnedobstrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
+% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
+% uncomment the following line:
+%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
+
+% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
+% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
+%
+\def\nestedignore#1{%
+ \obstexwarn
+ % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
+ % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
+ % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
+ % the chance of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
+ % page 401 of the TeXbook.
+ %
+ \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
+ % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+ \ignoresections
+ %
+ % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
+ % @end command again.
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
+ % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
+ % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
+ % undefine them.
+ %
+ % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
+ % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
+ \ignoremorecommands
+ %
+ % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
+ % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
+ % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because some sites
+ % might not have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
+ % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
+ % stuff compared to the main input.
+ %
+ \nullfont
+ \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
+ \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
+ \let\tensf=\nullfont
+ % Similarly for index fonts.
+ \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
+ \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
+ \let\smallsf=\nullfont
+ % Similarly for smallexample fonts.
+ \let\smallerrm=\nullfont \let\smallerit=\nullfont \let\smallersl=\nullfont
+ \let\smallerbf=\nullfont \let\smallertt=\nullfont \let\smallersc=\nullfont
+ \let\smallersf=\nullfont
+ %
+ % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
+ \tracinglostchars = 0
+ %
+ % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
+ \frenchspacing
+ %
+ % Don't report underfull hboxes.
+ \hbadness = 10000
+ %
+ % Do minimal line-breaking.
+ \pretolerance = 10000
+ %
+ % Do not execute instructions in @tex.
+ \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
+ % Do not execute macro definitions.
+ % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
+ \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
+}
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
+% losing inside @example, for instance.
+%
+\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
+ \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
+ \parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
+ \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
+% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
+% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
+\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
+\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ %
+ % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any
+ % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
+ \gdef\value{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+ \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
+ \valuexxx}
+}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
+% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
+% about that. The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable
+% is set), since the result winds up in the index file. This means that
+% if the variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost
+% certain it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with
+% sufficient work to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of
+% complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+\def\ifset{\parsearg\doifset}
+\def\doifset#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next=\ifsetfail
+ \else
+ \let\next=\ifsetsucceed
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
+\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg\doifclear}
+\def\doifclear#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next=\ifclearsucceed
+ \else
+ \let\next=\ifclearfail
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we
+% read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make
+% `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
+\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
+\def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext}
+
+% True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can
+% just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at
+% the outer level).
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup
+ \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}%
+}
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
+ \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+ \iflinks
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+ % closing the target index.
+ \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+ % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+ % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+ \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+ \fi
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+%
+\def\indexdummies{%
+ \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+ \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+ % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+ % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+ % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+ \let\{ = \mylbrace
+ \let\} = \myrbrace
+ %
+ % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
+ % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control
+ % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
+ % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+ % from whatever follows.
+ %
+ % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+ % space.
+ %
+ % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+ % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+ % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+ %
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine
+% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses
+% @, this will be simpler.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+ \def\@{@@}%
+ \def\ {@ }%
+ \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+ \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ %
+ % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
+ \def\definedummyword##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
+ }%
+ \def\definedummyletter##1{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Do the redefinitions.
+ \commondummies
+}
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and
+% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ %
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \definedummyletter{_}%
+ \definedummyletter{,}%
+ \definedummyletter{"}%
+ \definedummyletter{`}%
+ \definedummyletter{'}%
+ \definedummyletter{^}%
+ \definedummyletter{~}%
+ \definedummyletter{=}%
+ \definedummyword{u}%
+ \definedummyword{v}%
+ \definedummyword{H}%
+ \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
+ \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
+ \definedummyword{dotless}%
+ %
+ % Other non-English letters.
+ \definedummyword{AA}%
+ \definedummyword{AE}%
+ \definedummyword{L}%
+ \definedummyword{OE}%
+ \definedummyword{O}%
+ \definedummyword{aa}%
+ \definedummyword{ae}%
+ \definedummyword{l}%
+ \definedummyword{oe}%
+ \definedummyword{o}%
+ \definedummyword{ss}%
+ %
+ % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+ \definedummyword{bf}%
+ \definedummyword{gtr}%
+ \definedummyword{hat}%
+ \definedummyword{less}%
+ \definedummyword{sf}%
+ \definedummyword{sl}%
+ \definedummyword{tclose}%
+ \definedummyword{tt}%
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \definedummyword{b}%
+ \definedummyword{i}%
+ \definedummyword{r}%
+ \definedummyword{sc}%
+ \definedummyword{t}%
+ %
+ \definedummyword{TeX}%
+ \definedummyword{acronym}%
+ \definedummyword{cite}%
+ \definedummyword{code}%
+ \definedummyword{command}%
+ \definedummyword{dfn}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{emph}%
+ \definedummyword{env}%
+ \definedummyword{file}%
+ \definedummyword{kbd}%
+ \definedummyword{key}%
+ \definedummyword{math}%
+ \definedummyword{option}%
+ \definedummyword{samp}%
+ \definedummyword{strong}%
+ \definedummyword{uref}%
+ \definedummyword{url}%
+ \definedummyword{var}%
+ \definedummyword{w}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword{bullet}%
+ \definedummyword{copyright}%
+ \definedummyword{dots}%
+ \definedummyword{enddots}%
+ \definedummyword{equiv}%
+ \definedummyword{error}%
+ \definedummyword{expansion}%
+ \definedummyword{minus}%
+ \definedummyword{pounds}%
+ \definedummyword{point}%
+ \definedummyword{print}%
+ \definedummyword{result}%
+ %
+ % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
+ % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
+ % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+ \let\value = \expandablevalue
+ %
+ % Normal spaces, not active ones.
+ \unsepspaces
+ %
+ % No macro expansion.
+ \turnoffmacros
+}
+
+% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+% expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+{\obeyspaces
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
+
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
+\def\indexdummydots{...}
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+ \def\ { }%
+ \def\@{@}%
+ % how to handle braces?
+ \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ %
+ \let\,=\asis
+ \let\"=\asis
+ \let\`=\asis
+ \let\'=\asis
+ \let\^=\asis
+ \let\~=\asis
+ \let\==\asis
+ \let\u=\asis
+ \let\v=\asis
+ \let\H=\asis
+ \let\dotaccent=\asis
+ \let\ringaccent=\asis
+ \let\tieaccent=\asis
+ \let\ubaraccent=\asis
+ \let\udotaccent=\asis
+ \let\dotless=\asis
+ %
+ % Other non-English letters.
+ \def\AA{AA}%
+ \def\AE{AE}%
+ \def\L{L}%
+ \def\OE{OE}%
+ \def\O{O}%
+ \def\aa{aa}%
+ \def\ae{ae}%
+ \def\l{l}%
+ \def\oe{oe}%
+ \def\o{o}%
+ \def\ss{ss}%
+ \def\exclamdown{!}%
+ \def\questiondown{?}%
+ %
+ % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+ % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+ % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+ %\let\tt=\asis
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \let\b=\asis
+ \let\i=\asis
+ \let\r=\asis
+ \let\sc=\asis
+ \let\t=\asis
+ %
+ \let\TeX=\indexdummytex
+ \let\acronym=\asis
+ \let\cite=\asis
+ \let\code=\asis
+ \let\command=\asis
+ \let\dfn=\asis
+ \let\dots=\indexdummydots
+ \let\emph=\asis
+ \let\env=\asis
+ \let\file=\asis
+ \let\kbd=\asis
+ \let\key=\asis
+ \let\math=\asis
+ \let\option=\asis
+ \let\samp=\asis
+ \let\strong=\asis
+ \let\uref=\asis
+ \let\url=\asis
+ \let\var=\asis
+ \let\w=\asis
+}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% For \ifx comparisons.
+\def\emptymacro{\empty}
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+%
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception
+% is with defuns, which call us directly.
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
+ \fi
+ {%
+ \count255=\lastpenalty
+ {%
+ \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ {%
+ \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
+ \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+ % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ %
+ % The main index entry text.
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ %
+ % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
+ % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+ % line to write.
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+ % get the string to sort by.
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+ \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+ % the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+ % sorted result.
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
+ \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+ % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+ % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+ % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
+ % like this:
+ % @end defun
+ % @tindex whatever
+ % @defun ...
+ % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+ % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+ % the previous defun.
+ %
+ % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
+ % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+ %
+ % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ \ifvmode
+ \skip0 = \lastskip
+ \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\skip0 \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \temp % do the write
+ %
+ \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \penalty\count255
+ }%
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+% \initial {c}
+% before the first topic whose initial is c
+% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+% for a topic that is used without subtopics
+% \primary {topic}
+% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
+\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
+ \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ \tolerance = 9500
+ \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+ \indexbreaks
+ %
+ % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+ % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+ % \initial {@}
+ % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+ % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+ \catcode`\@ = 11
+ \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \ifeof 1
+ % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+ % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+ % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+ % there is some text.
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \else
+ %
+ % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+ % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+ % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+ \read 1 to \temp
+ \ifeof 1
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+ \else
+ % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+ % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+ % to make right now.
+ \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+ \catcode`\\ = 0
+ \escapechar = `\\
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.#1s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+ % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+ \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+ %
+ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+ \removelastskip
+ %
+ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ \penalty -300
+ %
+ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
+ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+ % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+ %
+ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+ %
+ % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+ \nobreak
+}}
+
+% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
+% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents
+% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
+ %
+ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+ % affect previous text.
+ \par
+ %
+ % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+ \parfillskip = 0in
+ %
+ % No extra space above this paragraph.
+ \parskip = 0in
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+ % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
+ % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
+ % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+ % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+ %
+ % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+ % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+ \hangindent = 2em
+ %
+ % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+ % with blank space.
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+ %
+ % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+ %
+ % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
+ % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
+ \noindent
+ %
+ % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it.
+ #1%
+ % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+ % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
+ % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+ \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+ \def\tempb{#2}%
+ \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+ \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+ \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
+ %
+ % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+ % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+ % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+ \hfil\penalty50
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+ % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
+ % \hbox ensues.
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \fi
+ \fi%
+ \par
+\endgroup}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+ \parfillskip=0in
+ \parskip=0in
+ \hangindent=1in
+ \hangafter=1
+ \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \else
+ #2
+ \fi
+ \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % Grab any single-column material above us.
+ \output = {%
+ %
+ % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+ % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+ % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+ % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
+ % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+ % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+ % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
+ \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+ \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
+ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+ %
+ % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+ \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+ %
+ % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
+ % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+ % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
+ % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+ % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+ %
+ % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+ % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+ % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
+ % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+ % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+ %
+ % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+ % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+ % been clobbered.
+ %
+ \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+ \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ %
+ % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
+ % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+ \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \dimen@ = \vsize
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2
+ \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+ %
+ % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+ \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+ \onepageout\pagesofar
+ \unvbox255
+ \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+ \unvbox\partialpage
+ %
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+ \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ \output = {%
+ % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
+ % current page, no automatic page break.
+ \balancecolumns
+ %
+ % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+ % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+ % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+ % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+ % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+ \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+ }%
+ \eject
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+ % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+ \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \dimen@ = \ht0
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+ %
+ \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% Choose a numbered-heading macro
+% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
+% #2 is text for heading
+\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#2}
+\or
+ \seczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+ \chapterzzz{#2}
+ \else
+ \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ \fi
+\fi
+\suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
+\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#2}
+\or
+ \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
+\or
+ \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+ \appendixzzz{#2}
+ \else
+ \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ \fi
+\fi
+\suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
+\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+\or
+ \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+ \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+ \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+ \else
+ \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+ \fi
+\fi
+\suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
+\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
+\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
+\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz #1{%
+ \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+ \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+ % because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \writetocentry{chap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}}
+ \donoderef
+ \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% we use \chapno to avoid indenting back
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} \the\chapno}%
+ \hbox to \wd0{#1\hss}}
+
+\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
+\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz #1{%
+ \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance \appendixno by 1
+ \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+ \chapmacro {#1}{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+ \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+ \writetocentry{appendix}{#1}{{\appendixletter}}
+ \appendixnoderef
+ \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
+\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+
+\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
+ \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+ %
+ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+ % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+ % to be executed, not expanded).
+ %
+ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+ % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
+ % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+ % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
+ % the toc entries.)
+ \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
+ %
+ \unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \writetocentry{unnumbchap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}}
+ \unnumbnoderef
+ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
+\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz #1{%
+ \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
+ \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}
+ \donoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
+ \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
+ \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}
+ \appendixnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
+ \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \writetocentry{unnumbsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}
+ \unnumbnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
+ \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+ \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
+ \donoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
+ \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+ \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
+ \appendixnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
+ \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \writetocentry{unnumbsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
+ \unnumbnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
+ \subsubsecheading {#1}
+ {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+ \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
+ \donoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
+ \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
+ \subsubsecheading {#1}
+ {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+ \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
+ \appendixnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
+ \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+ \writetocentry{unnumbsubsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
+ \unnumbnoderef
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
+% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
+\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
+\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
+\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\global\let\section = \numberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+% overlong headings to fold.
+% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
+\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
+ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+
+\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
+ {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
+\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
+\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+\def\CHAPFplain{
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
+
+% Plain chapter opening.
+% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
+\def\chfplain#1#2{%
+ \pchapsepmacro
+ {%
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ \def\chapnum{#2}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+ \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+ }%
+ \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% Plain opening for unnumbered.
+\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
+ \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+ }%
+ \chfplain{#1}{}%
+}}
+
+\CHAPFplain % The default
+
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+ \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+
+\def\CHAPFopen{
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
+\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles.
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
+\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
+\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip \subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
+\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
+\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
+\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
+\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
+\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
+
+
+% Print any size section title.
+%
+% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
+% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
+ \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
+ }%
+ {%
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
+ % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
+ \def\secnum{#2}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+ %
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+ \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
+ \unhbox0 #3}%
+ }%
+ % Add extra space after the heading -- either a line space or a
+ % paragraph space, whichever is more. (Some people like to set
+ % \parskip to large values for some reason.) Don't allow stretch, though.
+ \nobreak
+ \ifdim\parskip>\normalbaselineskip
+ \kern\parskip
+ \else
+ \kern\normalbaselineskip
+ \fi
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the
+% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
+%
+% Usage: \writetocentry{chap}{The Name of The Game}{{\the\chapno}}
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+ \iftocfileopened\else
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+ \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+ \fi
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ \toks0 = {#2}%
+ \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}#3{\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Tell \shipout to create a page destination if we're doing pdf, which
+ % will be the target of the links in the table of contents. We can't
+ % just do it on every page because the title pages are numbered 1 and
+ % 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first two pages
+ % of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named `1', and
+ % two named `2'.
+ \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
+% to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
+ % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+ % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11
+ % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
+ % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
+ %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appendixentry = \shortappendixentry
+ \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
+ \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
+ \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
+ \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
+ \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
+ \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.toc
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+\ifpdf
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+\fi
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+\def\appendixentry#1#2#3{%
+ \dochapentry{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} #2}\labelspace#1}{#3}}
+%
+% Appendices, in the short toc.
+\let\shortappendixentry = \shortchapentry
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
+% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
+% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
+%
+\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+ % But use \hss just in case.
+ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+ \dimen0 = 1em
+ \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#1}{#3}}
+\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2#3{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
+\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#5}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
+\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#6}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+ \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+ \begingroup
+ \chapentryfonts
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+ \endgroup
+ \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
+% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We
+% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
+% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
+\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
+ % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is
+ % typeset in cmr, characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
+ % have to do the usual translation tricks.
+ \entry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+ \vbox{
+ \hrule height\dimen2
+ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
+ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+ \hrule height\dimen2}
+ \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\def\tex{\begingroup
+ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+ \catcode `\%=14
+ \catcode `\+=\other
+ \catcode `\"=\other
+ \catcode `\==\other
+ \catcode `\|=\other
+ \catcode `\<=\other
+ \catcode `\>=\other
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ %
+ \let\b=\ptexb
+ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+ \let\c=\ptexc
+ \let\,=\ptexcomma
+ \let\.=\ptexdot
+ \let\dots=\ptexdots
+ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+ \let\!=\ptexexclam
+ \let\i=\ptexi
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+ \let\+=\tabalign
+ \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+ \let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\*=\ptexstar
+ \let\t=\ptext
+ %
+ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+ \def\@{@}%
+\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+% should produce a line of output anyway.
+%
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
+
+% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is
+% for use in \parsearg.
+{\sepspaces%
+\global\let\obeyedspace= }
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+ % or better ...
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\def\cartouche{%
+\par % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+\begingroup
+ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
+ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+ \cartouter=\hsize
+ \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+% side, and for 6pt waste from
+% each corner char, and rule thickness
+ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+ % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+ \let\nonarrowing=\comment
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \carttop
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \hskip\lskip
+ \vrule\kern3pt
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \hsize=\cartinner
+ \kern3pt
+ \begingroup
+ \baselineskip=\normbskip
+ \lineskip=\normlskip
+ \parskip=\normpskip
+ \vskip -\parskip
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+ \endgroup
+ \kern3pt
+ \egroup
+ \kern3pt\vrule
+ \hskip\rskip
+ \egroup
+ \cartbot
+ \egroup
+\endgroup
+}}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
+ \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+ \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+ \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+ \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+ \parskip = 0pt
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
+ % at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+ \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
+% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
+%
+% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
+% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
+% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
+% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
+% the environment.
+%
+\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
+\def\lisp{\begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
+ \tt
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \gobble % eat return
+}
+
+% @example: Same as @lisp.
+\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+\def\smalllisp{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts
+ \lisp
+}
+\let\smallexample = \smalllisp
+
+
+% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\def\display{\begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
+ \gobble
+}
+%
+% @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \display
+}
+
+% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\def\format{\begingroup
+ \let\nonarrowing = t
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
+ \gobble
+}
+%
+% @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts.
+%
+\def\smallformat{\begingroup
+ \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \format
+}
+
+% @flushleft (same as @format).
+%
+\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\def\flushright{\begingroup
+ \let\nonarrowing = t
+ \nonfillstart
+ \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ \gobble
+}
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.
+%
+\def\quotation{%
+ \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+ {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+ \parindent=0pt
+ % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+ % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
+ \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
+ %
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+ \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \tabexpand
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+ \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \obeylines %
+ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
+ % line in the output.
+ \gdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\end{verbatim}}%
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+ \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+ \begingroup
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ % Restore active chars for included file.
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \let\value=\expandablevalue
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+ \endgroup
+ \nonfillfinish
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be
+% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\begingroup
+ % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
+ % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
+ % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
+ % it, but that doesn't matter.
+ \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
+ %
+ % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
+ \catcode`\^^M = \active
+ \docopying
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off the copying text.
+%
+\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand,
+% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
+% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
+% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
+% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
+% generate a \par.
+%
+% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
+% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually
+% do \par.
+%
+% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
+% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc
+% manual for man page generation.)
+%
+% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
+% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
+% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
+%
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
+\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
+ \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page
+ \def^^M{%
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
+ \par %
+ \else %
+ \space \penalty 1 %
+ \fi %
+ }%
+ %
+ % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
+ \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
+ \let\comment = \c %
+ %
+ % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
+ % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
+ \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
+ %
+ \copyingtext %
+\endgroup}%
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
+\def\setdeffont#1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active
+ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+
+\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
+\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+% This is used to turn on special parens
+% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
+\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
+
+% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
+% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
+\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
+ \global\advance\parencount by 1
+}
+%
+% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
+\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+%
+\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
+ % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
+ \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
+ \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
+%
+\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
+} % End of definition inside \activeparens
+%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
+%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
+\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
+\let\ampnr = \&
+\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
+\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+
+% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
+{
+ \catcode`& = \active
+ \global\let& = \ampnr
+}
+
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the function name.
+% #2 is the type of definition, such as "Function".
+%
+\def\defname#1#2{%
+ % How we'll output the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+ % just below it.
+ \ifempty{#2}%
+ \def\defnametype{}%
+ \else
+ \def\defnametype{[\rm #2]}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+ \dimen2=\leftskip
+ \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
+ %
+ % Figure out values for the paragraph shape.
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\defnametype}}%
+ \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
+ \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent % size for continuations
+ \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
+ %
+ % Output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) but stuck inside a box of
+ % width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking.
+ \noindent
+ %
+ {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
+ % so that \rightline will obey them.
+ \advance \hsize by -\dimen2
+ \dimen3 = 0pt % was -1.25pc
+ \rlap{\rightline{\defnametype\kern\dimen3}}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ {\df #1}\enskip % output function name
+ % \defunargs will be called next to output the arguments, if any.
+}
+
+% Common pieces to start any @def...
+% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
+% #2 is the \...x control sequence (which our caller defines).
+% #3 is the control sequence to process the header, such as \defunheader.
+%
+\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
+ \begingroup\inENV
+ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+ % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we want to allow a
+ % break after all. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
+ % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
+ % between a section heading and a defun.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty0 \fi
+ \medbreak
+ %
+ % Define the \E... end token that this defining construct specifies
+ % so that it will exit this group.
+ \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+ %
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+% Common part of the \...x definitions.
+%
+\def\defxbodycommon{%
+ % As with \parsebodycommon above, allow line break if we have multiple
+ % x headers in a row. It's not a great place, though.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10000 \penalty1000 \fi
+ %
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+}
+
+% Process body of @defun, @deffn, @defmac, etc.
+%
+\def\defparsebody#1#2#3{%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2{\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit#3}%
+ \catcode\equalChar=\active
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit#3%
+}
+
+% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \parsebodycommon above).
+% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
+%
+\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ % The \empty here prevents misinterpretation of a construct such as
+ % @deffn {whatever} {Enharmonic comma}
+ % See comments at \deftpparsebody, although in our case we don't have
+ % to remove the \empty afterwards, since it is empty.
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}}\empty
+}
+
+% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
+% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \defparsebody).
+% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
+% #5 is the method's return type.
+%
+\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}%
+}
+
+% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
+% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
+% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have
+% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
+% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
+% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
+%
+\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}%
+}
+
+% For @defop.
+\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}}%
+}
+
+% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
+% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
+% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
+%
+\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2{\defxbodycommon \spacesplit#3}%
+ \catcode\equalChar=\active
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit#3%
+}
+
+% @defopvar.
+\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+ \defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{#3{#5}}%
+}
+
+\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
+}
+
+% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
+% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
+% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh.
+% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
+%
+% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That
+% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
+% won't strip off the braces.
+%
+\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
+ \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+ \begingroup\obeylines
+ \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
+}
+
+% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
+% braces (if any). That's what this does.
+%
+\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
+
+% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
+% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
+% (which might be empty) the arguments.
+%
+\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
+ #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
+}%
+
+% Split up #2 (the rest of the input line) at the first space token.
+% call #1 with two arguments:
+% the first is all of #2 before the space token,
+% the second is all of #2 after that space token.
+% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
+% and the second is passed as empty.
+%
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitx{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitx}%
+ \long\gdef\spacesplitx#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitx{%
+ \ifx\relax #3%
+ #1{#2}{}%
+ \else %
+ #1{#2}{#3#4}%
+ \fi}%
+}
+
+% Define @defun.
+
+% This is called to end the arguments processing for all the @def... commands.
+%
+\def\defargscommonending{%
+ \interlinepenalty = 10000
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \endgraf
+ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+ \penalty 10002 % signal to \parsebodycommon.
+}
+
+% This expands the args and terminates the paragraph they comprise.
+%
+\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
+#1%
+{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
+\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
+\boldbraxnoamp
+\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
+
+% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
+
+\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
+
+\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defun == @deffn Function
+
+\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
+
+\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
+% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
+\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
+\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
+
+% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$
+% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
+\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$.${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
+
+% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
+% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup
+\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
+% at least some C++ text from working
+\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}%
+\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defmac == @deffn Macro
+
+\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
+
+\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
+
+\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
+
+\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
+\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
+%
+\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% function index entry
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
+ \defunargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
+ \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
+ \deftypeopcategory}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}
+ {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
+%
+\def\deftypemethod{%
+ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \deftypefunargs{#4}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
+%
+\def\deftypeivar{%
+ \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
+\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}
+ {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defmethod == @defop Method
+%
+\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
+%
+% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
+\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
+ \defunargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
+
+\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
+\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
+
+\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% variable index entry
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
+%
+\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
+%
+\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
+ \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in var index
+ \begingroup
+ \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
+ \defvarargs{#3}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% @defvar
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
+% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
+% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
+ \defargscommonending
+}
+
+% @defvr Counter foo-count
+
+\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
+
+\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% @defvar == @defvr Variable
+
+\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
+
+\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
+
+\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
+
+\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @deftypevar int foobar
+
+\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
+% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
+\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
+\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
+ \defargscommonending
+\endgroup}
+\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
+
+\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
+
+\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}
+ \defargscommonending
+\endgroup}
+
+% Now define @deftp
+% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
+
+\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
+
+% @deftp Class window height width ...
+
+\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
+
+\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
+%
+\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
+\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
+\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
+\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
+\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
+\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scanmacro#1{%
+ \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+ % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+ \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+ % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+ \toks0={#1\endinput}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ \endgroup
+}
+\else
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
+% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
+\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+\fi
+
+\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form
+ % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% Utility routines.
+% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\expandafter\let
+\expandafter\expandafter
+\csname#1\endcsname
+\csname#2\endcsname}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \usembodybackslash}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\other}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
+ \paramno=0%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \fi
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ % Add the macroname to \macrolist
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \fi}
+
+\def\unmacro{\parsearg\dounmacro}
+\def\dounmacro#1{%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+ \let\do\unmacrodo
+ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+ \advance\paramno by 1%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+ \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+ \ifrecursive
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \else % many
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+ \paramlist{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+ \expandafter\parsearg
+ \fi \next}
+
+% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
+% expanded by \write.
+\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
+ \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
+\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+% @xref etc.
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+ node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
+\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
+\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\relax
+
+% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
+\def\donoderef{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+ {Ysectionnumberandtype}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+\def\unnumbnoderef{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+\def\appendixnoderef{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
+ {Yappendixletterandtype}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name),
+% NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type).
+% Called from \foonoderef.
+%
+% We have to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section
+% title aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in
+% the first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
+%
+% Likewise, use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
+% and backslash work in node names.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{{%
+ \atdummies
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+ %
+ \turnoffactive
+ \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
+ \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
+ \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
+}}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
+ \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+ % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+ % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+ % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+ \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+ \else
+ % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+ \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+ % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+ % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+ % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+ % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ \ifpdf
+ \leavevmode
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
+ \else
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ goto name{#1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \linkcolor
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+ \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \else
+ % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+ % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+ % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+ % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+ % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+ {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ }%
+ % output the `[mynode]' via a macro.
+ \xrefprintnodename\printednodename
+ %
+ % But we always want a comma and a space:
+ ,\space
+ %
+ % output the `page 3'.
+ \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since not square brackets don't work in some documents. Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% \dosetq is called from \setref to do the actual \write (\iflinks).
+%
+\def\dosetq#1#2{%
+ {\let\folio=0%
+ \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
+ \iflinks \next \fi
+ }%
+}
+
+% \internalsetq{foo}{page} expands into
+% CHARACTERS @xrdef{foo}{...expansion of \page...}
+\def\internalsetq#1#2{@xrdef{#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
+
+% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq.
+%
+\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
+\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie
+ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+ \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+%
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \otherbackslash
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+ \csname X#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+ % If not defined, say something at least.
+ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+ \iflinks
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+ \else
+ \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+ \global\warnedxrefstrue
+ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % It's defined, so just use it.
+ \thisrefX
+ \fi
+ #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
+\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^A=\other
+ \catcode`\^^B=\other
+ \catcode`\^^C=\other
+ \catcode`\^^D=\other
+ \catcode`\^^E=\other
+ \catcode`\^^F=\other
+ \catcode`\^^G=\other
+ \catcode`\^^H=\other
+ \catcode`\^^K=\other
+ \catcode`\^^L=\other
+ \catcode`\^^N=\other
+ \catcode`\^^P=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+ \catcode`\^^R=\other
+ \catcode`\^^S=\other
+ \catcode`\^^T=\other
+ \catcode`\^^U=\other
+ \catcode`\^^V=\other
+ \catcode`\^^W=\other
+ \catcode`\^^X=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+ \catcode`\^^[=\other
+ \catcode`\^^\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^]=\other
+ \catcode`\^^^=\other
+ \catcode`\^^_=\other
+ % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+ % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+ % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
+ % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+ % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+ % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
+ % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+ %
+ % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+ % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+ % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+ %
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ %
+ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\[=\other
+ \catcode`\]=\other
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\$=\other
+ \catcode`\#=\other
+ \catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+ %
+ % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+ {%
+ \count 1=128
+ \def\loop{%
+ \catcode\count 1=\other
+ \advance\count 1 by 1
+ \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
+ % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
+ % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
+ % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
+ % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ %
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files.
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ \catcode`\@=0
+ %
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ \input \jobname.aux
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \global\warnedobstrue
+ \fi
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% Footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+ \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+ %
+ % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+ % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+ \let\@sf\empty
+ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+ %
+ % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+ \unskip
+ \thisfootno\@sf
+ \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+% The start of the footnote looks usually like this:
+\gdef\startfootins{\insert\footins\bgroup}
+%
+% ... but this macro is redefined inside @multitable.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+ \startfootins
+ % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+ % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+ % So reset some parameters.
+ \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+ \floatingpenalty\@MM
+ \leftskip\z@skip
+ \rightskip\z@skip
+ \spaceskip\z@skip
+ \xspaceskip\z@skip
+ \parindent\defaultparindent
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
+ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+ \let\noindent = \relax
+ %
+ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
+ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+ \everypar = {\hang}%
+ \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+ %
+ % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
+ % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+ % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+ \footstrut
+ \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
+% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+ % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+ \leavevmode
+ %
+ % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+ \vadjust{%
+ % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+ % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+ \vskip-\baselineskip
+ %
+ % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
+ % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+ \llap{%
+ %
+ % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+ \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+ %
+ % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+ \hskip 12pt
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+ \closein 1
+ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+ \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+ work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+ it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+ \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+ \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+ \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+ \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+ \global\warnednoepsftrue
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ % If the image is by itself, center it.
+ \ifvmode
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \nobreak\bigskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+ \nobreak
+ \line\bgroup\hss
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Output the image.
+ \ifpdf
+ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \else
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
+\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file if it exists.
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \let\temp = \relax
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+ \else
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
+% physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+ \voffset = #3\relax
+ \topskip = #6\relax
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ %
+ \vsize = #1\relax
+ \advance\vsize by \topskip
+ \outervsize = \vsize
+ \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+ \pageheight = \vsize
+ %
+ \hsize = #2\relax
+ \outerhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+ \pagewidth = \hsize
+ %
+ \normaloffset = #4\relax
+ \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+ %
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ \fi
+ %
+ \setleading{\textleading}
+ %
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+ \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+ \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ {9.25in}{7in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
+ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
+ % your texinfo source file like this:
+ % @tex
+ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+ % @end tex
+ \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \hfuzz = 1pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+ \textleading = 12.5pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+ {210mm}{148mm}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \tolerance = 800
+ \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 2mm
+ \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+ {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
+\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \globaldefs = 1
+ %
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \setleading{\textleading}%
+ %
+ \dimen0 = #1
+ \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ %
+ \dimen2 = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
+% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
+{\catcode`\==\active
+\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
+
+\catcode`+=\active
+\catcode`\_=\active
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx}
+ @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+}
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+
+% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
+\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+
+\catcode`\\=\active
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
+% even after parsing them.
+@def@turnoffactive{%
+ @let"=@normaldoublequote
+ @let\=@realbackslash
+ @let~=@normaltilde
+ @let^=@normalcaret
+ @let_=@normalunderscore
+ @let|=@normalverticalbar
+ @let<=@normalless
+ @let>=@normalgreater
+ @let+=@normalplus
+ @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
+% effect.)
+%
+@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @catcode`+=@active
+ @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+
+@c Set initial fonts.
+@textfonts
+@rm
+
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
+@c End:
--- /dev/null
+@set UPDATED 3 January 2004
+@set UPDATED-MONTH January 2004
+@set EDITION 0.7.1
+@set VERSION 0.7.1
--- /dev/null
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+#
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+ case $1 in
+ -c) instcmd=$cpprog
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -d) dir_arg=true
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -s) stripcmd=$stripprog
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+ shift
+ continue;;
+
+ *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
+ then
+ src=$1
+ else
+ # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+ :
+ dst=$1
+ fi
+ shift
+ continue;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+ echo "$0: no input file specified" >&2
+ exit 1
+else
+ :
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+ dst=$src
+ src=""
+
+ if [ -d "$dst" ]; then
+ instcmd=:
+ chmodcmd=""
+ else
+ instcmd=$mkdirprog
+ fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+ if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
+ then
+ :
+ else
+ echo "$0: $src does not exist" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+ then
+ echo "$0: no destination specified" >&2
+ exit 1
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+ if [ -d "$dst" ]
+ then
+ dst=$dst/`basename "$src"`
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='
+ '
+IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}"
+
+oIFS=$IFS
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS=$oIFS
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+ pathcomp=$pathcomp$1
+ shift
+
+ if [ ! -d "$pathcomp" ] ;
+ then
+ $mkdirprog "$pathcomp"
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+
+ pathcomp=$pathcomp/
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+ $doit $instcmd "$dst" &&
+
+ if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
+ if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+ if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
+ then
+ dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
+ else
+ dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename |
+ sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+ fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+ if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
+ then
+ dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+
+# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+
+ dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+# Trap to clean up temp files at exit.
+
+ trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0
+ trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+ $doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+ if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
+ if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
+ if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
+ if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
+
+# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. We try this
+# two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some systems and the destination
+# file might be busy for other reasons. In this case, the final cleanup
+# might fail but the new file should still install successfully.
+
+{
+ if [ -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" ]
+ then
+ $doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null ||
+ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null ||
+ {
+ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2
+ (exit 1); exit
+ }
+ else
+ :
+ fi
+} &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+ $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile"
+
+fi &&
+
+# The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap.
+
+{
+ (exit 0); exit
+}
--- /dev/null
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+
+## Makefile for Netcat.
+
+## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free
+## Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2 2003/01/03 22:53:32 themnemonic Exp $
+
+## Proceed to subdirs
+
+SUBDIRS = contrib
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.7.6 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2 2003/01/03 22:53:32 themnemonic Exp $
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+target_triplet = @target@
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CONTRIBLIBS = @CONTRIBLIBS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NEED_GETOPT_FALSE = @NEED_GETOPT_FALSE@
+NEED_GETOPT_TRUE = @NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+all_includes = @all_includes@
+all_libraries = @all_libraries@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target = @target@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+target_cpu = @target_cpu@
+target_os = @target_os@
+target_vendor = @target_vendor@
+
+SUBDIRS = contrib
+subdir = lib
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+depcomp =
+am__depfiles_maybe =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive pdf-recursive \
+ ps-recursive install-info-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
+ all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive \
+ check-recursive installcheck-recursive
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps lib/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+ @set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ dot_seen=yes; \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+ done; \
+ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+ fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+ @set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+ dot_seen=no; \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ rev="$$rev ."; \
+ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+ for subdir in $$rev; do \
+ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+ local_target="$$target-am"; \
+ else \
+ local_target="$$target"; \
+ fi; \
+ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+ done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+ done
+ctags-recursive:
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+ done
+
+ETAGS = etags
+ETAGSFLAGS =
+
+CTAGS = ctags
+CTAGSFLAGS =
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ mkid -fID $$unique
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ if (etags --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ include_option=--etags-include; \
+ else \
+ include_option=--include; \
+ fi; \
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test -f $$subdir/TAGS && \
+ tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+ && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ || exit 1; \
+ (cd $$subdir && \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+ top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
+ distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
+ distdir) \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
+ clean-generic clean-recursive ctags ctags-recursive distclean \
+ distclean-generic distclean-recursive distclean-tags distdir \
+ dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive install \
+ install-am install-data install-data-am install-data-recursive \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-recursive \
+ install-info install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \
+ install-recursive install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+ installdirs installdirs-am installdirs-recursive \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+ maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-recursive pdf pdf-am pdf-recursive ps ps-am \
+ ps-recursive tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am \
+ uninstall-info-am uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-recursive
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+
+## Makefile for Netcat.
+
+## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free
+## Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2 2003/01/03 22:53:32 themnemonic Exp $
+
+if NEED_GETOPT
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libcontrib.a
+
+libcontrib_a_SOURCES = \
+ getopt.c \
+ getopt1.c
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST = *.h *.c
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.7.6 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2 2003/01/03 22:53:32 themnemonic Exp $
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ../..
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+target_triplet = @target@
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CONTRIBLIBS = @CONTRIBLIBS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NEED_GETOPT_FALSE = @NEED_GETOPT_FALSE@
+NEED_GETOPT_TRUE = @NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+all_includes = @all_includes@
+all_libraries = @all_libraries@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target = @target@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+target_cpu = @target_cpu@
+target_os = @target_os@
+target_vendor = @target_vendor@
+
+@NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@noinst_LIBRARIES = libcontrib.a
+
+@NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@libcontrib_a_SOURCES = \
+@NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@ getopt.c \
+@NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@ getopt1.c
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST = *.h *.c
+subdir = lib/contrib
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+
+libcontrib_a_AR = $(AR) cru
+libcontrib_a_LIBADD =
+am__libcontrib_a_SOURCES_DIST = getopt.c getopt1.c
+@NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@am_libcontrib_a_OBJECTS = getopt.$(OBJEXT) \
+@NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@ getopt1.$(OBJEXT)
+libcontrib_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libcontrib_a_OBJECTS)
+
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir)
+depcomp =
+am__depfiles_maybe =
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libcontrib_a_SOURCES_DIST)
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
+SOURCES = $(libcontrib_a_SOURCES)
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps lib/contrib/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+
+AR = ar
+
+clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
+ -test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+libcontrib.a: $(libcontrib_a_OBJECTS) $(libcontrib_a_DEPENDENCIES)
+ -rm -f libcontrib.a
+ $(libcontrib_a_AR) libcontrib.a $(libcontrib_a_OBJECTS) $(libcontrib_a_LIBADD)
+ $(RANLIB) libcontrib.a
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+ -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
+
+distclean-compile:
+ -rm -f *.tab.c
+
+.c.o:
+ $(COMPILE) -c `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+
+.c.obj:
+ $(COMPILE) -c `if test -f '$<'; then $(CYGPATH_W) '$<'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/$<'; fi`
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+ETAGS = etags
+ETAGSFLAGS =
+
+CTAGS = ctags
+CTAGSFLAGS =
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ mkid -fID $$unique
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+ && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ../..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES)
+
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+ distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+ clean-noinstLIBRARIES ctags distclean distclean-compile \
+ distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am info \
+ info-am install install-am install-data install-data-am \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-info install-info-am \
+ install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+ installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+ mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am \
+ ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+ NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+ "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
+ before changing it!
+ Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+ 02111-1307 USA. */
+\f
+/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
+ Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */
+#ifndef _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+ reject `defined (const)'. */
+# ifndef const
+# define const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+ actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
+ Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
+ and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+ (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
+ program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+ it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
+
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+# define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+ to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
+ contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* GNU C library. */
+
+#ifdef VMS
+# include <unixlib.h>
+# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+# include <string.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. */
+# if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# ifndef _
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+# endif
+# else
+# define _(msgid) (msgid)
+# endif
+# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
+ but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+ to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+ As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+ when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
+ all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+ Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
+ Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+ GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+ they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+ When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+ the argument value is returned here.
+ Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+ each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+ This is used for communication to and from the caller
+ and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+ On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+ When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+ non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+ Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+ how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which
+ causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
+ know that. */
+
+int __getopt_initialized;
+
+/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+ in which the last option character we returned was found.
+ This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+ If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+ by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
+
+static char *nextchar;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+ for unrecognized options. */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+ This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+ system's own getopt implementation. */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+ If the caller did not specify anything,
+ the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+ POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+ REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+ stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+ This is what Unix does.
+ This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+ variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+ of the list of option characters.
+
+ PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
+ so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options
+ to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
+ expect this.
+
+ RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
+ to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+ the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+ as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
+ Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
+ selects this mode of operation.
+
+ The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+ of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+ `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */
+
+static enum
+{
+ REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+} ordering;
+
+/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */
+static char *posixly_correct;
+\f
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
+ because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
+ On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
+ in GCC. */
+# include <string.h>
+# define my_index strchr
+#else
+
+# if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+# else
+# include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+ whose names are inconsistent. */
+
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+static char *
+my_index (str, chr)
+ const char *str;
+ int chr;
+{
+ while (*str)
+ {
+ if (*str == chr)
+ return (char *) str;
+ str++;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
+ If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
+ That was relevant to code that was here before. */
+# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
+/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
+ and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */
+extern int strlen (const char *);
+# endif /* not __STDC__ */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+\f
+/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
+
+/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+ been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
+ `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
+
+static int first_nonopt;
+static int last_nonopt;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Stored original parameters.
+ XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so
+ that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */
+extern int __libc_argc;
+extern char **__libc_argv;
+
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+ indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+
+static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
+static int nonoption_flags_len;
+# endif
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+ if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \
+ { \
+ char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \
+ }
+# else
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+ One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+ which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+ The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+ the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+ `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+ the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+static void exchange (char **);
+#endif
+
+static void
+exchange (argv)
+ char **argv;
+{
+ int bottom = first_nonopt;
+ int middle = last_nonopt;
+ int top = optind;
+ char *tem;
+
+ /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+ That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+ It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+ but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+ /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+ string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range
+ of the string. */
+ if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
+ {
+ /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and
+ presents new arguments. */
+ char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+ if (new_str == NULL)
+ nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+ nonoption_flags_max_len),
+ '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+ nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+ {
+ if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+ {
+ /* Bottom segment is the short one. */
+ int len = middle - bottom;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ tem = argv[bottom + i];
+ argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+ argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+ SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
+ }
+ /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
+ top -= len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Top segment is the short one. */
+ int len = top - middle;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ tem = argv[bottom + i];
+ argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+ argv[middle + i] = tem;
+ SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
+ }
+ /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
+ bottom += len;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
+
+ first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
+ last_nonopt = optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
+#endif
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
+ int argc;
+ char *const *argv;
+ const char *optstring;
+{
+ /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+ is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+ non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
+
+ first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;
+
+ nextchar = NULL;
+
+ posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+ /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
+
+ if (optstring[0] == '-')
+ {
+ ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+ ++optstring;
+ }
+ else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+ {
+ ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+ ++optstring;
+ }
+ else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
+ ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+ else
+ ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+ if (posixly_correct == NULL
+ && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv)
+ {
+ if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+ {
+ if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+ || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+ nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+ else
+ {
+ const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+ int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+ if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+ nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+ (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
+ if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+ nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+ else
+ memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+ '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+ }
+ }
+ nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
+ }
+ else
+ nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+ return optstring;
+}
+\f
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+ given in OPTSTRING.
+
+ If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+ then it is an option element. The characters of this element
+ (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt'
+ is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+ from each of the option elements.
+
+ If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+ updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+ resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+ If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
+ Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+ that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+ so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+ OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+ If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+ return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to
+ zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+ If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+ so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+ ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
+ wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+ it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+ If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+ handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+ See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+ Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+ Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+ or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
+ argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+ from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+ When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+ `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+ if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+ The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+ But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+ with other systems.
+
+ LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+ element containing a name which is zero.
+
+ LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+ It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+ recent call.
+
+ If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+ long-named options. */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
+ int argc;
+ char *const *argv;
+ const char *optstring;
+ const struct option *longopts;
+ int *longind;
+ int long_only;
+{
+ int print_errors = opterr;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ print_errors = 0;
+
+ if (argc < 1)
+ return -1;
+
+ optarg = NULL;
+
+ if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
+ {
+ if (optind == 0)
+ optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */
+ optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
+ __getopt_initialized = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+ Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+ from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information
+ is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \
+ || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \
+ && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+#else
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
+
+ if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
+
+ /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+ moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */
+ if (last_nonopt > optind)
+ last_nonopt = optind;
+ if (first_nonopt > optind)
+ first_nonopt = optind;
+
+ if (ordering == PERMUTE)
+ {
+ /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+ exchange them so that the options come first. */
+
+ if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+ exchange ((char **) argv);
+ else if (last_nonopt != optind)
+ first_nonopt = optind;
+
+ /* Skip any additional non-options
+ and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
+
+ while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+ optind++;
+ last_nonopt = optind;
+ }
+
+ /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+ Skip it like a null option,
+ then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+ then skip everything else like a non-option. */
+
+ if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
+ {
+ optind++;
+
+ if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+ exchange ((char **) argv);
+ else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
+ first_nonopt = optind;
+ last_nonopt = argc;
+
+ optind = argc;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+ and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
+
+ if (optind == argc)
+ {
+ /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+ that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
+ if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
+ optind = first_nonopt;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+ either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
+
+ if (NONOPTION_P)
+ {
+ if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+ return -1;
+ optarg = argv[optind++];
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+ Skip the initial punctuation. */
+
+ nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
+ + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
+ }
+
+ /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
+
+ /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+ If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+ a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+ a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
+ way to give the -f short option.
+
+ On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+ the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+ the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+ This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
+
+ if (longopts != NULL
+ && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
+ || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+ {
+ char *nameend;
+ const struct option *p;
+ const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+ int exact = 0;
+ int ambig = 0;
+ int indfound = -1;
+ int option_index;
+
+ for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+
+ /* Test all long options for either exact match
+ or abbreviated matches. */
+ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+ if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+ {
+ if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar)
+ == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+ {
+ /* Exact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ exact = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (pfound == NULL)
+ {
+ /* First nonexact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ }
+ else if (long_only
+ || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+ || pfound->flag != p->flag
+ || pfound->val != p->val)
+ /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
+ ambig = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (ambig && !exact)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind]);
+
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind]);
+#endif
+ }
+ nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+ optind++;
+ optopt = 0;
+ return '?';
+ }
+
+ if (pfound != NULL)
+ {
+ option_index = indfound;
+ optind++;
+ if (*nameend)
+ {
+ /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+ allow it to be used on enums. */
+ if (pfound->has_arg)
+ optarg = nameend + 1;
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+#endif
+
+ if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+ {
+ /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0],
+ pfound->name);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+
+ optopt = pfound->val;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+ {
+ if (optind < argc)
+ optarg = argv[optind++];
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ __asprintf (&buf,
+ _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+#endif
+ }
+ nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+ optopt = pfound->val;
+ return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+ }
+ }
+ nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+ if (longind != NULL)
+ *longind = option_index;
+ if (pfound->flag)
+ {
+ *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pfound->val;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
+ or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+ option, then it's an error.
+ Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
+ if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
+ || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+#endif
+
+ if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
+ {
+ /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], nextchar);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], nextchar);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#endif
+ }
+ nextchar = (char *) "";
+ optind++;
+ optopt = 0;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
+
+ {
+ char c = *nextchar++;
+ char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
+
+ /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */
+ if (*nextchar == '\0')
+ ++optind;
+
+ if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+#endif
+
+ if (posixly_correct)
+ {
+ /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#endif
+ }
+ optopt = c;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+ if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+ {
+ char *nameend;
+ const struct option *p;
+ const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+ int exact = 0;
+ int ambig = 0;
+ int indfound = 0;
+ int option_index;
+
+ /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
+ if (*nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ optarg = nextchar;
+ /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+ we must advance to the next element now. */
+ optind++;
+ }
+ else if (optind == argc)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+ /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+ optopt = c;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ c = ':';
+ else
+ c = '?';
+ return c;
+ }
+ else
+ /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+ increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
+ optarg = argv[optind++];
+
+ /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+ table of longopts. */
+
+ for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+
+ /* Test all long options for either exact match
+ or abbreviated matches. */
+ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+ if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+ {
+ if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+ {
+ /* Exact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ exact = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (pfound == NULL)
+ {
+ /* First nonexact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ }
+ else
+ /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
+ ambig = 1;
+ }
+ if (ambig && !exact)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind]);
+
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind]);
+#endif
+ }
+ nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+ optind++;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ if (pfound != NULL)
+ {
+ option_index = indfound;
+ if (*nameend)
+ {
+ /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+ allow it to be used on enums. */
+ if (pfound->has_arg)
+ optarg = nameend + 1;
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+ {
+ if (optind < argc)
+ optarg = argv[optind++];
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+#endif
+ }
+ nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+ return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+ }
+ }
+ nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+ if (longind != NULL)
+ *longind = option_index;
+ if (pfound->flag)
+ {
+ *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pfound->val;
+ }
+ nextchar = NULL;
+ return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */
+ }
+ if (temp[1] == ':')
+ {
+ if (temp[2] == ':')
+ {
+ /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
+ if (*nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ optarg = nextchar;
+ optind++;
+ }
+ else
+ optarg = NULL;
+ nextchar = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
+ if (*nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ optarg = nextchar;
+ /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+ we must advance to the next element now. */
+ optind++;
+ }
+ else if (optind == argc)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+ /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ __asprintf (&buf,
+ _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+
+ if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+ else
+ fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+ optopt = c;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ c = ':';
+ else
+ c = '?';
+ }
+ else
+ /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+ increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
+ optarg = argv[optind++];
+ nextchar = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return c;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
+ int argc;
+ char *const *argv;
+ const char *optstring;
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+ (const struct option *) 0,
+ (int *) 0,
+ 0);
+}
+
+#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
+\f
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+ the above definition of `getopt'. */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ int c;
+ int digit_optind = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+ c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+ if (c == -1)
+ break;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+ printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+ digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+ printf ("option %c\n", c);
+ break;
+
+ case 'a':
+ printf ("option a\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'b':
+ printf ("option b\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (optind < argc)
+ {
+ printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+ while (optind < argc)
+ printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
--- /dev/null
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+ 02111-1307 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+ standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+ If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+ that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+ not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+ if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
+ doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+ When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+ the argument value is returned here.
+ Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+ each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+ This is used for communication to and from the caller
+ and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+ On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+ When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+ non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+ Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+ how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+ for unrecognized options. */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+ The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+ of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+ zero.
+
+ The field `has_arg' is:
+ no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+ required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+ optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+ If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+ to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+ left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+ To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+ a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+ option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+ value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+ one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+ returns the contents of the `val' field. */
+
+struct option
+{
+# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
+ const char *name;
+# else
+ char *name;
+# endif
+ /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+ type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
+ int has_arg;
+ int *flag;
+ int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
+
+# define no_argument 0
+# define required_argument 1
+# define optional_argument 2
+#endif /* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+ arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+ options given in OPTS.
+
+ Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
+ there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
+ missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+ returned.
+
+ The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+ letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+ takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+ If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+ optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+ The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+ scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+ options.
+
+ If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+ arguments to the option '\0'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
+ `getopt'. */
+
+#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
+# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+ differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
+ errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts);
+# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+
+/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+ int __long_only);
+# endif
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long ();
+extern int getopt_long_only ();
+
+extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
--- /dev/null
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+ 02111-1307 USA. */
+\f
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+ reject `defined (const)'. */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+ actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
+ Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
+ and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+ (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
+ program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+ it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
+
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+ to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+ int argc;
+ char *const *argv;
+ const char *options;
+ const struct option *long_options;
+ int *opt_index;
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+ If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+ but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+ instead. */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+ int argc;
+ char *const *argv;
+ const char *options;
+ const struct option *long_options;
+ int *opt_index;
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
+}
+
+
+#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
+\f
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+{
+ int c;
+ int digit_optind = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+ int option_index = 0;
+ static struct option long_options[] =
+ {
+ {"add", 1, 0, 0},
+ {"append", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+ {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"create", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"file", 1, 0, 0},
+ {0, 0, 0, 0}
+ };
+
+ c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+ long_options, &option_index);
+ if (c == -1)
+ break;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+ if (optarg)
+ printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+ printf ("\n");
+ break;
+
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+ printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+ digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+ printf ("option %c\n", c);
+ break;
+
+ case 'a':
+ printf ("option a\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'b':
+ printf ("option b\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (optind < argc)
+ {
+ printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+ while (optind < argc)
+ printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
--- /dev/null
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+
+## Makefile for Netcat.
+
+## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free
+## Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.4 2003/01/03 22:53:32 themnemonic Exp $
+
+EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 \
+ inttypes_h.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lbl-net.m4 \
+ lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4 \
+ stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.7.6 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.4 2003/01/03 22:53:32 themnemonic Exp $
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+target_triplet = @target@
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CONTRIBLIBS = @CONTRIBLIBS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NEED_GETOPT_FALSE = @NEED_GETOPT_FALSE@
+NEED_GETOPT_TRUE = @NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+all_includes = @all_includes@
+all_libraries = @all_libraries@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target = @target@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+target_cpu = @target_cpu@
+target_os = @target_os@
+target_vendor = @target_vendor@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 \
+ inttypes_h.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lbl-net.m4 \
+ lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4 \
+ stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4
+
+subdir = m4
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+depcomp =
+am__depfiles_maybe =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps m4/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+uninstall-info-am:
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+
+installdirs:
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+ distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
+ install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am \
+ uninstall-info-am
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
+ [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
+ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
+ am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
+ ])
+ if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
+ [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# gettext.m4 serial 17 (gettext-0.11.5)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2002.
+
+dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
+dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
+dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
+dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
+dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
+dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
+dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
+dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
+dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
+dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
+dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
+dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
+dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
+dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
+dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
+dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
+dnl
+dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
+dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
+dnl and used.
+dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
+dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
+dnl Catalog format: none
+dnl Catalog extension: none
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
+dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
+dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
+dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
+dnl maintainers.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
+[
+ dnl Argument checking.
+ ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
+ [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])])
+ ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
+ [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])
+ define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
+ define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
+
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
+ ])
+
+ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+ dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
+ dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ dnl if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+ dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
+ dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
+ dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
+ dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
+ dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
+ dnl documented, we avoid it.
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+ ])
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+ dnl Default is enabled NLS
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+ [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
+ USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+ ])
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ POSUB=
+
+ dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+ AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+ [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+ nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+ if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+ ])
+ dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
+ dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
+ dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+
+ dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
+ define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1)))
+ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
+ define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
+
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+ dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+ AM_ICONV_LINK
+ ])
+ dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
+ dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
+ dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
+ dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
+ [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
+ gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
+ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
+ dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros],
+[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
+ [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
+ [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
+ LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
+ gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
+ ])
+ fi
+ CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+ fi
+
+ dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
+ dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
+ dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
+ dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
+ || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
+ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
+ gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
+ else
+ dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
+ LIBINTL=
+ LTLIBINTL=
+ INCINTL=
+ fi
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
+ dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
+ dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
+ nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+ INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
+ LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
+ LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
+ fi
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
+ CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+ fi
+ ])
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
+ [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
+ is requested.])
+ else
+ USE_NLS=no
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+
+ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+ if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
+ fi
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
+ [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
+ [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+ fi
+
+ dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
+ POSUB=po
+ fi
+
+ ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+ dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
+ dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
+ if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+ fi
+
+ dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+ AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
+ nls_cv_header_intl=
+ nls_cv_header_libgt=
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ DATADIRNAME=share
+ AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+ AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ GENCAT=gencat
+ AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
+
+ dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
+ INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
+ AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
+ ])
+
+ dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+ INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
+ AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+
+ dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
+ AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
+ AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory,
+dnl except for USE_NLS.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
+
+ dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
+ dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
+
+ dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
+ dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
+ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+ :)
+ AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+
+ dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
+ dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
+ dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+ :)
+ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+ rm -f messages.po
+
+ dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
+ AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
+ [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
+
+ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
+ dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
+ if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
+ dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
+ dnl Makefiles still can work.
+ if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ : ;
+ else
+ GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(
+ [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
+ GMSGFMT=":"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
+ dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+ if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+ dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+ dnl Makefiles still can work.
+ if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
+ : ;
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(
+ [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+ XGETTEXT=":"
+ fi
+ dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+ rm -f messages.po
+ fi
+
+ AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
+ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+ # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
+ case "$ac_file" in
+ *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+ esac
+ # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
+ case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
+ # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+ ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+ ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+ ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+ # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+ # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+ test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+ /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+ esac
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
+ rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+ # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend
+ # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
+ # parameters.
+ if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+ # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+ fi
+ ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+ # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+ fi
+ case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+ .) srcdirpre= ;;
+ *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+ esac
+ POFILES=
+ GMOFILES=
+ UPDATEPOFILES=
+ DUMMYPOFILES=
+ for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+ GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+ UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+ DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+ done
+ # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+ # environment variable.
+ INST_LINGUAS=
+ if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+ for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+ useit=no
+ if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+ desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+ else
+ desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+ fi
+ for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+ # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+ # a. equal to presentlang, or
+ # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+ # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+ # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+ case "$desiredlang" in
+ "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+ esac
+ done
+ if test $useit = yes; then
+ INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ CATALOGS=
+ if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+ for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+ CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+ done
+ fi
+ test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
+ sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
+ for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
+ if test -f "$f"; then
+ case "$f" in
+ *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
+ *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done],
+ [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
+ # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
+ # from automake.
+ eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
+ # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
+ LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
+ ])
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
+dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
+dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
+
+ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
+stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
+ AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \
+geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \
+strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+ AM_ICONV
+ AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
+ if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+ AM_LC_MESSAGES
+ fi
+
+ dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
+ dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
+ dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
+ dnl compile.
+ dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
+ dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
+ dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
+ dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
+ dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
+ dnl present or too old.
+ AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
+ if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
+ ac_verc_fail=yes
+ else
+ dnl Found it, now check the version.
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
+changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+ ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
+ case $ac_prog_version in
+ '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+ 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+ ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
+ *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+ esac
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
+ fi
+ if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
+ INTLBISON=:
+ fi
+])
+
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
+[
+ dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
+ dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
+ dnl Try to locate is.
+ MKINSTALLDIRS=
+ if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+ if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
+ MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
--- /dev/null
+# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
+# From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
+ [
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
+ [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
+ [
+#include <features.h>
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+ #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
+ Lucky GNU user
+ #endif
+#endif
+ ],
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
+ ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
+ ]
+ )
+ AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
+ GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
+ ]
+)
--- /dev/null
+# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
+[
+ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
+ dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
+
+ dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+
+ dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+ dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
+ dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
+ dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
+ am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
+ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=no
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);],
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
+ am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>],
+ [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
+ iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+ iconv_close(cd);],
+ am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
+ am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
+ LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
+ fi
+ ])
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
+ fi
+ if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
+ else
+ dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
+ dnl either.
+ CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIBICONV=
+ LTLIBICONV=
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
+ AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
+[
+ AM_ICONV_LINK
+ if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
+ AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);
+#else
+size_t iconv();
+#endif
+], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
+ am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
+ am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
+ }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
+ [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+static void
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+sigfpe_handler (int sig)
+#else
+sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
+#endif
+{
+ /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */
+ exit (sig != SIGFPE);
+}
+
+int x = 1;
+int y = 0;
+int z;
+int nan;
+
+int main ()
+{
+ signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
+/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */
+#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
+ signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */
+#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
+ signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
+#endif
+
+ z = x / y;
+ nan = y / y;
+ exit (1);
+}
+], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
+ [
+ # Guess based on the CPU.
+ case "$host_cpu" in
+ alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
+ *)
+ gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
+ esac
+ ])
+ ])
+ case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
+ *yes) value=1;;
+ *) value=0;;
+ esac
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
+ [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
+])
--- /dev/null
+# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
+# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
+ gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef PRId32
+char *p = PRId32;
+#endif
+], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
+ ])
+ fi
+ if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
+ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
+# <sys/types.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
+ [
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>],
+ [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
+ ])
+ if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
+ [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# inttypes_h.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h,
+ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>],
+ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
+ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
+ jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+ and declares uintmax_t. ])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005.
+
+# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
+# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
+# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
+# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
+# give these diagnostics:
+# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
+# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
+
+undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
+ [
+ dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
+ ]
+)
--- /dev/null
+dnl
+dnl AC_LBL_LIBRARY_NET
+dnl
+dnl This test is for network applications that need socket() and
+dnl gethostbyname() -ish functions. Under Solaris, those applications
+dnl need to link with "-lsocket -lnsl". Under IRIX, they need to link
+dnl with "-lnsl" but should *not* link with "-lsocket" because
+dnl libsocket.a breaks a number of things (for instance:
+dnl gethostbyname() under IRIX 5.2, and snoop sockets under most
+dnl versions of IRIX).
+dnl
+dnl Unfortunately, many application developers are not aware of this,
+dnl and mistakenly write tests that cause -lsocket to be used under
+dnl IRIX. It is also easy to write tests that cause -lnsl to be used
+dnl under operating systems where neither are necessary (or useful),
+dnl such as SunOS 4.1.4, which uses -lnsl for TLI.
+dnl
+dnl This test exists so that every application developer does not test
+dnl this in a different, and subtly broken fashion.
+
+dnl It has been argued that this test should be broken up into two
+dnl seperate tests, one for the resolver libraries, and one for the
+dnl libraries necessary for using Sockets API. Unfortunately, the two
+dnl are carefully intertwined and allowing the autoconf user to use
+dnl them independantly potentially results in unfortunate ordering
+dnl dependancies -- as such, such component macros would have to
+dnl carefully use indirection and be aware if the other components were
+dnl executed. Since other autoconf macros do not go to this trouble,
+dnl and almost no applications use sockets without the resolver, this
+dnl complexity has not been implemented.
+dnl
+dnl The check for libresolv is in case you are attempting to link
+dnl statically and happen to have a libresolv.a lying around (and no
+dnl libnsl.a).
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AC_LBL_LIBRARY_NET, [
+ # Most operating systems have gethostbyname() in the default searched
+ # libraries (i.e. libc):
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, ,
+ # Some OSes (eg. Solaris) place it in libnsl:
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname, ,
+ # Some strange OSes (SINIX) have it in libsocket:
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, gethostbyname, ,
+ # Unfortunately libsocket sometimes depends on libnsl.
+ # AC_CHECK_LIB's API is essentially broken so the
+ # following ugliness is necessary:
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, gethostbyname,
+ LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS",
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, gethostbyname),
+ -lnsl))))
+ AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, , AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, ,
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, LIBS="-lsocket -lnsl $LIBS", ,
+ -lnsl)))
+ # DLPI needs putmsg under HPUX so test for -lstr while we're at it
+ AC_CHECK_LIB(str, putmsg)
+ ])
--- /dev/null
+# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
+ am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
+ if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
+ [Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# lib-ld.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
+dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
+dnl with libtool.m4.
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
+ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+ acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+fi])
+with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
+])
+
+dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
+[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
+[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
+test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
+ case $host in
+ *-*-mingw*)
+ # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
+ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
+ *)
+ ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
+ esac
+ case $ac_prog in
+ # Accept absolute paths.
+ [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
+ [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
+ # Canonicalize the path of ld
+ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+ while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+ ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+ done
+ test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+ ;;
+ "")
+ # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+ ac_prog=ld
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+ with_gnu_ld=unknown
+ ;;
+ esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
+ for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+ acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+ # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
+ # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+ # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+ if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
+ test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+ else
+ test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+else
+ acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
+])
--- /dev/null
+# lib-link.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
+dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
+ ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
+ ])
+ LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
+ INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+ dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
+ dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+ undefine([Name])
+ undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
+dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
+dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
+dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
+dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
+dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
+dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
+dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+ define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+
+ dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
+ dnl accordingly.
+ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+
+ dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+ dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
+ dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
+ ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+ AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
+ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
+ LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+ ])
+ if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
+ else
+ HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
+ dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
+ dnl $INC[]NAME either.
+ CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
+ LIB[]NAME=
+ LTLIB[]NAME=
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+ AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+ undefine([Name])
+ undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
+dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
+dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L,
+dnl sys_lib_search_path_spec, sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
+ CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
+ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
+ . ./conftest.sh
+ rm -f ./conftest.sh
+ acl_cv_rpath=done
+ ])
+ wl="$acl_cv_wl"
+ libext="$acl_cv_libext"
+ shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+ hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
+ hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
+ hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
+ sys_lib_search_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
+ sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
+ dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
+ AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+ [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
+ :, enable_rpath=yes)
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+ define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+ [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+ use_additional=yes
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ AC_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
+[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+ --without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
+[
+ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+ use_additional=no
+ else
+ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ else
+ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+ dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
+ dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
+ LIB[]NAME=
+ LTLIB[]NAME=
+ INC[]NAME=
+ rpathdirs=
+ ltrpathdirs=
+ names_already_handled=
+ names_next_round='$1 $2'
+ while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
+ names_this_round="$names_next_round"
+ names_next_round=
+ for name in $names_this_round; do
+ already_handled=
+ for n in $names_already_handled; do
+ if test "$n" = "$name"; then
+ already_handled=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$already_handled"; then
+ names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
+ dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
+ dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
+ uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
+ eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
+ if test -n "$value"; then
+ if test "$value" = yes; then
+ eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+ eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
+ test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+ else
+ dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
+ dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
+ :
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
+ dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
+ found_dir=
+ found_la=
+ found_so=
+ found_a=
+ if test $use_additional = yes; then
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+ found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ case "$x" in
+ -L*)
+ dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+ found_dir="$dir"
+ found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+ found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+ if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+ dnl Found the library.
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
+ dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
+ dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
+ dnl standard /usr/lib.
+ if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
+ dnl No hardcoding is needed.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+ dnl binary.
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
+ if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+ dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+ dnl resulting binary.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+ dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+ dnl binary.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
+ dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
+ dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
+ fi
+ if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+ dnl here.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+ else
+ dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
+ dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
+ dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
+ dnl very old systems.
+ dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+ dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+ dnl here.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
+ dnl Linking with a static library.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
+ else
+ dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
+ dnl fallback.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
+ additional_includedir=
+ case "$found_dir" in
+ */lib | */lib/)
+ basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
+ additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
+ dnl constructed $INCNAME,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+ INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Look for dependencies.
+ if test -n "$found_la"; then
+ dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
+ dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
+ dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
+ save_libdir="$libdir"
+ case "$found_la" in
+ */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
+ *) . "./$found_la" ;;
+ esac
+ libdir="$save_libdir"
+ dnl We use only dependency_libs.
+ for dep in $dependency_libs; do
+ case "$dep" in
+ -L*)
+ additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+ dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
+ dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ haveit=
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -R*)
+ dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
+ if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+ dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $rpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+ dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+ haveit=
+ for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ dnl Handle this in the next round.
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
+ ;;
+ *.la)
+ dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
+ dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
+ dnl option.
+ names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ else
+ dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
+ dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
+ dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
+ dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
+ dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
+ dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
+ alldirs=
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
+ done
+ dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$alldirs"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+ else
+ dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+ for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+ acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+ libdir="$found_dir"
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+ LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+ done
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
+ dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
+ dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
+ for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
+ LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
+ done
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
+dnl unless already present in VAR.
+dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
+dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
+[
+ for element in [$2]; do
+ haveit=
+ for x in $[$1]; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
+ fi
+ done
+])
--- /dev/null
+# lib-prefix.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
+dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
+dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
+dnl with the same --prefix option.
+dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
+dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
+[
+ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+ dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+ use_additional=yes
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ AC_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
+[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+ --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
+[
+ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+ use_additional=no
+ else
+ if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+ eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+ ])
+ else
+ additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+ additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+ if test $use_additional = yes; then
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+ dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
+ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+ CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+ dnl But don't add it
+ dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+ dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
+ dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+ dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
+ haveit=
+ for x in $LDFLAGS; do
+ AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+ if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+ haveit=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
+ if test -n "$GCC"; then
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*) haveit=yes;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ if test -z "$haveit"; then
+ if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+ dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+ LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
+dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
+dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
+[
+ dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
+ dnl at the end of configure.
+ if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+ acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+ else
+ acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
+ fi
+ if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+ acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+ else
+ acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ fi
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
+dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
+dnl at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
+[
+ acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+ acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+ exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+ $1
+ exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+ prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
--- /dev/null
+# progtest.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
+
+dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
+dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
+[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
+[case "[$]$1" in
+ /*)
+ ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
+ test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if [$3]; then
+ ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
+dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
+ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
+])dnl
+ ;;
+esac])dnl
+$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
+if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
+else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)dnl
+])
--- /dev/null
+# stdint_h.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.4)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h,
+ [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+ [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdint.h>],
+ [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;],
+ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
+ jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+[Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+ and declares uintmax_t. ])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# uintmax_t.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.11)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.13)
+
+# Define uintmax_t to `unsigned long' or `unsigned long long'
+# if <inttypes.h> does not exist.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
+[
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+ if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
+ AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
+ test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
+ && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
+ || ac_type='unsigned long'
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
+ [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
+ if <inttypes.h> and <stdint.h> don't define.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+# ulonglong.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.0.32, gettext-0.10.40)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
+dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
+dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
+dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,
+ [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;],
+ [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1;
+ return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;],
+ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes,
+ ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)])
+ if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
+ [Define if you have the unsigned long long type.])
+ fi
+])
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+
+# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
+# srcdir already.
+if test -f configure.ac; then
+ configure_ac=configure.ac
+else
+ configure_ac=configure.in
+fi
+
+case "$1" in
+--run)
+ # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+ run=
+ shift
+ "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case "$1" in
+
+ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+ echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+ --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+ aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+ autoconf touch file \`configure'
+ autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
+ automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+ bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+ flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ help2man touch the output file
+ lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ makeinfo touch the output file
+ tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+ yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
+ ;;
+
+ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+ echo "missing 0.4 - GNU automake"
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ aclocal*)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
+ any GNU archive site."
+ touch aclocal.m4
+ ;;
+
+ autoconf)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
+ \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
+ archive site."
+ touch configure
+ ;;
+
+ autoheader)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
+ from any GNU archive site."
+ files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
+ test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+ touch_files=
+ for f in $files; do
+ case "$f" in
+ *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+ *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+ esac
+ done
+ touch $touch_files
+ ;;
+
+ automake*)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
+ You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+ Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+ find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+ sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+ while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+ ;;
+
+ autom4te)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+ system. You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them.
+ You can get \`$1Help2man' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
+ archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ if test -f "$file"; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo "#! /bin/sh"
+ echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
+ echo "# $ $@"
+ echo "exit 0"
+ chmod +x $file
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ bison|yacc)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+ if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case "$LASTARG" in
+ *.y)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+ fi
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
+ echo >y.tab.h
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ lex|flex)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f lex.yy.c
+ if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case "$LASTARG" in
+ *.l)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+ if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ help2man)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
+ \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+ effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ fi
+ if [ -f "$file" ]; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ makeinfo)
+ if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have makeinfo, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+ indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
+ call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+ DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+ the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+ file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
+ fi
+ touch $file
+ ;;
+
+ tar)
+ shift
+ if test -n "$run"; then
+ echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+ # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+ # messages.
+ if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gnutar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gtar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ firstarg="$1"
+ if shift; then
+ case "$firstarg" in
+ *o*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case "$firstarg" in
+ *h*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
+ You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+ command line arguments."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+ system. You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
+ it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
+ this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+ some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Public domain
+
+errstatus=0
+dirmode=""
+
+usage="\
+Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..."
+
+# process command line arguments
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ -h | --help | --h*) # -h for help
+ echo "$usage" 1>&2
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ -m) # -m PERM arg
+ shift
+ test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+ dirmode=$1
+ shift
+ ;;
+ --) # stop option processing
+ shift
+ break
+ ;;
+ -*) # unknown option
+ echo "$usage" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ *) # first non-opt arg
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+for file
+do
+ if test -d "$file"; then
+ shift
+ else
+ break
+ fi
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+case $dirmode in
+ '')
+ if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
+ exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
+ exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
+ fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+for file
+do
+ set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
+ shift
+
+ pathcomp=
+ for d
+ do
+ pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
+ case $pathcomp in
+ -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+ echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
+
+ mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+ if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+ errstatus=$lasterr
+ else
+ if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
+ echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
+ lasterr=""
+ chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+ if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
+ errstatus=$lasterr
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
+ done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# End:
+# mkinstalldirs ends here
--- /dev/null
+Summary: Networking utility that manages TCP and UDP connections
+Name: netcat
+Version: 0.7.1
+Release: 1
+License: GPL
+Group: Applications/Internet
+URL: http://netcat.sourceforge.net/
+Source: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/netcat/netcat-%{version}.tar.bz2
+Packager: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-root
+
+%description
+Netcat is a featured networking utility which reads and writes data across
+network connections, using the TCP/IP protocol.
+It is designed to be a reliable "back-end" tool that can be used directly or
+easily driven by other programs and scripts. At the same time, it is a
+feature-rich network debugging and exploration tool, since it can create
+almost any kind of connection you would need and has several interesting
+built-in capabilities.
+
+%prep
+%setup -q
+
+%build
+%configure
+#configure --program-suffix= --program-prefix=
+
+%install
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+make install DESTDIR="$RPM_BUILD_ROOT"
+
+# ugly hack in order to include the structured directory in the rpm
+rm -f doc/drafts/Makefile*
+
+%find_lang %name
+
+%clean
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%files -f %{name}.lang
+%defattr(-,root,root)
+%doc AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog NEWS README TODO doc/migration doc/drafts
+
+%{_bindir}/netcat
+%{_bindir}/nc
+
+%{_infodir}/*
+%{_mandir}/*/*
+
+%post
+/sbin/install-info %{_infodir}/netcat.info.gz %{_infodir}/dir
+
+%preun
+if [ "$1" = 0 ]; then
+ /sbin/install-info --delete %{_infodir}/netcat.info.gz %{_infodir}/dir
+fi
+
+%changelog
+* Sun Jan 11 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net> 0.7.1-1
+- Minor spec file cleanup
+- Updated to version 0.7.1.
+
+* Thu Aug 21 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net> 0.7.0-1
+- Updated to version 0.7.0.
+
+* Tue Oct 15 2002 Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net> 0.6.1-1
+- Updated author's email address.
+- Now adds info entries in the global info directory on install.
+- Updated to version 0.6.1.
+
+* Thu Aug 22 2002 Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net> 0.6.0-1
+- Final updates for the public release.
+
+* Tue Aug 20 2002 Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net> 0.6.0-0.5
+- Some updates, still testing for first public release.
+
+* Sat Jun 15 2002 Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net> 0.5.1-1
+- First testing package v0.5.1.
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2002 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
+# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+# functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
+# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
+
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+MSGMERGE = msgmerge
+MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
+MSGINIT = msginit
+MSGCONV = msgconv
+MSGFILTER = msgfilter
+
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
+DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in Makevars remove-potcdate.sin \
+$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
+DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) POTFILES.in $(DOMAIN).pot \
+$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
+$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
+
+POTFILES = \
+
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+
+# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-update
+
+.po.mo:
+ @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
+ $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
+
+.po.gmo:
+ @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
+
+.sin.sed:
+ sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
+
+
+all: all-@USE_NLS@
+
+all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
+all-no:
+
+# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
+# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
+# have been downloaded.
+
+$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
+ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
+ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
+ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
+ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)'
+ test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
+ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
+ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
+ if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
+ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ fi; \
+ }
+
+$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
+ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+
+$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot
+
+
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec:
+install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common); do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+install-data-no: all
+install-data-yes: all
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+ if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+ for file in *; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+ fi; \
+ done); \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ else \
+ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+ ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+ cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
+installdirs-exec:
+installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+installdirs-data-no:
+installdirs-data-yes:
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+ for file in *; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+ fi; \
+ done); \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ else \
+ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
+uninstall-exec:
+uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+uninstall-data-no:
+uninstall-data-yes:
+ catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+check: all
+
+dvi info tags TAGS ID:
+
+mostlyclean:
+ rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
+ rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
+ rm -fr *.o
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+ rm -f $(GMOFILES)
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir:
+ $(MAKE) update-po
+ @$(MAKE) dist2
+# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
+dist2: $(DISTFILES)
+ dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; fi; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ cp -p $$file $(distdir); \
+ else \
+ cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+ fi; \
+ done
+
+update-po: Makefile
+ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+ $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
+ $(MAKE) update-gmo
+
+# General rule for updating PO files.
+
+.nop.po-update:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
+ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+ echo "$$lang:"; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ else \
+ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ fi
+
+$(DUMMYPOFILES):
+
+update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
+ @:
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status POTFILES.in
+ cd $(top_builddir) \
+ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+force:
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+
+# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
+DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
+
+# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
+subdir = po
+top_builddir = ..
+
+# These options get passed to xgettext.
+XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
+
+# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
+# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
+# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
+# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are
+# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
+# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for
+# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
+# their copyright.
+COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
+# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.
+EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =
--- /dev/null
+# List of source files containing translatable strings.
+# (Filenames relative to top-level directory.)
+src/core.c
+src/flagset.c
+src/misc.c
+src/netcat.c
+src/network.c
+src/telnet.c
+src/udphelper.c
--- /dev/null
+# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
+
+DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
+
+.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
+
+en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
+en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
+
+.insert-header.po-update-en:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
+ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+ echo "$$lang:"; \
+ ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
+ LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+ if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ else \
+ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ fi
+
+en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
+
+en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
+mostlyclean-quot:
+ rm -f *.insert-header
--- /dev/null
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
+s/“/“\e[1m/g
+s/”/\e[0m”/g
+s/‘/‘\e[1m/g
+s/’/\e[0m’/g
--- /dev/null
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
+# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
+# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
+#
--- /dev/null
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
--- /dev/null
+# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
+#
+# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
+# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
+# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
+# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^msgid /{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/m/m/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
+r HEADER
+# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
+# current line while doing this.
+g
+N
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Italian translation for GNU Netcat package.
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Giovanni Giacobbi
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the GNU netcat package.
+# Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>, 2003.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: netcat 0.6.2\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-01-03 17:17+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-19 14:16+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Italian <tp@lists.linux.it>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: src/core.c:151 src/core.c:438
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listening on %s"
+msgstr "In attesa su %s"
+
+#: src/core.c:154
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listening on %s (using %d sockets)"
+msgstr "In attesa su %s (%d socket in uso)"
+
+#: src/core.c:237
+#, c-format
+msgid "Received packet from %s:%d -> %s:%d (local)"
+msgstr "Pacchetto ricevuto da %s:%d -> %s:%d (locale)"
+
+#: src/core.c:243
+#, c-format
+msgid "Received packet from %s:%d"
+msgstr "Pacchetto ricevuto da %s:%d"
+
+#: src/core.c:383
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s open"
+msgstr "%s è aperto"
+
+#: src/core.c:421
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't setup listening socket (err=%d)"
+msgstr "Impossibile creare il socket in ascolto (err=%d)"
+
+#: src/core.c:465
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unwanted connection from %s:%hu (refused)"
+msgstr "Connessione non voluta da %s:%hu (rifiutata)"
+
+#: src/core.c:469
+#, c-format
+msgid "Connection from %s:%hu"
+msgstr "Connessione da %s:%hu"
+
+#: src/misc.c:187
+msgid "Error:"
+msgstr "Errore:"
+
+#: src/misc.c:190
+msgid "Warning:"
+msgstr "Attenzione:"
+
+#: src/misc.c:193
+msgid "Notice:"
+msgstr "Info:"
+
+#: src/misc.c:231
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Total received bytes: %s\n"
+"Total sent bytes: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Totale byte ricevuti: %s\n"
+"Totale byte inviati: %s\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:268
+msgid "Cmd line:"
+msgstr "Riga comando:"
+
+#: src/misc.c:306
+#, c-format
+msgid "GNU netcat %s, a rewrite of the famous networking tool.\n"
+msgstr "GNU netcat %s, una reimplementazione del famoso tool per networking.\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:307
+msgid "Basic usages:\n"
+msgstr "Utilizzo di base:\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:308
+#, c-format
+msgid "connect to somewhere: %s [options] hostname port [port] ...\n"
+msgstr "connessione ad un host: %s [opzioni] hostname port [port] ...\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:309
+#, c-format
+msgid "listen for inbound: %s -l -p port [options] [hostname] [port] ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+"attesa connessione: %s -l -p port [opzioni] [hostname] [porta] ...\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:310
+#, c-format
+msgid "tunnel to somewhere: %s -L hostname:port -p port [options]\n"
+msgstr "modalità tunneling: %s -L hostname:porta -p porta [opzioni]\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:312
+msgid ""
+"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Gli argomenti che sono obbligatori per le istruzioni lunghe lo sono anche "
+"per quelle corte.\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:313
+msgid ""
+"Options:\n"
+" -c, --close close connection on EOF from stdin\n"
+" -e, --exec=PROGRAM program to exec after connect\n"
+" -g, --gateway=LIST source-routing hop point[s], up to 8\n"
+" -G, --pointer=NUM source-routing pointer: 4, 8, 12, ...\n"
+" -h, --help display this help and exit\n"
+" -i, --interval=SECS delay interval for lines sent, ports scanned\n"
+" -l, --listen listen mode, for inbound connects\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Opzioni:\n"
+" -c, --close chiudi la connessione all'EOF da stdin\n"
+" -e, --exec=PROGRAM programma da eseguire dopo la connessione\n"
+" -g, --gateway=LIST source-routing hop point[s], fino a 8\n"
+" -G, --pointer=NUM source-routing pointer: 4, 8, 12, ...\n"
+" -h, --help mostra questo testo ed esce\n"
+" -i, --interval=SECS intervallo per le righe inviate o porte\n"
+" provate.\n"
+" -l, --listen modalità di ascolto, per le connessioni in "
+"entrata\n"
+" -L, --tunnel=ADDRESS:PORT modalità tunnel, inoltra una porta "
+"all'indirizzo\n"
+" specificato\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:321
+msgid ""
+" -L, --tunnel=ADDRESS:PORT forward local port to remote address\n"
+" -n, --dont-resolve numeric-only IP addresses, no DNS\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE output hexdump traffic to FILE (implies -x)\n"
+" -p, --local-port=NUM local port number\n"
+" -r, --randomize randomize local and remote ports\n"
+" -s, --source=ADDRESS local source address (ip or hostname)\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -L, --tunnel=ADDRESS:PORT inoltra una porta ad un indirizzo remoto\n"
+" -n, --dont-resolve indirizzi IP solo numerici, non risolvere\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE scrivi l'output del traffico sul FILE (implica -"
+"x)\n"
+" -p, --local-port=NUM specifica la porta locale usata\n"
+" -r, --randomize randomizza le porte locali e remote\n"
+" -s, --source=ADDRESS specifica l'indirizzo sorgente (ip o hostname)\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:329
+msgid ""
+" -t, --tcp TCP mode (default)\n"
+" -T, --telnet answer using TELNET negotiation\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -t, --tcp modalità TCP (default)\n"
+" -T, --telnet rispondi alle negoziazioni TELNET\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:333
+msgid ""
+" --tcp TCP mode (default)\n"
+" -t, --telnet answer using TELNET negotiation\n"
+" -T same as --telnet (compat)\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --tcp modalità TCP (default)\n"
+" -t, --telnet rispondi alle negoziazioni TELNET\n"
+" -T uguale a --telnet (compat)\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:338
+msgid ""
+" -u, --udp UDP mode\n"
+" -v, --verbose verbose (use twice to be more verbose)\n"
+" -V, --version output version information and exit\n"
+" -x, --hexdump hexdump incoming and outgoing traffic\n"
+" -w, --wait=SECS timeout for connects and final net reads\n"
+" -z, --zero zero-I/O mode (used for scanning)\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -u, --udp modalità UDP\n"
+" -v, --verbose dettagli (due volte significa più dettagli)\n"
+" -V, --version mostra informazioni sulla versione ed esce\n"
+" -x, --hexdump mostra l'hexdump dei dati in entrata e uscita\n"
+" -w, --wait=SECS tempo di scadenza per i tentativi di "
+"connessioni\n"
+" -z, --zero modalità di zero-I/O (usata per lo scanning)\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:346
+msgid "Remote port number can also be specified as range. Example: '1-1024'\n"
+msgstr ""
+"La porta remota può essere specificata come intervallo. Esempio: '1-1024'\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:356
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi\n"
+"\n"
+"This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
+"You may redistribute copies of this program under the terms of\n"
+"the GNU General Public License.\n"
+"For more information about these matters, see the file named COPYING.\n"
+"\n"
+"Original idea and design by Avian Research <hobbit@avian.org>,\n"
+"Written by Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi\n"
+"\n"
+"Questo programma viene pubblicato SENZA GARANZIA, con le estensioni\n"
+"consentite dalla legge.\n"
+"È possibile ridistribuire le copie di questo programma entro i termini\n"
+"stabiliti dalla GNU General Public License.\n"
+"Per ulteriori informazioni a riguardo vedere il file COPYING.\n"
+"\n"
+"Design e idea originale di Avian Research <hobbit@avian.org>,\n"
+"Scritto da Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>.\n"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:69
+msgid "Terminated."
+msgstr "Terminato."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:80
+msgid "Exiting."
+msgstr "Uscita."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:132
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't execute %s: %s"
+msgstr "Impossibile eseguire %s: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:234
+msgid "Cannot specify `-e' option double"
+msgstr "Impossibile utilizzare l'opzione `-e' più volte"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid interval time \"%s\""
+msgstr "Tempo di intervallo non valido \"%s\""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:253 src/netcat.c:259
+msgid "You can specify mode flags (`-l' and `-L') only once"
+msgstr ""
+"Puoi specificare le flag per la selezione della modalità (`-l' e `-L') solo "
+"una volta"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:262 src/netcat.c:349
+msgid "`-L' and `-z' options are incompatible"
+msgstr "Le opzioni `-L' e `-z' sono incompatibili"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:270
+msgid "Invalid target string for `-L' option"
+msgstr "Specificazione del tunnel non valida per il parametro `-L'"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:275
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve tunnel target host: %s"
+msgstr "Impossibile risolvere l'obbiettivo del tunnel: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:278
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid tunnel target port: %s"
+msgstr "Porta del tunnel non valida: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:294
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid local port: %s"
+msgstr "Porta locale specificata non valida: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:300
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid tunnel connect port: %s"
+msgstr "Porta specificata per la connessione del tunnel non valida: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:309
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve local host: %s"
+msgstr "Porta locale non valida: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:314
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve tunnel local host: %s"
+msgstr "Impossibile risolvere l'host di connessione del tunnel: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:340
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid wait-time: %s"
+msgstr "Tempo di attesa non valido: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:353 src/netcat.c:535
+#, c-format
+msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information."
+msgstr "Usare `%s --help' per ulteriori informazioni."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:359
+msgid "`-e' and `-z' options are incompatible"
+msgstr "Le opzioni `-e' e `-z' sono incompatibili"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:368
+msgid ""
+"Debugging support not compiled, option `-d' discarded. Using maximum "
+"verbosity."
+msgstr "Supporto per il debugging non compilato, opzione `-d' ignorata."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:377
+msgid "Randomization support not compiled, option `-r' discarded."
+msgstr "Supporto random non compilato, opzione `-r' ignorata."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:384
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed to open output file: %s"
+msgstr "Impossibile aprire il file di output: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:397
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve host \"%s\""
+msgstr "Impossibile risolvere l'host \"%s\""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:444
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid port specification: %s"
+msgstr "Specificazione porta non valida: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:487
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listen mode failed: %s"
+msgstr "Modalità di attesa fallita: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:496 src/netcat.c:596
+msgid "Passing control to the specified program"
+msgstr "Controllo passato al programma specificato"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:534
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: missing hostname argument"
+msgstr "%s: manca il parametro hostname"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:542
+msgid "No ports specified for connection"
+msgstr "Nessuna porta specificata per la connessione"
+
+#: src/network.c:95 src/network.c:159
+#, c-format
+msgid "Inverse name lookup failed for `%s'"
+msgstr "Risoluzione inversa per `%s' fallita"
+
+#: src/network.c:131
+#, c-format
+msgid "This host's reverse DNS doesn't match! %s -- %s"
+msgstr "Il reverse DNS di questo host non corrisponde! %s -- %s"
+
+#: src/network.c:137
+#, c-format
+msgid "Real hostname for %s [%s] is %s"
+msgstr "Il vero hostname di %s [%s] è %s"
+
+#: src/network.c:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Host %s isn't authoritative! (direct lookup failed)"
+msgstr "L'host %s non è autoritativo! (lookup diretto fallito)"
+
+#: src/network.c:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Host %s isn't authoritative! (direct lookup mismatch)"
+msgstr "L'host %s non è autoritativo! (lookup diretto errato)"
+
+#: src/network.c:182
+#, c-format
+msgid " %s -> %s BUT %s -> %s"
+msgstr " %s -> %s MA %s -> %s"
+
+#: src/network.c:289
+msgid "any address"
+msgstr "tutti gli indirizzi"
--- /dev/null
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-01-03 17:17+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: src/core.c:151 src/core.c:438
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listening on %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/core.c:154
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listening on %s (using %d sockets)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/core.c:237
+#, c-format
+msgid "Received packet from %s:%d -> %s:%d (local)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/core.c:243
+#, c-format
+msgid "Received packet from %s:%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/core.c:383
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s open"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/core.c:421
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't setup listening socket (err=%d)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/core.c:465
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unwanted connection from %s:%hu (refused)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/core.c:469
+#, c-format
+msgid "Connection from %s:%hu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:187
+msgid "Error:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:190
+msgid "Warning:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:193
+msgid "Notice:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:231
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Total received bytes: %s\n"
+"Total sent bytes: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:268
+msgid "Cmd line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:306
+#, c-format
+msgid "GNU netcat %s, a rewrite of the famous networking tool.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:307
+msgid "Basic usages:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:308
+#, c-format
+msgid "connect to somewhere: %s [options] hostname port [port] ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:309
+#, c-format
+msgid "listen for inbound: %s -l -p port [options] [hostname] [port] ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:310
+#, c-format
+msgid "tunnel to somewhere: %s -L hostname:port -p port [options]\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:312
+msgid ""
+"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:313
+msgid ""
+"Options:\n"
+" -c, --close close connection on EOF from stdin\n"
+" -e, --exec=PROGRAM program to exec after connect\n"
+" -g, --gateway=LIST source-routing hop point[s], up to 8\n"
+" -G, --pointer=NUM source-routing pointer: 4, 8, 12, ...\n"
+" -h, --help display this help and exit\n"
+" -i, --interval=SECS delay interval for lines sent, ports scanned\n"
+" -l, --listen listen mode, for inbound connects\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:321
+msgid ""
+" -L, --tunnel=ADDRESS:PORT forward local port to remote address\n"
+" -n, --dont-resolve numeric-only IP addresses, no DNS\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE output hexdump traffic to FILE (implies -x)\n"
+" -p, --local-port=NUM local port number\n"
+" -r, --randomize randomize local and remote ports\n"
+" -s, --source=ADDRESS local source address (ip or hostname)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:329
+msgid ""
+" -t, --tcp TCP mode (default)\n"
+" -T, --telnet answer using TELNET negotiation\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:333
+msgid ""
+" --tcp TCP mode (default)\n"
+" -t, --telnet answer using TELNET negotiation\n"
+" -T same as --telnet (compat)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:338
+msgid ""
+" -u, --udp UDP mode\n"
+" -v, --verbose verbose (use twice to be more verbose)\n"
+" -V, --version output version information and exit\n"
+" -x, --hexdump hexdump incoming and outgoing traffic\n"
+" -w, --wait=SECS timeout for connects and final net reads\n"
+" -z, --zero zero-I/O mode (used for scanning)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:346
+msgid "Remote port number can also be specified as range. Example: '1-1024'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:356
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi\n"
+"\n"
+"This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
+"You may redistribute copies of this program under the terms of\n"
+"the GNU General Public License.\n"
+"For more information about these matters, see the file named COPYING.\n"
+"\n"
+"Original idea and design by Avian Research <hobbit@avian.org>,\n"
+"Written by Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:69
+msgid "Terminated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:80
+msgid "Exiting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:132
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't execute %s: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:234
+msgid "Cannot specify `-e' option double"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid interval time \"%s\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:253 src/netcat.c:259
+msgid "You can specify mode flags (`-l' and `-L') only once"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:262 src/netcat.c:349
+msgid "`-L' and `-z' options are incompatible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:270
+msgid "Invalid target string for `-L' option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:275
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve tunnel target host: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:278
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid tunnel target port: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:294
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid local port: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:300
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid tunnel connect port: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:309
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve local host: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:314
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve tunnel local host: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:340
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid wait-time: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:353 src/netcat.c:535
+#, c-format
+msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:359
+msgid "`-e' and `-z' options are incompatible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:368
+msgid ""
+"Debugging support not compiled, option `-d' discarded. Using maximum "
+"verbosity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:377
+msgid "Randomization support not compiled, option `-r' discarded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:384
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed to open output file: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:397
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve host \"%s\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:444
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid port specification: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:487
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listen mode failed: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:496 src/netcat.c:596
+msgid "Passing control to the specified program"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:534
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: missing hostname argument"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:542
+msgid "No ports specified for connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/network.c:95 src/network.c:159
+#, c-format
+msgid "Inverse name lookup failed for `%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/network.c:131
+#, c-format
+msgid "This host's reverse DNS doesn't match! %s -- %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/network.c:137
+#, c-format
+msgid "Real hostname for %s [%s] is %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/network.c:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Host %s isn't authoritative! (direct lookup failed)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/network.c:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Host %s isn't authoritative! (direct lookup mismatch)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/network.c:182
+#, c-format
+msgid " %s -> %s BUT %s -> %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/network.c:289
+msgid "any address"
+msgstr ""
--- /dev/null
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
--- /dev/null
+# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry
+# from a POT file.
+#
+# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the
+# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/P/P/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line.
+g
+d
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}
--- /dev/null
+# Slovak translation for the GNU Netcat package.
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Lubomir Sedlacik
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the GNU netcat package.
+# Lubomir Sedlacik <salo@Xtrmntr.org>, 2003.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: netcat 0.6.1\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-01-03 17:17+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-09-19 21:17+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Lubomir Sedlacik <salo@Xtrmntr.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: sk <sk@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: src/core.c:151 src/core.c:438
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listening on %s"
+msgstr "Poèúvam na %s"
+
+#: src/core.c:154
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listening on %s (using %d sockets)"
+msgstr "Poèúvam na %s (pou¾ívam %d socketov)"
+
+#: src/core.c:237
+#, c-format
+msgid "Received packet from %s:%d -> %s:%d (local)"
+msgstr "Prijatý paket z %s:%d -> %s:%d (lokálne)"
+
+#: src/core.c:243
+#, c-format
+msgid "Received packet from %s:%d"
+msgstr "Prijatý paket z %s:%d"
+
+#: src/core.c:383
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s open"
+msgstr "%s otvorené"
+
+#: src/core.c:421
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't setup listening socket (err=%d)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/core.c:465
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unwanted connection from %s:%hu (refused)"
+msgstr "Ne¾iadúce spojenie z %s:%hu (odmietnuté)"
+
+#: src/core.c:469
+#, c-format
+msgid "Connection from %s:%hu"
+msgstr "Spojenie z %s:%hu"
+
+#: src/misc.c:187
+msgid "Error:"
+msgstr "Chyba:"
+
+#: src/misc.c:190
+msgid "Warning:"
+msgstr "Varovanie:"
+
+#: src/misc.c:193
+msgid "Notice:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.c:231
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Total received bytes: %s\n"
+"Total sent bytes: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Celkove prijatých bajtov: %s\n"
+"Celkove poslaných bajtov: %s\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:268
+msgid "Cmd line:"
+msgstr "Príkazový riadok:"
+
+#: src/misc.c:306
+#, c-format
+msgid "GNU netcat %s, a rewrite of the famous networking tool.\n"
+msgstr "GNU netcat %s, prepísaná verzia populárneho sie»ového nástroja.\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:307
+msgid "Basic usages:\n"
+msgstr "Základne pou¾itie:\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:308
+#, c-format
+msgid "connect to somewhere: %s [options] hostname port [port] ...\n"
+msgstr "pripoji» sa niekam: %s [voµby] hostname port [port] ...\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:309
+#, c-format
+msgid "listen for inbound: %s -l -p port [options] [hostname] [port] ...\n"
+msgstr "oèakáva» spojenie: %s -l -p port [voµby] [hostname] [port] ...\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:310
+#, c-format
+msgid "tunnel to somewhere: %s -L hostname:port -p port [options]\n"
+msgstr "vytvori» tunel niekam: %s -L hostname:port -p port [voµby]\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:312
+msgid ""
+"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n"
+msgstr "Povinné parametre pre dlhé voµby sú povinné i pre krátke voµby.\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:313
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Options:\n"
+" -c, --close close connection on EOF from stdin\n"
+" -e, --exec=PROGRAM program to exec after connect\n"
+" -g, --gateway=LIST source-routing hop point[s], up to 8\n"
+" -G, --pointer=NUM source-routing pointer: 4, 8, 12, ...\n"
+" -h, --help display this help and exit\n"
+" -i, --interval=SECS delay interval for lines sent, ports scanned\n"
+" -l, --listen listen mode, for inbound connects\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Voµby:\n"
+" -e, --exec=PROGRAM program, ktorý sa spustí po pripojení\n"
+" -g, --gateway=ZOZNAM bod[y] pre source-routing, najviac 8\n"
+" -G, --pointer=POÈET source-routing pointer: 4, 8, 12, ...\n"
+" -h, --help vypísa» tento zoznam a ukonèi» sa\n"
+" -i, --interval=SEKUNDY pozdr¾a» posielané riadky, skenované porty\n"
+" -l, --listen poèúva» príchodzie spojenia\n"
+" -L, --tunnel=ADRESA:PORT presmerova» lokálny port na vzdialenú adresu\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+" -L, --tunnel=ADDRESS:PORT forward local port to remote address\n"
+" -n, --dont-resolve numeric-only IP addresses, no DNS\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE output hexdump traffic to FILE (implies -x)\n"
+" -p, --local-port=NUM local port number\n"
+" -r, --randomize randomize local and remote ports\n"
+" -s, --source=ADDRESS local source address (ip or hostname)\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -n, --dont-resolve iba èíselné IP adresy, bez DNS\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE ulo¾i» obsah spojenia v hex do FILE (zahàòa -"
+"x)\n"
+" -p, --local-port=NUM èíslo lokálneho portu\n"
+" -r, --randomize náhodné èísla lokálnych a vzdialených portov\n"
+" -s, --source=ADDRESS lokálna zdrojová adresa (ip alebo hostname)\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:329
+msgid ""
+" -t, --tcp TCP mode (default)\n"
+" -T, --telnet answer using TELNET negotiation\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -t, --tcp TCP mód (východzie)\n"
+" -T, --telnet odpoveda» s pou¾itím TELNET negotiation\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:333
+msgid ""
+" --tcp TCP mode (default)\n"
+" -t, --telnet answer using TELNET negotiation\n"
+" -T same as --telnet (compat)\n"
+msgstr ""
+" --tcp TCP mód (východzie)\n"
+" -t, --telnet odpoveda» s pou¾itím TELNET negotiation\n"
+" -T rovnaké ako --telnet (kompatibilita)\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:338
+msgid ""
+" -u, --udp UDP mode\n"
+" -v, --verbose verbose (use twice to be more verbose)\n"
+" -V, --version output version information and exit\n"
+" -x, --hexdump hexdump incoming and outgoing traffic\n"
+" -w, --wait=SECS timeout for connects and final net reads\n"
+" -z, --zero zero-I/O mode (used for scanning)\n"
+msgstr ""
+" -u, --udp UDP mód\n"
+" -v, --verbose ukecaný (dva krát pre vaè¹iu ukecanos»)\n"
+" -V, --version vypísa» verziu a ukonèi» sa\n"
+" -x, --hexdump vypísa» príchodzie a odchodzie spojenia v hex\n"
+" -w, --wait=SECS vyèkávacia doba pre spojenia a èítanie zo "
+"siete\n"
+" -z, --zero nulový-I/O mód (pou¾íva sa pri skenovaní)\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:346
+msgid "Remote port number can also be specified as range. Example: '1-1024'\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Èíslo vzdialeného portu mô¾e by» definované i ako rozsah. Príklad: '1-1024'\n"
+
+#: src/misc.c:356
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi\n"
+"\n"
+"This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
+"You may redistribute copies of this program under the terms of\n"
+"the GNU General Public License.\n"
+"For more information about these matters, see the file named COPYING.\n"
+"\n"
+"Original idea and design by Avian Research <hobbit@avian.org>,\n"
+"Written by Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi\n"
+"\n"
+"Tento program je ¹írený BEZ AKÝCHKO¥VEK ZÁRUK, v rozsahu umo¾nenom zákonom.\n"
+"Kópie tohto programu je mo¾né ïalej ¹íri» pod podmienkami\n"
+"GNU General Public License.\n"
+"Pre detailnej¹ie informácie, viï súbor nazvaný COPYING.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pôvodná idea a dizajn Avian Research <hobbit@avian.org>,\n"
+"Napísal Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>.\n"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:69
+msgid "Terminated."
+msgstr "Ukonèené."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:80
+msgid "Exiting."
+msgstr "Ukonèujem."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:132
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't execute %s: %s"
+msgstr "Nie je mo¾né spusti» %s: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:234
+msgid "Cannot specify `-e' option double"
+msgstr "Nie je mo¾né viackrát zvoli» '-e' parameter"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid interval time \"%s\""
+msgstr "Chybný èas intervalu \"%s\""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:253 src/netcat.c:259
+msgid "You can specify mode flags (`-l' and `-L') only once"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:262 src/netcat.c:349
+msgid "`-L' and `-z' options are incompatible"
+msgstr "Voµby `-L' a `-z' nie sú navzájom kompatibilné"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:270
+msgid "Invalid target string for `-L' option"
+msgstr "Neplatný cieµový re»azec pre `-L' voµbu"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:275
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve tunnel target host: %s"
+msgstr "Nebolo mo¾né nájs» DNS záznam pre cieµový host tunela: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:278
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid tunnel target port: %s"
+msgstr "Neplatný port pre cieµový host tunela: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:294
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid local port: %s"
+msgstr "Neplatný lokálny port: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:300
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid tunnel connect port: %s"
+msgstr "Neplatný port pre lokálnu stranu tunela: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:309
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve local host: %s"
+msgstr "Nebolo mo¾né nájs» DNS záznam pre lokálny host: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:314
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve tunnel local host: %s"
+msgstr "Nebolo mo¾né nájs» DNS záznam pre lokálnu stranu tunela: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:340
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid wait-time: %s"
+msgstr "Neplatná vyèkávacia doba: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:353 src/netcat.c:535
+#, c-format
+msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information."
+msgstr "Skúste `%s --help' pre viac informácií."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:359
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "`-e' and `-z' options are incompatible"
+msgstr "Voµby `-L' a `-z' nie sú navzájom kompatibilné"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:368
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Debugging support not compiled, option `-d' discarded. Using maximum "
+"verbosity."
+msgstr "Podpora ladenia nie je zakompilovaná, voµba `-d' vypustená."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:377
+msgid "Randomization support not compiled, option `-r' discarded."
+msgstr ""
+"Podpora generovania náhodnosti nie je zakompilovaná, voµba `-r' vypustená."
+
+#: src/netcat.c:384
+#, c-format
+msgid "Failed to open output file: %s"
+msgstr "Nepodarilo sa otvori» súbor: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:397
+#, c-format
+msgid "Couldn't resolve host \"%s\""
+msgstr "Nebolo mo¾né nájs» DNS záznam pre \"%s\""
+
+#: src/netcat.c:444
+#, c-format
+msgid "Invalid port specification: %s"
+msgstr "Neplatná ¹pecifikácia portu: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:487
+#, c-format
+msgid "Listen mode failed: %s"
+msgstr "Poèúvací mód zlyhal: %s"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:496 src/netcat.c:596
+msgid "Passing control to the specified program"
+msgstr "Prenechávam kontrolu ¹pecifikovanému programu"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:534
+#, c-format
+msgid "%s: missing hostname argument"
+msgstr "%s: chýbajúci parameter `hostname'"
+
+#: src/netcat.c:542
+msgid "No ports specified for connection"
+msgstr "Pre spojenie neboli ¹pecifikované ¾iadne porty"
+
+#: src/network.c:95 src/network.c:159
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Inverse name lookup failed for `%s'"
+msgstr "inverzné vyhµadanie mena pre `%s' zlyhalo"
+
+#: src/network.c:131
+#, c-format
+msgid "This host's reverse DNS doesn't match! %s -- %s"
+msgstr "Reverzný DNS záznam pre host sa nezhoduje! %s -- %s"
+
+#: src/network.c:137
+#, c-format
+msgid "Real hostname for %s [%s] is %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/network.c:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Host %s isn't authoritative! (direct lookup failed)"
+msgstr "Host %s nie je autoritatívny! (priame vyhµadanie zlyhalo)"
+
+#: src/network.c:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Host %s isn't authoritative! (direct lookup mismatch)"
+msgstr "Host %s nie je autoritatívny! (priame vyhµadanie sa nezhoduje)"
+
+#: src/network.c:182
+#, c-format
+msgid " %s -> %s BUT %s -> %s"
+msgstr " %s -> %s ALE %s -> %s"
+
+#: src/network.c:289
+msgid "any address"
+msgstr "akejkoµvek adrese"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Inverse host lookup failed for %s"
+#~ msgstr "inverzné vyhµadanie pre host `%s' zlyhalo"
+
+#~ msgid "`-L' and `-l' options are incompatible"
+#~ msgstr "Voµby `-L' a `-l' nie sú navzájom kompatibilné"
--- /dev/null
+## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
+
+## Makefile for Netcat.
+
+## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free
+## Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.14 2003/01/03 22:53:31 themnemonic Exp $
+
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"\$(localedir)\" @DEFS@
+
+if NEED_GETOPT
+INCLUDES = -I../lib/contrib
+endif
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = netcat
+netcat_SOURCES = \
+ core.c \
+ flagset.c \
+ misc.c \
+ netcat.c \
+ network.c \
+ telnet.c \
+ udphelper.c
+
+netcat_LDADD = @CONTRIBLIBS@ @INTLLIBS@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = *.h
+
+#
+# Follows the local installation procedures
+#
+netcat_nc = $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/nc
+
+install-exec-hook:
+ @if [ ! -L $(netcat_nc) -a ! -e $(netcat_nc) ]; then \
+ echo "Creating symlink to the shorter executable name"; \
+ ln -s netcat $(netcat_nc); \
+ fi
+
+uninstall-hook:
+ @if [ -L $(netcat_nc) ]; then \
+ echo "Removing symlink to the shorter executable name"; \
+ rm -f $(netcat_nc); \
+ fi
--- /dev/null
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.7.6 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.14 2003/01/03 22:53:31 themnemonic Exp $
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+target_triplet = @target@
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CONTRIBLIBS = @CONTRIBLIBS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"\$(localedir)\" @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NEED_GETOPT_FALSE = @NEED_GETOPT_FALSE@
+NEED_GETOPT_TRUE = @NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POD2MAN = @POD2MAN@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+all_includes = @all_includes@
+all_libraries = @all_libraries@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target = @target@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+target_cpu = @target_cpu@
+target_os = @target_os@
+target_vendor = @target_vendor@
+
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+
+@NEED_GETOPT_TRUE@INCLUDES = -I../lib/contrib
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = netcat
+netcat_SOURCES = \
+ core.c \
+ flagset.c \
+ misc.c \
+ netcat.c \
+ network.c \
+ telnet.c \
+ udphelper.c
+
+
+netcat_LDADD = @CONTRIBLIBS@ @INTLLIBS@
+
+EXTRA_DIST = *.h
+
+#
+# Follows the local installation procedures
+#
+netcat_nc = $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/nc
+subdir = src
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+bin_PROGRAMS = netcat$(EXEEXT)
+PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS)
+
+am_netcat_OBJECTS = core.$(OBJEXT) flagset.$(OBJEXT) misc.$(OBJEXT) \
+ netcat.$(OBJEXT) network.$(OBJEXT) telnet.$(OBJEXT) \
+ udphelper.$(OBJEXT)
+netcat_OBJECTS = $(am_netcat_OBJECTS)
+netcat_DEPENDENCIES =
+netcat_LDFLAGS =
+
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir)
+depcomp =
+am__depfiles_maybe =
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+ $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+DIST_SOURCES = $(netcat_SOURCES)
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
+SOURCES = $(netcat_SOURCES)
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+ cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --ignore-deps src/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+binPROGRAMS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_PROGRAM)
+install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+ @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ p1=`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \
+ if test -f $$p \
+ ; then \
+ f=`echo "$$p1" | sed 's,^.*/,,;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(binPROGRAMS_INSTALL) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f"; \
+ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(binPROGRAMS_INSTALL) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f || exit 1; \
+ else :; fi; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-binPROGRAMS:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+ f=`echo "$$p" | sed 's,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \
+ echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f"; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f; \
+ done
+
+clean-binPROGRAMS:
+ -test -z "$(bin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(bin_PROGRAMS)
+netcat$(EXEEXT): $(netcat_OBJECTS) $(netcat_DEPENDENCIES)
+ @rm -f netcat$(EXEEXT)
+ $(LINK) $(netcat_LDFLAGS) $(netcat_OBJECTS) $(netcat_LDADD) $(LIBS)
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+ -rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
+
+distclean-compile:
+ -rm -f *.tab.c
+
+.c.o:
+ $(COMPILE) -c `test -f '$<' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+
+.c.obj:
+ $(COMPILE) -c `if test -f '$<'; then $(CYGPATH_W) '$<'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/$<'; fi`
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+ETAGS = etags
+ETAGSFLAGS =
+
+CTAGS = ctags
+CTAGSFLAGS =
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ mkid -fID $$unique
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ tags=; \
+ here=`pwd`; \
+ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | \
+ $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+ $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+ here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+ && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+ -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+ case $$file in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+ dir="/$$dir"; \
+ $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+ else \
+ dir=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS)
+
+installdirs:
+ $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+ distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-binPROGRAMS
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-hook
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall-info-am
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall-hook
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-binPROGRAMS \
+ clean-generic ctags distclean distclean-compile \
+ distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am info \
+ info-am install install-am install-binPROGRAMS install-data \
+ install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall \
+ uninstall-am uninstall-binPROGRAMS uninstall-info-am
+
+
+install-exec-hook:
+ @if [ ! -L $(netcat_nc) -a ! -e $(netcat_nc) ]; then \
+ echo "Creating symlink to the shorter executable name"; \
+ ln -s netcat $(netcat_nc); \
+ fi
+
+uninstall-hook:
+ @if [ -L $(netcat_nc) ]; then \
+ echo "Removing symlink to the shorter executable name"; \
+ rm -f $(netcat_nc); \
+ fi
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * core.c -- core loops and most critical routines
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: core.c,v 1.38 2004/01/03 16:42:07 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "netcat.h"
+
+/* Global variables */
+
+unsigned long bytes_sent = 0; /* total bytes received */
+unsigned long bytes_recv = 0; /* total bytes sent */
+
+/* Creates a UDP socket with a default destination address. It also calls
+ bind(2) if it is needed in order to specify the source address.
+ Returns the new socket number. */
+
+static int core_udp_connect(nc_sock_t *ncsock)
+{
+ int ret, sock;
+ struct sockaddr_in myaddr;
+ debug_v(("core_udp_connect(ncsock=%p)", (void *)ncsock));
+
+ sock = netcat_socket_new(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM);
+ if (sock < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* prepare myaddr for the bind() call */
+ myaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+ myaddr.sin_port = ncsock->local_port.netnum;
+ memcpy(&myaddr.sin_addr, &ncsock->local_host.iaddrs[0],
+ sizeof(myaddr.sin_addr));
+ /* only call bind if it is really needed */
+ if (myaddr.sin_port || myaddr.sin_addr.s_addr) {
+ ret = bind(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&myaddr, sizeof(myaddr));
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ /* now prepare myaddr for the connect() call */
+ myaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+ myaddr.sin_port = ncsock->port.netnum;
+ memcpy(&myaddr.sin_addr, &ncsock->host.iaddrs[0], sizeof(myaddr.sin_addr));
+ ret = connect(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&myaddr, sizeof(myaddr));
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+
+ return sock;
+
+ err:
+ close(sock);
+ return -1;
+} /* end of core_udp_connect() */
+
+/* Emulates a TCP connection but using the UDP protocol. There is a listening
+ socket that catches the first valid packet and assumes the packet endpoints
+ as the endpoints for the final connection. */
+
+static int core_udp_listen(nc_sock_t *ncsock)
+{
+ int ret, *sockbuf, sock, sock_max, timeout = ncsock->timeout;
+ bool need_udphelper = TRUE;
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+ int sockopt = 1;
+#endif
+ struct sockaddr_in myaddr;
+ struct timeval tt; /* needed by the select() call */
+ debug_v(("core_udp_listen(ncsock=%p)", (void *)ncsock));
+
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+ need_udphelper = FALSE;
+#else
+ /* if we need a specified source address then go straight to it */
+ if (ncsock->local_host.iaddrs[0].s_addr)
+ need_udphelper = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+ if (!need_udphelper) {
+ /* simulates a udphelper_sockets_open() call */
+ sockbuf = calloc(2, sizeof(int));
+ sockbuf[0] = 1;
+ sockbuf[1] = sock = netcat_socket_new(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM);
+ }
+#ifndef USE_PKTINFO
+ else
+ sock = udphelper_sockets_open(&sockbuf, ncsock->local_port.netnum);
+#endif
+ if (sock < 0)
+ goto err;
+
+ /* we know that udphelper_sockets_open() returns the highest socket, and
+ if we didn't call it we have just one socket */
+ sock_max = sock + 1;
+
+ if (!need_udphelper) {
+ /* prepare myaddr for the bind() call */
+ myaddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+ myaddr.sin_port = ncsock->local_port.netnum;
+ memcpy(&myaddr.sin_addr, &ncsock->local_host.iaddrs[0],
+ sizeof(myaddr.sin_addr));
+ /* bind() MUST be called in this function, since it's the final call for
+ this type of socket. FIXME: I heard that UDP port 0 is illegal. true? */
+ ret = bind(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&myaddr, sizeof(myaddr));
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+ /* set the right flag in order to obtain the ancillary data */
+ ret = setsockopt(sock, SOL_IP, IP_PKTINFO, &sockopt, sizeof(sockopt));
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+#endif
+
+ /* if the port was set to 0 this means that it is assigned randomly by the
+ OS. Find out which port they assigned to us. */
+ if (ncsock->local_port.num == 0) {
+ struct sockaddr_in get_myaddr;
+ unsigned int get_myaddr_len = sizeof(get_myaddr);
+
+ ret = getsockname(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&get_myaddr, &get_myaddr_len);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+ netcat_getport(&ncsock->local_port, NULL, ntohs(get_myaddr.sin_port));
+ assert(ncsock->local_port.num != 0);
+ }
+
+ if (!need_udphelper)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB2, _("Listening on %s"),
+ netcat_strid(&ncsock->local_host, &ncsock->local_port));
+ else
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB2, _("Listening on %s (using %d sockets)"),
+ netcat_strid(&ncsock->local_host, &ncsock->local_port), sockbuf[0]);
+
+ /* since this protocol is connectionless, we need a special handling here.
+ We want to simulate a two-ends connection but in order to do this we need
+ a remote address and a local address (in case we bound to INADDR_ANY).
+ Wait here until a packet is received, and use its source and destination
+ addresses as default endpoints. If we have the zero-I/O option set, we
+ just eat the packet and return when timeout is elapsed (maybe never). */
+ tt.tv_sec = timeout;
+ tt.tv_usec = 0;
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ int socks_loop;
+ fd_set ins;
+
+ FD_ZERO(&ins);
+ for (socks_loop = 1; socks_loop <= sockbuf[0]; socks_loop++) {
+ debug_v(("Setting sock %d on ins", sockbuf[socks_loop]));
+ FD_SET(sockbuf[socks_loop], &ins);
+ }
+
+ /* automatically use remaining timeout time if in zero-I/O mode */
+ ret = select(sock_max, &ins, NULL, NULL, (timeout > 0 ? &tt : NULL));
+ if (ret == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* loop all the open sockets to find the active one */
+ for (socks_loop = 1; socks_loop <= sockbuf[0]; socks_loop++) {
+ int recv_ret, write_ret;
+ struct msghdr my_hdr;
+ unsigned char buf[1024];
+ struct iovec my_hdr_vec;
+ struct sockaddr_in rem_addr;
+ struct sockaddr_in local_addr;
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+ unsigned char anc_buf[512];
+#endif
+
+ sock = sockbuf[socks_loop];
+
+ if (!FD_ISSET(sock, &ins))
+ continue;
+
+ /* I've looked for this code for a lot of hours, and finally found the
+ RFC 2292 which provides a socket API for fetching the destination
+ interface of the incoming packet. */
+ memset(&my_hdr, 0, sizeof(my_hdr));
+ memset(&rem_addr, 0, sizeof(rem_addr));
+ memset(&local_addr, 0, sizeof(local_addr));
+ my_hdr.msg_name = (void *)&rem_addr;
+ my_hdr.msg_namelen = sizeof(rem_addr);
+ /* initialize the vector struct and then the vectory member of the header */
+ my_hdr_vec.iov_base = buf;
+ my_hdr_vec.iov_len = sizeof(buf);
+ my_hdr.msg_iov = &my_hdr_vec;
+ my_hdr.msg_iovlen = 1;
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+ /* now the core part for the IP_PKTINFO support: the ancillary data */
+ my_hdr.msg_control = anc_buf;
+ my_hdr.msg_controllen = sizeof(anc_buf);
+#endif
+
+ /* now check the remote address. If we are simulating a routing then
+ use the MSG_PEEK flag, which leaves the received packet untouched */
+ recv_ret = recvmsg(sock, &my_hdr, (opt_zero ? 0 : MSG_PEEK));
+
+ debug_v(("received packet from %s:%d%s", netcat_inet_ntop(&rem_addr.sin_addr),
+ ntohs(rem_addr.sin_port), (opt_zero ? "" : ", using as default dest")));
+
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+ ret = udphelper_ancillary_read(&my_hdr, &local_addr);
+ local_addr.sin_port = myaddr.sin_port;
+ local_addr.sin_family = myaddr.sin_family;
+#else
+ ret = sizeof(local_addr);
+ ret = getsockname(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&local_addr, &ret);
+#endif
+
+ if (ret == 0) {
+ char tmpbuf[127];
+
+ strncpy(tmpbuf, netcat_inet_ntop(&rem_addr.sin_addr), sizeof(tmpbuf));
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1, _("Received packet from %s:%d -> %s:%d (local)"),
+ tmpbuf, ntohs(rem_addr.sin_port),
+ netcat_inet_ntop(&local_addr.sin_addr),
+ ntohs(local_addr.sin_port));
+ }
+ else
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1, _("Received packet from %s:%d"),
+ netcat_inet_ntop(&rem_addr.sin_addr), ntohs(rem_addr.sin_port));
+
+ if (opt_zero) { /* output the packet right here right now */
+ write_ret = write(STDOUT_FILENO, buf, recv_ret);
+ bytes_recv += write_ret;
+ debug_dv(("write_u(stdout) = %d", write_ret));
+
+ if (write_ret < 0) {
+ perror("write_u(stdout)");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* FIXME: unhandled exception */
+ assert(write_ret == recv_ret);
+
+ /* if the hexdump option is set, hexdump the received data */
+ if (opt_hexdump) {
+#ifndef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ fprintf(output_fp, "Received %d bytes from %s:%d\n", recv_ret,
+ netcat_inet_ntop(&rem_addr.sin_addr), ntohs(rem_addr.sin_port));
+#endif
+ netcat_fhexdump(output_fp, '<', buf, write_ret);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+ nc_sock_t dup_socket;
+
+ memset(&dup_socket, 0, sizeof(dup_socket));
+ dup_socket.domain = ncsock->domain;
+ dup_socket.proto = ncsock->proto;
+ memcpy(&dup_socket.local_host.iaddrs[0], &local_addr.sin_addr,
+ sizeof(local_addr));
+ memcpy(&dup_socket.host.iaddrs[0], &rem_addr.sin_addr,
+ sizeof(local_addr));
+ dup_socket.local_port.netnum = local_addr.sin_port;
+ dup_socket.local_port.num = ntohs(local_addr.sin_port);
+ dup_socket.port.netnum = rem_addr.sin_port;
+ dup_socket.port.num = ntohs(rem_addr.sin_port);
+ /* copy the received data in the socket's queue */
+ ncsock->recvq.len = recv_ret;
+ ncsock->recvq.head = ncsock->recvq.pos = malloc(recv_ret);
+ memcpy(ncsock->recvq.head, my_hdr_vec.iov_base, recv_ret);
+ /* FIXME: this ONLY saves the first 1024 bytes! and the others? */
+#else
+ ret = connect(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&rem_addr, sizeof(rem_addr));
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+
+ /* remove this socket from the array in order not to get it closed */
+ sockbuf[socks_loop] = -1;
+#endif
+ udphelper_sockets_close(sockbuf);
+
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+ /* this is all we want from this function */
+ debug_dv(("calling the udp_connect() function..."));
+ return core_udp_connect(&dup_socket);
+#else
+ return sock;
+#endif
+ }
+ } /* end of foreach (sock, sockbuf) */
+ } /* end of packet receiving loop */
+
+ /* no packets until timeout, set errno and proceed to general error handling */
+ errno = ETIMEDOUT;
+
+ err:
+ udphelper_sockets_close(sockbuf);
+ return -1;
+} /* end of core_udp_listen() */
+
+/* Creates an outgoing tcp connection to the remote host. If a local address
+ or port is also specified in the socket object, it calls bind(2).
+ Returns the new socket descriptor or -1 on error. */
+
+static int core_tcp_connect(nc_sock_t *ncsock)
+{
+ int ret, sock, timeout = ncsock->timeout;
+ struct timeval timest;
+ fd_set outs;
+ debug_v(("core_tcp_connect(ncsock=%p)", (void *)ncsock));
+
+ /* since we are nonblocking now, we could start as many connections as we
+ want but it's not a great idea connecting more than one host at time.
+ Also don't specify the local address if it's not really needed, so we can
+ avoid one bind(2) call. */
+ sock = netcat_socket_new_connect(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM,
+ &ncsock->host.iaddrs[0], ncsock->port.netnum,
+ (ncsock->local_host.iaddrs[0].s_addr ? &ncsock->local_host.iaddrs[0] :
+ NULL), ncsock->local_port.netnum);
+
+ if (sock < 0)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT, "Couldn't create connection (err=%d): %s",
+ sock, strerror(errno));
+
+ /* initialize select()'s variables */
+ FD_ZERO(&outs);
+ FD_SET(sock, &outs);
+ timest.tv_sec = timeout;
+ timest.tv_usec = 0;
+
+ ret = select(sock + 1, NULL, &outs, NULL, (timeout > 0 ? ×t : NULL));
+ if (ret > 0) {
+ int ret, get_ret;
+ unsigned int get_len = sizeof(get_ret); /* socklen_t */
+
+ /* ok, select([single]), so sock must have triggered this */
+ assert(FD_ISSET(sock, &outs));
+
+ /* fetch the errors of the socket and handle system request errors */
+ ret = getsockopt(sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, &get_ret, &get_len);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT, "Critical system request failed: %s",
+ strerror(errno));
+
+ /* POSIX says that SO_ERROR expects an int, so my_len must be untouched */
+ assert(get_len == sizeof(get_ret));
+
+ /* FIXME: the error Broken Pipe should probably not stop here */
+ debug_v(("Connection returned errcode=%d (%s)", get_ret, strerror(get_ret)));
+ if (get_ret > 0) {
+ char tmp;
+
+ /* Ok, select() returned a write event for this socket AND getsockopt()
+ said that some error happened. This mean that EOF is expected. */
+ ret = read(sock, &tmp, 1);
+ assert(ret == 0);
+ /* FIXME: see the TODO entry about false error detection */
+
+ shutdown(sock, 2);
+ close(sock);
+ ncsock->fd = -1;
+ errno = get_ret; /* value returned by getsockopt(SO_ERROR) */
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* everything went fine, we have the socket */
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1, _("%s open"), netcat_strid(&ncsock->host,
+ &ncsock->port));
+ return sock;
+ }
+ else if (ret) {
+ /* Terminated by a signal. Silently exit */
+ if (errno == EINTR)
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ /* The error seems to be a little worse */
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT, "Critical system request failed: %s",
+ strerror(errno));
+ }
+
+ /* select returned 0, this means connection timed out for our timing
+ directives (in fact the socket has a longer timeout usually, so we need
+ to abort the connection try, set the proper errno and return */
+ shutdown(sock, 2);
+ close(sock);
+ errno = ETIMEDOUT;
+ return -1;
+} /* end of core_tcp_connect() */
+
+/* This function loops inside the accept() loop until a *VALID* connection is
+ fetched. If an unwanted connection arrives, it is shutdown() and close()d.
+ If zero I/O mode is enabled, ALL connections are refused and it stays
+ unconditionally in listen mode until timeout elapses, if given, otherwise
+ forever.
+ Returns: The new socket descriptor for the fetched connection */
+
+static int core_tcp_listen(nc_sock_t *ncsock)
+{
+ int sock_listen, sock_accept, timeout = ncsock->timeout;
+ debug_v(("core_tcp_listen(ncsock=%p)", (void *)ncsock));
+
+ sock_listen = netcat_socket_new_listen(PF_INET, &ncsock->local_host.iaddrs[0],
+ ncsock->local_port.netnum);
+ if (sock_listen < 0)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Couldn't setup listening socket (err=%d)"), sock_listen);
+
+ /* if the port was set to 0 this means that it is assigned randomly by the
+ OS. Find out which port they assigned to us. */
+ if (ncsock->local_port.num == 0) {
+ int ret;
+ struct sockaddr_in myaddr;
+ unsigned int myaddr_len = sizeof(myaddr);
+
+ ret = getsockname(sock_listen, (struct sockaddr *)&myaddr, &myaddr_len);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ close(sock_listen);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ netcat_getport(&ncsock->local_port, NULL, ntohs(myaddr.sin_port));
+ }
+
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB2, _("Listening on %s"),
+ netcat_strid(&ncsock->local_host, &ncsock->local_port));
+ while (TRUE) {
+ struct sockaddr_in my_addr;
+ unsigned int my_len = sizeof(my_addr); /* this *IS* socklen_t */
+
+ sock_accept = netcat_socket_accept(sock_listen, timeout);
+ /* reset the timeout to the "use remaining time" value (see network.c file)
+ if it exited with timeout we also return this function, so losing the
+ original value is not a bad thing. */
+ timeout = -1;
+
+ /* failures in netcat_socket_accept() cause this function to return */
+ if (sock_accept < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* FIXME: i want a library function like netcat_peername() that fetches it
+ and resolves with netcat_resolvehost(). */
+ getpeername(sock_accept, (struct sockaddr *)&my_addr, &my_len);
+
+ /* if a remote address (and optionally some ports) have been specified we
+ assume it as the only ip and port that it is allowed to connect to
+ this socket */
+
+ if ((ncsock->host.iaddrs[0].s_addr && memcmp(&ncsock->host.iaddrs[0],
+ &my_addr.sin_addr, sizeof(ncsock->host.iaddrs[0]))) ||
+ (netcat_flag_count() && !netcat_flag_get(ntohs(my_addr.sin_port)))) {
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB2, _("Unwanted connection from %s:%hu (refused)"),
+ netcat_inet_ntop(&my_addr.sin_addr), ntohs(my_addr.sin_port));
+ goto refuse;
+ }
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1, _("Connection from %s:%hu"),
+ netcat_inet_ntop(&my_addr.sin_addr), ntohs(my_addr.sin_port));
+
+ /* with zero I/O mode we don't really accept any connection */
+ if (opt_zero)
+ goto refuse;
+
+ /* we have got our socket, now exit the loop */
+ break;
+
+ refuse:
+ shutdown(sock_accept, 2);
+ close(sock_accept);
+ continue;
+ } /* end of infinite accepting loop */
+
+ /* we don't need a listening socket anymore */
+ close(sock_listen);
+ return sock_accept;
+} /* end of core_tcp_listen() */
+
+/* ... */
+
+int core_connect(nc_sock_t *ncsock)
+{
+ assert(ncsock);
+
+ if (ncsock->proto == NETCAT_PROTO_TCP)
+ return ncsock->fd = core_tcp_connect(ncsock);
+ else if (ncsock->proto == NETCAT_PROTO_UDP)
+ return ncsock->fd = core_udp_connect(ncsock);
+ else
+ abort();
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/* ... */
+
+int core_listen(nc_sock_t *ncsock)
+{
+ assert(ncsock);
+
+ if (ncsock->proto == NETCAT_PROTO_TCP)
+ return ncsock->fd = core_tcp_listen(ncsock);
+ else if (ncsock->proto == NETCAT_PROTO_UDP)
+ return ncsock->fd = core_udp_listen(ncsock);
+ else
+ abort();
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/* handle stdin/stdout/network I/O. */
+
+int core_readwrite(nc_sock_t *nc_main, nc_sock_t *nc_slave)
+{
+ int fd_stdin, fd_stdout, fd_sock, fd_max;
+ int read_ret, write_ret;
+ unsigned char buf[1024];
+ bool inloop = TRUE;
+ fd_set ins, outs;
+ struct timeval delayer;
+ assert(nc_main && nc_slave);
+
+ debug_v(("core_readwrite(nc_main=%p, nc_slave=%p)", (void *)nc_main,
+ (void *)nc_slave));
+
+ /* set the actual input and output fds and find out the max fd + 1 */
+ fd_sock = nc_main->fd;
+ assert(fd_sock >= 0);
+
+ /* if the domain is unspecified, it means that this is the standard I/O */
+ if (nc_slave->domain == PF_UNSPEC) {
+ fd_stdin = STDIN_FILENO;
+ fd_stdout = STDOUT_FILENO;
+ }
+ else {
+ fd_stdin = fd_stdout = nc_slave->fd;
+ assert(fd_stdin >= 0);
+ }
+ fd_max = 1 + (fd_stdin > fd_sock ? fd_stdin : fd_sock);
+ delayer.tv_sec = 0;
+ delayer.tv_usec = 0;
+
+ /* use the internal signal handler */
+ signal_handler = FALSE;
+
+ while (inloop) {
+ bool call_select = TRUE;
+ struct sockaddr_in recv_addr; /* only used by UDP proto */
+ unsigned int recv_len = sizeof(recv_addr);
+
+ /* if we received an interrupt signal break this function */
+ if (got_sigint) {
+ got_sigint = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* if we received a terminating signal we must terminate */
+ if (got_sigterm)
+ break;
+
+ /* reset the ins and outs events watch because some changes could happen */
+ FD_ZERO(&ins);
+ FD_ZERO(&outs);
+
+ /* if the receiving queue is not empty it means that something bad is
+ happening (for example the target sending queue is delaying the output
+ and so requires some more time to free up. */
+ if (nc_main->recvq.len == 0) {
+ debug_v(("watching main sock for incoming data (recvq is empty)"));
+ FD_SET(fd_sock, &ins);
+ }
+ else
+ call_select = FALSE;
+
+ /* same thing for the other socket */
+ if (nc_slave->recvq.len == 0) { /* FIXME: call_select = false but could call it
+ anyway and one of them could be set.. so what happens? */
+ debug_v(("watching slave sock for incoming data (recvq is empty)"));
+ if (use_stdin || (netcat_mode == NETCAT_TUNNEL))
+ FD_SET(fd_stdin, &ins);
+ }
+ else
+ call_select = FALSE;
+
+ /* now the send queue. There are two cases in which the main sendq is not
+ empty. The first one is when we have a delayed output (-i), in which
+ case the delayer is not null, and the socket is writable. The second
+ case is when the socket buffer is full, so the socket is not writable
+ and the delayer is either null or set, depending on the opt_interval
+ variable. */
+ if (nc_main->sendq.len > 0) {
+ if ((delayer.tv_sec == 0) && (delayer.tv_usec == 0)) {
+ debug_v(("watching main sock for outgoing availability (there is pending data)"));
+ FD_SET(fd_sock, &outs);
+ call_select = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (call_select || delayer.tv_sec || delayer.tv_usec) {
+ int ret;
+#ifndef USE_LINUX_SELECT
+ struct timeval dd_saved;
+
+ dd_saved.tv_sec = delayer.tv_sec;
+ dd_saved.tv_usec = delayer.tv_usec;
+ update_timeval(NULL);
+#endif
+
+ debug(("[select] entering with timeout=%d:%d ...", delayer.tv_sec, delayer.tv_usec));
+ ret = select(fd_max, &ins, &outs, NULL,
+ (delayer.tv_sec || delayer.tv_usec ? &delayer : NULL));
+
+#ifndef USE_LINUX_SELECT
+ delayer.tv_sec = dd_saved.tv_sec;
+ delayer.tv_usec = dd_saved.tv_usec;
+ update_timeval(&delayer);
+#endif
+
+ if (ret < 0) { /* something went wrong (maybe a legal signal) */
+ if (errno == EINTR)
+ goto handle_signal;
+ perror("select(core_readwrite)");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ else if (ret == 0) { /* timeout expired */
+ delayer.tv_sec = 0;
+ delayer.tv_usec = 0;
+ }
+
+ call_select = TRUE;
+ debug(("ret=%d\n", ret));
+ }
+
+ /* reading from stdin the incoming data. The data is currently in the
+ kernel's receiving queue, and in this session we move that data to our
+ own receiving queue, located in the socket object. We can be sure that
+ this queue is empty now because otherwise this fd wouldn't have been
+ watched. */
+ if (call_select && FD_ISSET(fd_stdin, &ins)) {
+ read_ret = read(fd_stdin, buf, sizeof(buf));
+ debug_dv(("read(stdin) = %d", read_ret));
+
+ if (read_ret < 0) {
+ perror("read(stdin)");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ else if (read_ret == 0) {
+ /* when we receive EOF and this is a tunnel say goodbye, otherwise
+ it means that stdin has finished its input. */
+ if ((netcat_mode == NETCAT_TUNNEL) || opt_eofclose) {
+ debug_v(("EOF Received from stdin! (exiting from loop..)"));
+ inloop = FALSE;
+ }
+ else {
+ debug_v(("EOF Received from stdin! (removing from lookups..)"));
+ use_stdin = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ /* we can overwrite safely since if the receive queue is busy this fd
+ is not watched at all. */
+ nc_slave->recvq.len = read_ret;
+ nc_slave->recvq.head = NULL;
+ nc_slave->recvq.pos = buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* for optimization reasons we have a common buffer for both receiving
+ queues, because of this, handle the data now so the buffer is available
+ for the other socket events. */
+ if (nc_slave->recvq.len > 0) {
+ nc_buffer_t *my_recvq = &nc_slave->recvq;
+ nc_buffer_t *rem_sendq = &nc_main->sendq;
+ debug_v(("there are %d data bytes in slave->recvq", my_recvq->len));
+
+ /* if the remote send queue is empty, move there the entire data block */
+ if (rem_sendq->len == 0) {
+ debug_v((" moved %d data bytes from slave->recvq to main->sendq", my_recvq->len));
+ memcpy(rem_sendq, my_recvq, sizeof(*rem_sendq));
+ memset(my_recvq, 0, sizeof(*my_recvq));
+ }
+ else if (!my_recvq->head) {
+ /* move the data block in a dedicated allocated space */
+ debug_v((" reallocating %d data bytes in slave->recvq", my_recvq->len));
+ my_recvq->head = malloc(my_recvq->len);
+ memcpy(my_recvq->head, my_recvq->pos, my_recvq->len);
+ my_recvq->pos = my_recvq->head;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* now handle the nc_slave sendq because of the same reason as above. There
+ could be a common buffer that moves around the queues, so if this is the case
+ handle it so that it can be reused. If we must delay it some more, copy it
+ in a dynamically allocated space. */
+ if (nc_main->sendq.len > 0) {
+ unsigned char *data = nc_main->sendq.pos;
+ int data_len = nc_main->sendq.len;
+ nc_buffer_t *my_sendq = &nc_main->sendq;
+
+ debug_v(("there are %d data bytes in main->sendq", my_sendq->len));
+
+ /* we have a delayed output, but at this point we might have the
+ send queue pointing to a stack buffer. In this case, allocate a
+ new buffer and copy the data there for the buffered output. */
+ if (opt_interval) {
+ int i = 0;
+
+ if (delayer.tv_sec || delayer.tv_usec)
+ goto skip_sect; /* the delay is not yet over! */
+
+ /* find the newline character. We are going to output the first line
+ immediately while we allocate and safe the rest of the data for a
+ later output. */
+ while (i < data_len)
+ if (data[i++] == '\n')
+ break;
+
+ data_len = i;
+ delayer.tv_sec = opt_interval;
+ }
+
+ write_ret = write(fd_sock, data, data_len);
+ if (write_ret < 0) {
+ if (errno == EAGAIN)
+ write_ret = 0; /* write would block, append it to select */
+ else {
+ perror("write(net)");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* FIXME: fix the below unhandled exception, and find a way to delay the
+ * tries to call write(2) in case of EAGAIN, i think 100ms would be fine
+ * for most systems. A too high value would not use all the bandwidth on
+ * bigger installations, while a too small value would eat cpu with
+ * kernel overhead. */
+
+ bytes_sent += write_ret; /* update statistics */
+ debug_dv(("write(net) = %d (buf=%p)", write_ret, (void *)data));
+
+ if (write_ret < data_len) {
+ debug_v(("Damn! I wanted to send to sock %d bytes but it only sent %d",
+ data_len, write_ret));
+ data_len = write_ret;
+ }
+
+ /* if the option is set, hexdump the sent data */
+ if (opt_hexdump) {
+#ifndef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ fprintf(output_fp, "Sent %u bytes to the socket\n", write_ret);
+#endif
+ netcat_fhexdump(output_fp, '>', data, data_len);
+ }
+
+ /* update the queue */
+ my_sendq->len -= data_len;
+ my_sendq->pos += data_len;
+
+ skip_sect:
+ debug_v(("there are %d data bytes left in the queue", my_sendq->len));
+ if (my_sendq->len == 0) {
+ free(my_sendq->head);
+ memset(my_sendq, 0, sizeof(*my_sendq));
+ }
+ else if (!my_sendq->head) {
+ my_sendq->head = malloc(my_sendq->len);
+ memcpy(my_sendq->head, my_sendq->pos, my_sendq->len);
+ my_sendq->pos = my_sendq->head;
+ }
+
+ } /* end of reading from stdin section */
+
+ /* reading from the socket (net). */
+ if (call_select && FD_ISSET(fd_sock, &ins)) {
+ if ((nc_main->proto == NETCAT_PROTO_UDP) && opt_zero) {
+ memset(&recv_addr, 0, sizeof(recv_addr));
+ /* this allows us to fetch packets from different addresses */
+ read_ret = recvfrom(fd_sock, buf, sizeof(buf), 0,
+ (struct sockaddr *)&recv_addr, &recv_len);
+ /* when recvfrom() call fails, recv_addr remains untouched */
+ debug_dv(("recvfrom(net) = %d (address=%s:%d)", read_ret,
+ netcat_inet_ntop(&recv_addr.sin_addr), ntohs(recv_addr.sin_port)));
+ }
+ else {
+ /* common file read fallback */
+ read_ret = read(fd_sock, buf, sizeof(buf));
+ debug_dv(("read(net) = %d", read_ret));
+ }
+
+ if (read_ret < 0) {
+ perror("read(net)");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+ else if (read_ret == 0) {
+ debug_v(("EOF Received from the net"));
+ inloop = FALSE;
+ }
+ else {
+ nc_main->recvq.len = read_ret;
+ nc_main->recvq.head = NULL;
+ nc_main->recvq.pos = buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* handle net receiving queue */
+ if (nc_main->recvq.len > 0) {
+ nc_buffer_t *my_recvq = &nc_main->recvq;
+ nc_buffer_t *rem_sendq = &nc_slave->sendq;
+
+ /* check for telnet codes (if enabled). Note that the buffered output
+ interval does NOT apply to telnet code answers */
+ if (opt_telnet)
+ netcat_telnet_parse(nc_main);
+
+ /* the telnet parsing could have returned 0 chars! */
+ if (my_recvq->len > 0) {
+ /* if the remote send queue is empty, move there the entire data block */
+ if (rem_sendq->len == 0) {
+ memcpy(rem_sendq, my_recvq, sizeof(*rem_sendq));
+ memset(my_recvq, 0, sizeof(*my_recvq));
+ }
+ else if (!my_recvq->head) {
+ /* move the data block in a dedicated allocated space */
+ my_recvq->head = malloc(my_recvq->len);
+ memcpy(my_recvq->head, my_recvq->pos, my_recvq->len);
+ my_recvq->pos = my_recvq->head;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (nc_slave->sendq.len > 0) {
+ unsigned char *data = nc_slave->sendq.pos;
+ int data_len = nc_slave->sendq.len;
+ nc_buffer_t *my_sendq = &nc_slave->sendq;
+
+ write_ret = write(fd_stdout, data, data_len);
+ bytes_recv += write_ret; /* update statistics */
+ debug_dv(("write(stdout) = %d", write_ret));
+
+ if (write_ret < 0) {
+ perror("write(stdout)");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* FIXME: unhandled exception */
+ assert((write_ret > 0) && (write_ret <= data_len));
+
+ if (write_ret < data_len) {
+ debug_v(("Damn! I wanted to send to stdout %d bytes but it only sent %d",
+ data_len, write_ret));
+ data_len = write_ret;
+ }
+
+ /* if option is set, hexdump the received data */
+ if (opt_hexdump) {
+#ifndef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ if ((nc_main->proto == NETCAT_PROTO_UDP) && opt_zero)
+ fprintf(output_fp, "Received %d bytes from %s:%d\n", write_ret,
+ netcat_inet_ntop(&recv_addr.sin_addr), ntohs(recv_addr.sin_port));
+ else
+ fprintf(output_fp, "Received %d bytes from the socket\n", write_ret);
+#endif
+ netcat_fhexdump(output_fp, '<', data, write_ret);
+ }
+
+ /* update the queue */
+ my_sendq->len -= data_len;
+ my_sendq->pos += data_len;
+
+ debug_v(("there are %d data bytes left in the queue", my_sendq->len));
+ if (my_sendq->len == 0) {
+ free(my_sendq->head);
+ memset(my_sendq, 0, sizeof(*my_sendq));
+ }
+ else if (!my_sendq->head) {
+ my_sendq->head = malloc(my_sendq->len);
+ memcpy(my_sendq->head, my_sendq->pos, my_sendq->len);
+ my_sendq->pos = my_sendq->head;
+ }
+ } /* end of reading from the socket section */
+
+ handle_signal: /* FIXME: i'm not sure this is the right place */
+ if (got_sigusr1) {
+ debug_v(("LOCAL printstats!"));
+ netcat_printstats(TRUE);
+ got_sigusr1 = FALSE;
+ }
+ continue;
+ } /* end of while (inloop) */
+
+ /* we've got an EOF from the net, close the sockets */
+ shutdown(fd_sock, SHUT_RDWR);
+ close(fd_sock);
+ nc_main->fd = -1;
+
+ /* close the slave socket only if it wasn't a simulation */
+ if (nc_slave->domain != PF_UNSPEC) {
+ shutdown(fd_stdin, SHUT_RDWR);
+ close(fd_stdin);
+ nc_slave->fd = -1;
+ }
+
+ /* restore the extarnal signal handler */
+ signal_handler = TRUE;
+
+ return 0;
+} /* end of core_readwrite() */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * flagset.c -- very big flags array handler
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: flagset.c,v 1.7 2003/12/10 16:18:07 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "netcat.h"
+
+static char *flagset = NULL;
+static size_t flagset_len = 0;
+
+/* Initializes the flagset to the given len. */
+
+bool netcat_flag_init(unsigned int len)
+{
+ /* safe double-init */
+ if (flagset)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* calculates the block len needed */
+ len++; /* the first bit is reserved (FIXME?) */
+ flagset_len = (size_t) (len / 8) + (len % 8 ? 1 : 0);
+ if (flagset_len == 0) {
+ free(flagset);
+ flagset = NULL;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* since we may be asking a big amount of memory, this call could fail */
+ flagset = malloc(flagset_len);
+ if (!flagset)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ memset(flagset, 0, flagset_len);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Sets the specified flag `port' to the specified boolean value `flag'. */
+
+void netcat_flag_set(unsigned short port, bool flag)
+{
+ register char *p = flagset + (int) (port / 8);
+ register int offset = port % 8;
+
+ assert(flagset);
+ assert(port < (flagset_len * 8));
+ if (flag)
+ *p |= 1 << offset;
+ else
+ *p &= ~(1 << offset);
+}
+
+/* Returns the boolean value of the specified flag `port' */
+
+bool netcat_flag_get(unsigned short port)
+{
+ register char *p = flagset + (int) (port / 8);
+
+ assert(flagset);
+ assert(port < (flagset_len * 8));
+ if (*p & (1 << (port % 8)))
+ return TRUE;
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* Finds the next bit set after the specified position.
+ Returns the position of the next bit if any, otherwise it returns 0 */
+
+unsigned short netcat_flag_next(unsigned short port)
+{
+ register int offset, pos = (int) (++port / 8);
+
+ assert(flagset);
+ assert(port < (flagset_len * 8));
+ if (port == 0) /* just invalid data */
+ return 0;
+
+ /* the given port could be inside one byte, so we first need to check each
+ single bit after this one in order to complete the byte. After that, we
+ can start with the fast byte check. */
+ while ((offset = port % 8)) {
+ if (flagset[pos] & (1 << offset))
+ return port;
+ if (port == 65535)
+ return 0;
+ port++;
+ }
+
+ pos = (int) (port / 8); /* update the byte position */
+
+ /* fast checking. leaves the port variable set to the the beginning of the
+ next block containing at least one bit set, OR to the beginning of the
+ LAST block. */
+ while ((flagset[pos] == 0) && (port < 65528)) { /* FIXME */
+ pos++;
+ port += 8;
+ }
+
+ /* parse this last byte carefully, but we are NOT sure that there is at
+ least one bit set */
+ offset = 0;
+ do {
+ if ((flagset[pos] & (1 << offset++)))
+ return port;
+ } while (port++ < 65535); /* FIXME */
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of flags that are set to TRUE in the full flagset */
+
+int netcat_flag_count(void)
+{
+ register char c;
+ register int i;
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ assert(flagset);
+ /* scan the flagset for set bits, if found, it counts them */
+ for (i = 0; i < flagset_len; i++) {
+ c = flagset[i]; /* if c is 0, all these 8 bits are FALSE */
+ while (c) {
+ /* FIXME Ok, here it comes the big trouble. We are in the following
+ situation:
+ ret = 0
+ c = 1234 5678
+
+ We will loop and shift bits away until the number `c' becomes 0 (and
+ it will of course become 0, soon or late).
+
+ Assumed that the bit number 1 is the sign, and that we will shift the
+ bit 1 (or the bit that takes its place later) until the the most right,
+ WHY it has to keep the wrong sign? */
+ ret -= (c >> 7);
+ c <<= 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Returns the position of a random flag set to TRUE. The returned flag is
+ then reset, so you can call netcat_flag_rand() repeatedly to get all the
+ flags set in a random order. If there are no other flags set the function
+ returns 0. */
+
+unsigned short netcat_flag_rand(void)
+{
+ int rand, randmax = netcat_flag_count() - 1;
+ unsigned short ret = 0;
+
+ assert(flagset);
+
+ /* if there are no other flags set */
+ if (randmax < 0)
+ return 0;
+
+#ifdef USE_RANDOM
+ /* fetch a random number from the high-order bits */
+ rand = 1 + (int) ((float)randmax * RAND() / (RAND_MAX + 1.0));
+#else
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+# warning "random routines not found, removed random support"
+# endif
+ rand = 1; /* simulates a random number */
+#endif
+
+ /* loop until we find the specified flag */
+ while (rand--)
+ ret = netcat_flag_next(ret);
+
+ /* don't return this same flag again */
+ netcat_flag_set(ret, FALSE);
+ return ret;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * intl.h -- main i18n support header file
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: intl.h,v 1.6 2002/10/03 10:25:16 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
+#include <libintl.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+#include <locale.h>
+#else
+#error You must have locale.h in your system
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALE_H */
+
+/* Our dear (and very common) gettext macros */
+#define _(String) gettext(String)
+#define N_(String) String
+#define PL_(String1, String2, n) ngettext((String1), (String2), (n))
+
+#else
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+ The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+ for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+ On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+ contain "#define const". */
+
+#define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+#define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+#define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#define _(String) (String)
+#define N_(String) String
+#define PL_(String1, String2, n) ((n) == 1 ? (String1) : (String2))
+
+#endif /* ENABLE_NLS */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * misc.c -- contains generic purposes routines
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: misc.c,v 1.37 2004/01/03 16:42:07 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "netcat.h"
+
+/* Hexdump `datalen' bytes starting at `data' to the file pointed to by `stream'.
+ If the given block generates a partial line it's rounded up with blank spaces.
+ This function was written by Giovanni Giacobbi for The GNU Netcat project,
+ credits must be given for any use of this code outside this project */
+
+int netcat_fhexdump(FILE *stream, char c, const void *data, size_t datalen)
+{
+ size_t pos;
+ char buf[80], *ascii_dump, *p = NULL;
+ int flag = 0;
+
+#ifndef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ buf[78] = 0;
+ ascii_dump = &buf[62];
+#else
+ buf[77] = 0;
+ ascii_dump = &buf[61];
+#endif
+
+ for (pos = 0; pos < datalen; pos++) {
+ unsigned char x;
+
+ /* save the offset */
+ if ((flag = pos % 16) == 0) {
+ /* we are at the beginning of the line, reset output buffer */
+ p = buf;
+#ifndef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ p += sprintf(p, "%08X ", (unsigned int) pos);
+#else
+ p += sprintf(p, "%c %08X ", c, (unsigned int) pos);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ x = *((unsigned char *)((unsigned char *)data + pos));
+#ifndef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ p += sprintf(p, "%02hhX ", x);
+#else
+ p += sprintf(p, "%02hhx ", x);
+#endif
+
+ if ((x < 32) || (x > 126))
+ ascii_dump[flag] = '.';
+ else
+ ascii_dump[flag] = x;
+
+#ifndef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ if ((pos + 1) % 4 == 0)
+ *p++ = ' ';
+#endif
+
+ /* if the offset is 15 then we go for the newline */
+ if (flag == 15) {
+#ifdef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ *p++ = '#';
+ *p++ = ' ';
+#endif
+ fprintf(stream, "%s\n", buf);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if last line was incomplete (len % 16) != 0, complete it */
+ for (pos = datalen; (flag = pos % 16); pos++) {
+ ascii_dump[flag] = ' ';
+ strcpy(p, " ");
+ p += 3;
+
+#ifndef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ if (((pos + 1) % 4) == 0)
+ *p++ = ' ';
+#endif
+
+ if (flag == 15) {
+#ifdef USE_OLD_HEXDUMP
+ *p++ = '#';
+ *p++ = ' ';
+#endif
+ fprintf(stream, "%s\n", buf);
+ }
+ }
+
+ fflush(stream);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Fills the buffer pointed to by `str' with the formatted value of `number' */
+
+int netcat_snprintnum(char *str, size_t size, unsigned long number)
+{
+ char *p = "\0kMGT";
+
+ while ((number > 9999) && (*p != 'T')) {
+ number = (number + 500) / 1000;
+ p++;
+ }
+ return snprintf(str, size, "%lu%c", number, *p);
+}
+
+/* This is an advanced function for printing normal and error messages for the
+ user. It supports various types and flags which are declared in misc.h. */
+
+void ncprint(int type, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ int flags = type & 0xFF;
+ char buf[512], newline = '\n';
+ FILE *fstream = stderr; /* output stream */
+ va_list args;
+
+ /* clear the flags section so we obtain the pure command */
+ type &= ~0xFF;
+
+ /* return if this requires some verbosity levels and we haven't got it */
+ if (!opt_debug) {
+ if ((flags & NCPRINT_VERB2) && (opt_verbose < 2))
+ goto end;
+
+ if ((flags & NCPRINT_VERB1) && (opt_verbose < 1))
+ goto end;
+ }
+
+ /* known flags */
+ if (flags & NCPRINT_STDOUT)
+ fstream = stdout;
+ if (flags & NCPRINT_NONEWLINE)
+ newline = 0;
+
+ /* from now on, it's very probable that we will need the string formatted,
+ so unless we have the NOFMT flag, resolve it */
+ if (!(flags & NCPRINT_NOFMT)) {
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ strncpy(buf, fmt, sizeof(buf));
+ buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (type) {
+ case NCPRINT_NORMAL:
+ fprintf(fstream, "%s%c", buf, newline);
+ break;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ case NCPRINT_DEBUG:
+ if (opt_debug)
+ fprintf(fstream, "%s%c", buf, newline);
+ else
+ return; /* other flags has no effect with this flag */
+ break;
+ case NCPRINT_DEBUG_V:
+ if (opt_debug)
+ fprintf(fstream, "(debug) %s%c", buf, newline);
+ else
+ return; /* other flags has no effect with this flag */
+ break;
+#endif
+ case NCPRINT_ERROR:
+ fprintf(fstream, "%s %s%c", _("Error:"), buf, newline);
+ break;
+ case NCPRINT_WARNING:
+ fprintf(fstream, "%s %s%c", _("Warning:"), buf, newline);
+ break;
+ case NCPRINT_NOTICE:
+ fprintf(fstream, "%s %s%c", _("Notice:"), buf, newline);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* discard unknown types */
+
+ /* post-output effects flags */
+ if (flags & NCPRINT_DELAY)
+ usleep(NCPRINT_WAITTIME);
+
+ end:
+ /* now resolve the EXIT flag. If this was a verbosity message but we don't
+ have the required level, exit anyway. */
+ if (flags & NCPRINT_EXIT)
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+/* prints statistics to stderr with the right verbosity level. If `force' is
+ TRUE, then the verbosity level is overridden and the statistics are printed
+ anyway. */
+
+void netcat_printstats(bool force)
+{
+ char *p, str_recv[64], str_sent[64];
+
+ /* fill in the buffers but preserve the space for adding the label */
+ netcat_snprintnum(str_recv, 32, bytes_recv);
+ assert(str_recv[0]);
+ for (p = str_recv; *(p + 1); p++); /* find the last char */
+ if ((bytes_recv > 0) && !isdigit((int)*p))
+ snprintf(++p, sizeof(str_recv) - 32, " (%lu)", bytes_recv);
+
+ netcat_snprintnum(str_sent, 32, bytes_sent);
+ assert(str_sent[0]);
+ for (p = str_sent; *(p + 1); p++); /* find the last char */
+ if ((bytes_sent > 0) && !isdigit((int)*p))
+ snprintf(++p, sizeof(str_sent) - 32, " (%lu)", bytes_sent);
+
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_NONEWLINE | (force ? 0 : NCPRINT_VERB2),
+ _("Total received bytes: %s\nTotal sent bytes: %s\n"),
+ str_recv, str_sent);
+}
+
+/* This is a safe string split function. It will return a valid pointer
+ whatever input parameter was used. In normal behaviour, it will return a
+ null-terminated string containing the first word of the string pointer to by
+ `buf', while the `buf' pointer will be updated to point to the following
+ char which may also be a space. Leading spaces are ignored. */
+
+char *netcat_string_split(char **buf)
+{
+ register char *o, *r;
+
+ if (!buf || (*buf == NULL))
+ return *buf = "";
+ /* skip all initial spaces */
+ for (o = *buf; isspace((int)*o); o++);
+ /* save the pointer and move to the next token */
+ for (r = o; *o && !isspace((int)*o); o++);
+ if (*o)
+ *o++ = 0;
+ *buf = o;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* construct an argv, and hand anything left over to readwrite(). */
+
+void netcat_commandline_read(int *argc, char ***argv)
+{
+ int my_argc = 1;
+ char **my_argv = *argv;
+ char *saved_argv0 = my_argv[0];
+ char buf[4096], *p, *rest;
+
+ /* using this output style makes sure that a careless translator can't take
+ down everything while playing with c-format */
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s ", _("Cmd line:"));
+ fflush(stderr); /* this isn't needed, but on ALL OS? */
+ commandline_need_newline = TRUE; /* fancy output handling */
+ p = fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin);
+ my_argv = malloc(128 * sizeof(char *)); /* FIXME: 128? */
+ memset(my_argv, 0, 128 * sizeof(char *));
+ my_argv[0] = saved_argv0; /* leave the program name intact */
+ if (!buf[0]) /* there is no input (ctrl+d?) */
+ printf("\n");
+ commandline_need_newline = FALSE;
+
+ /* fgets() returns a newline, which is stripped by netcat_string_split() */
+ do {
+ rest = netcat_string_split(&p);
+ my_argv[my_argc++] = (rest[0] ? strdup(rest) : NULL);
+ } while (rest[0] && (my_argc < 128));
+
+ /* now my_argc counts one more, because we have a NULL element at
+ * the end of the list */
+ my_argv = realloc(my_argv, my_argc-- * sizeof(char *));
+
+ /* sends out the results */
+ *argc = my_argc;
+ *argv = my_argv;
+
+#if 0
+ /* debug this routine */
+ printf("new argc is: %d\n", *argc);
+ for (my_argc = 0; my_argc < *argc; my_argc++) {
+ printf("my_argv[%d] = \"%s\"\n", my_argc, my_argv[my_argc]);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Prints the help screen to stdout */
+
+void netcat_printhelp(char *argv0)
+{
+ printf(_("GNU netcat %s, a rewrite of the famous networking tool.\n"), VERSION);
+ printf(_("Basic usages:\n"));
+ printf(_("connect to somewhere: %s [options] hostname port [port] ...\n"), argv0);
+ printf(_("listen for inbound: %s -l -p port [options] [hostname] [port] ...\n"), argv0);
+ printf(_("tunnel to somewhere: %s -L hostname:port -p port [options]\n"), argv0);
+ printf("\n");
+ printf(_("Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n"));
+ printf(_("Options:\n"
+" -c, --close close connection on EOF from stdin\n"
+" -e, --exec=PROGRAM program to exec after connect\n"
+" -g, --gateway=LIST source-routing hop point[s], up to 8\n"
+" -G, --pointer=NUM source-routing pointer: 4, 8, 12, ...\n"
+" -h, --help display this help and exit\n"
+" -i, --interval=SECS delay interval for lines sent, ports scanned\n"
+" -l, --listen listen mode, for inbound connects\n"));
+ printf(_(""
+" -L, --tunnel=ADDRESS:PORT forward local port to remote address\n"
+" -n, --dont-resolve numeric-only IP addresses, no DNS\n"
+" -o, --output=FILE output hexdump traffic to FILE (implies -x)\n"
+" -p, --local-port=NUM local port number\n"
+" -r, --randomize randomize local and remote ports\n"
+" -s, --source=ADDRESS local source address (ip or hostname)\n"));
+#ifndef USE_OLD_COMPAT
+ printf(_(""
+" -t, --tcp TCP mode (default)\n"
+" -T, --telnet answer using TELNET negotiation\n"));
+#else
+ printf(_(""
+" --tcp TCP mode (default)\n"
+" -t, --telnet answer using TELNET negotiation\n"
+" -T same as --telnet (compat)\n"));
+#endif
+ printf(_(""
+" -u, --udp UDP mode\n"
+" -v, --verbose verbose (use twice to be more verbose)\n"
+" -V, --version output version information and exit\n"
+" -x, --hexdump hexdump incoming and outgoing traffic\n"
+" -w, --wait=SECS timeout for connects and final net reads\n"
+" -z, --zero zero-I/O mode (used for scanning)\n"));
+ printf("\n");
+ printf(_("Remote port number can also be specified as range. "
+ "Example: '1-1024'\n"));
+ printf("\n");
+}
+
+/* Prints version and license information to stdout */
+
+void netcat_printversion(void)
+{
+ printf("netcat (The GNU Netcat) %s\n", VERSION);
+ printf(_("Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi\n\n"
+"This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n"
+"You may redistribute copies of this program under the terms of\n"
+"the GNU General Public License.\n"
+"For more information about these matters, see the file named COPYING.\n\n"
+"Original idea and design by Avian Research <hobbit@avian.org>,\n"
+"Written by Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>.\n"));
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/* This function resolves in a totally non-threadsafe way the format strings in
+ the debug messages in order to wrap the call to the ncprint facility */
+
+const char *debug_fmt(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ static char buf[512];
+ va_list args;
+
+ /* resolve the format strings only if it is really needed */
+ if (opt_debug) {
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ strncpy(buf, fmt, sizeof(buf));
+ buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = 0;
+ }
+
+ return buf;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef USE_LINUX_SELECT
+#define TIMEVAL_DIFF(__t1, __t2) { \
+ (__t1)->tv_usec -= (__t2)->tv_usec; \
+ if ((__t1)->tv_usec < 0) { \
+ (__t1)->tv_usec += 1000000L; \
+ (__t1)->tv_sec -= 1; \
+ } \
+ (__t1)->tv_sec -= (__t2)->tv_sec; \
+ if ((__t1)->tv_sec < 0) { \
+ (__t1)->tv_sec = 0; \
+ (__t1)->tv_usec = 0; \
+ } \
+ }
+
+void update_timeval(struct timeval *target)
+{
+ static struct timeval dd_start;
+ struct timeval dd_end;
+ struct timezone dd_zone;
+
+ if (target == NULL) { /* just initialize the seed */
+ if (gettimeofday(&dd_start, &dd_zone))
+ return; /* can't handle this type of error */
+ }
+ else {
+ if (gettimeofday(&dd_end, &dd_zone))
+ return; /* can't handle this type of error */
+
+ TIMEVAL_DIFF(&dd_end, &dd_start); /* get the spent time */
+ TIMEVAL_DIFF(target, &dd_end); /* and update the target struct */
+ }
+}
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * misc.h -- ncprint constants and debugging functions definition
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: misc.h,v 1.8 2003/03/06 00:20:07 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/* time to wait (in microseconds) when DELAY is requested (debug mode) */
+#define NCPRINT_WAITTIME 500000
+
+/* NCPRINT flags */
+#define NCPRINT_STDOUT 0x0001 /* force output to stdout */
+#define NCPRINT_NONEWLINE 0x0002 /* don't print a newline at the end */
+#define NCPRINT_DELAY 0x0004 /* delay WAITTIME before returning */
+#define NCPRINT_EXIT 0x0008 /* exit() after printing the string */
+#define NCPRINT_VERB1 0x0010 /* require verbosity level 1 */
+#define NCPRINT_VERB2 0x0020 /* require verbosity level 2 */
+#define NCPRINT_NOFMT 0x0040 /* do not interpret format strings */
+
+/* NCPRINT commands */
+/* normal message printed to stderr by default */
+#define NCPRINT_NORMAL 0x0000
+
+/* debug message. This type of message is only printed if `opt_debug' is true */
+#define NCPRINT_DEBUG 0x1000
+
+/* special debug message. Prepends "(debug)" before the actual string */
+#define NCPRINT_DEBUG_V 0x1100
+
+/* prepends "Error:" and flags the message as ERROR */
+#define NCPRINT_ERROR 0x1200
+
+/* prepends "Warning:" and flags the message as WARNING */
+#define NCPRINT_WARNING 0x1300
+
+/* prepends "Notice:" and flags the message as NOTICE */
+#define NCPRINT_NOTICE 0x1400
+
+/* Debugging output routines */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+# define debug(fmtstring) \
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_NOFMT | NCPRINT_NONEWLINE | NCPRINT_DEBUG, debug_fmt fmtstring)
+# define debug_d(fmtstring) \
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_NOFMT | NCPRINT_NONEWLINE | NCPRINT_DEBUG | NCPRINT_DELAY, debug_fmt fmtstring)
+# define debug_v(fmtstring) \
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_NOFMT | NCPRINT_DEBUG_V, debug_fmt fmtstring)
+# define debug_dv(fmtstring) \
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_NOFMT | NCPRINT_DEBUG_V | NCPRINT_DELAY, debug_fmt fmtstring)
+#else
+# define debug(fmtstring)
+# define debug_d(fmtstring)
+# define debug_v(fmtstring)
+# define debug_dv(fmtstring)
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * netcat.c -- main project file
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: netcat.c,v 1.63 2003/08/21 15:27:18 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "netcat.h"
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <time.h> /* time(2) used as random seed */
+
+/* int gatesidx = 0; */ /* LSRR hop count */
+/* int gatesptr = 4; */ /* initial LSRR pointer, settable */
+/* nc_host_t **gates = NULL; */ /* LSRR hop hostpoop */
+/* char *optbuf = NULL; */ /* LSRR or sockopts */
+FILE *output_fp = NULL; /* output fd (FIXME: i don't like this) */
+bool use_stdin = TRUE; /* tells wether stdin was closed or not */
+bool signal_handler = TRUE; /* handle the signals externally */
+bool got_sigterm = FALSE; /* when this TRUE the application must exit */
+bool got_sigint = FALSE; /* when this TRUE the application should exit */
+bool got_sigusr1 = FALSE; /* when set, the application should print stats */
+bool commandline_need_newline = FALSE; /* fancy output handling */
+
+/* global options flags */
+nc_mode_t netcat_mode = 0; /* Netcat working modality */
+bool opt_eofclose = FALSE; /* close connection on EOF from stdin */
+bool opt_debug = FALSE; /* debugging output */
+bool opt_numeric = FALSE; /* don't resolve hostnames */
+bool opt_random = FALSE; /* use random ports */
+bool opt_udpmode = FALSE; /* use udp protocol instead of tcp */
+bool opt_telnet = FALSE; /* answer in telnet mode */
+bool opt_hexdump = FALSE; /* hexdump traffic */
+bool opt_zero = FALSE; /* zero I/O mode (don't expect anything) */
+int opt_interval = 0; /* delay (in seconds) between lines/ports */
+int opt_verbose = 0; /* be verbose (> 1 to be MORE verbose) */
+int opt_wait = 0; /* wait time */
+char *opt_outputfile = NULL; /* hexdump output file */
+char *opt_exec = NULL; /* program to exec after connecting */
+nc_proto_t opt_proto = NETCAT_PROTO_TCP; /* protocol to use for connections */
+
+
+/* signal handling */
+
+static void got_term(int z)
+{
+ if (!got_sigterm)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1, _("Terminated."));
+ debug_v(("_____ RECEIVED SIGTERM _____ [signal_handler=%s]",
+ BOOL_TO_STR(signal_handler)));
+ got_sigterm = TRUE;
+ if (signal_handler) /* default action */
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+static void got_int(int z)
+{
+ if (!got_sigint)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1, _("Exiting."));
+ debug_v(("_____ RECEIVED SIGINT _____ [signal_handler=%s]",
+ BOOL_TO_STR(signal_handler)));
+ got_sigint = TRUE;
+ if (signal_handler) { /* default action */
+ if (commandline_need_newline) /* if we were waiting for input */
+ printf("\n");
+ netcat_printstats(FALSE);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+
+static void got_usr1(int z)
+{
+ debug_dv(("_____ RECEIVED SIGUSR1 _____ [signal_handler=%s]",
+ BOOL_TO_STR(signal_handler)));
+ if (signal_handler) /* default action */
+ netcat_printstats(TRUE);
+ else
+ got_sigusr1 = TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Execute an external file making its stdin/stdout/stderr the actual socket */
+
+static void ncexec(nc_sock_t *ncsock)
+{
+ int saved_stderr;
+ char *p;
+ assert(ncsock && (ncsock->fd >= 0));
+
+ /* save the stderr fd because we may need it later */
+ saved_stderr = dup(STDERR_FILENO);
+
+ /* duplicate the socket for the child program */
+ dup2(ncsock->fd, STDIN_FILENO); /* the precise order of fiddlage */
+ close(ncsock->fd); /* is apparently crucial; this is */
+ dup2(STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO); /* swiped directly out of "inetd". */
+ dup2(STDIN_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO); /* also duplicate the stderr channel */
+
+ /* change the label for the executed program */
+ if ((p = strrchr(opt_exec, '/')))
+ p++; /* shorter argv[0] */
+ else
+ p = opt_exec;
+
+ /* replace this process with the new one */
+#ifndef USE_OLD_COMPAT
+ execl("/bin/sh", p, "-c", opt_exec, NULL);
+#else
+ execl(opt_exec, p, NULL);
+#endif
+ dup2(saved_stderr, STDERR_FILENO);
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT, _("Couldn't execute %s: %s"),
+ opt_exec, strerror(errno));
+} /* end of ncexec() */
+
+/* main: handle command line arguments and listening status */
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int c, glob_ret = EXIT_FAILURE;
+ int total_ports, left_ports, accept_ret = -1, connect_ret = -1;
+ struct sigaction sv;
+ nc_port_t local_port; /* local port specified with -p option */
+ nc_host_t local_host; /* local host for bind()ing operations */
+ nc_host_t remote_host;
+ nc_sock_t listen_sock;
+ nc_sock_t connect_sock;
+ nc_sock_t stdio_sock;
+
+ memset(&local_port, 0, sizeof(local_port));
+ memset(&local_host, 0, sizeof(local_host));
+ memset(&remote_host, 0, sizeof(remote_host));
+ memset(&listen_sock, 0, sizeof(listen_sock));
+ memset(&connect_sock, 0, sizeof(listen_sock));
+ memset(&stdio_sock, 0, sizeof(stdio_sock));
+ listen_sock.domain = PF_INET;
+ connect_sock.domain = PF_INET;
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
+ setlocale(LC_MESSAGES, "");
+ bindtextdomain(PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+ textdomain(PACKAGE);
+#endif
+
+ /* set up the signal handling system */
+ sigemptyset(&sv.sa_mask);
+ sv.sa_flags = 0;
+ sv.sa_handler = got_int;
+ sigaction(SIGINT, &sv, NULL);
+ sv.sa_handler = got_term;
+ sigaction(SIGTERM, &sv, NULL);
+ sv.sa_handler = got_usr1;
+ sigaction(SIGUSR1, &sv, NULL);
+ /* ignore some boring signals */
+ sv.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+ sigaction(SIGPIPE, &sv, NULL);
+ sigaction(SIGURG, &sv, NULL);
+
+ /* if no args given at all, take them from stdin and generate argv */
+ if (argc == 1)
+ netcat_commandline_read(&argc, &argv);
+
+ /* check for command line switches */
+ while (TRUE) {
+ int option_index = 0;
+ static const struct option long_options[] = {
+ { "close", no_argument, NULL, 'c' },
+ { "debug", no_argument, NULL, 'd' },
+ { "exec", required_argument, NULL, 'e' },
+ { "gateway", required_argument, NULL, 'g' },
+ { "pointer", required_argument, NULL, 'G' },
+ { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' },
+ { "interval", required_argument, NULL, 'i' },
+ { "listen", no_argument, NULL, 'l' },
+ { "tunnel", required_argument, NULL, 'L' },
+ { "dont-resolve", no_argument, NULL, 'n' },
+ { "output", required_argument, NULL, 'o' },
+ { "local-port", required_argument, NULL, 'p' },
+ { "tunnel-port", required_argument, NULL, 'P' },
+ { "randomize", no_argument, NULL, 'r' },
+ { "source", required_argument, NULL, 's' },
+ { "tunnel-source", required_argument, NULL, 'S' },
+#ifndef USE_OLD_COMPAT
+ { "tcp", no_argument, NULL, 't' },
+ { "telnet", no_argument, NULL, 'T' },
+#else
+ { "tcp", no_argument, NULL, 1 },
+ { "telnet", no_argument, NULL, 't' },
+#endif
+ { "udp", no_argument, NULL, 'u' },
+ { "verbose", no_argument, NULL, 'v' },
+ { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' },
+ { "hexdump", no_argument, NULL, 'x' },
+ { "wait", required_argument, NULL, 'w' },
+ { "zero", no_argument, NULL, 'z' },
+ { 0, 0, 0, 0 }
+ };
+
+ c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "cde:g:G:hi:lL:no:p:P:rs:S:tTuvVxw:z",
+ long_options, &option_index);
+ if (c == -1)
+ break;
+
+ switch (c) {
+ case 'c': /* close connection on EOF from stdin */
+ opt_eofclose = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'd': /* enable debugging */
+ opt_debug = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'e': /* prog to exec */
+ if (opt_exec)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Cannot specify `-e' option double"));
+ opt_exec = strdup(optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'G': /* srcrt gateways pointer val */
+ break;
+ case 'g': /* srcroute hop[s] */
+ break;
+ case 'h': /* display help and exit */
+ netcat_printhelp(argv[0]);
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ case 'i': /* line/ports interval time (seconds) */
+ opt_interval = atoi(optarg);
+ if (opt_interval <= 0)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Invalid interval time \"%s\""), optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'l': /* mode flag: listen mode */
+ if (netcat_mode != NETCAT_UNSPEC)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("You can specify mode flags (`-l' and `-L') only once"));
+ netcat_mode = NETCAT_LISTEN;
+ break;
+ case 'L': /* mode flag: tunnel mode */
+ if (netcat_mode != NETCAT_UNSPEC)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("You can specify mode flags (`-l' and `-L') only once"));
+ if (opt_zero)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("`-L' and `-z' options are incompatible"));
+ do {
+ char *div = strchr(optarg, ':');
+
+ if (div && *(div + 1))
+ *div++ = '\0';
+ else
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Invalid target string for `-L' option"));
+
+ /* lookup the remote address and the remote port for tunneling */
+ if (!netcat_resolvehost(&connect_sock.host, optarg))
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Couldn't resolve tunnel target host: %s"), optarg);
+ if (!netcat_getport(&connect_sock.port, div, 0))
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Invalid tunnel target port: %s"), div);
+
+ connect_sock.proto = opt_proto;
+ connect_sock.timeout = opt_wait;
+ netcat_mode = NETCAT_TUNNEL;
+ } while (FALSE);
+ break;
+ case 'n': /* numeric-only, no DNS lookups */
+ opt_numeric = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'o': /* output hexdump log to file */
+ opt_outputfile = strdup(optarg);
+ opt_hexdump = TRUE; /* implied */
+ break;
+ case 'p': /* local source port */
+ if (!netcat_getport(&local_port, optarg, 0))
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT, _("Invalid local port: %s"),
+ optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'P': /* used only in tunnel mode (source port) */
+ if (!netcat_getport(&connect_sock.local_port, optarg, 0))
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Invalid tunnel connect port: %s"), optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'r': /* randomize various things */
+ opt_random = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 's': /* local source address */
+ /* lookup the source address and assign it to the connection address */
+ if (!netcat_resolvehost(&local_host, optarg))
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Couldn't resolve local host: %s"), optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'S': /* used only in tunnel mode (source ip) */
+ if (!netcat_resolvehost(&connect_sock.local_host, optarg))
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("Couldn't resolve tunnel local host: %s"), optarg);
+ break;
+ case 1: /* use TCP protocol (default) */
+#ifndef USE_OLD_COMPAT
+ case 't':
+#endif
+ opt_proto = NETCAT_PROTO_TCP;
+ break;
+#ifdef USE_OLD_COMPAT
+ case 't':
+#endif
+ case 'T': /* answer telnet codes */
+ opt_telnet = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'u': /* use UDP protocol */
+ opt_proto = NETCAT_PROTO_UDP;
+ break;
+ case 'v': /* be verbose (twice=more verbose) */
+ opt_verbose++;
+ break;
+ case 'V': /* display version and exit */
+ netcat_printversion();
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ case 'w': /* wait time (in seconds) */
+ opt_wait = atoi(optarg);
+ if (opt_wait <= 0)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT, _("Invalid wait-time: %s"),
+ optarg);
+ break;
+ case 'x': /* hexdump traffic */
+ opt_hexdump = TRUE;
+ break;
+ case 'z': /* little or no data xfer */
+ if (netcat_mode == NETCAT_TUNNEL)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("`-L' and `-z' options are incompatible"));
+ opt_zero = TRUE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_EXIT, _("Try `%s --help' for more information."), argv[0]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (opt_zero && opt_exec)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("`-e' and `-z' options are incompatible"));
+
+ /* initialize the flag buffer to keep track of the specified ports */
+ netcat_flag_init(65535);
+
+#ifndef DEBUG
+ /* check for debugging support */
+ if (opt_debug)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_WARNING,
+ _("Debugging support not compiled, option `-d' discarded. Using maximum verbosity."));
+#endif
+
+ /* randomize only if needed */
+ if (opt_random)
+#ifdef USE_RANDOM
+ SRAND(time(0));
+#else
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_WARNING,
+ _("Randomization support not compiled, option `-r' discarded."));
+#endif
+
+ /* handle the -o option. exit on failure */
+ if (opt_outputfile) {
+ output_fp = fopen(opt_outputfile, "w");
+ if (!output_fp)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT, _("Failed to open output file: %s"),
+ strerror(errno));
+ }
+ else
+ output_fp = stderr;
+
+ debug_v(("Trying to parse non-args parameters (argc=%d, optind=%d)", argc,
+ optind));
+
+ /* try to get an hostname parameter */
+ if (optind < argc) {
+ char *myhost = argv[optind++];
+ if (!netcat_resolvehost(&remote_host, myhost))
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT, _("Couldn't resolve host \"%s\""),
+ myhost);
+ }
+
+ /* now loop all the other (maybe optional) parameters for port-ranges */
+ while (optind < argc) {
+ const char *get_argv = argv[optind++];
+ char *q, *parse = strdup(get_argv);
+ int port_lo = 0, port_hi = 65535;
+ nc_port_t port_tmp;
+
+ if (!(q = strchr(parse, '-'))) /* simple number? */
+ q = strchr(parse, ':'); /* try with the other separator */
+
+ if (!q) {
+ if (netcat_getport(&port_tmp, parse, 0))
+ netcat_flag_set(port_tmp.num, TRUE);
+ else
+ goto got_err;
+ }
+ else { /* could be in the forms: N1-N2, -N2, N1- */
+ *q++ = 0;
+ if (*parse) {
+ if (netcat_getport(&port_tmp, parse, 0))
+ port_lo = port_tmp.num;
+ else
+ goto got_err;
+ }
+ if (*q) {
+ if (netcat_getport(&port_tmp, q, 0))
+ port_hi = port_tmp.num;
+ else
+ goto got_err;
+ }
+ if (!*parse && !*q) /* don't accept the form '-' */
+ goto got_err;
+
+ /* now update the flagset (this is int, so it's ok even if hi == 65535) */
+ while (port_lo <= port_hi)
+ netcat_flag_set(port_lo++, TRUE);
+ }
+
+ free(parse);
+ continue;
+
+ got_err:
+ free(parse);
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR, _("Invalid port specification: %s"), get_argv);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ debug_dv(("Arguments parsing complete! Total ports=%d", netcat_flag_count()));
+#if 0
+ /* pure debugging code */
+ c = 0;
+ while ((c = netcat_flag_next(c))) {
+ printf("Got port=%d\n", c);
+ }
+ exit(0);
+#endif
+
+ /* Handle listen mode and tunnel mode (whose index number is higher) */
+ if (netcat_mode > NETCAT_CONNECT) {
+ /* in tunnel mode the opt_zero flag is illegal, while on listen mode it
+ means that no connections should be accepted. For UDP it means that
+ no remote addresses should be used as default endpoint, which means
+ that we can't send anything. In both situations, stdin is no longer
+ useful, so close it. */
+ if (opt_zero) {
+ close(STDIN_FILENO);
+ use_stdin = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* prepare the socket var and start listening */
+ listen_sock.proto = opt_proto;
+ listen_sock.timeout = opt_wait;
+ memcpy(&listen_sock.local_host, &local_host, sizeof(listen_sock.local_host));
+ memcpy(&listen_sock.local_port, &local_port, sizeof(listen_sock.local_port));
+ memcpy(&listen_sock.host, &remote_host, sizeof(listen_sock.host));
+ accept_ret = core_listen(&listen_sock);
+
+ /* in zero I/O mode the core_tcp_listen() call will always return -1
+ (ETIMEDOUT) since no connections are accepted, because of this our job
+ is completed now. */
+ if (accept_ret < 0) {
+ /* since i'm planning to make `-z' compatible with `-L' I need to check
+ the exact error that caused this failure. */
+ if (opt_zero && (errno == ETIMEDOUT))
+ exit(0);
+
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1 | NCPRINT_EXIT, _("Listen mode failed: %s"),
+ strerror(errno));
+ }
+
+ /* if we are in listen mode, run the core loop and exit when it returns.
+ otherwise now it's the time to connect to the target host and tunnel
+ them together (which means passing to the next section. */
+ if (netcat_mode == NETCAT_LISTEN) {
+ if (opt_exec) {
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB2, _("Passing control to the specified program"));
+ ncexec(&listen_sock); /* this won't return */
+ }
+ core_readwrite(&listen_sock, &stdio_sock);
+ debug_dv(("Listen: EXIT"));
+ }
+ else {
+ /* otherwise we are in tunnel mode. The connect_sock var was already
+ initialized by the command line arguments. */
+ assert(netcat_mode == NETCAT_TUNNEL);
+ connect_ret = core_connect(&connect_sock);
+
+ /* connection failure? (we cannot get this in UDP mode) */
+ if (connect_ret < 0) {
+ assert(opt_proto != NETCAT_PROTO_UDP);
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1, "%s: %s",
+ netcat_strid(&connect_sock.host, &connect_sock.port),
+ strerror(errno));
+ }
+ else {
+ glob_ret = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+ core_readwrite(&listen_sock, &connect_sock);
+ debug_dv(("Tunnel: EXIT (ret=%d)", glob_ret));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* all jobs should be ok, go to the cleanup */
+ goto main_exit;
+ } /* end of listen and tunnel mode handling */
+
+ /* we need to connect outside, this is the connect mode */
+ netcat_mode = NETCAT_CONNECT;
+
+ /* first check that a host parameter was given */
+ if (!remote_host.iaddrs[0].s_addr) {
+ /* FIXME: The Networking specifications state that host address "0" is a
+ valid host to connect to but this broken check will assume as not
+ specified. */
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_NORMAL, _("%s: missing hostname argument"), argv[0]);
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_EXIT, _("Try `%s --help' for more information."), argv[0]);
+ }
+
+ /* since ports are the second argument, checking ports might be enough */
+ total_ports = netcat_flag_count();
+ if (total_ports == 0)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_ERROR | NCPRINT_EXIT,
+ _("No ports specified for connection"));
+
+ c = 0; /* must be set to 0 for netcat_flag_next() */
+ left_ports = total_ports;
+ while (left_ports > 0) {
+ /* `c' is the port number independently of the sorting method (linear
+ or random). While in linear mode it is also used to fetch the next
+ port number */
+ if (opt_random)
+ c = netcat_flag_rand();
+ else
+ c = netcat_flag_next(c);
+ left_ports--; /* decrease the total ports number to try */
+
+ /* since we are nonblocking now, we can start as many connections as we want
+ but it's not a great idea connecting more than one host at time */
+ connect_sock.proto = opt_proto;
+ connect_sock.timeout = opt_wait;
+ memcpy(&connect_sock.local_host, &local_host,
+ sizeof(connect_sock.local_host));
+ memcpy(&connect_sock.local_port, &local_port,
+ sizeof(connect_sock.local_port));
+ memcpy(&connect_sock.host, &remote_host, sizeof(connect_sock.host));
+ netcat_getport(&connect_sock.port, NULL, c);
+
+ /* FIXME: in udp mode and NETCAT_CONNECT, opt_zero is senseless */
+ connect_ret = core_connect(&connect_sock);
+
+ /* connection failure? (we cannot get this in UDP mode) */
+ if (connect_ret < 0) {
+ int ncprint_flags = NCPRINT_VERB1;
+ assert(connect_sock.proto != NETCAT_PROTO_UDP);
+
+ /* if we are portscanning or multiple connecting show only open
+ ports with verbosity level 1. */
+ if (total_ports > 1)
+ ncprint_flags = NCPRINT_VERB2;
+
+ ncprint(ncprint_flags, "%s: %s",
+ netcat_strid(&connect_sock.host, &connect_sock.port),
+ strerror(errno));
+ continue; /* go with next port */
+ }
+
+ /* when portscanning (or checking a single port) we are happy if AT LEAST
+ ONE port is available. */
+ glob_ret = EXIT_SUCCESS;
+
+ if (opt_zero) {
+ shutdown(connect_ret, 2);
+ close(connect_ret);
+ }
+ else {
+ if (opt_exec) {
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB2, _("Passing control to the specified program"));
+ ncexec(&connect_sock); /* this won't return */
+ }
+ core_readwrite(&connect_sock, &stdio_sock);
+ /* FIXME: add a small delay */
+ debug_v(("Connect: EXIT"));
+
+ /* both signals are handled inside core_readwrite(), but while the
+ SIGINT signal is fully handled, the SIGTERM requires some action
+ from outside that function, because of this that flag is not
+ cleared. */
+ if (got_sigterm)
+ break;
+ }
+ } /* end of while (left_ports > 0) */
+
+ /* all basic modes should return here for the final cleanup */
+ main_exit:
+ debug_v(("Main: EXIT (cleaning up)"));
+
+ netcat_printstats(FALSE);
+ return glob_ret;
+} /* end of main() */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * netcat.h -- main header project file
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: netcat.h,v 1.35 2004/01/03 16:42:07 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef NETCAT_H
+#define NETCAT_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h> /* basic types definition */
+#include <sys/time.h> /* timeval, time_t */
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h> /* needed for reading/writing vectors */
+#include <sys/param.h> /* defines MAXHOSTNAMELEN and other stuff */
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h> /* inet_ntop(), inet_pton() */
+
+/* other misc unchecked includes */
+#if 0
+#include <netinet/in_systm.h> /* misc crud that netinet/ip.h references */
+#include <netinet/ip.h> /* IPOPT_LSRR, header stuff */
+#endif
+
+/* These are useful to keep the source readable */
+#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
+# define STDIN_FILENO 0
+#endif
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+# define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+#ifndef SHUT_RDWR
+# define SHUT_RDWR 2
+#endif
+
+/* find a random routine */
+#if defined(HAVE_RANDOM) && defined(HAVE_SRANDOM)
+# define USE_RANDOM /* try with most modern random routines */
+# define SRAND srandom
+# define RAND random
+#elif defined(HAVE_RAND) && defined(HAVE_SRAND)
+# define USE_RANDOM /* otherwise fallback to the older rand() */
+# define SRAND srand
+# define RAND rand
+#endif /* if none of them are here, CHANGE OS! */
+
+/* This must be defined to the longest possible internet address length in
+ string notation.
+ Bugfix: Looks like Solaris 7 doesn't define this standard. It's ok to use
+ the following workaround since this is going to change to introduce IPv6
+ support. */
+#ifdef INET_ADDRSTRLEN
+# define NETCAT_ADDRSTRLEN INET_ADDRSTRLEN
+#else
+# define NETCAT_ADDRSTRLEN 16
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: I should search more about this portnames standards. At the moment
+ i'll fix my own size for this */
+#define NETCAT_MAXPORTNAMELEN 64
+
+/* Find out whether we can use the RFC 2292 extensions on this machine
+ (I've found out only linux supporting this feature so far) */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_IN_PKTINFO
+# if defined(SOL_IP) && defined(IP_PKTINFO)
+# define USE_PKTINFO
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* MAXINETADDR defines the maximum number of host aliases that are saved after
+ a successfully hostname lookup. Please not that this value will also take
+ a significant role in the memory usage. Approximately one struct takes:
+ MAXINETADDRS * (NETCAT_ADDRSTRLEN + sizeof(struct in_addr)) */
+#define MAXINETADDRS 6
+
+#ifndef INADDR_NONE
+# define INADDR_NONE 0xffffffff
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: shall we really change this define? probably not. */
+#ifdef MAXHOSTNAMELEN
+# undef MAXHOSTNAMELEN /* might be too small on aix, so fix it */
+#endif
+#define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 256
+
+/* TRUE and FALSE values for logical type `bool' */
+#ifndef TRUE
+# define TRUE 1
+#endif
+#ifndef FALSE
+# define FALSE 0
+#endif
+
+/* this is just a logical type, but helps a lot */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+# ifndef bool
+# define bool unsigned char
+# endif
+#endif
+#define BOOL_TO_STR(__var__) (__var__ ? "TRUE" : "FALSE")
+#define NULL_STR(__var__) (__var__ ? __var__ : "(null)")
+
+/* there are some OS that still doesn't support POSIX standards */
+#ifndef HAVE_IN_PORT_T
+typedef unsigned short in_port_t;
+#endif
+
+/* Netcat basic operating modes */
+
+typedef enum {
+ NETCAT_UNSPEC,
+ NETCAT_CONNECT,
+ NETCAT_LISTEN,
+ NETCAT_TUNNEL
+} nc_mode_t;
+
+/* Recognized protocols */
+
+typedef enum {
+ NETCAT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
+ NETCAT_PROTO_TCP,
+ NETCAT_PROTO_UDP
+} nc_proto_t;
+
+/* used for queues buffering and data tracking purposes. The `head' field is
+ a pointer to the begin of the buffer segment, while `pos' indicates the
+ actual position of the data stream. If `head' is NULL, it means that there
+ is no dynamically-allocated data in this buffer, *BUT* it MAY still contain
+ some local data segment (for example allocated inside the stack).
+ `len' indicates the length of the buffer starting from `pos'. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char *head;
+ unsigned char *pos;
+ int len;
+} nc_buffer_t;
+
+/* this is the standard netcat hosts record. It contains an "authoritative"
+ `name' field, which may be empty, and a list of IP addresses in the network
+ notation and in the dotted string notation. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char name[MAXHOSTNAMELEN]; /* dns name */
+ char addrs[MAXINETADDRS][NETCAT_ADDRSTRLEN]; /* ascii-format IP addresses */
+ struct in_addr iaddrs[MAXINETADDRS]; /* real addresses */
+} nc_host_t;
+
+/* standard netcat port record. It contains the port `name', which may be
+ empty, and the port number both as number and as string. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char name[NETCAT_MAXPORTNAMELEN]; /* canonical port name */
+ char ascnum[8]; /* ascii port number */
+ unsigned short num; /* port number */
+ /* FIXME: this is just a test! */
+ in_port_t netnum; /* port number in network byte order */
+} nc_port_t;
+
+/* This is a more complex struct that holds socket records. [...] */
+
+typedef struct {
+ int fd, domain, timeout;
+ nc_proto_t proto;
+ nc_host_t local_host, host;
+ nc_port_t local_port, port;
+ nc_buffer_t sendq, recvq;
+} nc_sock_t;
+
+/* Netcat includes */
+
+#include "proto.h"
+#include "intl.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+
+#endif /* !NETCAT_H */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * network.c -- all network related functions and helpers
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: network.c,v 1.38 2004/01/03 16:42:07 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "netcat.h"
+#include <netdb.h> /* hostent, gethostby*, getservby* */
+#include <fcntl.h> /* fcntl() */
+
+/* Fills the structure pointed to by `dst' with the valid DNS information
+ for the target identified by `name', which can be an hostname or a valid IP
+ address in the dotted notation.
+ The hostname field is stored in the results structure only if it is actually
+ authoritative for that machine.
+ Returns TRUE on success or FALSE otherwise. On success, at least one IP
+ address will be in the results, while there could be an empty hostname. */
+
+bool netcat_resolvehost(nc_host_t *dst, const char *name)
+{
+ int i, ret;
+ struct hostent *hostent;
+ struct in_addr res_addr;
+
+ assert(name && name[0]);
+ debug_v(("netcat_resolvehost(dst=%p, name=\"%s\")", (void *)dst, name));
+
+ /* reset all fields of the dst struct */
+ memset(dst, 0, sizeof(*dst));
+
+ ret = netcat_inet_pton(name, &res_addr);
+ if (!ret) { /* couldn't translate: it must be a name! */
+ bool host_auth_taken = FALSE;
+
+ /* if the opt_numeric option is set, we must not use DNS in any way */
+ if (opt_numeric)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* failures to look up a name are reported to the calling function */
+ if (!(hostent = gethostbyname(name)))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* now I need to handle the host aliases (CNAME). If we lookup host
+ www.bighost.foo, which is an alias for www.bighost.mux.foo, the hostent
+ struct will contain the real name in h_name, which is not what we want
+ for the output purpose (the user doesn't want to see something he didn't
+ type. So assume the lookup name as the "official" name and fetch the
+ ips for the reverse lookup. */
+ debug(("(lookup) lookup=\"%s\" official=\"%s\" (should match)\n", name,
+ hostent->h_name));
+ strncpy(dst->name, name, MAXHOSTNAMELEN - 1);
+
+ /* now save all the available ip addresses (no more than MAXINETADDRS) */
+ for (i = 0; hostent->h_addr_list[i] && (i < MAXINETADDRS); i++) {
+ memcpy(&dst->iaddrs[i], hostent->h_addr_list[i], sizeof(dst->iaddrs[0]));
+ strncpy(dst->addrs[i], netcat_inet_ntop(&dst->iaddrs[i]),
+ sizeof(dst->addrs[0]));
+ } /* end of foreach addr, part A */
+
+ /* for speed purposes, skip the authoritative checking if we haven't got
+ any verbosity level set. note that this will cause invalid results
+ in the dst struct, but we don't care at this point. */
+ if (!opt_debug && (opt_verbose < 1))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* do inverse lookups in a separated loop for each collected addresses */
+ for (i = 0; dst->iaddrs[i].s_addr && (i < MAXINETADDRS); i++) {
+ hostent = gethostbyaddr((char *)&dst->iaddrs[i], sizeof(dst->iaddrs[0]),
+ AF_INET);
+
+ if (!hostent || !hostent->h_name) {
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1 | NCPRINT_WARNING,
+ _("Inverse name lookup failed for `%s'"), dst->addrs[i]);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* now the case. hostnames aren't case sensitive because of this we may
+ find a different case for the authoritative hostname. For the same
+ previous reason we may want to keep the user typed case, but this time
+ we are going to override it because this tool is a "network exploration
+ tool", thus it's good to see the case they chose for this host. */
+ if (strcasecmp(dst->name, hostent->h_name)) {
+ int xcmp;
+ char savedhost[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
+
+ /* refering to the flowchart (see the drafts directory contained in
+ this package), try to guess the real hostname */
+ strncpy(savedhost, hostent->h_name, sizeof(savedhost));
+ savedhost[sizeof(savedhost) - 1] = 0;
+
+ /* ok actually the given host and the reverse-resolved address doesn't
+ match, so try to see if we can find the real machine name. In order to
+ this to happen the originally found address must match with the newly
+ found hostname directly resolved. If this doesn't, or if this resolve
+ fails, then fall back to the original warning message: they have a DNS
+ misconfigured! */
+ hostent = gethostbyname(savedhost);
+ if (!hostent)
+ continue; /* FIXME: missing information analysis */
+
+ for (xcmp = 0; hostent->h_addr_list[xcmp] &&
+ (xcmp < MAXINETADDRS); xcmp++) {
+ if (!memcmp(&dst->iaddrs[i], hostent->h_addr_list[xcmp],
+ sizeof(dst->iaddrs[0])))
+ goto found_real_host;
+ }
+
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_WARNING | NCPRINT_VERB1,
+ _("This host's reverse DNS doesn't match! %s -- %s"),
+ hostent->h_name, dst->name);
+ continue;
+
+ found_real_host:
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_NOTICE | NCPRINT_VERB2,
+ _("Real hostname for %s [%s] is %s"),
+ dst->name, dst->addrs[i], savedhost);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (!host_auth_taken) { /* case: take only the first one as auth */
+ strncpy(dst->name, hostent->h_name, sizeof(dst->name));
+ host_auth_taken = TRUE;
+ }
+ } /* end of foreach addr, part B */
+ }
+ else { /* `name' is a numeric address, try reverse lookup */
+ memcpy(&dst->iaddrs[0], &res_addr, sizeof(dst->iaddrs[0]));
+ strncpy(dst->addrs[0], netcat_inet_ntop(&res_addr), sizeof(dst->addrs[0]));
+
+ /* if opt_numeric is set or we don't require verbosity, we are done */
+ if (opt_numeric)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* numeric or not, failure to look up a PTR is *not* considered fatal */
+ hostent = gethostbyaddr((char *)&res_addr, sizeof(res_addr), AF_INET);
+ if (!hostent)
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB2 | NCPRINT_WARNING,
+ _("Inverse name lookup failed for `%s'"), name);
+ else {
+ strncpy(dst->name, hostent->h_name, MAXHOSTNAMELEN - 2);
+ /* now do the direct lookup to see if the PTR was authoritative */
+ hostent = gethostbyname(dst->name);
+
+ /* Any kind of failure in this section results in a host not auth
+ warning, and the dst->name field cleaned (I don't care if there is a
+ PTR, if it's unauthoritative). */
+ if (!hostent || !hostent->h_addr_list[0]) {
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1 | NCPRINT_WARNING,
+ _("Host %s isn't authoritative! (direct lookup failed)"),
+ dst->addrs[0]);
+ goto check_failed;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; hostent->h_addr_list[i] && (i < MAXINETADDRS); i++)
+ if (!memcmp(&dst->iaddrs[0], hostent->h_addr_list[i],
+ sizeof(dst->iaddrs[0])))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1 | NCPRINT_WARNING,
+ _("Host %s isn't authoritative! (direct lookup mismatch)"),
+ dst->addrs[0]);
+ ncprint(NCPRINT_VERB1, _(" %s -> %s BUT %s -> %s"),
+ dst->addrs[0], dst->name, dst->name,
+ netcat_inet_ntop(hostent->h_addr_list[0]));
+
+ check_failed:
+ memset(dst->name, 0, sizeof(dst->name));
+ } /* if hostent */
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Identifies a port and fills in the netcat_port structure pointed to by
+ `dst'. If `port_string' is not NULL, it is used to identify the port
+ (either by port name, listed in /etc/services, or by a string number). In
+ this case `port_num' is discarded.
+ If `port_string' is NULL then `port_num' is used to identify the port and
+ if opt_numeric is not TRUE, the port name is looked up reversely. */
+
+bool netcat_getport(nc_port_t *dst, const char *port_string,
+ unsigned short port_num)
+{
+ const char *get_proto = (opt_proto == NETCAT_PROTO_UDP ? "udp" : "tcp");
+ struct servent *servent;
+
+ debug_v(("netcat_getport(dst=%p, port_string=\"%s\", port_num=%hu)",
+ (void *)dst, NULL_STR(port_string), port_num));
+
+/* Obligatory netdb.h-inspired rant: servent.s_port is supposed to be an int.
+ Despite this, we still have to treat it as a short when copying it around.
+ Not only that, but we have to convert it *back* into net order for
+ getservbyport to work. Manpages generally aren't clear on all this, but
+ there are plenty of examples in which it is just quietly done. -hobbit */
+
+ /* reset all fields of the dst struct */
+ memset(dst, 0, sizeof(*dst));
+
+ if (!port_string) {
+ if (port_num == 0)
+ return FALSE;
+ dst->num = port_num;
+ dst->netnum = htons(port_num);
+ servent = getservbyport((int)dst->netnum, get_proto);
+ if (servent) {
+ assert(dst->netnum == servent->s_port);
+ strncpy(dst->name, servent->s_name, sizeof(dst->name));
+ }
+ goto end;
+ }
+ else {
+ long port;
+ char *endptr;
+
+ /* empty string? refuse it */
+ if (!port_string[0])
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* try to convert the string into a valid port number. If an error occurs
+ but it doesn't occur at the first char, throw an error */
+ port = strtol(port_string, &endptr, 10);
+ if (!endptr[0]) {
+ /* pure numeric value, check it out */
+ if ((port > 0) && (port < 65536))
+ return netcat_getport(dst, NULL, (in_port_t)port);
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (endptr != port_string) /* mixed numeric and string value */
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* this is a port name, try to lookup it */
+ servent = getservbyname(port_string, get_proto);
+ if (servent) {
+ strncpy(dst->name, servent->s_name, sizeof(dst->name));
+ dst->netnum = servent->s_port;
+ dst->num = ntohs(dst->netnum);
+ goto end;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ end:
+ snprintf(dst->ascnum, sizeof(dst->ascnum), "%hu", dst->num);
+ return TRUE;
+} /* end of netcat_getport() */
+
+/* returns a pointer to a static buffer containing a description of the remote
+ host in the best form available (using hostnames and portnames) */
+
+/* MAXHOSTNAMELEN _ [ ADDRSTRLEN ] _ 5 _ ( MAXPORTNAMELEN ) */
+/* "my.very.long.hostname [255.255.255.255] 65535 (my_very_long_port_name)" */
+
+const char *netcat_strid(const nc_host_t *host, const nc_port_t *port)
+{
+ static char buf[MAXHOSTNAMELEN + NETCAT_ADDRSTRLEN +
+ NETCAT_MAXPORTNAMELEN + 15];
+ char *p = buf;
+ assert(host && port);
+
+ if (host->iaddrs[0].s_addr) {
+ if (host->name[0])
+ p += snprintf(p, sizeof(buf) + buf - p, "%s [%s]", host->name,
+ host->addrs[0]);
+ else
+ p += snprintf(p, sizeof(buf) + buf - p, "%s", host->addrs[0]);
+ }
+ else
+ p += snprintf(p, sizeof(buf) + buf - p, _("any address"));
+
+ p += snprintf(p, sizeof(buf) + buf - p, " %s", port->ascnum);
+ if (port->name[0])
+ p += snprintf(p, sizeof(buf) + buf - p, " (%s)", port->name);
+
+ return buf;
+}
+
+/* Create a network address structure. This function is a compatibility
+ replacement for the standard POSIX inet_pton() function. */
+
+int netcat_inet_pton(const char *src, void *dst)
+{
+ int ret;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_INET_PTON
+ ret = inet_pton(AF_INET, src, dst);
+#else
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+# warning Using broken network address conversion function for pton
+# endif
+ ret = inet_aton(src, (struct in_addr *)dst);
+#endif
+
+ return ret;
+} /* end of netcat_inet_pton() */
+
+/* Parse a network address structure. This function is a compatibility
+ replacement for the standard POSIX inet_ntop() function. */
+
+const char *netcat_inet_ntop(const void *src)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+ static char my_buf[127];
+#endif
+ const char *ret;
+
+ debug_v(("netcat_inet_ntop(src=%p)", src));
+
+#ifdef HAVE_INET_NTOP
+ /* FIXME: Since inet_ntop breaks on IPv6-mapped IPv4 addresses i'll need to
+ * sort it out by myself. */
+ ret = inet_ntop(AF_INET, src, my_buf, sizeof(my_buf));
+#else
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+# warning Using broken network address conversion function for ntop
+# endif
+ ret = inet_ntoa(*(struct in_addr *)src);
+#endif
+
+ return ret;
+} /* end of netcat_inet_ntop() */
+
+/* Backend for the socket(2) system call. This function wraps the creation of
+ new sockets and sets the common SO_REUSEADDR socket option, and the useful
+ SO_LINGER option (if system available) handling eventual errors.
+ Returns -1 if the socket(2) call failed, -2 if the setsockopt() call failed;
+ otherwise the return value is a descriptor referencing the new socket. */
+
+int netcat_socket_new(int domain, int type)
+{
+ int sock, ret, sockopt;
+ struct linger fix_ling;
+
+ sock = socket(domain, type, 0);
+ if (sock < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* don't leave the socket in a TIME_WAIT state if we close the connection */
+ fix_ling.l_onoff = 1;
+ fix_ling.l_linger = 0;
+ ret = setsockopt(sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LINGER, &fix_ling, sizeof(fix_ling));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ close(sock); /* anyway the socket was created */
+ return -2;
+ }
+
+ /* fix the socket options */
+ sockopt = 1;
+ ret = setsockopt(sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, &sockopt, sizeof(sockopt));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ close(sock); /* anyway the socket was created */
+ return -2;
+ }
+
+ return sock;
+}
+
+/* Creates a full outgoing async socket connection in the specified `domain'
+ and `type' to the specified `addr' and `port'. The connection is
+ originated using the optionally specified `local_addr' and `local_port'.
+ If `local_addr' is NULL and `local_port' is 0 the bind(2) call is skipped.
+ Returns the descriptor referencing the new socket on success, otherwise
+ returns -1 or -2 if socket creation failed (see netcat_socket_new()),
+ or -3 if the bind(2) call failed, -4 if the fcntl(2) call failed, or -5
+ if the connect(2) call failed. */
+
+int netcat_socket_new_connect(int domain, int type, const struct in_addr *addr,
+ in_port_t port, const struct in_addr *local_addr,
+ in_port_t local_port)
+{
+ int sock, ret, my_family = AF_UNSPEC;
+ struct sockaddr_in rem_addr;
+ assert(addr);
+
+ debug_dv(("netcat_socket_new_connect(addr=%p, port=%hu, local_addr=%p, local_"
+ "port=%hu)", (void *)addr, ntohs(port), (void *)local_addr,
+ ntohs(local_port)));
+
+ /* selects the currently supported domains */
+ if (domain == PF_INET)
+ my_family = AF_INET;
+ else
+ return -1; /* assumes as the socket(2) call failed */
+
+ memset(&rem_addr, 0, sizeof(rem_addr));
+ rem_addr.sin_family = my_family;
+ rem_addr.sin_port = port;
+ memcpy(&rem_addr.sin_addr, addr, sizeof(rem_addr.sin_addr));
+
+ /* create the socket and fix the options */
+ sock = netcat_socket_new(domain, type);
+ if (sock < 0)
+ return sock; /* just forward the error code */
+
+ /* only if needed, bind it to a local address */
+ if (local_addr || local_port) {
+ struct sockaddr_in my_addr;
+
+ memset(&my_addr, 0, sizeof(my_addr));
+ my_addr.sin_family = my_family;
+ my_addr.sin_port = local_port;
+
+ /* local_addr may not be specified because the user may want to only
+ enforce the local source port */
+ if (local_addr)
+ memcpy(&my_addr.sin_addr, local_addr, sizeof(my_addr.sin_addr));
+
+ ret = bind(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&my_addr, sizeof(my_addr));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ ret = -3;
+ goto err;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* add the non-blocking flag to this socket */
+ if ((ret = fcntl(sock, F_GETFL, 0)) >= 0)
+ ret = fcntl(sock, F_SETFL, ret | O_NONBLOCK);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ ret = -4;
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ /* now launch the real connection. Since we are in non-blocking mode, this
+ call will return -1 in MOST cases (on some systems, a connect() to a local
+ address may immediately return successfully) */
+ ret = connect(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&rem_addr, sizeof(rem_addr));
+ if ((ret < 0) && (errno != EINPROGRESS)) {
+ ret = -5;
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ /* everything went fine, return the (connected or connecting) socket */
+ return sock;
+
+ err:
+ /* the if () statement is unuseful, but I need to for declaring vars */
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ int tmpret, saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* the close() calls MUST NOT fail */
+ tmpret = close(sock);
+ assert(tmpret >= 0);
+
+ /* restore the original errno */
+ errno = saved_errno;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Creates a listening TCP (stream) socket already bound and in listening
+ state in the specified `domain', ready for accept(2) or select(2). The
+ `addr' parameter is optional and specifies the local interface at which
+ socket should be bound to. If `addr' is NULL, it defaults to INADDR_ANY,
+ which is a valid value as well.
+ Returns the descriptor referencing the listening socket on success,
+ otherwise returns -1 or -2 if socket creation failed (see
+ netcat_socket_new()), -3 if the bind(2) call failed, or -4 if the listen(2)
+ call failed. */
+
+int netcat_socket_new_listen(int domain, const struct in_addr *addr,
+ in_port_t port)
+{
+ int sock, ret, my_family;
+ struct sockaddr_in my_addr;
+
+ debug_dv(("netcat_socket_new_listen(addr=%p, port=%hu)", (void *)addr, port));
+
+ /* selects the currently supported domains */
+ if (domain == PF_INET)
+ my_family = AF_INET;
+ else
+ return -1; /* assumes as the socket(2) call failed */
+
+ /* Reset the sockaddr structure */
+ memset(&my_addr, 0, sizeof(my_addr));
+ my_addr.sin_family = my_family;
+ my_addr.sin_port = port;
+
+ /* this parameter is not mandatory. if it's not present, it's assumed as
+ INADDR_ANY, and the behaviour is the same */
+ if (addr)
+ memcpy(&my_addr.sin_addr, addr, sizeof(my_addr.sin_addr));
+
+ /* create the socket and fix the options */
+ sock = netcat_socket_new(domain, SOCK_STREAM);
+ if (sock < 0)
+ return sock; /* forward the error code */
+
+ /* bind it to the specified address (can be INADDY_ANY) */
+ ret = bind(sock, (struct sockaddr *)&my_addr, sizeof(my_addr));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ ret = -3;
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ /* now make it listening, with a reasonable backlog value */
+ ret = listen(sock, 4);
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ ret = -4;
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ return sock;
+
+ err:
+ /* the if () statement is unuseful, but I need to for declaring vars */
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ int tmpret, saved_errno = errno;
+
+ /* the close() calls MUST NOT fail */
+ tmpret = close(sock);
+ assert(tmpret >= 0);
+
+ /* restore the original errno */
+ errno = saved_errno;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This function is much like the accept(2) call, but implements also the
+ parameter `timeout', which specifies the time (in seconds) after which the
+ function returns. If `timeout' is negative, the remaining of the last
+ valid timeout specified is used. If it reached zero, or if the timeout
+ hasn't been initialized already, this function waits forever.
+ Returns -1 on error, setting the errno variable. If it succeeds, it
+ returns a non-negative integer that is the file descriptor for the accepted
+ socket. */
+
+int netcat_socket_accept(int s, int timeout)
+{
+ fd_set in;
+ int ret;
+ static bool timeout_init = FALSE;
+ static struct timeval timest;
+
+ debug_v(("netcat_socket_accept(s=%d, timeout=%d)", s, timeout));
+
+ /* initialize the select() variables */
+ FD_ZERO(&in);
+ FD_SET(s, &in);
+ if (timeout > 0) {
+ timest.tv_sec = timeout;
+ timest.tv_usec = 0;
+ timeout_init = TRUE;
+ }
+ else if (timeout && !timeout_init) {
+ /* means that timeout is < 0 and timest hasn't been initialized */
+ timeout = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* now call select(2). use timest only if we won't wait forever */
+ call_select:
+ ret = select(s + 1, &in, NULL, NULL, (timeout ? ×t : NULL));
+ if (ret < 0) {
+ /* if the call was interrupted by a signal nothing happens. signal at this
+ stage ought to be handled externally. */
+ if (errno == EINTR)
+ goto call_select;
+ perror("select(sock_accept)");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* have we got this connection? */
+ if (FD_ISSET(s, &in)) {
+ int new_sock;
+
+ new_sock = accept(s, NULL, NULL);
+ debug_v(("Connection received (new fd=%d)", new_sock));
+
+ /* NOTE: as accept() could fail, new_sock might also be a negative value.
+ It's application's work to handle the right errno. */
+ return new_sock;
+ }
+
+ /* since we've got a timeout, the timest is now zero and thus it is like
+ uninitialized. Next time assume wait forever. */
+ timeout_init = FALSE;
+
+ /* no connections arrived during the given time. nothing happens */
+ errno = ETIMEDOUT;
+ return -1;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * proto.h -- contains all global variables and functions prototypes
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2004 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: proto.h,v 1.41 2004/01/03 16:42:07 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/* core.c */
+extern unsigned long bytes_sent, bytes_recv;
+int core_connect(nc_sock_t *ncsock);
+int core_listen(nc_sock_t *ncsock);
+int core_readwrite(nc_sock_t *nc_main, nc_sock_t *nc_slave);
+
+/* flagset.c */
+bool netcat_flag_init(unsigned int len);
+void netcat_flag_set(unsigned short port, bool flag);
+bool netcat_flag_get(unsigned short port);
+unsigned short netcat_flag_next(unsigned short port);
+int netcat_flag_count(void);
+unsigned short netcat_flag_rand(void);
+
+/* misc.c */
+int netcat_fhexdump(FILE *stream, char c, const void *data, size_t datalen);
+int netcat_snprintnum(char *str, size_t size, unsigned long number);
+void ncprint(int type, const char *fmt, ...);
+void netcat_printstats(bool force);
+char *netcat_string_split(char **buf);
+void netcat_commandline_read(int *argc, char ***argv);
+void netcat_printhelp(char *argv0);
+void netcat_printversion(void);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+const char *debug_fmt(const char *fmt, ...);
+#endif
+#ifndef USE_LINUX_SELECT
+void update_timeval(struct timeval *target);
+#endif
+
+/* netcat.c */
+extern nc_mode_t netcat_mode;
+extern bool opt_eofclose, opt_debug, opt_numeric, opt_random, opt_hexdump,
+ opt_telnet, opt_zero;
+extern int opt_interval, opt_verbose, opt_wait;
+extern char *opt_outputfile;
+extern nc_proto_t opt_proto;
+extern FILE *output_fp;
+extern bool use_stdin, signal_handler, got_sigterm, got_sigint, got_sigusr1,
+ commandline_need_newline;
+
+/* network.c */
+bool netcat_resolvehost(nc_host_t *dst, const char *name);
+bool netcat_getport(nc_port_t *dst, const char *port_string,
+ unsigned short port_num);
+const char *netcat_strid(const nc_host_t *host, const nc_port_t *port);
+int netcat_inet_pton(const char *src, void *dst);
+const char *netcat_inet_ntop(const void *src);
+int netcat_socket_new(int domain, int type);
+int netcat_socket_new_connect(int domain, int type, const struct in_addr *addr,
+ in_port_t port, const struct in_addr *local_addr,
+ in_port_t local_port);
+int netcat_socket_new_listen(int domain, const struct in_addr *addr,
+ in_port_t port);
+int netcat_socket_accept(int fd, int timeout);
+
+/* telnet.c */
+void netcat_telnet_parse(nc_sock_t *ncsock);
+
+/* udphelper.c */
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+int udphelper_ancillary_read(struct msghdr *my_hdr,
+ struct sockaddr_in *get_addr);
+#else
+int udphelper_sockets_open(int **sockbuf, in_port_t nport);
+#endif
+void udphelper_sockets_close(int *sockbuf);
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * telnet.c -- a small implementation of the telnet protocol routines
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: telnet.c,v 1.11 2003/02/28 21:49:29 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "netcat.h"
+
+/* RFC0854 DEFINES */
+#define TELNET_SE 240 /* End of subnegotiation parameters. */
+#define TELNET_NOP 241 /* No operation. */
+#define TELNET_DM 242 /* (Data Mark) The data stream portion of a
+ * Synch. This should always be accompanied
+ * by a TCP Urgent notification. */
+#define TELNET_BRK 243 /* (Break) NVT character BRK. */
+#define TELNET_IP 244 /* (Interrupt Process) The function IP. */
+#define TELNET_AO 245 /* (Abort output) The function AO. */
+#define TELNET_AYT 246 /* (Are You There) The function AYT. */
+#define TELNET_EC 247 /* (Erase character) The function EC. */
+#define TELNET_EL 248 /* (Erase Line) The function EL. */
+#define TELNET_GA 249 /* (Go ahead) The GA signal. */
+#define TELNET_SB 250 /* Indicates that what follows is
+ * subnegotiation of the indicated option. */
+#define TELNET_WILL 251 /* Indicates the desire to begin performing,
+ * or confirmation that you are now performing,
+ * the indicated option. */
+#define TELNET_WONT 252 /* Indicates the refusal to perform, or to
+ * continue performing, the indicated option. */
+#define TELNET_DO 253 /* Indicates the request that the other party
+ * perform, or confirmation that you are
+ * expecting the other party to perform, the
+ * indicated option. */
+#define TELNET_DONT 254 /* Indicates the demand that the other party
+ * stop performing, or confirmation that you
+ * are no longer expecting the other party
+ * to perform, the indicated option. */
+#define TELNET_IAC 255 /* Data Byte 255. */
+
+/* Handle the RFC0854 telnet codes found in the receiving buffer of the
+ specified socket object. This is a reliable implementation of the rfc,
+ which understands most of the described codes, and automatically replies to
+ the remote end with the appropriate answer codes.
+ The receiving queue is then rewritten with the telnet codes stripped off,
+ and the size is updated to the new length which is less than or equal to
+ the original one (and can also be 0).
+ The case where a telnet code is broken down (i.e. if the buffering block
+ cuts it into two different calls to netcat_telnet_parse() is also handled
+ properly with an internal buffer.
+ If you'll ever need to reset the internal buffer for a fresh call of the
+ telnet parsing function just call it with a NULL argument. */
+
+void netcat_telnet_parse(nc_sock_t *ncsock)
+{
+ static unsigned char getrq[4];
+ static int l = 0;
+ unsigned char putrq[4], *buf = ncsock->recvq.pos;
+ int i, *size = &ncsock->recvq.len, eat_chars = 0, ref_size = *size;
+ debug_v(("netcat_telnet_parse(ncsock=%p)", (void *)ncsock));
+
+ /* if the socket object is NULL, assume a reset command */
+ if (ncsock == NULL) {
+ l = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* loop all chars of the string */
+ for (i = 0; i < ref_size; i++) {
+ /* if we found IAC char OR we are fetching a IAC code string process it */
+ if ((buf[i] != TELNET_IAC) && (l == 0))
+ continue;
+
+#ifndef USE_OLD_TELNET
+ /* this is surely a char that will be eaten */
+ eat_chars++;
+#endif
+
+ /* copy the char in the IAC-code-building buffer */
+ getrq[l++] = buf[i];
+
+ /* if this is the first char (IAC!) go straight to the next one */
+ if (l == 1)
+ continue;
+
+ /* identify the IAC code. The effect is resolved here. If the char needs
+ further data the subsection just needs to leave the index 'l' set. */
+ switch (getrq[1]) {
+ case TELNET_SE:
+ case TELNET_NOP:
+ goto do_eat_chars;
+ case TELNET_DM:
+ case TELNET_BRK:
+ case TELNET_IP:
+ case TELNET_AO:
+ case TELNET_AYT:
+ case TELNET_EC:
+ case TELNET_EL:
+ case TELNET_GA:
+ case TELNET_SB:
+ goto do_eat_chars;
+ case TELNET_WILL:
+ case TELNET_WONT:
+ if (l < 3) /* need more data */
+ continue;
+
+ /* refuse this option */
+ putrq[0] = 0xFF;
+ putrq[1] = TELNET_DONT;
+ putrq[2] = getrq[2];
+ /* FIXME: the rfc seems not clean about what to do if the sending queue
+ is not empty. Since it's the simplest solution, just override the
+ queue for now, but this must change in future. */
+ write(ncsock->fd, putrq, 3); /* FIXME: handle failures */
+ goto do_eat_chars;
+ case TELNET_DO:
+ case TELNET_DONT:
+ if (l < 3) /* need more data */
+ continue;
+
+ /* refuse this option */
+ putrq[0] = 0xFF;
+ putrq[1] = TELNET_WONT;
+ putrq[2] = getrq[2];
+ write(ncsock->fd, putrq, 3);
+ goto do_eat_chars;
+ case TELNET_IAC:
+#ifndef USE_OLD_TELNET
+ /* insert a byte 255 in the buffer. Note that we don't know in which
+ position we are, but there must be at least 1 eaten char where we
+ can park our data byte. This effect is senseless if using the old
+ telnet codes parsing policy. */
+ buf[i - --eat_chars] = 0xFF;
+#endif
+ goto do_eat_chars;
+ default:
+ /* FIXME: how to handle the unknown code? */
+ break;
+ }
+ continue;
+
+ do_eat_chars:
+ /* ... */
+ l = 0;
+
+#ifndef USE_OLD_TELNET
+ if (eat_chars > 0) {
+ unsigned char *from, *to;
+
+ debug(("(telnet) ate %d chars\n", eat_chars));
+
+ /* move the index to the overlapper character */
+ i++;
+
+ /* if this is the end of the string, memmove() does not care of a null
+ size, it simply does nothing. */
+ from = &buf[i];
+ to = &buf[i - eat_chars];
+ memmove(to, from, ref_size - i);
+
+ /* fix the index. since the loop will auto-increment the index we need
+ to put it one char before. this means that it can become negative
+ but it isn't a big problem since it is signed. */
+ i -= eat_chars + 1;
+ ref_size -= eat_chars;
+ eat_chars = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* we are at the end of the buffer. all we have to do now is updating the
+ authoritative buffer size. In case that there is a broken-down telnet
+ code, the do_eat_chars section is not executed, thus there may be some
+ pending chars that needs to be removed. This is handled here in an easy
+ way: since they are at the end of the buffer, just cut them playing with
+ the buffer length. */
+
+#ifdef USE_OLD_TELNET
+ assert(eat_chars == 0);
+#endif
+
+ *size = ref_size - eat_chars;
+}
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * udphelper.c -- advanced udp routines for portability
+ * Part of the GNU netcat project
+ *
+ * Author: Giovanni Giacobbi <giovanni@giacobbi.net>
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 - 2003 Giovanni Giacobbi
+ *
+ * $Id: udphelper.c,v 1.10 2003/02/28 21:47:23 themnemonic Exp $
+ */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
+ * (at your option) any later version. *
+ * *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
+ * GNU General Public License for more details. *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "netcat.h"
+
+#ifndef USE_PKTINFO
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <net/if.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKIO_H
+#include <sys/sockio.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Support Solaris extended GIFCONF */
+#ifndef SIOCGLIFCONF
+# define SIOCGLIFCONF SIOCGIFCONF
+# define lifc_len ifc_len
+# define lifc_buf ifc_buf
+# define lifc_req ifc_req
+# define lifconf ifconf
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SIOCGLIFADDR) || !defined(SIOCGLIFFLAGS)
+/* FIXME The following warning occurs on FreeBSD:
+ udphelper.c:48: warning: `SIOCGLIFADDR' redefined
+ /usr/include/sys/sockio.h:78: warning: this is the location of the previous definition
+ */
+# define SIOCGLIFADDR SIOCGIFADDR
+# define SIOCGLIFFLAGS SIOCGIFFLAGS
+# define SIOCGLIFDSTADDR SIOCGIFDSTADDR
+# define SIOCGLIFNETMASK SIOCGIFNETMASK
+# define lifr_addr ifr_addr
+# define lifr_name ifr_name
+# define lifr_dstaddr ifr_dstaddr
+# define lifr_flags ifr_flags
+# define ss_family sa_family
+# define lifreq ifreq
+#endif
+#endif /* !USE_PKTINFO */
+
+#ifdef USE_PKTINFO
+
+/* Reads the ancillary data buffer for the given msghdr and extracts the packet
+ destination address which is copied to the `get_addr' struct.
+ Returns 0 on success, a negative value otherwise. */
+
+int udphelper_ancillary_read(struct msghdr *my_hdr,
+ struct sockaddr_in *get_addr)
+{
+ /* let's hope that there is some ancillary data! */
+ if (my_hdr->msg_controllen > 0) {
+ struct cmsghdr *get_cmsg;
+
+ /* We don't know which is the order of the ancillary messages and we don't
+ know how many are there. So I simply parse all of them until we find
+ the right one, checking the index type. */
+ for (get_cmsg = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(my_hdr); get_cmsg;
+ get_cmsg = CMSG_NXTHDR(my_hdr, get_cmsg)) {
+ debug_v(("Analizing ancillary header (id=%d)", get_cmsg->cmsg_type));
+
+ if (get_cmsg->cmsg_type == IP_PKTINFO) {
+ struct in_pktinfo *get_pktinfo;
+
+ /* fetch the data and run away, we don't need to parse everything */
+ get_pktinfo = (struct in_pktinfo *) CMSG_DATA(get_cmsg);
+ memcpy(&get_addr->sin_addr, &get_pktinfo->ipi_spec_dst,
+ sizeof(get_addr->sin_addr));
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* USE_PKTINFO */
+
+/* This function opens an array of sockets (stored in `sockbuf'), one for each
+ different interface in the current machine. The purpose of this is to allow
+ the application to determine which interface received the packet that
+ otherwise would be unknown.
+ Returns -1 if an error occurred; otherwise the return value is a file
+ descriptor referencing the socket in the array with the highest number.
+ On success, at least one socket is returned. */
+
+int udphelper_sockets_open(int **sockbuf, in_port_t nport)
+{
+ int ret, i, alloc_size, dummy_sock, if_total = 1;
+ int *my_sockbuf = NULL, my_sockbuf_max = 0, sock_total = 0;
+ unsigned int if_pos = 0;
+ struct lifconf nc_ifconf;
+ struct lifreq *nc_ifreq = NULL;
+
+ /* initialize the sockbuf (assuming the function will be positive */
+ my_sockbuf = malloc(sizeof(int));
+ if (!my_sockbuf) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* this is a dummy socket needed for the ioctl(2) call (this just tells the
+ kernel where to look for the needed API */
+ dummy_sock = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
+ if (dummy_sock < 0)
+ goto err;
+
+ /* find out the interfaces configuration, allocating more memory if
+ necessary. */
+ do { /* FIXME: set max buffer size (what is max IF num?) */
+ /* since we don't need at this stage to find out the exact number of
+ interfaces, use bigger step in order not to do too many ioctl()s on
+ systems with many interfaces. */
+ if_total += 5;
+ alloc_size = if_total * sizeof(*nc_ifreq);
+
+ /* like many other syscalls, ioctl() will adjust lifc_len to the REAL
+ lifc_len, so try to allocate a larger buffer in order to determine
+ the total interfaces number. */
+ free(nc_ifreq); /* don't use realloc here, this way it is faster */
+ nc_ifreq = malloc(alloc_size);
+ nc_ifconf.lifc_len = alloc_size;
+ nc_ifconf.lifc_req = nc_ifreq;
+ /* wait for updating nc_ifconf.lifc_req before eventually jumping to the
+ error handling or it would cause a double free() to the same pointer */
+ if (!nc_ifreq) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ /* FIXME: nc_ifconf has two other members (lifc_family and lifc_flags) on
+ some OS (read: SunOS). They should perhaps be initialized too. */
+ ret = ioctl(dummy_sock, SIOCGLIFCONF, (char *)&nc_ifconf);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+ } while (nc_ifconf.lifc_len >= alloc_size);
+
+ /* Now loop */
+ if_total = 0;
+ while (if_pos < nc_ifconf.lifc_len) {
+ int newsock;
+ struct sockaddr_in if_addr;
+
+ nc_ifreq = (struct lifreq *)((char *)nc_ifconf.lifc_req + if_pos);
+
+ /* calculate the starting offset of the next nc_ifreq */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
+ if (nc_ifreq->lifr_addr.sa_len > sizeof(struct sockaddr))
+ if_pos += sizeof(nc_ifreq->lifr_name) + nc_ifreq->lifr_addr.sa_len;
+ else
+ if_pos += sizeof(*nc_ifreq);
+#else
+ if_pos += sizeof(*nc_ifreq);
+#endif
+
+ /* truncated? */
+ assert(if_pos <= nc_ifconf.lifc_len);
+
+ /* interfaces counter (not really needed, but useful */
+ if_total++;
+
+ /* discard any interface not devoted to IP */
+ if (nc_ifreq->lifr_addr.ss_family != AF_INET)
+ continue;
+
+ /* save the sockaddr_in struct before successive ioctl() calls */
+ memcpy(&if_addr, &nc_ifreq->lifr_addr, sizeof(if_addr));
+
+ /* we need to sort out interesting interfaces, so fetch the interface
+ flags */
+ ret = ioctl(dummy_sock, SIOCGLIFFLAGS, (char *)nc_ifreq);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+
+ /* check that this interface is up and running */
+ if (!(nc_ifreq->lifr_flags & IFF_UP))
+ continue;
+
+ debug(("(udphelper) Found interface %s (IP address: %s)\n",
+ nc_ifreq->lifr_name, netcat_inet_ntop(&if_addr.sin_addr)));
+
+ newsock = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
+ if (newsock < 0)
+ goto err;
+
+ /* update immediately the sockets buffer so that any following error would
+ close this one in the cleanup. */
+ my_sockbuf = realloc(my_sockbuf, (++sock_total + 1) * sizeof(int));
+ if (!my_sockbuf) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ goto err;
+ }
+ my_sockbuf[sock_total] = newsock;
+ if (newsock > my_sockbuf_max)
+ my_sockbuf_max = newsock;
+
+ /* bind this address to his address and to the common port */
+ if_addr.sin_port = nport;
+ ret = bind(newsock, (struct sockaddr *)&if_addr, sizeof(if_addr));
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+
+ /* if the nport was set to 0 it means that it is randomly assigned by the
+ kernel, but we don't want a different port for each interface, so stick
+ to this one. */
+ if (nport == 0) {
+ int sa_tmp_len = sizeof(if_addr);
+
+ /* we don't need anymore if_addr, so we may corrupt it safely */
+ ret = getsockname(newsock, (struct sockaddr *)&if_addr, &sa_tmp_len);
+ if (ret < 0)
+ goto err;
+
+ nport = if_addr.sin_port;
+ assert(nport != 0);
+ }
+ } /* end of while (all_interfaces) */
+
+ /* ok we don't need anymore the interfaces list and the dummy socket */
+ free(nc_ifconf.lifc_req);
+ nc_ifconf.lifc_req = NULL;
+ close(dummy_sock);
+ dummy_sock = -1;
+
+ /* save the total sock value in the first member of the sockbuf array */
+ my_sockbuf[0] = sock_total;
+ *sockbuf = my_sockbuf;
+
+ debug(("(udphelper) Successfully created %d socket(s)\n", sock_total));
+
+ /* On success, return the first socket for the application use, while if no
+ valid interefaces were found step forward to the error handling */
+ if (my_sockbuf[0] > 0)
+ return my_sockbuf_max;
+
+ errno = EAFNOSUPPORT;
+ my_sockbuf[0] = -1;
+
+ err:
+ /* destroy the ifconf struct and buffers */
+ free(nc_ifconf.lifc_req);
+
+ /* save the errno value */
+ ret = errno;
+
+ if (dummy_sock >= 0)
+ close(dummy_sock);
+
+ /* close all the sockets and free the sockets buffer */
+ for (i = 1; my_sockbuf && (i <= sock_total); i++)
+ close(my_sockbuf[i]);
+ free(my_sockbuf);
+ *sockbuf = NULL;
+
+ /* restore the errno value for parent function handling */
+ errno = ret;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_PKTINFO */
+
+/* Closes the `sockbuf' previously allocated with udphelper_sockets_open().
+ The global errno is not altered by this function. */
+
+void udphelper_sockets_close(int *sockbuf)
+{
+ int i, saved_errno = errno;
+
+ if (!sockbuf)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 1; i <= sockbuf[0]; i++)
+ if (sockbuf[i] >= 0)
+ close(sockbuf[i]);
+
+ free(sockbuf);
+ errno = saved_errno;
+}
projects / profile / extras / netcat.git / commitdiff